Download Zipped Enrolled WordPerfect HB0213.ZIP
[Introduced][Amended][Status][Bill Documents][Fiscal Note][Bills Directory]

H.B. 213 Enrolled

             1     

STATUTORY CONSTRUCTION AMENDMENTS

             2     
2011 GENERAL SESSION

             3     
STATE OF UTAH

             4     
Chief Sponsor: Derek E. Brown

             5     
Senate Sponsor: Stephen H. Urquhart

             6     
             7      LONG TITLE
             8      General Description:
             9          This bill amends provisions of Titles 17 through 35A of the Utah Code by correcting
             10      terms to comply with rules of statutory construction applicable to the Utah Code.
             11      Highlighted Provisions:
             12          This bill:
             13          .    amends provisions of Titles 17 through 35A of the Utah Code by correcting terms to
             14      comply with rules of statutory construction applicable to the Utah Code; and
             15          .    makes technical changes.
             16      Money Appropriated in this Bill:
             17          None
             18      Other Special Clauses:
             19          This bill provides an effective date.
             20      Utah Code Sections Affected:
             21      AMENDS:
             22          17-3-1, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 371
             23          17-3-8, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             24          17-8-7, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 227
             25          17-11-2, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 227
             26          17-15-16, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 227
             27          17-16-4, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             28          17-16-9, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapters 33 and 227
             29          17-16-16, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1971, Chapter 25


             30          17-16a-3, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1983, Chapter 46
             31          17-16a-6, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 227
             32          17-18-1.9, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 38
             33          17-19-7, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             34          17-19-14, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             35          17-22-6, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             36          17-22-21, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             37          17-22-22, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             38          17-22-23, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             39          17-22-27, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 301
             40          17-23-16, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2001, Chapter 241
             41          17-27a-513, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 254
             42          17-27a-518, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 254
             43          17-28-11, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 227
             44          17-30-8, as enacted by Statewide Initiative A, Nov. 8, 1960
             45          17-30-22, as enacted by Statewide Initiative A, Nov. 8, 1960
             46          17-31-3, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1996, Chapter 79
             47          17-33-10, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 65
             48          17-33-15, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 227
             49          17-34-5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2000, Chapter 199
             50          17-35b-303, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 329
             51          17-35b-304, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1998, Chapter 369
             52          17-36-10, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1999, Chapter 300
             53          17-36-17, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1999, Chapter 300
             54          17-37-4, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2002, Chapter 95
             55          17-38-4, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1983, Chapter 291
             56          17-41-301, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2006, Chapter 194
             57          17-41-401, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1997, Chapter 383


             58          17-52-401, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 131
             59          17-53-209, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 2000, Chapter 133
             60          17-53-311, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapters 360 and 382
             61          17B-1-304, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 388
             62          17B-1-506, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 3
             63          17B-1-510, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 329
             64          17B-1-512, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapters 350 and 388
             65          17B-1-607, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 329
             66          17B-2a-807, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 281
             67          17B-2a-818.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 229
             68          18-1-1, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1971, Chapter 29
             69          19-1-206, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapters 218 and 229
             70          19-2-109.1, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapters 183 and 377
             71          19-2-113, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 324
             72          19-2-115, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 382
             73          19-3-302, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2001, Chapter 107
             74          19-3-308, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 183
             75          19-4-112, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1998, Chapter 126
             76          19-5-102, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2001, Chapter 274
             77          19-5-115, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 324
             78          19-5-116, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1991, Chapter 112
             79          19-5-121, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 183
             80          19-6-108, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 72
             81          19-6-116, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1991, Chapter 112
             82          19-6-202, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1991, Chapter 112
             83          19-6-203, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1991, Chapter 112
             84          19-6-205, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 227
             85          19-6-413, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1992, Chapter 214


             86          19-6-714, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 283
             87          19-6-814, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 2000, Chapter 51
             88          19-9-105, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 382
             89          19-9-109, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 184
             90          19-10-104, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 44
             91          20A-1-401, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 225
             92          20A-1-508, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 197
             93          20A-1-509.1, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 197
             94          20A-1-703, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 324
             95          20A-2-102.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 225
             96          20A-2-105, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 276
             97          20A-2-306, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 75
             98          20A-4-201, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2006, Chapter 326
             99          20A-5-403, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 45
             100          20A-6-302, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2006, Chapter 326
             101          20A-7-202, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 237
             102          20A-7-204.1, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 90
             103          20A-7-702 (Superseded 01/01/12), as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapters 3,
             104      82, and 225
             105          20A-7-702 (Effective 01/01/12), as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapters 3,
             106      82, 225, and 248
             107          20A-7-706, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 225
             108          20A-9-403, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 225
             109          20A-11-401, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 361
             110          20A-11-1603, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 12
             111          20A-14-103, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 8
             112          20A-14-201, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 215
             113          20A-14-202, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 8


             114          22-1-11, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             115          22-3-104, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 285
             116          22-3-202, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 285
             117          22-3-302, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 285
             118          22-3-303, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 285
             119          22-3-403, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 285
             120          22-3-405, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 285
             121          22-3-406, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 285
             122          22-3-411, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 285
             123          22-3-414, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 285
             124          22-3-505, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 96
             125          22-3-506, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 285
             126          22-3-601, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 285
             127          23-13-2, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 256
             128          23-13-17, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 2
             129          23-14-2, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 286
             130          23-15-2, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1971, Chapter 46
             131          23-15-9, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 69
             132          23-16-3, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 228
             133          23-16-4, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 183
             134          23-17-4, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1971, Chapter 46
             135          23-17-6, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1998, Chapter 242
             136          23-17-8, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1971, Chapter 46
             137          23-18-5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1980, Chapter 28
             138          23-19-9, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 382
             139          23-19-14, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 171
             140          23-19-17.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 187
             141          23-19-38.2, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 382


             142          23-20-1, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2002, Chapter 185
             143          23-20-9, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 136
             144          23-20-14, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2000, Chapter 6
             145          23-20-20, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2006, Chapter 325
             146          23-20-28, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1995, Chapter 211
             147          23-20-29, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1986, Chapter 67
             148          23-20-30, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1995, Chapter 211
             149          23-20-31, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 256
             150          23-21-2, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 227
             151          23-22-1, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1998, Chapter 140
             152          23-22-3, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1992, Chapter 260
             153          23-23-11, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1997, Chapter 258
             154          23-24-1, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 289
             155          24-1-8, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 180
             156          25-5-2, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1995, Chapter 20
             157          25-6-9, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2000, Chapter 252
             158          26-1-5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 382
             159          26-1-7.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 286
             160          26-1-11, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1981, Chapter 126
             161          26-1-25, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1981, Chapter 126
             162          26-1-32, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1981, Chapter 126
             163          26-3-8, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1981, Chapter 126
             164          26-4-2, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 223
             165          26-4-9, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1999, Chapter 289
             166          26-4-12, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2000, Chapter 86
             167          26-4-20, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 38
             168          26-6-3, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 130
             169          26-6-18, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1981, Chapter 126


             170          26-6-20, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2000, Chapter 86
             171          26-6b-3, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 115
             172          26-6b-3.1, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2006, Chapter 185
             173          26-7-1, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1981, Chapter 126
             174          26-8a-103, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 286
             175          26-8a-203, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2000, Chapter 305
             176          26-8a-207, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 161
             177          26-8a-253, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2006, Chapter 310
             178          26-8a-405.2, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 187
             179          26-8a-405.3, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 187
             180          26-8a-405.5, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 187
             181          26-8a-406, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 388
             182          26-8a-408, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1999, Chapter 141
             183          26-8a-410, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1999, Chapter 141
             184          26-8a-413, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 213
             185          26-10b-102, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 340
             186          26-15-8, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2006, Chapter 91
             187          26-18-3, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapters 149, 323, 340, and 391
             188          26-18-4, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 62
             189          26-18-5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1988, Chapter 21
             190          26-18-10, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 62
             191          26-18-11, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1988, Chapter 12
             192          26-18-501, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 215
             193          26-18-502, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 215
             194          26-18-503, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 347
             195          26-18-505, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 219
             196          26-19-7, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 103
             197          26-19-8, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 64


             198          26-20-3, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1986, Chapter 46
             199          26-20-6, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1986, Chapter 46
             200          26-20-8, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1981, Chapter 126
             201          26-20-9.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 48
             202          26-20-12, as repealed and reenacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 48
             203          26-20-14, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 48
             204          26-21-9, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2000, Chapter 86
             205          26-21-9.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 267
             206          26-23-7, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1981, Chapter 126
             207          26-23-10, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1981, Chapter 126
             208          26-23b-104, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2002, Chapter 155
             209          26-25-5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1991, Chapter 241
             210          26-28-105, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 60
             211          26-28-106, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 60
             212          26-28-107, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 60
             213          26-28-111, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 60
             214          26-28-114, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 60
             215          26-28-120, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 60
             216          26-28-121, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 32
             217          26-28-124, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 60
             218          26-31-1, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1981, Chapter 126
             219          26-33a-104, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 382
             220          26-33a-106.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 266
             221          26-33a-111, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1990, Chapter 305
             222          26-34-2, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 306
             223          26-35a-107, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 284
             224          26-36a-102, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 179
             225          26-36a-203, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 179


             226          26-40-110, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 351
             227          26-41-104, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapters 64 and 382
             228          26-47-103, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 323
             229          26-49-202, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 242
             230          26-49-701, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 242
             231          26A-1-112, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2002, Chapter 249
             232          26A-1-126, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 153
             233          29-1-2, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1953, Chapter 47
             234          29-1-3, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1953, Chapter 47
             235          30-1-4.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 261
             236          30-1-5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2001, Chapter 129
             237          30-1-10, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             238          30-1-32, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 227
             239          30-1-33, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1971, Chapter 64
             240          30-1-35, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1971, Chapter 64
             241          30-1-37, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1971, Chapter 64
             242          30-2-7, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             243          30-3-16.7, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 72
             244          30-3-17, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 72
             245          30-3-17.1, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 3
             246          30-3-18, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1997, Chapter 215
             247          30-3-33, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 146
             248          30-8-3, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1994, Chapter 105
             249          31A-2-301, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1987, Chapters 91 and 161
             250          31A-2-302, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 382
             251          31A-5-208, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1991, Chapter 5
             252          31A-5-305, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 309
             253          31A-6a-104, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 345


             254          31A-8a-201, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 58
             255          31A-8a-203, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 382
             256          31A-8a-204, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 58
             257          31A-8a-205, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 58
             258          31A-8a-206, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 58
             259          31A-8a-207, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 58
             260          31A-9-503, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1985, Chapter 242
             261          31A-11-107, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 298
             262          31A-15-203, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1992, Chapter 258
             263          31A-15-207, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 298
             264          31A-15-210, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 298
             265          31A-17-503, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 382
             266          31A-17-506, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 324
             267          31A-17-507, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2001, Chapter 116
             268          31A-17-510, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 305
             269          31A-17-512, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1993, Chapter 305
             270          31A-18-106, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 257
             271          31A-19a-206, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1999, Chapter 130
             272          31A-19a-208, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1999, Chapter 130
             273          31A-19a-309, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1999, Chapter 130
             274          31A-21-101, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2006, Chapter 197
             275          31A-21-312, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1986, Chapter 204
             276          31A-21-313, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 3
             277          31A-21-403, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2001, Chapter 116
             278          31A-22-305, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 354
             279          31A-22-408, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1987, Chapter 91
             280          31A-22-610.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 10
             281          31A-22-611, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2006, Chapter 188


             282          31A-22-613.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapters 68, 149 and last
             283      amended by Coordination Clause, Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 149
             284          31A-22-618.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 68
             285          31A-22-625, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapters 10 and 68
             286          31A-22-634, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 188
             287          31A-22-636, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 11
             288          31A-22-637, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 11
             289          31A-22-716, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2005, Chapter 71
             290          31A-22-722.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapters 10, 149 and last
             291      amended by Coordination Clause, Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 149
             292          31A-22-723, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 68
             293          31A-22-806, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2001, Chapter 116
             294          31A-22-1406, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1991, Chapter 243
             295          31A-22-1409, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2001, Chapter 116
             296          31A-23a-501, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 10
             297          31A-23a-602, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 298
             298          31A-23a-702, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 298
             299          31A-23a-806, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 298
             300          31A-27a-202, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 309
             301          31A-27a-205, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 309
             302          31A-27a-502, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 309
             303          31A-27a-701, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 309
             304          31A-30-107.3, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 307
             305          31A-30-107.5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 307
             306          31A-30-110, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2002, Chapter 308
             307          31A-30-206, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 12
             308          31A-34-104, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 183
             309          31A-34-107, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1996, Chapter 143


             310          31A-36-107, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 355
             311          31A-36-109, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 355
             312          31A-36-110, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 355
             313          31A-36-112, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 355
             314          31A-36-114, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 355
             315          31A-37-105, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 251
             316          31A-37-106, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapters 302 and 382
             317          31A-37-202, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2009, Chapter 183
             318          31A-37-301, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 312
             319          31A-37-302, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2003, Chapter 251
             320          31A-37-306, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 312
             321          31A-37-402, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 302
             322          31A-37-601, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 312
             323          31A-37a-205, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 302
             324          32B-1-407 (Effective 07/01/11), as enacted by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 276
             325          32B-1-505 (Effective 07/01/11), as enacted by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 276
             326          32B-6-407 (Effective 07/01/11), as enacted by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 276
             327          32B-8-304 (Effective 07/01/11), as enacted by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 276
             328          34-19-1, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             329          34-19-9, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             330          34-19-10, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             331          34-19-13, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             332          34-20-3, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 286
             333          34-20-5, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             334          34-20-8, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             335          34-23-208, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1990, Chapter 8
             336          34-25-2, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             337          34-28-5, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1995, Chapter 17


             338          34-28-6, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             339          34-28-14, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1996, Chapter 240
             340          34-29-1, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             341          34-32-4, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2004, Chapter 220
             342          34-34-2, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             343          34-34-15, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             344          34-36-3, as enacted by Laws of Utah 1969, Chapter 85
             345          34-41-106, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1997, Chapter 375
             346          34A-1-408, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1997, Chapter 375
             347          34A-1-409, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1997, Chapter 375
             348          34A-2-413, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 59
             349          34A-2-802, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1997, Chapter 375
             350          34A-3-104, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1997, Chapter 375
             351          34A-6-108, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1997, Chapter 375
             352          34A-6-202, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 382
             353          34A-6-301, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapters 3 and 382
             354          34A-7-102, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2006, Chapter 155
             355          35A-3-106, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1997, Chapter 174
             356          35A-3-108, as last amended by Laws of Utah 1998, Chapter 188
             357          35A-3-304, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2007, Chapter 81
             358          35A-3-310.5, as enacted by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 59
             359          35A-3-503, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1997, Chapter 174
             360          35A-4-303, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 110
             361          35A-4-304, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2008, Chapter 382
             362          35A-4-305, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapter 278
             363          35A-4-309, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2006, Chapter 22
             364          35A-4-311, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2001, Chapter 265
             365          35A-4-404, as renumbered and amended by Laws of Utah 1996, Chapter 240


             366          35A-4-501, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapters 277 and 278
             367          35A-4-506, as last amended by Laws of Utah 2010, Chapters 277 and 278
             368          55-5-2, Utah Code Annotated 1953
             369     
             370      Be it enacted by the Legislature of the state of Utah:
             371          Section 1. Section 17-3-1 is amended to read:
             372           17-3-1. By petition -- Election -- Ballots.
             373          Whenever any number of the qualified electors of any portion of any county desire to
             374      have the territory within which they reside created into a new county they may [petition
             375      therefor] file a petition for the creation of a new county with the county legislative body of the
             376      county in which they reside. [Such] The petition [must] shall be signed by at least [1/4]
             377      one-fourth of the qualified electors as shown by the registration list of the last preceding
             378      general election, residing in that portion of the county to be created into a new county, and by
             379      not less than [1/4] one-fourth of the qualified electors residing in the remaining portion of
             380      [said] the county. [Such] The petition [must] shall be presented on or before the first Monday
             381      in May of any year, and shall propose the name and define the boundaries of [such] the new
             382      county. The county legislative body [must] shall cause the proposition to be submitted to the
             383      legal voters residing in the county at a special election to be held according to the dates
             384      established in Section 20A-1-204 , first causing 30 days' notice of [such] the election to be
             385      given in the manner provided by law for giving notice of general elections. [Such] The
             386      election shall be held, the result [thereof] canvassed, and returns made under the provisions of
             387      the general election laws. The form of ballot to be used at such election shall be:
             388          For the creation of (supplying the name proposed) county.
             389          Against the creation of (supplying the name proposed) county.
             390          Section 2. Section 17-3-8 is amended to read:
             391           17-3-8. Prior offenses.
             392          [All offenses theretofore committed in such new county in which prosecution shall not
             393      have been commenced] An offense, for which prosecution has not commenced, that was


             394      committed within the boundaries of a new county before the new county was created, may be
             395      prosecuted to judgment and execution in [such] the new county.
             396          Section 3. Section 17-8-7 is amended to read:
             397           17-8-7. Declaration of drought emergency -- Appropriation -- Tax levy.
             398          The county legislative body of each county may at any regular meeting or at a special
             399      meeting called for such purpose, declare that an emergency drought exists in said county; and
             400      thereupon may appropriate from the money not otherwise appropriated in the county general
             401      fund such funds as shall be necessary for the gathering of information upon, and aiding in any
             402      program for increased precipitation within said county or in conjunction with any other county
             403      or counties, or that if there are not sufficient funds available in the county general fund for such
             404      purpose, the county legislative body may, during any such emergency so declared by them,
             405      assess, levy, and direct the county to collect annually to aid in any program of increased
             406      precipitation. The provisions of Sections 17-19-1 to 17-19-28 relating to budgeting [shall] do
             407      not apply to appropriations necessitated by such an emergency.
             408          Section 4. Section 17-11-2 is amended to read:
             409           17-11-2. Initiating petitions -- Limitation.
             410          Whenever there [shall be] is presented to the county legislative body of any county a
             411      petition signed by qualified electors of [such] the county, in number equal to a majority of the
             412      votes cast at the preceding general election, praying for the submission of the question of the
             413      removal of the county seat, it shall be the duty of the county legislative body to submit the
             414      question of [such] the removal at the next general election to the qualified electors of [such] the
             415      county; and [such] the election shall be conducted and the returns canvassed in all respects as
             416      provided by law for the conducting of general elections and canvassing the returns [thereof]. A
             417      proposition of removal of the county seat [shall not] may not be submitted in the same county
             418      more than once in four years, or within four years [from the time that any such proposition has
             419      been theretofore] after the day on which a proposition of removal of the county seat is
             420      submitted.
             421          Section 5. Section 17-15-16 is amended to read:


             422           17-15-16. Warrants -- Payment -- Registration -- Duty of auditor.
             423          Warrants drawn by order of the county executive on the county treasurer for current
             424      expenses during each year [must] shall specify the liability for which they are drawn, when
             425      they accrued, and the funds from which they are to be paid, and [must] shall be paid in the
             426      order of presentation to the treasurer. If the fund is insufficient to pay any warrant, it [must]
             427      shall be registered and [thereafter] then paid in the order of registration. Accounts for county
             428      charges of every description [must] shall be presented to the auditor and county executive to be
             429      audited as prescribed in this title.
             430          Section 6. Section 17-16-4 is amended to read:
             431           17-16-4. Election of officer to consolidated office.
             432          When offices are united and consolidated [but]:
             433          (1) only one person shall be elected to fill the united and consolidated offices [so
             434      united and consolidated, and he must]; and
             435          (2) the person elected shall:
             436          (a) take the oath and give the bond required for[, and] each of the offices; and
             437          (b) discharge all the duties pertaining to[,] each of the offices.
             438          Section 7. Section 17-16-9 is amended to read:
             439           17-16-9. Officers at county seats -- Office hours.
             440          (1) The elected county officers of all counties, except those in counties having a
             441      population of less than 8,000, shall have their offices at the county seats.
             442          (2) (a) In all counties the clerk, sheriff, recorder, auditor, treasurer, assessor, and
             443      attorney shall keep their offices open for the transaction of business as authorized by
             444      resolution of the county legislative body.
             445          (b) If the county legislative body does not authorize hours of operation for Saturdays,
             446      then the hours served by the employees of the county [shall not] may not be less than under
             447      their present schedule.
             448          (c) (i) Any act authorized, required, or permitted to be performed at or by, or with
             449      respect to, any county office on a Saturday when the county office is closed, may be performed


             450      on the next business day.
             451          (ii) No liability or loss of rights of any kind may result from [that delay] the delay
             452      described in Subsection (2)(c)(i).
             453          Section 8. Section 17-16-16 is amended to read:
             454           17-16-16. Commissioners' traveling expenses.
             455          (1) The members of the board of county commissioners [shall not] may not receive any
             456      compensation in addition to that provided in Section 17-16-14 for any special or committee
             457      work, but, subject to Subsection (2), each member shall be paid the amount of [his] the
             458      member's actual and reasonable traveling expenses in attending the regular and special sessions
             459      of the board and in the discharge of necessary duties[; provided, that].
             460          (2) Before receiving payment for the actual and reasonable traveling expenses
             461      described in Subsection (1), the member shall:
             462          (a) submit an itemized statement [shall be made] showing in detail the expenses
             463      incurred[, and shall be subscribed and sworn to by the member claiming such expenses.]; and
             464          (b) subscribe and swear to the statement described in Subsection (2)(a).
             465          Section 9. Section 17-16a-3 is amended to read:
             466           17-16a-3. Definitions.
             467          As used in this part:
             468          (1) "Appointed officer" means any person appointed to any statutory office or position
             469      or any other person appointed to any position of employment with a county, except special
             470      employees. Appointed officers include, but are not limited to persons serving on special,
             471      regular or full-time committees, agencies, or boards whether or not such persons are
             472      compensated for their services. The use of the word "officer" in this part is not intended to
             473      make appointed persons or employees "officers" of the county.
             474          (2) "Assist" means to act, or offer or agree to act, in such a way as to help, represent,
             475      aid, advise, furnish information to, or otherwise provide assistance to a person or business
             476      entity, believing that such action is of help, aid, advice, or assistance to such person or business
             477      entity and with the intent to so assist such person or business entity.


             478          (3) "Business entity" means a sole proprietorship, partnership, association, joint
             479      venture, corporation, firm, trust, foundation, or other organization or entity used in carrying on
             480      a business.
             481          (4) "Compensation" means anything of economic value, however designated, which is
             482      paid, loaned, granted, given, donated or transferred to any person or business entity for or in
             483      consideration of personal services, materials, property, or any other thing whatsoever.
             484          (5) "Elected officer" means any person elected or appointed to any office in the county.
             485          (6) "Governmental action" means any action on the part of a county including[, but not
             486      limited to]:
             487          (a) any decision, determination, finding, ruling, or order; and
             488          (b) any grant, payment, award, license, contract, subcontract, transaction, decision,
             489      sanction, or approval, or the denial thereof, or the failure to act in respect to.
             490          (7) "Special employee" means any person hired on the basis of a contract to perform a
             491      special service for the county pursuant to an award of a contract following a public bid.
             492          (8) "Substantial interest" means the ownership, either legally or equitably, by an
             493      individual, [his] the individual's spouse, and [his] the individual's minor children, of at least
             494      10% of the outstanding shares of a corporation or 10% interest in any other business entity.
             495          Section 10. Section 17-16a-6 is amended to read:
             496           17-16a-6. Interest in business entity regulated by county -- Disclosure.
             497          Every appointed or elected officer who is an officer, director, agent, or employee or the
             498      owner of a substantial interest in any business entity which is subject to the regulation of the
             499      county in which [he] the officer is an elected or appointed officer shall disclose the position
             500      held and the precise nature and value of [his] the officer's interest upon first becoming
             501      appointed or elected, and again during January of each year thereafter during which [he] the
             502      officer continues to be an appointed or elected officer. The disclosure shall be made in a sworn
             503      statement filed with the county legislative body. The commission shall report the substance of
             504      all such disclosure statements to the members of the governing body or may provide to the
             505      members of the governing body, copies of the disclosure statement within 30 days after the


             506      statement is received. This section does not apply to instances where the value of the interest
             507      does not exceed $2,000, and life insurance policies and annuities [shall not] may not be
             508      considered in determining the value of [any such] the interest.
             509          Section 11. Section 17-18-1.9 is amended to read:
             510           17-18-1.9. Creation of prosecution district by ordinance or interlocal agreement.
             511          (1) The county governing body may create a countywide state prosecution district by
             512      ordinance.
             513          (2) (a) Two or more counties, whether or not contiguous, may unite to create and
             514      maintain a state prosecution district by interlocal agreement pursuant to Title 11, Chapter 13.
             515          (b) At the time of the creation of the prosecution district, the participating counties
             516      shall be located within the same judicial district.
             517          (3) The county governing body or bodies [shall not] may not dissolve a prosecution
             518      district during the term of office of an elected or appointed district attorney.
             519          Section 12. Section 17-19-7 is amended to read:
             520           17-19-7. Current accounts with treasurer.
             521          The auditor [must] shall keep accounts current with the treasurer.
             522          Section 13. Section 17-19-14 is amended to read:
             523           17-19-14. Duties -- Omnibus provision.
             524          The auditor [must] shall perform such other duties as may be required by law.
             525          Section 14. Section 17-22-6 is amended to read:
             526           17-22-6. Service of process on prisoners -- Penalty.
             527          (1) A sheriff or jailer upon whom a paper in a judicial proceeding directed to a prisoner
             528      in [his] the sheriff's or jailer's custody is served [must] shall forthwith deliver [it] the paper to
             529      the prisoner, with a note thereon of the time of its service. [For neglect to do so he]
             530          (2) A sheriff or jailer who neglects to comply with Subsection (1) is liable to the
             531      prisoner for all damages occasioned [thereby] by that neglect.
             532          Section 15. Section 17-22-21 is amended to read:
             533           17-22-21. Process justifies sheriff's action.


             534          A sheriff is justified in the execution of, and [must] shall execute, all process, writs and
             535      orders regular on their face and issued by competent authority.
             536          Section 16. Section 17-22-22 is amended to read:
             537           17-22-22. Process to be exhibited.
             538          The officer executing process [must] shall then, and at all times subsequent as long as
             539      [he] the officer retains it, upon request show the same, with all papers attached, to any
             540      interested person [interested therein].
             541          Section 17. Section 17-22-23 is amended to read:
             542           17-22-23. Crier of court.
             543          The sheriff in attendance upon court [must] shall, if required by the court, act as crier
             544      [thereof] for the court, call the parties and witnesses and other persons bound to appear at the
             545      court, and make proclamation of the opening and adjournment of court and of any other matter
             546      under its direction.
             547          Section 18. Section 17-22-27 is amended to read:
             548           17-22-27. Sheriff -- Assignment of court bailiffs -- Contract and costs.
             549          (1) The sheriff shall assign law enforcement officers or special function officers, as
             550      defined under Sections 53-13-103 and 53-13-105 , to serve as court bailiffs and security officers
             551      in the courts of record and county justice courts as required by the rules of the Judicial
             552      Council.
             553          (2) (a) The state court administrator shall enter into a contract with the county sheriff
             554      for bailiffs and building security officers for the district and juvenile courts within the county.
             555      The contract [shall not] may not exceed amounts appropriated by the Legislature for that
             556      purpose. The county shall assume costs related to security administration, supervision, travel,
             557      equipment, and training of bailiffs.
             558          (b) The contract shall specify the agreed services, costs of services, and terms of
             559      payment.
             560          (c) If the court is located in the same facility as a state or local law enforcement agency
             561      and the county sheriff's office is not in close proximity to the court, the State Court


             562      Administrator in consultation with the sheriff may enter into a contract with the state or local
             563      law enforcement agency for bailiff and security services subject to meeting all other
             564      requirements of this section. If the services are provided by another agency, the county sheriff
             565      shall have no responsibility for the services under this section.
             566          (3) (a) At the request of the court, the sheriff may appoint as a law clerk bailiff
             567      graduates of a law school accredited by the American Bar Association to provide security and
             568      legal research assistance. Any law clerk who is also a bailiff shall meet the requirements of
             569      Subsection (1) of this section.
             570          (b) The sheriff may appoint a law clerk bailiff by contract for a period not to exceed
             571      two years, who shall be exempt from the deputy sheriff merit service commission.
             572          Section 19. Section 17-23-16 is amended to read:
             573           17-23-16. Resurveys.
             574          In the resurvey of lands surveyed under the authority of the United States, the county
             575      surveyor or [his] the county surveyor's designee shall observe the following rules:
             576          (1) Section and quarter-section corners, and all other corners established by the
             577      government survey, shall stand as the true corner.
             578          (2) Missing corners shall be reestablished at the point where existing evidence would
             579      indicate the original corner was located by the government survey.
             580          (3) In all cases, missing corners [must] shall be reestablished with reference to the
             581      United States Manual of Surveying Instructions.
             582          Section 20. Section 17-27a-513 is amended to read:
             583           17-27a-513. Manufactured homes.
             584          (1) For purposes of this section, a manufactured home is the same as defined in Section
             585      58-56-3 , except that the manufactured home [must] shall be attached to a permanent
             586      foundation in accordance with plans providing for vertical loads, uplift, and lateral forces and
             587      frost protection in compliance with the applicable building code. All appendages, including
             588      carports, garages, storage buildings, additions, or alterations [must] shall be built in compliance
             589      with the applicable building code.


             590          (2) A manufactured home may not be excluded from any land use zone or area in
             591      which a single-family residence would be permitted, provided the manufactured home
             592      complies with all local land use ordinances, building codes, and any restrictive covenants,
             593      applicable to a single-family residence within that zone or area.
             594          (3) A county may not:
             595          (a) adopt or enforce an ordinance or regulation that treats a proposed development that
             596      includes manufactured homes differently than one that does not include manufactured homes;
             597      or
             598          (b) reject a development plan based on the fact that the development is expected to
             599      contain manufactured homes.
             600          Section 21. Section 17-27a-518 is amended to read:
             601           17-27a-518. Elderly residential facilities in areas zoned exclusively for
             602      single-family dwellings.
             603          (1) For purposes of this section:
             604          (a) no person who is being treated for alcoholism or drug abuse may be placed in a
             605      residential facility for elderly persons; and
             606          (b) placement in a residential facility for elderly persons shall be on a strictly voluntary
             607      basis and may not be a part of, or in lieu of, confinement, rehabilitation, or treatment in a
             608      correctional institution.
             609          (2) Subject to the granting of a conditional use permit, a residential facility for elderly
             610      persons shall be allowed in any zone that is regulated to permit exclusively single-family
             611      dwelling use, if that facility:
             612          (a) conforms to all applicable health, safety, land use, and building codes;
             613          (b) is capable of use as a residential facility for elderly persons without structural or
             614      landscaping alterations that would change the structure's residential character; and
             615          (c) conforms to the county's criteria, adopted by ordinance, governing the location of
             616      residential facilities for elderly persons in areas zoned to permit exclusively single-family
             617      dwellings.


             618          (3) A county may, by ordinance, provide that no residential facility for elderly persons
             619      be established within three-quarters mile of another existing residential facility for elderly
             620      persons or residential facility for persons with a disability.
             621          (4) The use granted and permitted by this section is nontransferable and terminates if
             622      the structure is devoted to a use other than as a residential facility for elderly persons or if the
             623      structure fails to comply with applicable health, safety, and building codes.
             624          (5) (a) County ordinances shall prohibit discrimination against elderly persons and
             625      against residential facilities for elderly persons.
             626          (b) The decision of a county regarding the application for a permit by a residential
             627      facility for elderly persons [must] shall be based on legitimate land use criteria and may not be
             628      based on the age of the facility's residents.
             629          (6) The requirements of this section that a residential facility for elderly persons obtain
             630      a conditional use permit or other permit do not apply if the facility meets the requirements of
             631      existing land use ordinances that allow a specified number of unrelated persons to live
             632      together.
             633          Section 22. Section 17-28-11 is amended to read:
             634           17-28-11. Temporary work -- Term or period.
             635          [The] (1) Subject to Subsection (2), the head of any county fire department coming
             636      within the provisions of this act may with the advice and consent of the county legislative
             637      body, appoint to any position or place of employment in [his] the fire department, any person
             638      for temporary work without making [such] the appointment from the certified civil service list[,
             639      provided, however, such].
             640          (2) An appointment [shall not] described in Subsection (1) may not be longer than one
             641      month in the aggregate in the same calendar year.
             642          Section 23. Section 17-30-8 is amended to read:
             643           17-30-8. Preservation and inspection of examination papers.
             644          All examination papers shall remain the property of the commission, and shall be
             645      preserved until the expiration of the eligible register for the preparation of which an


             646      examination is given. Examination papers [shall not be] are not open to public inspection
             647      without court order, but an applicant may inspect [his] the applicant's own papers at any time
             648      within 30 days after the mailing of notice of [his] the applicant's grade. The appointing
             649      authority may inspect the papers of any eligible applicant certified for appointment.
             650          Section 24. Section 17-30-22 is amended to read:
             651           17-30-22. Prohibitions against political activities -- Penalties.
             652          (1) Any employee of a governmental unit or member of a governing body, or
             653      appointing authority, or peace officer who shall appoint, promote, transfer, demote, suspend,
             654      discharge or change the amount of compensation of any merit system officer or seek, aid or
             655      abet the appointment, promotion, transfer, demotion, suspension, discharge or change in the
             656      amount of compensation of any merit system officer, or promise or threaten to do so, for
             657      giving, withholding, or neglecting to make any contributions or any service for any political
             658      purpose, or who solicits, directly or indirectly, any such contribution or service, from a merit
             659      system officer, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor. This section [shall not be deemed to] does not
             660      apply to political speeches or use of mass communications media for political purposes by
             661      persons not merit system officers even though merit system officers may be present or within
             662      the reach of such media unless the purpose and intent [thereof] is to violate this section with
             663      direct respect to [such] those officers.
             664          (2) No merit system officer may engage in any political activity during the hours of
             665      employment, nor shall any person solicit political contributions from merit system officers
             666      during hours of employment for political purposes; but nothing in this section shall preclude
             667      voluntary contributions by a merit system officer to the party or candidate of the officer's
             668      choice.
             669          Section 25. Section 17-31-3 is amended to read:
             670           17-31-3. Reserve fund authorized -- Use of collected funds.
             671          The county legislative body may create a reserve fund and any funds collected but not
             672      expended during any fiscal year [shall not] do not revert to the general fund of the governing
             673      bodies but shall be retained in a special fund to be used in accordance with Sections 17-31-2


             674      through 17-31-5 .
             675          Section 26. Section 17-33-10 is amended to read:
             676           17-33-10. Grievance and appeals procedure -- Employees' complaints of
             677      discriminatory employment practice.
             678          (1) Any county to which the provisions of this act apply shall establish in its personnel
             679      rules and regulations a grievance and appeals procedure. The procedure shall be used to
             680      resolve disputes arising from grievances as defined in the rules and regulations, including [but
             681      not limited to] acts of discrimination. The procedure may also be used by employees in the
             682      event of dismissal, demotion, suspension, or transfer.
             683          (2) Any charge by a county career service employee of discriminatory or prohibited
             684      employment practice as prohibited by Section 34A-5-106 , can be filed with the Division of
             685      Antidiscrimination and Labor within the Labor Commission. Complaints shall be filed within
             686      30 days of the issuance of a written decision of the county career service council.
             687          Section 27. Section 17-33-15 is amended to read:
             688           17-33-15. Duty of county legislative body to provide rules or regulations --
             689      Conflicts with state or federal law.
             690          (1) It shall be the duty of the county legislative body to provide by rule or regulation
             691      for the operation and functioning of any activity within the purpose and spirit of the act which
             692      is necessary and expedient.
             693          (2) If any provision of this act or the application thereof is found to be in conflict with
             694      any state or federal law, conflict with which would impair funding otherwise receivable from
             695      the state or federal government, the conflicting part is hereby declared to be inoperative solely
             696      to the extent of the conflict and with respect to the department, agency, or institution of the
             697      county directly affected, but such finding [shall not] does not affect the operation of the
             698      remainder of this act in any of its applications.
             699          (3) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, no rule or regulation shall be
             700      adopted by the county legislative body which would deprive the county or any of its
             701      departments, agencies, or institutions of state or federal grants or other forms of financial


             702      assistance.
             703          Section 28. Section 17-34-5 is amended to read:
             704           17-34-5. Budgeting, accounting for, and disbursing of funds -- Annual audit.
             705          (1) (a) With respect to the budgeting, accounting for, and disbursing of funds to furnish
             706      the municipal-type services and functions described in Section 17-34-1 to areas of the county
             707      outside the limits of incorporated towns and cities, including levying of taxes and imposition of
             708      fees and charges under Section 17-34-3 , each county legislative body shall separately budget
             709      and strictly account for and apportion to the costs of providing municipal-type services and
             710      functions the following:
             711          (i) the salaries of each county commissioner and the salaries and wages of all other
             712      elected and appointed county officials and employees;
             713          (ii) the operation and maintenance costs of each municipal-type service or function
             714      provided, set forth separately as line items in the Municipal Services Fund budget;
             715          (iii) the cost of renting or otherwise using capital facilities for the purposes of
             716      providing municipal-type services or functions; and
             717          (iv) all other costs including[, but not limited to,] administrative costs associated,
             718      directly or indirectly, with the costs of providing municipal-type services or functions.
             719          (b) At all times these funds and any expenditures from these funds shall be separately
             720      accounted for and utilized only for the purposes of providing municipal-type services and
             721      functions to areas of the county outside the limits of incorporated towns or cities.
             722          (2) To implement Subsection (1):
             723          (a) a budget shall be adopted and administered in the same manner as the budget for
             724      general purposes of the county which furnishes the municipal-type services and functions is
             725      adopted and administered, either as a part of the general budget or separate from it;
             726          (b) funds for the purposes of furnishing municipal-type services and functions under
             727      this chapter shall be collected, held, and administered in the same manner as other funds of the
             728      county are collected, held, and administered, but shall be segregated and separately maintained,
             729      except that where, in the judgment of the county legislative body, advantages inure to the fund


             730      from coinvestment of these funds and other funds also subject to control by the county
             731      legislative body, the county legislative body may direct this coinvestment, but in no event may
             732      the funds to furnish municipal-type services and functions or the income from their investment
             733      be used for purposes other than those described in Section 17-34-1 ;
             734          (c) expenditures shall be made in the same manner as other expenditures of the county
             735      are made; and
             736          (d) any taxes levied under this chapter shall be levied at the same time and in the same
             737      manner as other taxes of the county are levied.
             738          (3) An annual audit of the budgeting, accounting for, and disbursing of funds used to
             739      furnish municipal-type services and functions, shall be conducted by an independent certified
             740      public accountant.
             741          Section 29. Section 17-35b-303 is amended to read:
             742           17-35b-303. Community council form of county government.
             743          (1) The structural form of county government known as the "community council" form
             744      unites in a single consolidated city and county government the powers, duties, and functions
             745      which, immediately prior to its effective date, are vested in the county, the largest city in the
             746      county, such other cities and towns as elect to merge in it, and all special taxing districts, public
             747      authorities, service areas, and other local public entities functioning within the boundaries of
             748      the county, except school districts. The consolidated government shall have power to extend on
             749      a countywide basis any governmental service or function which is authorized by law or which
             750      the previous county, cities, and other local public agencies included therein were empowered to
             751      provide for their residents, but no such service shall be provided within an incorporated
             752      municipality which continues to provide that service for its own inhabitants, except upon a
             753      contract basis for the municipality, and no taxes, assessments, fees, or other charges shall be
             754      extended or collected within the municipality for the purpose of financing any service which is
             755      not provided by the consolidated government within the municipality. "Largest city," as used in
             756      this section, means a city or cities the population of which, as shown by the most recent
             757      decennial or special census, exceeds 35% of the total county population.


             758          (2) The incorporated cities and towns, other than the largest city, in the county shall
             759      retain independent corporate existence and shall continue to provide local services to their
             760      inhabitants of the type and to the extent provided in the plan, but any such city or town, by
             761      majority vote of its qualified voters, cast either concurrently with the election at which the plan
             762      is approved or subsequently to it, as provided by the governing body of the city or town, may
             763      cause the city or town to be dissolved and its powers, duties, and functions vested in the
             764      countywide government.
             765          (3) The county legislative body of the countywide government shall be a council
             766      composed of not less than five persons as specified in the plan, elected respectively from
             767      communities, which collectively include all of the territory within the county, having
             768      boundaries described in the plan embracing substantially equal populations. In addition to
             769      other powers vested in the countywide government by law or pursuant to this act, the county
             770      council shall have all of the legislative and policymaking powers which it is possible for the
             771      governing body of a county or a city to possess and which are not expressly denied by the
             772      constitution, by a general law applicable to all cities or all counties, or by a specific restriction
             773      in the plan itself.
             774          (4) The voters of each community shall elect a community council composed of the
             775      community's elected member of the county council, who shall be chairman of the community
             776      council, and not less than two nor more than four additional members elected either from
             777      districts of substantially equal population within the community, or at large therein, as may be
             778      provided in the plan. A community council shall have the power and duty, in conformity with
             779      guidelines prescribed by the county council, to adopt policies and formulate specific programs
             780      relating to and defining the kinds and levels of local governmental services necessary to satisfy
             781      the needs and desires of the citizens within the community, but a community council shall have
             782      no power to engage personnel or to acquire facilities, property, or equipment for the
             783      administration or performance of such services. Authorized programs for local governmental
             784      services which have been approved by a community council shall be submitted to the county
             785      council for implementation and shall be carried into effect by the county council and county


             786      executive unless, by a vote of not less than 3/4 of its entire membership, the county council
             787      determines that a particular program, in whole or in part, should be rejected as contrary to the
             788      general welfare of the county. A community council program for local governmental services
             789      within a community:
             790          (a) shall include a method or methods for financing such services;
             791          (b) may provide for supplying of such services by contract or by joint or cooperative
             792      action pursuant to Title 11, Chapter 13, Interlocal Cooperation Act, in which case the
             793      community council shall be considered a "public agency" within the meaning of said act; and
             794          (c) may provide for supplying of such services through the creation of service areas
             795      pursuant to Title 17B, Chapter 2a, Part 9, Service Area Act.
             796          (5) Notwithstanding Subsection (4), in any community which includes, in whole or in
             797      part, the territory of a city or town, no community council program for local government
             798      services above the minimum level of area-wide services provided countywide may be
             799      submitted to the county council for implementation unless it first is submitted to the governing
             800      body of each such city or town for review. Within 30 days after such submission, the governing
             801      body of the city or town:
             802          (a) may file with the community council a written statement of its comments,
             803      suggestions, and recommendations relating to the program, and the community council shall
             804      give due consideration thereto; or
             805          (b) may, by resolution or ordinance, provide that any designated part of the community
             806      council program relating to a service to be provided within the city or town shall be submitted
             807      to the voters thereof at a general or special election to be held therein within 60 days after the
             808      date of the resolution or ordinance. Any part of the program submitted to the voters of a city or
             809      town under this Subsection (5) [shall not] may not be included in the program as submitted to
             810      the county council unless it receives an approving vote at such election by majority of all votes
             811      cast on the question.
             812          (6) Except as provided herein, the qualifications, mode of election, term of office,
             813      method of removal, procedure to fill vacancies, compensation, and other appropriate provisions


             814      relating to membership on the county council or community councils shall be provided in the
             815      plan.
             816          (7) Upon the effective date of the plan and as provided in it, all properties and assets,
             817      whether tangible or intangible, and all obligations, debts, and liabilities, of those governmental
             818      entities which are merged into the new countywide government shall become vested and
             819      transferred by operation of law in and to the new countywide government. The properties,
             820      assets, obligations, debts, and liabilities of any city or town not merged into the new
             821      countywide government, so far as allocated, used, or incurred primarily to discharge a function
             822      which under the plan will no longer be a responsibility of the city or town, shall likewise be
             823      vested in and transferred to the new countywide government. All transfers under this
             824      Subsection (7) shall be subject to equitable adjustments, conditions, and limitations provided in
             825      the plan and determined by procedures specified in the plan, but the contractual rights of any
             826      bondholder or creditor [shall not] may not be impaired.
             827          (8) Upon the effective date of the plan and as provided in it, nonelective officers and
             828      employees of governmental entities which are merged into the new countywide government
             829      and such officers and employees of nonmerged cities or towns whose qualifications and duties
             830      relate primarily to functions which under the plan will no longer be a responsibility of those
             831      cities or towns, shall be blanketed in and transferred to the new countywide government as
             832      officers and employees of it. Standards and procedures relating to such personnel transfers, and
             833      for resolving disputes or grievances relating thereto, shall be provided in the plan.
             834          Section 30. Section 17-35b-304 is amended to read:
             835           17-35b-304. Consolidated city and county -- Structural form.
             836          (1) The structural form of county government known as the "consolidated city and
             837      county" form unites in a single consolidated city and county government the powers, duties,
             838      and functions which, immediately prior to its effective date, are vested in the county, the largest
             839      city in the county, such other cities and towns as elect to merge in it, and all special taxing
             840      districts, public authorities, county service areas, and other local public entities functioning
             841      within the boundaries of the county, except school districts. The consolidated government shall


             842      with the consent of the continuing municipalities have power to extend on a countywide basis
             843      any governmental service or function which is authorized by law or which the previous county,
             844      cities, and other local public agencies included in them were empowered to provide for their
             845      residents. No such service, however, shall be provided within an incorporated municipality
             846      which continues to provide that such service for its own inhabitants, except upon a contract
             847      basis for the municipality. No taxes, assessments, fees, or other charges shall be extended or
             848      collected by the consolidated government within any municipality for the purpose of financing
             849      any service which is not provided by the consolidated government within the municipality.
             850      "Largest city," as used in this section, means a city or cities the population of which, as shown
             851      by the most recent decennial or special census, exceeds 35% of the total county population.
             852          (2) The incorporated cities and towns, other than the largest city in the county, shall
             853      retain independent corporate existence and shall continue to provide local services to their
             854      inhabitants of the type and to the extent provided in the plan; but any such city or town by
             855      majority vote of its qualified voters cast either concurrently with the election at which the plan
             856      is approved or subsequently to it, as provided by the governing body of the city or town, may
             857      cause the city or town to be dissolved and its powers, duties, and functions vested in the
             858      consolidated government.
             859          (3) The governing body of the consolidated government shall be a council composed of
             860      not less than five persons elected as specified in the plan. In addition to other powers vested in
             861      the consolidated government by law or pursuant to this act, the county council shall have all the
             862      legislative and policymaking powers which it is possible for the governing body of a county or
             863      a city to possess and which are not expressly denied by the constitution, by general law
             864      applicable to all cities or all counties, or by a specific restriction in the plan itself.
             865          (4) Except as provided in this act, the qualifications, mode of election, term of office,
             866      method of removal, procedure to fill vacancies, compensation, or other appropriate provisions
             867      relating to membership on the county council shall be provided in the plan.
             868          (5) Upon the effective date of the plan, as provided in it, all properties and assets,
             869      whether tangible or intangible, and all obligations, debts, and liabilities of those governmental


             870      entities which are merged into the consolidated government shall become vested and
             871      transferred by operation of law in and to the consolidated government. The properties, assets,
             872      obligations, debts, and liabilities of any city or town not merged into the consolidated
             873      government, so far as allocated, used, or incurred primarily to discharge a function which under
             874      the plan will no longer be a responsibility of the city or town, shall likewise be vested in and
             875      transferred to the consolidated government. All transfers under this Subsection (5) shall be
             876      subject to equitable adjustments, conditions, and limitations provided in the plan and
             877      determined by procedures specified in the plan, but the contractual rights of any bondholder or
             878      creditor [shall not] may not be impaired.
             879          (6) Upon the effective date of the plan, and as provided in it, nonelective officers and
             880      employees of the governmental entities which are merged into the consolidated government
             881      and such officers and employees of nonmerged cities or towns whose qualifications and duties
             882      relate primarily to functions which under the plan will no longer be a responsibility of those
             883      cities or towns shall be blanketed in and transferred to the consolidated government as officers
             884      and employees of it. Standards and procedures relating to such personnel transfers and for
             885      resolving disputes or grievances relating to them shall be provided in the plan.
             886          Section 31. Section 17-36-10 is amended to read:
             887           17-36-10. Preparation of tentative budget.
             888          (1) On or before the first day of the next to last month of every fiscal period, the budget
             889      officer shall prepare for the next budget period and file with the governing body a tentative
             890      budget for each fund for which a budget is required.
             891          (2) The tentative budget shall set forth in tabular form:
             892          (a) actual revenues and expenditures in the last completed fiscal period;
             893          (b) estimated total revenues and expenditures for the current fiscal period;
             894          (c) the estimated available revenues and expenditures for the ensuing budget period
             895      computed by determining:
             896          (i) the estimated expenditure for each fund after review of each departmental budget
             897      request;


             898          (ii) (A) the total revenue requirements of the fund;
             899          (B) the part of the total revenue that will be derived from revenue sources other than
             900      property tax; and
             901          (C) the part of the total revenue that [must] shall be derived from property taxes; and
             902          (d) if required by the governing body, actual performance experience to the extent
             903      available in work units, unit costs, man hours, and man years for each budgeted fund that
             904      includes an appropriation for salaries or wages for the last completed fiscal period and the first
             905      eight months of the current fiscal period if the county is on an annual fiscal period, or the first
             906      20 months of the current fiscal period if the county is on a biennial fiscal period, together with
             907      the total estimated performance data of like character for the current fiscal period and for the
             908      ensuing budget period.
             909          (3) The budget officer may recommend modification of any departmental budget
             910      request under Subsection (2)(c)(i) before it is filed with the governing body, if each department
             911      head has been given an opportunity to be heard concerning the modification.
             912          (4) Each tentative budget shall contain the estimates of expenditures submitted by any
             913      department together with specific work programs and other supportive data as the governing
             914      body requests. The tentative budget shall be accompanied by a supplementary estimate of all
             915      capital projects or planned capital projects within the budget period and within the next three
             916      succeeding years.
             917          (5) (a) Each tentative budget submitted in a county with a population in excess of
             918      25,000 determined pursuant to Section 17-36-4 shall be accompanied by a budget message in
             919      explanation of the budget.
             920          (b) The budget message shall contain an outline of the proposed financial policies of
             921      the county for the budget period and describe the important features of the budgetary plan. It
             922      shall also state the reasons for changes from the previous fiscal period in appropriation and
             923      revenue items and explain any major changes in financial policy.
             924          (c) A budget message for counties with a population of less than 25,000 is
             925      recommended but not incumbent upon the budget officer.


             926          (6) The tentative budget shall be reviewed, considered, and tentatively adopted by the
             927      governing body in a regular or special meeting called for that purpose. It may thereafter be
             928      amended or revised by the governing body prior to public hearings thereon, except that no
             929      appropriation required for debt retirement and interest or reduction, pursuant to Section
             930      17-36-17 , of any deficits which exist may be reduced below the required minimum.
             931          Section 32. Section 17-36-17 is amended to read:
             932           17-36-17. Appropriations in final budget -- Limitations.
             933          (1) The governing body of a county [shall not] may not make any appropriation in the
             934      final budget of any fund in excess of the estimated expendable revenue of the fund for the
             935      budget period.
             936          (2) There shall be included as an item of appropriation in the budget of each fund for
             937      any fiscal period any existing deficit as of the close of the last completed fiscal period to the
             938      extent of at least 5% of the total revenue of the fund in the last completed fiscal period or if the
             939      deficit is less than 5% of the total revenue, an amount equal to the deficit.
             940          Section 33. Section 17-37-4 is amended to read:
             941           17-37-4. Delegation of management and control authority to directors by county
             942      executive body -- Contract or lease with private entity for management -- Deposit of
             943      money collected -- Expenditures -- Recommendations by directors to county executive
             944      body.
             945          (1) Upon the appointment of a planetarium board of directors, the county executive
             946      may delegate to the board of directors the authority to manage and control the functions,
             947      activities, operations, maintenance, and repair of any county planetarium, and shall include in
             948      its delegation the authority to approve and control all expenditures from the county planetarium
             949      fund. Any delegation of authority made to the board of directors under this section shall at all
             950      times be subject to the ultimate authority and responsibility of the county executive for the
             951      management and control of all county funds and properties as conferred upon that board by
             952      general law applicable to counties.
             953          (2) (a) Upon the recommendation of the board of directors, the county may enter into a


             954      contract or lease agreement with a private organization or entity for partial or full management,
             955      operation and maintenance of any county planetarium and for other planetarium services,
             956      which may include providing the physical facilities and equipment for the operation of a
             957      planetarium.
             958          (b) A contract or lease for [such] the purposes [shall not] described in Subsection (2)(a)
             959      may not extend for more than a four-year period and shall be subject to annual review by the
             960      board of directors to determine if performance is in conformance with the terms of the contract
             961      or lease and to establish the level of the subsequent funding pursuant to the contract or lease.
             962          (3) All money collected from a county planetarium tax levy shall be deposited in the
             963      county treasury to the credit of the county planetarium fund. All money collected from
             964      operations of or from donations to any planetarium owned and operated by the county shall
             965      also be deposited in the county treasury to the credit of the planetarium fund. Any money
             966      collected from operations of a planetarium by a contracting party or lessee shall be used or
             967      deposited as the contract or lease may provide. Income or proceeds from any investment by the
             968      county treasurer of county planetarium funds shall be credited to the county planetarium fund
             969      and used only for planetarium purposes.
             970          (4) Expenditures from the county planetarium fund shall be drawn upon by the
             971      authorized officers of the county upon presentation of properly authenticated vouchers or
             972      documentation of the board of directors or other appropriate planetarium official. The fund
             973      [shall not] may not be used for any purpose other than to pay the costs of acquiring,
             974      constructing, operating, managing, equipping, furnishing, maintaining or repairing a
             975      planetarium, including appropriate, reasonable and proportionate costs allocated by the county
             976      for support of the planetarium, or to pay the cost of financing and funding a contract or lease
             977      agreement for facilities, equipment, management, operation, and maintenance of a planetarium.
             978          (5) The board of directors shall provide recommendations to the county executive with
             979      respect to the purchase, lease, exchange, construction, erection, or other acquisition of land,
             980      real property improvements, and fixtures or the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition of
             981      land, real property improvements, and fixtures for the use or benefit of a county planetarium.


             982          Section 34. Section 17-38-4 is amended to read:
             983           17-38-4. Nontermination of taxing power.
             984          The power to levy a tax as provided in Section 17-38-1 [shall] does not terminate on
             985      June 30, 1983.
             986          Section 35. Section 17-41-301 is amended to read:
             987           17-41-301. Proposal for creation of agriculture protection area or industrial
             988      protection area.
             989          (1) (a) A proposal to create an agriculture protection area or an industrial protection
             990      area may be filed with:
             991          (i) the legislative body of the county in which the area is located, if the area is within
             992      the unincorporated part of a county; or
             993          (ii) the legislative body of the city or town in which the area is located, if the area is
             994      within a city or town.
             995          (b) (i) To be accepted for processing by the applicable legislative body, a proposal
             996      under Subsection (1)(a) shall be signed by a majority in number of all owners of real property
             997      and the owners of a majority of the land area in agricultural production or industrial use within
             998      the proposed agriculture protection area or industrial protection area, respectively.
             999          (ii) For purposes of Subsection (1)(b)(i), the owners of real property shall be
             1000      determined by the records of the county recorder.
             1001          (2) The proposal shall identify:
             1002          (a) the boundaries of the land proposed to become part of an agriculture protection area
             1003      or industrial protection area;
             1004          (b) any limits on the types of agriculture production or industrial use to be allowed
             1005      within the agriculture protection area or industrial protection area, respectively; and
             1006          (c) for each parcel of land:
             1007          (i) the names of the owners of record of the land proposed to be included within the
             1008      agriculture protection area or industrial protection area;
             1009          (ii) the tax parcel number or account number identifying each parcel; and


             1010          (iii) the number of acres of each parcel.
             1011          (3) An agriculture protection area or industrial protection area may include within its
             1012      boundaries land used for a roadway, dwelling site, park, or other nonagricultural or, in the case
             1013      of an industrial protection area, nonindustrial use if that land constitutes a minority of the total
             1014      acreage within the agriculture protection area or industrial protection area, respectively.
             1015          (4) A county or municipal legislative body may establish:
             1016          (a) the manner and form for submission of proposals; and
             1017          (b) reasonable fees for accepting and processing the proposal.
             1018          (5) Each county and municipal legislative body shall establish the minimum number of
             1019      continuous acres that [must] shall be included in an agriculture protection area or industrial
             1020      protection area.
             1021          Section 36. Section 17-41-401 is amended to read:
             1022           17-41-401. Farmland Assessment Act benefits not affected.
             1023          (1) Creation of an agriculture protection area [shall not] may not impair the ability of
             1024      land within the area to obtain the benefits of Title 59, Chapter 2, Part 5, Farmland Assessment
             1025      Act.
             1026          (2) The eligibility of land for the benefits of Title 59, Chapter 2, Part 5, Farmland
             1027      Assessment Act, shall be determined exclusively by the provisions of that act, notwithstanding
             1028      the land's location within an agriculture protection area.
             1029          Section 37. Section 17-52-401 is amended to read:
             1030           17-52-401. Contents of proposed optional plan.
             1031          (1) Each optional plan proposed under this chapter:
             1032          (a) shall propose the adoption of one of the forms of county government listed in
             1033      Subsection 17-52-402 (1)(a);
             1034          (b) shall contain detailed provisions relating to the transition from the existing form of
             1035      county government to the form proposed in the optional plan, including provisions relating to
             1036      the:
             1037          (i) election or appointment of officers specified in the optional plan for the new form of


             1038      county government;
             1039          (ii) retention, elimination, or combining of existing offices and, if an office is
             1040      eliminated, the division or department of county government responsible for performing the
             1041      duties of the eliminated office;
             1042          (iii) continuity of existing ordinances and regulations;
             1043          (iv) continuation of pending legislative, administrative, or judicial proceedings;
             1044          (v) making of interim and temporary appointments; and
             1045          (vi) preparation, approval, and adjustment of necessary budget appropriations;
             1046          (c) shall specify the date it is to become effective if adopted, which [shall not] may not
             1047      be earlier than the first day of January next following the election of officers under the new
             1048      plan; and
             1049          (d) notwithstanding any other provision of this title and except with respect to an
             1050      optional plan that proposes the adoption of the county commission or expanded county
             1051      commission form of government, with respect to the county budget:
             1052          (i) may provide that the county auditor's role is to be the budget officer, to project
             1053      county revenues, and to prepare a tentative budget to present to the county executive; and
             1054          (ii) shall provide that the county executive's role is to prepare and present a proposed
             1055      budget to the county legislative body, and the county legislative body's role is to adopt a final
             1056      budget.
             1057          (2) Subject to Subsection (3), an optional plan may include provisions that are
             1058      considered necessary or advisable to the effective operation of the proposed optional plan.
             1059          (3) An optional plan may not include any provision that is inconsistent with or
             1060      prohibited by the Utah Constitution or any statute.
             1061          (4) Each optional plan proposing to change the form of government to a form under
             1062      Section 17-52-504 or 17-52-505 shall:
             1063          (a) provide for the same executive and legislative officers as are specified in the
             1064      applicable section for the form of government being proposed by the optional plan;
             1065          (b) provide for the election of the county council;


             1066          (c) specify the number of county council members, which shall be an odd number from
             1067      three to nine;
             1068          (d) specify whether the members of the county council are to be elected from districts,
             1069      at large, or by a combination of at large and by district;
             1070          (e) specify county council members' qualifications and terms and whether the terms are
             1071      to be staggered;
             1072          (f) contain procedures for filling vacancies on the county council, consistent with the
             1073      provisions of Section 20A-1-508 ; and
             1074          (g) state the initial compensation, if any, of county council members and procedures for
             1075      prescribing and changing compensation.
             1076          (5) Each optional plan proposing to change the form of government to the county
             1077      commission form under Section 17-52-501 or the expanded county commission form under
             1078      Section 17-52-502 shall specify:
             1079          (a) (i) for the county commission form of government, that the county commission
             1080      shall have three members; or
             1081          (ii) for the expanded county commission form of government, whether the county
             1082      commission shall have five or seven members;
             1083          (b) the terms of office for county commission members and whether the terms are to be
             1084      staggered;
             1085          (c) whether members of the county commission are to be elected from districts, at
             1086      large, or by a combination of at large and from districts; and
             1087          (d) if any members of the county commission are to be elected from districts, the
             1088      district residency requirements for those commission members.
             1089          Section 38. Section 17-53-209 is amended to read:
             1090           17-53-209. Records to be kept.
             1091          The legislative body of each county shall cause to be kept:
             1092          (1) a minute record, in which [must] shall be recorded all orders and decisions made by
             1093      the county legislative body and the daily proceedings had at all regular and special meetings;


             1094          (2) an allowance record, in which [must] shall be recorded all orders for the allowance
             1095      of money from the county treasury, to whom made and on what account, dating, numbering,
             1096      and indexing the same through each year;
             1097          (3) a road record, containing all proceedings and adjudications relating to the
             1098      establishment, maintenance, charge, and discontinuance of roads and road districts, and all
             1099      contracts and other matters pertaining thereto;
             1100          (4) a franchise record, containing all franchises granted by the board, for what purpose,
             1101      the length of time, and to whom granted, the amount of bond and license tax required or other
             1102      consideration to be paid;
             1103          (5) an ordinance record, in which [must] shall be entered all ordinances or laws duly
             1104      passed by the county legislative body; and
             1105          (6) a warrant record, to be kept by the county auditor, in which [must] shall be entered
             1106      in the order of drawing all warrants drawn on the treasurer, with their number and reference to
             1107      the order on the minute record, with date, amount, on what account, and the name of the payee.
             1108          Section 39. Section 17-53-311 is amended to read:
             1109           17-53-311. Contracting for management, maintenance, operation, or construction
             1110      of jails.
             1111          (1) (a) With the approval of the sheriff, a county executive may contract with private
             1112      contractors for management, maintenance, operation, and construction of county jails.
             1113          (b) A county executive may include a provision in the contract that allows use of a
             1114      building authority created under the provisions of Title 17D, Chapter 2, Local Building
             1115      Authority Act, to construct or acquire a jail facility.
             1116          (c) A county executive may include a provision in the contract that requires that any
             1117      jail facility meet any federal, state, or local standards for the construction of jails.
             1118          (2) If a county executive contracts only for the management, maintenance, or operation
             1119      of a jail, the county executive shall include provisions in the contract that:
             1120          (a) require the private contractor to post a performance bond in the amount set by the
             1121      county legislative body;


             1122          (b) establish training standards that [must] shall be met by jail personnel;
             1123          (c) require the private contractor to provide and fund training for jail personnel so that
             1124      the personnel meet the standards established in the contract and any other federal, state, or local
             1125      standards for the operation of jails and the treatment of jail prisoners;
             1126          (d) require the private contractor to indemnify the county for errors, omissions,
             1127      defalcations, and other activities committed by the private contractor that result in liability to
             1128      the county;
             1129          (e) require the private contractor to show evidence of liability insurance protecting the
             1130      county and its officers, employees, and agents from liability arising from the construction,
             1131      operation, or maintenance of the jail, in an amount not less than those specified in Title 63G,
             1132      Chapter 7, Governmental Immunity Act of Utah;
             1133          (f) require the private contractor to:
             1134          (i) receive all prisoners committed to the jail by competent authority; and
             1135          (ii) provide them with necessary food, clothing, and bedding in the manner prescribed
             1136      by the governing body; and
             1137          (g) prohibit the use of inmates by the private contractor for private business purposes
             1138      of any kind.
             1139          (3) A contractual provision requiring the private contractor to maintain liability
             1140      insurance in an amount not less than the liability limits established by Title 63G, Chapter 7,
             1141      Governmental Immunity Act of Utah, may not be construed as waiving the limitation on
             1142      damages recoverable from a governmental entity or its employees established by that chapter.
             1143          Section 40. Section 17B-1-304 is amended to read:
             1144           17B-1-304. Appointment procedures for appointed members.
             1145          (1) The appointing authority may, by resolution, appoint persons to serve as members
             1146      of a local district board by following the procedures established by this section.
             1147          (2) (a) In any calendar year when appointment of a new local district board member is
             1148      required, the appointing authority shall prepare a notice of vacancy that contains:
             1149          (i) the positions that are vacant that [must] shall be filled by appointment;


             1150          (ii) the qualifications required to be appointed to those positions;
             1151          (iii) the procedures for appointment that the governing body will follow in making
             1152      those appointments; and
             1153          (iv) the person to be contacted and any deadlines that a person [must] shall meet who
             1154      wishes to be considered for appointment to those positions.
             1155          (b) The appointing authority shall:
             1156          (i) post the notice of vacancy in four public places within the local district at least one
             1157      month before the deadline for accepting nominees for appointment; and
             1158          (ii) (A) publish the notice of vacancy:
             1159          (I) in a daily newspaper of general circulation within the local district for five
             1160      consecutive days before the deadline for accepting nominees for appointment; or
             1161          (II) in a local weekly newspaper circulated within the local district in the week before
             1162      the deadline for accepting nominees for appointment; and
             1163          (B) in accordance with Section 45-1-101 for five days before the deadline for accepting
             1164      nominees for appointment.
             1165          (c) The appointing authority may bill the local district for the cost of preparing,
             1166      printing, and publishing the notice.
             1167          (3) (a) Not sooner than two months after the appointing authority is notified of the
             1168      vacancy, the appointing authority shall select a person to fill the vacancy from the applicants
             1169      who meet the qualifications established by law.
             1170          (b) The appointing authority shall:
             1171          (i) comply with Title 52, Chapter 4, Open and Public Meetings Act, in making the
             1172      appointment;
             1173          (ii) allow any interested persons to be heard; and
             1174          (iii) adopt a resolution appointing a person to the local district board.
             1175          (c) If no candidate for appointment to fill the vacancy receives a majority vote of the
             1176      appointing authority, the appointing authority shall select the appointee from the two top
             1177      candidates by lot.


             1178          (4) Persons appointed to serve as members of the local district board serve four-year
             1179      terms, but may be removed for cause at any time after a hearing by 2/3 vote of the appointing
             1180      body.
             1181          (5) At the end of each board member's term, the position is considered vacant and the
             1182      appointing authority may either reappoint the old board member or appoint a new member after
             1183      following the appointment procedures established in this section.
             1184          (6) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, if the appointing authority
             1185      appoints one of its own members, it need not comply with the provisions of this section.
             1186          Section 41. Section 17B-1-506 is amended to read:
             1187           17B-1-506. Withdrawal petition requirements.
             1188          (1) Each petition under Section 17B-1-504 shall:
             1189          (a) indicate the typed or printed name and current address of each owner of acre-feet of
             1190      water, property owner, registered voter, or authorized representative of the governing body
             1191      signing the petition;
             1192          (b) separately group signatures by municipality and, in the case of unincorporated
             1193      areas, by county;
             1194          (c) if it is a petition signed by the owners of land, the assessment of which is based on
             1195      acre-feet of water, indicate the address of the property and the property tax identification parcel
             1196      number of the property as to which the owner is signing the request;
             1197          (d) designate up to three signers of the petition as sponsors, or in the case of a petition
             1198      filed under Subsection 17B-1-504 (1)(a)(iv), designate a governmental representative as a
             1199      sponsor, and in each case, designate one sponsor as the contact sponsor with the mailing
             1200      address and telephone number of each;
             1201          (e) state the reasons for withdrawal; and
             1202          (f) when the petition is filed with the local district board of trustees, be accompanied by
             1203      a map generally depicting the boundaries of the area proposed to be withdrawn and a legal
             1204      description of the area proposed to be withdrawn.
             1205          (2) (a) The local district may prepare an itemized list of expenses, other than attorney


             1206      expenses, that will necessarily be incurred by the local district in the withdrawal proceeding.
             1207      The itemized list of expenses may be submitted to the contact sponsor. If the list of expenses is
             1208      submitted to the contact sponsor within 21 days after receipt of the petition, the contact sponsor
             1209      on behalf of the petitioners shall be required to pay the expenses to the local district within 90
             1210      days of receipt. Until funds to cover the expenses are delivered to the local district, the district
             1211      will have no obligation to proceed with the withdrawal and the time limits on the district stated
             1212      in this part will be tolled. If the expenses are not paid within the 90 days, or within 90 days
             1213      from the conclusion of any arbitration under Subsection (2)(b), the petition requesting the
             1214      withdrawal shall be considered to have been withdrawn.
             1215          (b) If there is no agreement between the board of trustees of the local district and the
             1216      contact sponsor on the amount of expenses that will necessarily be incurred by the local district
             1217      in the withdrawal proceeding, either the board of trustees or the contact sponsor may submit
             1218      the matter to binding arbitration in accordance with Title 78B, Chapter 6, Part 2, Alternative
             1219      Dispute Resolution Act; provided that, if the parties cannot agree upon an arbitrator and the
             1220      rules and procedures that will control the arbitration, either party may pursue arbitration under
             1221      Title 78B, Chapter 11, Utah Uniform Arbitration Act.
             1222          (3) A signer of a petition may withdraw or, once withdrawn, reinstate the signer's
             1223      signature at any time before the public hearing under Section 17B-1-508 by submitting a
             1224      written withdrawal or reinstatement with the board of trustees of the local district in which the
             1225      area proposed to be withdrawn is located.
             1226          (4) If it reasonably appears that, if the withdrawal which is the subject of a petition
             1227      filed under Subsection 17B-1-504 (1)(a)(i) or (ii) is granted, it will be necessary for a
             1228      municipality to provide to the withdrawn area the service previously supplied by the local
             1229      district, the board of trustees of the local district may, within 21 days after receiving the
             1230      petition, notify the contact sponsor in writing that, before it will be considered by the board of
             1231      trustees, the petition [must] shall be presented to and approved by the governing body of the
             1232      municipality as provided in Subsection 17B-1-504 (1)(a)(iv) before it will be considered by the
             1233      local district board of trustees. If the notice is timely given to the contact sponsor, the petition


             1234      shall be considered to have been withdrawn until the municipality files a petition with the local
             1235      district under Subsection 17B-1-504 (1)(a)(iv).
             1236          (5) (a) After receiving the notice required by Subsection 17B-1-504 (2), unless
             1237      specifically allowed by law, a public entity may not make expenditures from public funds to
             1238      support or oppose the gathering of signatures on a petition for withdrawal.
             1239          (b) Nothing in this section prohibits a public entity from providing factual information
             1240      and analysis regarding a withdrawal petition to the public, so long as the information grants
             1241      equal access to both the opponents and proponents of the petition for withdrawal.
             1242          (c) Nothing in this section prohibits a public official from speaking, campaigning,
             1243      contributing personal money, or otherwise exercising the public official's constitutional rights.
             1244          Section 42. Section 17B-1-510 is amended to read:
             1245           17B-1-510. Resolution approving or rejecting withdrawal -- Criteria for approval
             1246      or rejection -- Terms and conditions.
             1247          (1) (a) On or before the date of the board meeting next following the public hearing
             1248      under Section 17B-1-508 , but in no case later than 90 days after the public hearing or, if no
             1249      hearing is held, within 90 days after the filing of a petition under Section 17B-1-504 , the board
             1250      of trustees of the local district in which the area proposed to be withdrawn is located shall
             1251      adopt a resolution:
             1252          (i) approving the withdrawal of some or all of the area from the local district; or
             1253          (ii) rejecting the withdrawal.
             1254          (b) Each resolution approving a withdrawal shall:
             1255          (i) include a legal description of the area proposed to be withdrawn;
             1256          (ii) state the effective date of the withdrawal; and
             1257          (iii) set forth the terms and conditions under Subsection (5), if any, of the withdrawal.
             1258          (c) Each resolution rejecting a withdrawal shall include a detailed explanation of the
             1259      board of trustees' reasons for the rejection.
             1260          (2) Unless denial of the petition is required under Subsection (3), the board of trustees
             1261      shall adopt a resolution approving the withdrawal of some or all of the area from the local


             1262      district if the board of trustees determines that:
             1263          (a) the area to be withdrawn does not and will not require the service that the local
             1264      district provides;
             1265          (b) the local district will not be able to provide service to the area to be withdrawn for
             1266      the reasonably foreseeable future; or
             1267          (c) the area to be withdrawn has obtained the same service that is provided by the local
             1268      district or a commitment to provide the same service that is provided by the local district from
             1269      another source.
             1270          (3) The board of trustees shall adopt a resolution denying the withdrawal if it
             1271      determines that the proposed withdrawal would:
             1272          (a) result in a breach or default by the local district under:
             1273          (i) any of its notes, bonds, or other debt or revenue obligations;
             1274          (ii) any of its agreements with entities which have insured, guaranteed, or otherwise
             1275      credit-enhanced any debt or revenue obligations of the local district; or
             1276          (iii) any of its agreements with the United States or any agency of the United States;
             1277      provided, however, that, if the local district has entered into an agreement with the United
             1278      States that requires the consent of the United States for a withdrawal of territory from the
             1279      district, a withdrawal under this part may occur if the written consent of the United States is
             1280      obtained and filed with the board of trustees;
             1281          (b) adversely affect the ability of the local district to make any payments or perform
             1282      any other material obligations under:
             1283          (i) any of its agreements with the United States or any agency of the United States;
             1284          (ii) any of its notes, bonds, or other debt or revenue obligations; or
             1285          (iii) any of its agreements with entities which have insured, guaranteed, or otherwise
             1286      credit-enhanced any debt or revenue obligations of the local district;
             1287          (c) result in the reduction or withdrawal of any rating on an outstanding note, bond, or
             1288      other debt or revenue obligation of the local district;
             1289          (d) create an island or peninsula of nondistrict territory within the local district or of


             1290      district territory within nondistrict territory that has a material adverse affect on the local
             1291      district's ability to provide service or materially increases the cost of providing service to the
             1292      remainder of the local district;
             1293          (e) materially impair the operations of the remaining local district; or
             1294          (f) require the local district to materially increase the fees it charges or property taxes
             1295      or other taxes it levies in order to provide to the remainder of the district the same level and
             1296      quality of service that was provided before the withdrawal.
             1297          (4) In determining whether the withdrawal would have any of the results described in
             1298      Subsection (3), the board of trustees may consider the cumulative impact that multiple
             1299      withdrawals over a specified period of time would have on the local district.
             1300          (5) (a) Despite the presence of one or more of the conditions listed in Subsection (3),
             1301      the board of trustees may approve a resolution withdrawing an area from the local district
             1302      imposing terms or conditions that mitigate or eliminate the conditions listed in Subsection (3),
             1303      including:
             1304          (i) a requirement that the owners of property located within the area proposed to be
             1305      withdrawn or residents within that area pay their proportionate share of any outstanding district
             1306      bond or other obligation as determined pursuant to Subsection (5)(b);
             1307          (ii) a requirement that the owners of property located within the area proposed to be
             1308      withdrawn or residents within that area make one or more payments in lieu of taxes, fees, or
             1309      assessments;
             1310          (iii) a requirement that the board of trustees and the receiving entity agree to reasonable
             1311      payment and other terms in accordance with Subsections (5)(f) through (g) regarding the
             1312      transfer to the receiving entity of district assets that the district used before withdrawal to
             1313      provide service to the withdrawn area but no longer needs because of the withdrawal; provided
             1314      that, if those district assets are allocated in accordance with Subsections (5)(f) through (g), the
             1315      district shall immediately transfer to the receiving entity on the effective date of the
             1316      withdrawal, all title to and possession of district assets allocated to the receiving entity; or
             1317          (iv) any other reasonable requirement considered to be necessary by the board of


             1318      trustees.
             1319          (b) Other than as provided for in Subsection 17B-1-511 (2), and except as provided in
             1320      Subsection (5)(e), in determining the proportionate share of outstanding bonded indebtedness
             1321      or other obligations under Subsection (5)(a)(i) and for purposes of determining the allocation
             1322      and transfer of district assets under Subsection (5)(a)(iii), the board of trustees and the
             1323      receiving entity, or in cases where there is no receiving entity, the board and the sponsors of the
             1324      petition shall:
             1325          (i) engage engineering and accounting consultants chosen by the procedure provided in
             1326      Subsection (5)(d); provided however, that if the withdrawn area is not receiving service, an
             1327      engineering consultant need not be engaged; and
             1328          (ii) require the engineering and accounting consultants engaged under Subsection
             1329      (5)(b)(i) to communicate in writing to the board of trustees and the receiving entity, or in cases
             1330      where there is no receiving entity, the board and the sponsors of the petition the information
             1331      required by Subsections (5)(f) through (h).
             1332          (c) For purposes of this Subsection (5):
             1333          (i) "accounting consultant" means a certified public accountant or a firm of certified
             1334      public accountants with the expertise necessary to make the determinations required under
             1335      Subsection (5)(h); and
             1336          (ii) "engineering consultant" means a person or firm that has the expertise in the
             1337      engineering aspects of the type of system by which the withdrawn area is receiving service that
             1338      is necessary to make the determination required under Subsections (5)(f) and (g).
             1339          (d) (i) Unless the board of trustees and the receiving entity, or in cases where there is
             1340      no receiving entity, the board and the sponsors of the petition agree on an engineering
             1341      consultant and an accounting consultant, each consultant shall be chosen from a list of
             1342      consultants provided by the Consulting Engineers Council of Utah and the Utah Association of
             1343      Certified Public Accountants, respectively, as provided in this Subsection (5)(d).
             1344          (ii) A list under Subsection (5)(d)(i) may not include a consultant who has had a
             1345      contract for services with the district or the receiving entity during the two-year period


             1346      immediately before the list is provided to the local district.
             1347          (iii) Within 20 days of receiving the lists described in Subsection (5)(d)(i), the board of
             1348      trustees shall eliminate the name of one engineering consultant from the list of engineering
             1349      consultants and the name of one accounting consultant from the list of accounting consultants
             1350      and shall notify the receiving entity, or in cases where there is no receiving entity, the sponsors
             1351      of the petition in writing of the eliminations.
             1352          (iv) Within three days of receiving notification under Subsection (5)(d), the receiving
             1353      entity, or in cases where there is no receiving entity, the sponsors of the petition shall eliminate
             1354      another name of an engineering consultant from the list of engineering consultants and another
             1355      name of an accounting consultant from the list of accounting consultants and shall notify the
             1356      board of trustees in writing of the eliminations.
             1357          (v) The board of trustees and the receiving entity, or in cases where there is no
             1358      receiving entity, the board and the sponsors of the petition shall continue to alternate between
             1359      them, each eliminating the name of one engineering consultant from the list of engineering
             1360      consultants and the name of one accounting consultant from the list of accounting consultants
             1361      and providing written notification of the eliminations within three days of receiving
             1362      notification of the previous notification, until the name of only one engineering consultant
             1363      remains on the list of engineering consultants and the name of only one accounting consultant
             1364      remains on the list of accounting consultants.
             1365          (e) The requirement under Subsection (5)(b) to engage engineering and accounting
             1366      consultants does not apply if the board of trustees and the receiving entity, or in cases where
             1367      there is no receiving entity, the board and the sponsors of the petition agree on the allocations
             1368      that are the engineering consultant's responsibility under Subsection (5)(f) or the
             1369      determinations that are the accounting consultant's responsibility under Subsection (5)(h);
             1370      provided however, that if engineering and accounting consultants are engaged, the district and
             1371      the receiving entity, or in cases where there is no receiving entity, the district and the sponsors
             1372      of the petition shall equally share the cost of the engineering and accounting consultants.
             1373          (f) (i) The engineering consultant shall allocate the district assets between the district


             1374      and the receiving entity as provided in this Subsection (5)(f).
             1375          (ii) The engineering consultant shall allocate:
             1376          (A) to the district those assets reasonably needed by the district to provide to the area
             1377      of the district remaining after withdrawal the kind, level, and quality of service that was
             1378      provided before withdrawal; and
             1379          (B) to the receiving entity those assets reasonably needed by the receiving entity to
             1380      provide to the withdrawn area the kind and quality of service that was provided before
             1381      withdrawal.
             1382          (iii) If the engineering consultant determines that both the local district and the
             1383      receiving entity reasonably need a district asset to provide to their respective areas the kind and
             1384      quality of service provided before withdrawal, the engineering consultant shall:
             1385          (A) allocate the asset between the local district and the receiving entity according to
             1386      their relative needs, if the asset is reasonably susceptible of division; or
             1387          (B) allocate the asset to the local district, if the asset is not reasonably susceptible of
             1388      division.
             1389          (g) All district assets remaining after application of Subsection (5)(f) shall be allocated
             1390      to the local district.
             1391          (h) (i) The accounting consultant shall determine the withdrawn area's proportionate
             1392      share of any redemption premium and the principal of and interest on:
             1393          (A) the local district's revenue bonds that were outstanding at the time the petition was
             1394      filed;
             1395          (B) the local district's general obligation bonds that were outstanding at the time the
             1396      petition was filed; and
             1397          (C) the local district's general obligation bonds that:
             1398          (I) were outstanding at the time the petition was filed; and
             1399          (II) are treated as revenue bonds under Subsection (5)(i); and
             1400          (D) the district's bonds that were issued prior to the date the petition was filed to refund
             1401      the district's revenue bonds, general obligation bonds, or general obligation bonds treated as


             1402      revenue bonds.
             1403          (ii) For purposes of Subsection (5)(h)(i), the withdrawn area's proportionate share of
             1404      redemption premium, principal, and interest shall be the amount that bears the same
             1405      relationship to the total redemption premium, principal, and interest for the entire district that
             1406      the average annual gross revenues from the withdrawn area during the three most recent
             1407      complete fiscal years before the filing of the petition bears to the average annual gross revenues
             1408      from the entire district for the same period.
             1409          (i) For purposes of Subsection (5)(h)(i), a district general obligation bond shall be
             1410      treated as a revenue bond if:
             1411          (i) the bond is outstanding on the date the petition was filed; and
             1412          (ii) the principal of and interest on the bond, as of the date the petition was filed, had
             1413      been paid entirely from local district revenues and not from a levy of ad valorem tax.
             1414          (j) (i) Before the board of trustees of the local district files a resolution approving a
             1415      withdrawal, the receiving entity, or in cases where there is no receiving entity, the sponsors of
             1416      the petition shall irrevocably deposit government obligations, as defined in Subsection
             1417      11-27-2 (6), into an escrow trust fund the principal of and interest on which are sufficient to
             1418      provide for the timely payment of the amount determined by the accounting consultant under
             1419      Subsection (5)(h) or in an amount mutually agreeable to the board of trustees of the local
             1420      district and the receiving entity, or in cases where there is no receiving entity, the board and the
             1421      sponsors of the petition. Notwithstanding Subsection 17B-1-512 (1), the board of trustees
             1422      [shall not] may not be required to file a resolution approving a withdrawal until the
             1423      requirements for establishing and funding an escrow trust fund in this Subsection (5)(j)(i) have
             1424      been met; provided that, if the escrow trust fund has not been established and funded within
             1425      180 days after the board of trustees passes a resolution approving a withdrawal, the resolution
             1426      approving the withdrawal shall be void.
             1427          (ii) Concurrently with the creation of the escrow, the receiving entity, or in cases where
             1428      there is no receiving entity, the sponsors of the petition shall provide to the board of trustees of
             1429      the local district:


             1430          (A) a written opinion of an attorney experienced in the tax-exempt status of municipal
             1431      bonds stating that the establishment and use of the escrow to pay the proportionate share of the
             1432      district's outstanding revenue bonds and general obligation bonds that are treated as revenue
             1433      bonds will not adversely affect the tax-exempt status of the bonds; and
             1434          (B) a written opinion of an independent certified public accountant verifying that the
             1435      principal of and interest on the deposited government obligations are sufficient to provide for
             1436      the payment of the withdrawn area's proportionate share of the bonds as provided in Subsection
             1437      (5)(h).
             1438          (iii) The receiving entity, or in cases where there is no receiving entity, the sponsors of
             1439      the petition shall bear all expenses of the escrow and the redemption of the bonds.
             1440          (iv) The receiving entity may issue bonds under Title 11, Chapter 14, Local
             1441      Government Bonding Act, and Title 11, Chapter 27, Utah Refunding Bond Act, to fund the
             1442      escrow.
             1443          (6) A requirement imposed by the board of trustees as a condition to withdrawal under
             1444      Subsection (5) shall, in addition to being expressed in the resolution, be reduced to a duly
             1445      authorized and executed written agreement between the parties to the withdrawal.
             1446          (7) An area that is the subject of a withdrawal petition under Section 17B-1-504 that
             1447      results in a board of trustees resolution denying the proposed withdrawal may not be the
             1448      subject of another withdrawal petition under Section 17B-1-504 for two years after the date of
             1449      the board of trustees resolution denying the withdrawal.
             1450          Section 43. Section 17B-1-512 is amended to read:
             1451           17B-1-512. Filing of notice and plat -- Recording requirements -- Contest period
             1452      -- Judicial review.
             1453          (1) (a) Within the time specified in Subsection (1)(b), the board of trustees shall file
             1454      with the lieutenant governor:
             1455          (i) a copy of a notice of an impending boundary action, as defined in Section 67-1a-6.5 ,
             1456      that meets the requirements of Subsection 67-1a-6.5 (3); and
             1457          (ii) a copy of an approved final local entity plat, as defined in Section 67-1a-6.5 .


             1458          (b) The board of trustees shall file the documents listed in Subsection (1)(a):
             1459          (i) within 10 days after adopting a resolution approving a withdrawal under Section
             1460      17B-1-510 ; and
             1461          (ii) as soon as practicable after receiving a notice under Subsection 10-2-425 (2) of an
             1462      automatic withdrawal under Subsection 17B-1-502 (2), after receiving a copy of the municipal
             1463      legislative body's resolution approving an automatic withdrawal under Subsection
             1464      17B-1-502 (3)(a), or after receiving notice of a withdrawal of a municipality from a local
             1465      district under Section 17B-2-505 .
             1466          (c) Upon the lieutenant governor's issuance of a certificate of withdrawal under Section
             1467      67-1a-6.5 , the board shall:
             1468          (i) if the withdrawn area is located within the boundary of a single county, submit to
             1469      the recorder of that county:
             1470          (A) the original:
             1471          (I) notice of an impending boundary action;
             1472          (II) certificate of withdrawal; and
             1473          (III) approved final local entity plat; and
             1474          (B) if applicable, a certified copy of the resolution or notice referred to in Subsection
             1475      (1)(b); or
             1476          (ii) if the withdrawn area is located within the boundaries of more than a single county,
             1477      submit:
             1478          (A) the original of the documents listed in Subsections (1)(c)(i)(A)(I), (II), and (III)
             1479      and, if applicable, a certified copy of the resolution or notice referred to in Subsection (1)(b) to
             1480      one of those counties; and
             1481          (B) a certified copy of the documents listed in Subsections (1)(c)(i)(A)(I), (II), and (III)
             1482      and a certified copy of the resolution or notice referred to in Subsection (1)(b) to each other
             1483      county.
             1484          (2) (a) Upon the lieutenant governor's issuance of the certificate of withdrawal under
             1485      Section 67-1a-6.5 for a withdrawal under Section 17B-1-510 , for an automatic withdrawal


             1486      under Subsection 17B-1-502 (3), or for the withdrawal of a municipality from a local district
             1487      under Section 17B-1-505 , the withdrawal shall be effective, subject to the conditions of the
             1488      withdrawal resolution, if applicable.
             1489          (b) An automatic withdrawal under Subsection 17B-1-502 (3) shall be effective upon
             1490      the lieutenant governor's issuance of a certificate of withdrawal under Section 67-1a-6.5 .
             1491          (3) (a) The local district may provide for the publication of any resolution approving or
             1492      denying the withdrawal of an area:
             1493          (i) in a newspaper of general circulation in the area proposed for withdrawal; and
             1494          (ii) as required in Section 45-1-101 .
             1495          (b) In lieu of publishing the entire resolution, the local district may publish a notice of
             1496      withdrawal or denial of withdrawal, containing:
             1497          (i) the name of the local district;
             1498          (ii) a description of the area proposed for withdrawal;
             1499          (iii) a brief explanation of the grounds on which the board of trustees determined to
             1500      approve or deny the withdrawal; and
             1501          (iv) the times and place where a copy of the resolution may be examined, which shall
             1502      be at the place of business of the local district, identified in the notice, during regular business
             1503      hours of the local district as described in the notice and for a period of at least 30 days after the
             1504      publication of the notice.
             1505          (4) Any sponsor of the petition or receiving entity may contest the board's decision to
             1506      deny a withdrawal of an area from the local district by submitting a request, within 60 days
             1507      after the resolution is adopted under Section 17B-1-510 , to the board of trustees, suggesting
             1508      terms or conditions to mitigate or eliminate the conditions upon which the board of trustees
             1509      based its decision to deny the withdrawal.
             1510          (5) Within 60 days after the request under Subsection (4) is submitted to the board of
             1511      trustees, the board may consider the suggestions for mitigation and adopt a resolution
             1512      approving or denying the request in the same manner as provided in Section 17B-1-510 with
             1513      respect to the original resolution denying the withdrawal and file a notice of the action as


             1514      provided in Subsection (1).
             1515          (6) (a) Any person in interest may seek judicial review of:
             1516          (i) the board of trustees' decision to withdraw an area from the local district;
             1517          (ii) the terms and conditions of a withdrawal; or
             1518          (iii) the board's decision to deny a withdrawal.
             1519          (b) Judicial review under this Subsection (6) shall be initiated by filing an action in the
             1520      district court in the county in which a majority of the area proposed to be withdrawn is located:
             1521          (i) if the resolution approving or denying the withdrawal is published under Subsection
             1522      (3), within 60 days after the publication or after the board of trustees' denial of the request
             1523      under Subsection (5);
             1524          (ii) if the resolution is not published pursuant to Subsection (3), within 60 days after
             1525      the resolution approving or denying the withdrawal is adopted; or
             1526          (iii) if a request is submitted to the board of trustees of a local district under Subsection
             1527      (4), and the board adopts a resolution under Subsection (5), within 60 days after the board
             1528      adopts a resolution under Subsection (5) unless the resolution is published under Subsection
             1529      (3), in which event the action [must] shall be filed within 60 days after the publication.
             1530          (c) A court in which an action is filed under this Subsection (6) may not overturn, in
             1531      whole or in part, the board of trustees' decision to approve or reject the withdrawal unless:
             1532          (i) the court finds the board of trustees' decision to be arbitrary or capricious; or
             1533          (ii) the court finds that the board materially failed to follow the procedures set forth in
             1534      this part.
             1535          (d) A court may award costs and expenses of an action under this section, including
             1536      reasonable attorney fees, to the prevailing party.
             1537          (7) After the applicable contest period under Subsection (4) or (6), no person may
             1538      contest the board of trustees' approval or denial of withdrawal for any cause.
             1539          Section 44. Section 17B-1-607 is amended to read:
             1540           17B-1-607. Tentative budget to be prepared -- Review by governing body.
             1541          (1) On or before the first regularly scheduled meeting of the board of trustees in


             1542      November for a calendar year entity and May for a fiscal year entity, the budget officer of each
             1543      local district shall prepare for the ensuing year, on forms provided by the state auditor, and file
             1544      with the board of trustees a tentative budget for each fund for which a budget is required.
             1545          (2) (a) Each tentative budget under Subsection (1) shall provide in tabular form:
             1546          (i) actual revenues and expenditures for the last completed fiscal year;
             1547          (ii) estimated total revenues and expenditures for the current fiscal year; and
             1548          (iii) the budget officer's estimates of revenues and expenditures for the budget year.
             1549          (b) The budget officer shall estimate the amount of revenue available to serve the needs
             1550      of each fund, estimate the portion to be derived from all sources other than general property
             1551      taxes, and estimate the portion that [must] shall be derived from general property taxes.
             1552          (3) The tentative budget, when filed by the budget officer with the board of trustees,
             1553      shall contain the estimates of expenditures together with specific work programs and any other
             1554      supporting data required by this part or requested by the board.
             1555          (4) The board of trustees shall review, consider, and tentatively adopt the tentative
             1556      budget in any regular meeting or special meeting called for that purpose and may amend or
             1557      revise the tentative budget in any manner that the board considers advisable prior to public
             1558      hearings, but no appropriation required for debt retirement and interest or reduction of any
             1559      existing deficits under Section 17B-1-613 , or otherwise required by law, may be reduced below
             1560      the minimums so required.
             1561          (5) When a new district is created, the board of trustees shall:
             1562          (a) prepare a budget covering the period from the date of incorporation to the end of
             1563      the fiscal year;
             1564          (b) substantially comply with all other provisions of this part with respect to notices
             1565      and hearings; and
             1566          (c) pass the budget as soon after incorporation as feasible.
             1567          Section 45. Section 17B-2a-807 is amended to read:
             1568           17B-2a-807. Public transit district board of trustees -- Appointment --
             1569      Apportionment -- Qualifications -- Quorum -- Compensation -- Terms.


             1570          (1) (a) If 200,000 people or fewer reside within the boundaries of a public transit
             1571      district, the board of trustees shall consist of members appointed by the legislative bodies of
             1572      each municipality, county, or unincorporated area within any county on the basis of one
             1573      member for each full unit of regularly scheduled passenger routes proposed to be served by the
             1574      district in each municipality or unincorporated area within any county in the following calendar
             1575      year.
             1576          (b) For purposes of determining membership under Subsection (1)(a), the number of
             1577      service miles comprising a unit shall be determined jointly by the legislative bodies of the
             1578      municipalities or counties comprising the district.
             1579          (c) The board of trustees of a public transit district under this Subsection (1) may
             1580      include a member that is a commissioner on the Transportation Commission created in Section
             1581      72-1-301 and appointed as provided in Subsection (11), who shall serve as a nonvoting, ex
             1582      officio member.
             1583          (d) Members appointed under this Subsection (1) shall be appointed and added to the
             1584      board or omitted from the board at the time scheduled routes are changed, or as municipalities,
             1585      counties, or unincorporated areas of counties annex to or withdraw from the district using the
             1586      same appointment procedures.
             1587          (e) For purposes of appointing members under this Subsection (1), municipalities,
             1588      counties, and unincorporated areas of counties in which regularly scheduled passenger routes
             1589      proposed to be served by the district in the following calendar year is less than a full unit, as
             1590      defined in Subsection (1)(b), may combine with any other similarly situated municipality or
             1591      unincorporated area to form a whole unit and may appoint one member for each whole unit
             1592      formed.
             1593          (2) (a) Subject to Section 17B-2a-807.5 , if more than 200,000 people reside within the
             1594      boundaries of a public transit district, the board of trustees shall consist of:
             1595          (i) 11 members:
             1596          (A) appointed as described under this Subsection (2); or
             1597          (B) retained in accordance with Section 17B-2a-807.5 ;


             1598          (ii) three members appointed as described in Subsection (4); and
             1599          (iii) one voting member appointed as provided in Subsection (11).
             1600          (b) Except as provided in Subsections (2)(c) and (d), the board shall apportion voting
             1601      members to each county within the district using an average of:
             1602          (i) the proportion of population included in the district and residing within each county,
             1603      rounded to the nearest 1/11 of the total transit district population; and
             1604          (ii) the cumulative proportion of transit sales and use tax collected from areas included
             1605      in the district and within each county, rounded to the nearest 1/11 of the total cumulative transit
             1606      sales and use tax collected for the transit district.
             1607          (c) The board shall join an entire or partial county not apportioned a voting member
             1608      under this Subsection (2) with an adjacent county for representation. The combined
             1609      apportionment basis included in the district of both counties shall be used for the
             1610      apportionment.
             1611          (d) (i) If rounding to the nearest 1/11 of the total public transit district apportionment
             1612      basis under Subsection (2)(b) results in an apportionment of more than 11 members, the county
             1613      or combination of counties with the smallest additional fraction of a whole member proportion
             1614      shall have one less member apportioned to it.
             1615          (ii) If rounding to the nearest 1/11 of the total public transit district apportionment
             1616      basis under Subsection (2)(b) results in an apportionment of less than 11 members, the county
             1617      or combination of counties with the largest additional fraction of a whole member proportion
             1618      shall have one more member apportioned to it.
             1619          (e) If the population in the unincorporated area of a county is at least 140,000, the
             1620      county executive, with the advice and consent of the county legislative body, shall appoint one
             1621      voting member to represent the population within a county's unincorporated area.
             1622          (f) If a municipality's population is at least 160,000, the chief municipal executive,
             1623      with the advice and consent of the municipal legislative body, shall appoint one voting member
             1624      to represent the population within a municipality.
             1625          (g) (i) The number of voting members appointed from a county and municipalities


             1626      within a county under Subsections (2)(e) and (f) shall be subtracted from the county's total
             1627      voting member apportionment under this Subsection (2).
             1628          (ii) Notwithstanding Subsections (2)(l) and (10), no more than one voting member
             1629      appointed by an appointing entity may be a locally elected public official.
             1630          (h) If the entire county is within the district, the remaining voting members for the
             1631      county shall represent the county or combination of counties, if Subsection (2)(c) applies, or
             1632      the municipalities within the county.
             1633          (i) If the entire county is not within the district, and the county is not joined with
             1634      another county under Subsection (2)(c), the remaining voting members for the county shall
             1635      represent a municipality or combination of municipalities.
             1636          (j) (i) Except as provided under Subsections (2)(e) and (f), voting members
             1637      representing counties, combinations of counties if Subsection (2)(c) applies, or municipalities
             1638      within the county shall be designated and appointed by a simple majority of the chief
             1639      executives of the municipalities within the county or combinations of counties if Subsection
             1640      (2)(c) applies.
             1641          (ii) The appointments shall be made by joint written agreement of the appointing
             1642      municipalities, with the consent and approval of the county legislative body of the county that
             1643      has at least 1/11 of the district's apportionment basis.
             1644          (k) Voting members representing a municipality or combination of municipalities shall
             1645      be designated and appointed by the chief executive officer of the municipality or simple
             1646      majority of chief executive officers of municipalities with the consent of the legislative body of
             1647      the municipality or municipalities.
             1648          (l) The appointment of voting members shall be made without regard to partisan
             1649      political affiliation from among citizens in the community.
             1650          (m) Each voting member shall be a bona fide resident of the municipality, county, or
             1651      unincorporated area or areas which the voting member is to represent for at least six months
             1652      before the date of appointment, and [must] shall continue in that residency to remain qualified
             1653      to serve as a voting member.


             1654          (n) (i) All population figures used under this section shall be derived from the most
             1655      recent official census or census estimate of the United States Bureau of the Census.
             1656          (ii) If population estimates are not available from the United States Bureau of Census,
             1657      population figures shall be derived from the estimate from the Utah Population Estimates
             1658      Committee.
             1659          (iii) All transit sales and use tax totals shall be obtained from the State Tax
             1660      Commission.
             1661          (o) (i) The board shall be apportioned as provided under this section in conjunction
             1662      with the decennial United States Census Bureau report every 10 years.
             1663          (ii) Within 120 days following the receipt of the population estimates under this
             1664      Subsection (2)(o), the district shall reapportion representation on the board of trustees in
             1665      accordance with this section.
             1666          (iii) The board shall adopt by resolution a schedule reflecting the current and proposed
             1667      apportionment.
             1668          (iv) Upon adoption of the resolution, the board shall forward a copy of the resolution to
             1669      each of its constituent entities as defined under Section 17B-1-701 .
             1670          (v) The appointing entities gaining a new board member shall appoint a new member
             1671      within 30 days following receipt of the resolution.
             1672          (vi) The appointing entities losing a board member shall inform the board of which
             1673      member currently serving on the board will step down:
             1674          (A) upon appointment of a new member under Subsection (2)(o)(v); or
             1675          (B) in accordance with Section 17B-2a-807.5 .
             1676          (3) Upon the completion of an annexation to a public transit district under Chapter 1,
             1677      Part 4, Annexation, the annexed area shall have a representative on the board of trustees on the
             1678      same basis as if the area had been included in the district as originally organized.
             1679          (4) In addition to the voting members appointed in accordance with Subsection (2), the
             1680      board shall consist of three voting members appointed as follows:
             1681          (a) one member appointed by the speaker of the House of Representatives;


             1682          (b) one member appointed by the president of the Senate; and
             1683          (c) one member appointed by the governor.
             1684          (5) (a) Except as provided in Section 17B-2a-807.5 , the terms of office of the voting
             1685      members of the board shall be four years or until a successor is appointed, qualified, seated,
             1686      and has taken the oath of office.
             1687          (b) (i) A voting member may not be appointed for more than three successive full
             1688      terms regardless of the appointing entity that appoints the voting member.
             1689          (ii) A person:
             1690          (A) may serve no more than 12 years on a public transit district board of trustees
             1691      described in Subsection (2)(a) regardless of the appointing entity that appoints the member; and
             1692          (B) that has served 12 years on a public transit district board of trustees described in
             1693      Subsection (2)(a) is ineligible for reappointment to a public transit board of trustees described
             1694      in Subsection (2)(a).
             1695          (6) (a) Vacancies for voting members shall be filled by the official appointing the
             1696      member creating the vacancy for the unexpired term, unless the official fails to fill the vacancy
             1697      within 90 days.
             1698          (b) If the appointing official under Subsection (1) does not fill the vacancy within 90
             1699      days, the board of trustees of the authority shall fill the vacancy.
             1700          (c) If the appointing official under Subsection (2) does not fill the vacancy within 90
             1701      days, the governor, with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall fill the vacancy.
             1702          (7) (a) Each voting member may cast one vote on all questions, orders, resolutions, and
             1703      ordinances coming before the board of trustees.
             1704          (b) A majority of all voting members of the board of trustees are a quorum for the
             1705      transaction of business.
             1706          (c) The affirmative vote of a majority of all voting members present at any meeting at
             1707      which a quorum was initially present shall be necessary and, except as otherwise provided, is
             1708      sufficient to carry any order, resolution, ordinance, or proposition before the board of trustees.
             1709          (8) Each public transit district shall pay to each voting member:


             1710          (a) an attendance fee of $50 per board or committee meeting attended, not to exceed
             1711      $200 in any calendar month to any voting member; and
             1712          (b) reasonable mileage and expenses necessarily incurred to attend board or committee
             1713      meetings.
             1714          (9) (a) Members of the initial board of trustees shall convene at the time and place
             1715      fixed by the chief executive officer of the entity initiating the proceedings.
             1716          (b) The board of trustees shall elect from its voting membership a chair, vice chair, and
             1717      secretary.
             1718          (c) The members elected under Subsection (9)(b) shall serve for a period of two years
             1719      or until their successors shall be elected and qualified.
             1720          (d) On or after January 1, 2011, a locally elected public official is not eligible to serve
             1721      as the chair, vice chair, or secretary of the board of trustees.
             1722          (10) Except as otherwise authorized under Subsection (2)(g) and Section
             1723      17B-2a-807.5 , at the time of a voting member's appointment or during a voting member's
             1724      tenure in office, a voting member may not hold any employment, except as an independent
             1725      contractor or locally elected public official, with a county or municipality within the district.
             1726          (11) The Transportation Commission created in Section 72-1-301 :
             1727          (a) for a public transit district serving a population of 200,000 people or fewer, may
             1728      appoint a commissioner of the Transportation Commission to serve on the board of trustees as
             1729      a nonvoting, ex officio member; and
             1730          (b) for a public transit district serving a population of more than 200,000 people, shall
             1731      appoint a commissioner of the Transportation Commission to serve on the board of trustees as
             1732      a voting member.
             1733          (12) (a) (i) Each member of the board of trustees of a public transit district is subject to
             1734      recall at any time by the legislative body of the county or municipality from which the member
             1735      is appointed.
             1736          (ii) Each recall of a board of trustees member shall be made in the same manner as the
             1737      original appointment.


             1738          (iii) The legislative body recalling a board of trustees member shall provide written
             1739      notice to the member being recalled.
             1740          (b) Upon providing written notice to the board of trustees, a member of the board may
             1741      resign from the board of trustees.
             1742          (c) Except as provided in Section 17B-2a-807.5 , if a board member is recalled or
             1743      resigns under this Subsection (12), the vacancy shall be filled as provided in Subsection (6).
             1744          Section 46. Section 17B-2a-818.5 is amended to read:
             1745           17B-2a-818.5. Contracting powers of public transit districts -- Health insurance
             1746      coverage.
             1747          (1) For purposes of this section:
             1748          (a) "Employee" means an "employee," "worker," or "operative" as defined in Section
             1749      34A-2-104 who:
             1750          (i) works at least 30 hours per calendar week; and
             1751          (ii) meets employer eligibility waiting requirements for health care insurance which
             1752      may not exceed the first day of the calendar month following 90 days from the date of hire.
             1753          (b) "Health benefit plan" has the same meaning as provided in Section 31A-1-301 .
             1754          (c) "Qualified health insurance coverage" means at the time the contract is entered into
             1755      or renewed:
             1756          (i) a health benefit plan and employer contribution level with a combined actuarial
             1757      value at least actuarially equivalent to the combined actuarial value of the benchmark plan
             1758      determined by the Children's Health Insurance Program under Subsection 26-40-106 (2)(a), and
             1759      a contribution level of 50% of the premium for the employee and the dependents of the
             1760      employee who reside or work in the state, in which:
             1761          (A) the employer pays at least 50% of the premium for the employee and the
             1762      dependents of the employee who reside or work in the state; and
             1763          (B) for purposes of calculating actuarial equivalency under this Subsection (1)(c)(i):
             1764          (I) rather that the benchmark plan's deductible, and the benchmark plan's out-of-pocket
             1765      maximum based on income levels:


             1766          (Aa) the deductible is $750 per individual and $2,250 per family; and
             1767          (Bb) the out-of-pocket maximum is $3,000 per individual and $9,000 per family;
             1768          (II) dental coverage is not required; and
             1769          (III) other than Subsection 26-40-106 (2)(a), the provisions of Section 26-40-106 do not
             1770      apply; or
             1771          (ii) (A) is a federally qualified high deductible health plan that, at a minimum, has a
             1772      deductible that is either:
             1773          (I) the lowest deductible permitted for a federally qualified high deductible health plan;
             1774      or
             1775          (II) a deductible that is higher than the lowest deductible permitted for a federally
             1776      qualified high deductible health plan, but includes an employer contribution to a health savings
             1777      account in a dollar amount at least equal to the dollar amount difference between the lowest
             1778      deductible permitted for a federally qualified high deductible plan and the deductible for the
             1779      employer offered federally qualified high deductible plan;
             1780          (B) an out-of-pocket maximum that does not exceed three times the amount of the
             1781      annual deductible; and
             1782          (C) under which the employer pays 75% of the premium for the employee and the
             1783      dependents of the employee who work or reside in the state.
             1784          (d) "Subcontractor" has the same meaning provided for in Section 63A-5-208 .
             1785          (2) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (3), this section applies to a design or
             1786      construction contract entered into by the public transit district on or after July 1, 2009, and to a
             1787      prime contractor or to a subcontractor in accordance with Subsection (2)(b).
             1788          (b) (i) A prime contractor is subject to this section if the prime contract is in the
             1789      amount of $1,500,000 or greater.
             1790          (ii) A subcontractor is subject to this section if a subcontract is in the amount of
             1791      $750,000 or greater.
             1792          (3) This section does not apply if:
             1793          (a) the application of this section jeopardizes the receipt of federal funds;


             1794          (b) the contract is a sole source contract; or
             1795          (c) the contract is an emergency procurement.
             1796          (4) (a) This section does not apply to a change order as defined in Section 63G-6-102 ,
             1797      or a modification to a contract, when the contract does not meet the initial threshold required
             1798      by Subsection (2).
             1799          (b) A person who intentionally uses change orders or contract modifications to
             1800      circumvent the requirements of Subsection (2) is guilty of an infraction.
             1801          (5) (a) A contractor subject to Subsection (2) shall demonstrate to the public transit
             1802      district that the contractor has and will maintain an offer of qualified health insurance coverage
             1803      for the contractor's employees and the employee's dependents during the duration of the
             1804      contract.
             1805          (b) If a subcontractor of the contractor is subject to Subsection (2)(b), the contractor
             1806      shall demonstrate to the public transit district that the subcontractor has and will maintain an
             1807      offer of qualified health insurance coverage for the subcontractor's employees and the
             1808      employee's dependents during the duration of the contract.
             1809          (c) (i) (A) A contractor who fails to meet the requirements of Subsection (5)(a) during
             1810      the duration of the contract is subject to penalties in accordance with an ordinance adopted by
             1811      the public transit district under Subsection (6).
             1812          (B) A contractor is not subject to penalties for the failure of a subcontractor to meet the
             1813      requirements of Subsection (5)(b).
             1814          (ii) (A) A subcontractor who fails to meet the requirements of Subsection (5)(b) during
             1815      the duration of the contract is subject to penalties in accordance with an ordinance adopted by
             1816      the public transit district under Subsection (6).
             1817          (B) A subcontractor is not subject to penalties for the failure of a contractor to meet the
             1818      requirements of Subsection (5)(a).
             1819          (6) The public transit district shall adopt ordinances:
             1820          (a) in coordination with:
             1821          (i) the Department of Environmental Quality in accordance with Section 19-1-206 ;


             1822          (ii) the Department of Natural Resources in accordance with Section 79-2-404 ;
             1823          (iii) the State Building Board in accordance with Section 63A-5-205 ;
             1824          (iv) the State Capitol Preservation Board in accordance with Section 63C-9-403 ; and
             1825          (v) the Department of Transportation in accordance with Section 72-6-107.5 ; and
             1826          (b) which establish:
             1827          (i) the requirements and procedures a contractor [must] shall follow to demonstrate to
             1828      the public transit district compliance with this section which shall include:
             1829          (A) that a contractor will not have to demonstrate compliance with Subsection (5)(a) or
             1830      (b) more than twice in any 12-month period; and
             1831          (B) that the actuarially equivalent determination required in Subsection (1) is met by
             1832      the contractor if the contractor provides the department or division with a written statement of
             1833      actuarial equivalency from either:
             1834          (I) the Utah Insurance Department;
             1835          (II) an actuary selected by the contractor or the contractor's insurer; or
             1836          (III) an underwriter who is responsible for developing the employer group's premium
             1837      rates;
             1838          (ii) the penalties that may be imposed if a contractor or subcontractor intentionally
             1839      violates the provisions of this section, which may include:
             1840          (A) a three-month suspension of the contractor or subcontractor from entering into
             1841      future contracts with the public transit district upon the first violation;
             1842          (B) a six-month suspension of the contractor or subcontractor from entering into future
             1843      contracts with the public transit district upon the second violation;
             1844          (C) an action for debarment of the contractor or subcontractor in accordance with
             1845      Section 63G-6-804 upon the third or subsequent violation; and
             1846          (D) monetary penalties which may not exceed 50% of the amount necessary to
             1847      purchase qualified health insurance coverage for employees and dependents of employees of
             1848      the contractor or subcontractor who were not offered qualified health insurance coverage
             1849      during the duration of the contract; and


             1850          (iii) a website on which the district shall post the benchmark for the qualified health
             1851      insurance coverage identified in Subsection (1)(c)(i).
             1852          (7) (a) (i) In addition to the penalties imposed under Subsection (6)(b)(ii), a contractor
             1853      or subcontractor who intentionally violates the provisions of this section shall be liable to the
             1854      employee for health care costs that would have been covered by qualified health insurance
             1855      coverage.
             1856          (ii) An employer has an affirmative defense to a cause of action under Subsection
             1857      (7)(a)(i) if:
             1858          (A) the employer relied in good faith on a written statement of actuarial equivalency
             1859      provided by an:
             1860          (I) actuary; or
             1861          (II) underwriter who is responsible for developing the employer group's premium rates;
             1862      or
             1863          (B) a department or division determines that compliance with this section is not
             1864      required under the provisions of Subsection (3) or (4).
             1865          (b) An employee has a private right of action only against the employee's employer to
             1866      enforce the provisions of this Subsection (7).
             1867          (8) Any penalties imposed and collected under this section shall be deposited into the
             1868      Medicaid Restricted Account created in Section 26-18-402 .
             1869          (9) The failure of a contractor or subcontractor to provide qualified health insurance
             1870      coverage as required by this section:
             1871          (a) may not be the basis for a protest or other action from a prospective bidder, offeror,
             1872      or contractor under Section 63G-6-801 or any other provision in Title 63G, Chapter 6, Part 8,
             1873      Legal and Contractual Remedies; and
             1874          (b) may not be used by the procurement entity or a prospective bidder, offeror, or
             1875      contractor as a basis for any action or suit that would suspend, disrupt, or terminate the design
             1876      or construction.
             1877          Section 47. Section 18-1-1 is amended to read:


             1878           18-1-1. Liability of owners -- Scienter -- Dogs used in law enforcement.
             1879          (1) Every person owning or keeping a dog [shall be] is liable in damages for injury
             1880      committed by [such] the dog, and it [shall not be] is not necessary in [any] the action brought
             1881      therefor to allege or prove that [such] the dog was of a vicious or mischievous disposition or
             1882      that the owner or keeper [thereof] of the dog knew that it was vicious or mischievous[; but
             1883      neither].
             1884          (2) Notwithstanding Subsection (1), neither the state nor any county, city, or town in
             1885      the state nor any peace officer employed by any of them shall be liable in damages for injury
             1886      committed by a dog [when: (1) The], if:
             1887          (a) the dog has been trained to assist in law enforcement[,]; and [(2)]
             1888          (b) the injury occurs while the dog is reasonably and carefully being used in the
             1889      apprehension, arrest, or location of a suspected offender or in maintaining or controlling the
             1890      public order.
             1891          Section 48. Section 19-1-206 is amended to read:
             1892           19-1-206. Contracting powers of department -- Health insurance coverage.
             1893          (1) For purposes of this section:
             1894          (a) "Employee" means an "employee," "worker," or "operative" as defined in Section
             1895      34A-2-104 who:
             1896          (i) works at least 30 hours per calendar week; and
             1897          (ii) meets employer eligibility waiting requirements for health care insurance which
             1898      may not exceed the first day of the calendar month following 90 days from the date of hire.
             1899          (b) "Health benefit plan" has the same meaning as provided in Section 31A-1-301 .
             1900          (c) "Qualified health insurance coverage" means at the time the contract is entered into
             1901      or renewed:
             1902          (i) a health benefit plan and employer contribution level with a combined actuarial
             1903      value at least actuarially equivalent to the combined actuarial value of the benchmark plan
             1904      determined by the Children's Health Insurance Program under Subsection 26-40-106 (2)(a), and
             1905      a contribution level of 50% of the premium for the employee and the dependents of the


             1906      employee who reside or work in the state, in which:
             1907          (A) the employer pays at least 50% of the premium for the employee and the
             1908      dependents of the employee who reside or work in the state; and
             1909          (B) for purposes of calculating actuarial equivalency under this Subsection (1)(c)(i):
             1910          (I) rather that the benchmark plan's deductible, and the benchmark plan's out-of-pocket
             1911      maximum based on income levels:
             1912          (Aa) the deductible is $750 per individual and $2,250 per family; and
             1913          (Bb) the out-of-pocket maximum is $3,000 per individual and $9,000 per family;
             1914          (II) dental coverage is not required; and
             1915          (III) other than Subsection 26-40-106 (2)(a), the provisions of Section 26-40-106 do not
             1916      apply; or
             1917          (ii) (A) is a federally qualified high deductible health plan that, at a minimum, has a
             1918      deductible that is either:
             1919          (I) the lowest deductible permitted for a federally qualified high deductible health plan;
             1920      or
             1921          (II) a deductible that is higher than the lowest deductible permitted for a federally
             1922      qualified high deductible health plan, but includes an employer contribution to a health savings
             1923      account in a dollar amount at least equal to the dollar amount difference between the lowest
             1924      deductible permitted for a federally qualified high deductible plan and the deductible for the
             1925      employer offered federally qualified high deductible plan;
             1926          (B) an out-of-pocket maximum that does not exceed three times the amount of the
             1927      annual deductible; and
             1928          (C) under which the employer pays 75% of the premium for the employee and the
             1929      dependents of the employee who work or reside in the state.
             1930          (d) "Subcontractor" has the same meaning provided for in Section 63A-5-208 .
             1931          (2) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (3), this section applies to a design or
             1932      construction contract entered into by or delegated to the department or a division or board of
             1933      the department on or after July 1, 2009, and to a prime contractor or subcontractor in


             1934      accordance with Subsection (2)(b).
             1935          (b) (i) A prime contractor is subject to this section if the prime contract is in the
             1936      amount of $1,500,000 or greater.
             1937          (ii) A subcontractor is subject to this section if a subcontract is in the amount of
             1938      $750,000 or greater.
             1939          (3) This section does not apply to contracts entered into by the department or a division
             1940      or board of the department if:
             1941          (a) the application of this section jeopardizes the receipt of federal funds;
             1942          (b) the contract or agreement is between:
             1943          (i) the department or a division or board of the department; and
             1944          (ii) (A) another agency of the state;
             1945          (B) the federal government;
             1946          (C) another state;
             1947          (D) an interstate agency;
             1948          (E) a political subdivision of this state; or
             1949          (F) a political subdivision of another state;
             1950          (c) the executive director determines that applying the requirements of this section to a
             1951      particular contract interferes with the effective response to an immediate health and safety
             1952      threat from the environment; or
             1953          (d) the contract is:
             1954          (i) a sole source contract; or
             1955          (ii) an emergency procurement.
             1956          (4) (a) This section does not apply to a change order as defined in Section 63G-6-103 ,
             1957      or a modification to a contract, when the contract does not meet the initial threshold required
             1958      by Subsection (2).
             1959          (b) A person who intentionally uses change orders or contract modifications to
             1960      circumvent the requirements of Subsection (2) is guilty of an infraction.
             1961          (5) (a) A contractor subject to Subsection (2) shall demonstrate to the executive


             1962      director that the contractor has and will maintain an offer of qualified health insurance
             1963      coverage for the contractor's employees and the employees' dependents during the duration of
             1964      the contract.
             1965          (b) If a subcontractor of the contractor is subject to Subsection (2), the contractor shall
             1966      demonstrate to the executive director that the subcontractor has and will maintain an offer of
             1967      qualified health insurance coverage for the subcontractor's employees and the employees'
             1968      dependents during the duration of the contract.
             1969          (c) (i) (A) A contractor who fails to comply with Subsection (5)(a) during the duration
             1970      of the contract is subject to penalties in accordance with administrative rules adopted by the
             1971      department under Subsection (6).
             1972          (B) A contractor is not subject to penalties for the failure of a subcontractor to meet the
             1973      requirements of Subsection (5)(b).
             1974          (ii) (A) A subcontractor who fails to meet the requirements of Subsection (5)(b) during
             1975      the duration of the contract is subject to penalties in accordance with administrative rules
             1976      adopted by the department under Subsection (6).
             1977          (B) A subcontractor is not subject to penalties for the failure of a contractor to meet the
             1978      requirements of Subsection (5)(a).
             1979          (6) The department shall adopt administrative rules:
             1980          (a) in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act;
             1981          (b) in coordination with:
             1982          (i) a public transit district in accordance with Section 17B-2a-818.5 ;
             1983          (ii) the Department of Natural Resources in accordance with Section 79-2-404 ;
             1984          (iii) the State Building Board in accordance with Section 63A-5-205 ;
             1985          (iv) the State Capitol Preservation Board in accordance with Section 63C-9-403 ;
             1986          (v) the Department of Transportation in accordance with Section 72-6-107.5 ; and
             1987          (vi) the Legislature's Administrative Rules Review Committee; and
             1988          (c) which establish:
             1989          (i) the requirements and procedures a contractor [must] shall follow to demonstrate to


             1990      the public transit district compliance with this section [which] that shall include:
             1991          (A) that a contractor will not have to demonstrate compliance with Subsection (5)(a) or
             1992      (b) more than twice in any 12-month period; and
             1993          (B) that the actuarially equivalent determination required in Subsection (1) is met by
             1994      the contractor if the contractor provides the department or division with a written statement of
             1995      actuarial equivalency from either:
             1996          (I) the Utah Insurance Department;
             1997          (II) an actuary selected by the contractor or the contractor's insurer; or
             1998          (III) an underwriter who is responsible for developing the employer group's premium
             1999      rates;
             2000          (ii) the penalties that may be imposed if a contractor or subcontractor intentionally
             2001      violates the provisions of this section, which may include:
             2002          (A) a three-month suspension of the contractor or subcontractor from entering into
             2003      future contracts with the state upon the first violation;
             2004          (B) a six-month suspension of the contractor or subcontractor from entering into future
             2005      contracts with the state upon the second violation;
             2006          (C) an action for debarment of the contractor or subcontractor in accordance with
             2007      Section 63G-6-804 upon the third or subsequent violation; and
             2008          (D) notwithstanding Section 19-1-303 , monetary penalties which may not exceed 50%
             2009      of the amount necessary to purchase qualified health insurance coverage for an employee and
             2010      the dependents of an employee of the contractor or subcontractor who was not offered qualified
             2011      health insurance coverage during the duration of the contract; and
             2012          (iii) a website on which the department shall post the benchmark for the qualified
             2013      health insurance coverage identified in Subsection (1)(c)(i).
             2014          (7) (a) (i) In addition to the penalties imposed under Subsection (6)(c), a contractor or
             2015      subcontractor who intentionally violates the provisions of this section shall be liable to the
             2016      employee for health care costs that would have been covered by qualified health insurance
             2017      coverage.


             2018          (ii) An employer has an affirmative defense to a cause of action under Subsection
             2019      (7)(a)(i) if:
             2020          (A) the employer relied in good faith on a written statement of actuarial equivalency
             2021      provided by:
             2022          (I) an actuary; or
             2023          (II) an underwriter who is responsible for developing the employer group's premium
             2024      rates; or
             2025          (B) the department determines that compliance with this section is not required under
             2026      the provisions of Subsection (3) or (4).
             2027          (b) An employee has a private right of action only against the employee's employer to
             2028      enforce the provisions of this Subsection (7).
             2029          (8) Any penalties imposed and collected under this section shall be deposited into the
             2030      Medicaid Restricted Account created in Section 26-18-402 .
             2031          (9) The failure of a contractor or subcontractor to provide qualified health insurance
             2032      coverage as required by this section:
             2033          (a) may not be the basis for a protest or other action from a prospective bidder, offeror,
             2034      or contractor under Section 63G-6-801 or any other provision in Title 63G, Chapter 6, Part 8,
             2035      Legal and Contractual Remedies; and
             2036          (b) may not be used by the procurement entity or a prospective bidder, offeror, or
             2037      contractor as a basis for any action or suit that would suspend, disrupt, or terminate the design
             2038      or construction.
             2039          Section 49. Section 19-2-109.1 is amended to read:
             2040           19-2-109.1. Operating permit required -- Emissions fee -- Implementation.
             2041          (1) As used in this section and Sections 19-2-109.2 and 19-2-109.3 :
             2042          (a) "EPA" means the federal Environmental Protection Agency.
             2043          (b) "1990 Clean Air Act" means the federal Clean Air Act as amended in 1990.
             2044          (c) "Operating permit" means a permit issued by the executive secretary to sources of
             2045      air pollution that meet the requirements of Titles IV and V of the 1990 Clean Air Act.


             2046          (d) "Program" means the air pollution operating permit program established under this
             2047      section to comply with Title V of the 1990 Clean Air Act.
             2048          (e) "Regulated pollutant" has the same meaning as defined in Title V of the 1990 Clean
             2049      Air Act and implementing federal regulations.
             2050          (2) (a) A person may not operate any source of air pollution required to have a permit
             2051      under Title V of the 1990 Clean Air Act without having obtained an operating permit from the
             2052      executive secretary under procedures the board establishes by rule.
             2053          (b) A person is not required to submit an operating permit application until the
             2054      governor has submitted an operating permit program to the EPA.
             2055          (c) Any operating permit issued under this section may not become effective until the
             2056      day after the EPA issues approval of the permit program or November 15, 1995, whichever
             2057      occurs first.
             2058          (3) (a) Operating permits issued under this section shall be for a period of five years
             2059      unless the board makes a written finding, after public comment and hearing, and based on
             2060      substantial evidence in the record, that an operating permit term of less than five years is
             2061      necessary to protect the public health and the environment of the state.
             2062          (b) The executive secretary may issue, modify, or renew an operating permit only after
             2063      providing public notice, an opportunity for public comment, and an opportunity for a public
             2064      hearing.
             2065          (c) The executive secretary shall, in conformity with the 1990 Clean Air Act and
             2066      implementing federal regulations, revise the conditions of issued operating permits to
             2067      incorporate applicable federal regulations in conformity with Section 502(b)(9) of the 1990
             2068      Clean Air Act, if the remaining period of the permit is three or more years.
             2069          (d) The executive secretary may terminate, modify, revoke, or reissue an operating
             2070      permit for cause.
             2071          (4) (a) The board shall establish a proposed annual emissions fee that conforms with
             2072      Title V of the 1990 Clean Air Act for each ton of regulated pollutant, applicable to all sources
             2073      required to obtain a permit. The emissions fee established under this section is in addition to


             2074      fees assessed under Section 19-2-108 for issuance of an approval order.
             2075          (b) In establishing the fee the board shall comply with the provisions of Section
             2076      63J-1-504 that require a public hearing and require the established fee to be submitted to the
             2077      Legislature for its approval as part of the department's annual appropriations request.
             2078          (c) The fee shall cover all reasonable direct and indirect costs required to develop and
             2079      administer the program and the small business assistance program established under Section
             2080      19-2-109.2 . The board shall prepare an annual report of the emissions fees collected and the
             2081      costs covered by those fees under this Subsection (4).
             2082          (d) The fee shall be established uniformly for all sources required to obtain an
             2083      operating permit under the program and for all regulated pollutants.
             2084          (e) The fee may not be assessed for emissions of any regulated pollutant if the
             2085      emissions are already accounted for within the emissions of another regulated pollutant.
             2086          (f) An emissions fee may not be assessed for any amount of a regulated pollutant
             2087      emitted by any source in excess of 4,000 tons per year of that regulated pollutant.
             2088          (5) Emissions fees for the period:
             2089          (a) of July 1, 1992, through June 30, 1993, shall be based on the most recent emissions
             2090      inventory prepared by the executive secretary; and
             2091          (b) on and after July 1, 1993, but [prior to] before issuance of an operating permit, shall
             2092      be based on the most recent emissions inventory, unless a source elects prior to July 1, 1992, to
             2093      base the fee on allowable emissions, if applicable for a regulated pollutant.
             2094          (6) After an operating permit is issued the emissions fee shall be based on actual
             2095      emissions for a regulated pollutant unless a source elects, prior to the issuance or renewal of a
             2096      permit, to base the fee during the period of the permit on allowable emissions for that regulated
             2097      pollutant.
             2098          (7) If the owner or operator of a source subject to this section fails to timely pay an
             2099      annual emissions fee, the executive secretary may:
             2100          (a) impose a penalty of not more than 50% of the fee, in addition to the fee, plus
             2101      interest on the fee computed at 12% annually; or


             2102          (b) revoke the operating permit.
             2103          (8) The owner or operator of a source subject to this section may contest an emissions
             2104      fee assessment or associated penalty in an adjudicative hearing under the Title 63G, Chapter 4,
             2105      Administrative Procedures Act, and Section 19-1-301 , as provided in this Subsection (8).
             2106          (a) The owner or operator [must] shall pay the fee under protest prior to being entitled
             2107      to a hearing. Payment of an emissions fee or penalty under protest is not a waiver of the right
             2108      to contest the fee or penalty under this section.
             2109          (b) A request for a hearing under this Subsection (8) shall be made after payment of the
             2110      emissions fee and within six months after the emissions fee was due.
             2111          (9) To reinstate an operating permit revoked under Subsection (7) the owner or
             2112      operator shall pay all outstanding emissions fees, a penalty of not more than 50% of all
             2113      outstanding fees, and interest on the outstanding emissions fees computed at 12% annually.
             2114          (10) All emissions fees and penalties collected by the department under this section
             2115      shall be deposited in the General Fund as the Air Pollution Operating Permit Program
             2116      dedicated credit to be used solely to pay for the reasonable direct and indirect costs incurred by
             2117      the department in developing and administering the program and the small business assistance
             2118      program under Section 19-2-109.2 .
             2119          (11) Failure of the executive secretary to act on any operating permit application or
             2120      renewal is a final administrative action only for the purpose of obtaining judicial review by any
             2121      of the following persons to require the executive secretary to take action on the permit or its
             2122      renewal without additional delay:
             2123          (a) the applicant;
             2124          (b) any person who participated in the public comment process; or
             2125          (c) any other person who could obtain judicial review of that action under applicable
             2126      law.
             2127          Section 50. Section 19-2-113 is amended to read:
             2128           19-2-113. Variances -- Judicial review.
             2129          (1) (a) Any person who owns or is in control of any plant, building, structure,


             2130      establishment, process, or equipment may apply to the board for a variance from its rules.
             2131          (b) The board may grant the requested variance following an announced public
             2132      meeting, if it finds, after considering the endangerment to human health and safety and other
             2133      relevant factors, that compliance with the rules from which variance is sought would produce
             2134      serious hardship without equal or greater benefits to the public.
             2135          (2) A variance may not be granted under this section until the board has considered the
             2136      relative interests of the applicant, other owners of property likely to be affected by the
             2137      discharges, and the general public.
             2138          (3) Any variance or renewal of a variance shall be granted within the requirements of
             2139      Subsection (1) and for time periods and under conditions consistent with the reasons for it, and
             2140      within the following limitations:
             2141          (a) if the variance is granted on the grounds that there are no practicable means known
             2142      or available for the adequate prevention, abatement, or control of the air pollution involved, it
             2143      shall be only until the necessary means for prevention, abatement, or control become known
             2144      and available, and subject to the taking of any substitute or alternate measures that the board
             2145      may prescribe;
             2146          (b) (i) if the variance is granted on the grounds that compliance with the requirements
             2147      from which variance is sought will require that measures, because of their extent or cost, must
             2148      be spread over a long period of time, the variance shall be granted for a reasonable time that, in
             2149      the view of the board, is required for implementation of the necessary measures; and
             2150          (ii) a variance granted on this ground shall contain a timetable for the implementation
             2151      of remedial measures in an expeditious manner and shall be conditioned on adherence to the
             2152      timetable; or
             2153          (c) if the variance is granted on the ground that it is necessary to relieve or prevent
             2154      hardship of a kind other than that provided for in Subsection (3)(a) or (b), it [shall not] may not
             2155      be granted for more than one year.
             2156          (4) (a) Any variance granted under this section may be renewed on terms and
             2157      conditions and for periods that would be appropriate for initially granting a variance.


             2158          (b) If a complaint is made to the board because of the variance, a renewal may not be
             2159      granted unless, following an announced public meeting, the board finds that renewal is
             2160      justified.
             2161          (c) To receive a renewal, an applicant shall submit a request for agency action to the
             2162      board requesting a renewal.
             2163          (d) Immediately upon receipt of an application for renewal, the board shall give public
             2164      notice of the application as required by its rules.
             2165          (5) (a) A variance or renewal is not a right of the applicant or holder but may be
             2166      granted at the board's discretion.
             2167          (b) A person aggrieved by the board's decision may obtain judicial review.
             2168          (c) Venue for judicial review of informal adjudicative proceedings is in the district
             2169      court in which the air contaminant source is situated.
             2170          (6) (a) The board may review any variance during the term for which it was granted.
             2171          (b) The review procedure is the same as that for an original application.
             2172          (c) The variance may be revoked upon a finding that:
             2173          (i) the nature or amount of emission has changed or increased; or
             2174          (ii) if facts existing at the date of the review had existed at the time of the original
             2175      application, the variance would not have been granted.
             2176          (7) Nothing in this section and no variance or renewal granted pursuant to it shall be
             2177      construed to prevent or limit the application of the emergency provisions and procedures of
             2178      Section 19-2-112 to any person or property.
             2179          Section 51. Section 19-2-115 is amended to read:
             2180           19-2-115. Violations -- Penalties -- Reimbursement for expenses.
             2181          (1) As used in this section, the terms "knowingly," "willfully," and "criminal
             2182      negligence" shall mean as defined in Section 76-2-103 .
             2183          (2) (a) A person who violates this chapter, or any rule, order, or permit issued or made
             2184      under this chapter is subject in a civil proceeding to a penalty not to exceed $10,000 per day for
             2185      each violation.


             2186          (b) Subsection (2)(a) also applies to rules made under the authority of Section
             2187      19-2-104 , for implementation of 15 U.S.C.A. 2601 et seq., Toxic Substances Control Act,
             2188      Subchapter II - Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response.
             2189          (c) Penalties assessed for violations described in 15 U.S.C.A. 2647, Toxic Substances
             2190      Control Act, Subchapter II - Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response, may not exceed the
             2191      amounts specified in that section and shall be used in accordance with that section.
             2192          (3) A person is guilty of a class A misdemeanor and is subject to imprisonment under
             2193      Section 76-3-204 and a fine of not more than $25,000 per day of violation if that person
             2194      knowingly violates any of the following under this chapter:
             2195          (a) an applicable standard or limitation;
             2196          (b) a permit condition; or
             2197          (c) a fee or filing requirement.
             2198          (4) A person is guilty of a third degree felony and is subject to imprisonment under
             2199      Section 76-3-203 and a fine of not more than $25,000 per day of violation who knowingly:
             2200          (a) makes any false material statement, representation, or certification, in any notice or
             2201      report required by permit; or
             2202          (b) renders inaccurate any monitoring device or method required to be maintained by
             2203      this chapter or applicable rules made under this chapter.
             2204          (5) Any fine or penalty assessed under Subsections (2) or (3) is in lieu of any penalty
             2205      under Section 19-2-109.1 .
             2206          (6) A person who willfully violates Section 19-2-120 is guilty of a class A
             2207      misdemeanor.
             2208          (7) A person who knowingly violates any requirement of an applicable implementation
             2209      plan adopted by the board, more than 30 days after having been notified in writing by the
             2210      executive secretary that the person is violating the requirement, knowingly violates an order
             2211      issued under Subsection 19-2-110 (1)(a), or knowingly handles or disposes of asbestos in
             2212      violation of a rule made under this chapter is guilty of a third degree felony and subject to
             2213      imprisonment under Section 76-3-203 and a fine of not more than $25,000 per day of violation


             2214      in the case of the first offense, and not more than $50,000 per day of violation in the case of
             2215      subsequent offenses.
             2216          (8) (a) As used in this section:
             2217          (i) "Hazardous air pollutant" means any hazardous air pollutant listed under 42 U.S.C.
             2218      7412 or any extremely hazardous substance listed under 42 U.S.C. 11002(a)(2).
             2219          (ii) "Organization" means a legal entity, other than a government, established or
             2220      organized for any purpose, and includes a corporation, company, association, firm, partnership,
             2221      joint stock company, foundation, institution, trust, society, union, or any other association of
             2222      persons.
             2223          (iii) "Serious bodily injury" means bodily injury which involves a substantial risk of
             2224      death, unconsciousness, extreme physical pain, protracted and obvious disfigurement, or
             2225      protracted loss or impairment of the function of a bodily member, organ, or mental faculty.
             2226          (b) (i) A person is guilty of a class A misdemeanor and subject to imprisonment under
             2227      Section 76-3-204 and a fine of not more than $25,000 per day of violation if that person with
             2228      criminal negligence:
             2229          (A) releases into the ambient air any hazardous air pollutant; and
             2230          (B) places another person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury.
             2231          (ii) As used in this Subsection (8)(b), "person" does not include an employee who is
             2232      carrying out the employee's normal activities and who is not a part of senior management
             2233      personnel or a corporate officer.
             2234          (c) A person is guilty of a second degree felony and is subject to imprisonment under
             2235      Section 76-3-203 and a fine of not more than $50,000 per day of violation if that person:
             2236          (i) knowingly releases into the ambient air any hazardous air pollutant; and
             2237          (ii) knows at the time that the person is placing another person in imminent danger of
             2238      death or serious bodily injury.
             2239          (d) If a person is an organization, it shall, upon conviction of violating Subsection
             2240      (8)(c), be subject to a fine of not more than $1,000,000.
             2241          (e) (i) A defendant who is an individual is considered to have acted knowingly under


             2242      Subsections (8)(c) and (d), if:
             2243          (A) the defendant's conduct placed another person in imminent danger of death or
             2244      serious bodily injury; and
             2245          (B) the defendant was aware of or believed that there was an imminent danger of death
             2246      or serious bodily injury to another person.
             2247          (ii) Knowledge possessed by a person other than the defendant may not be attributed to
             2248      the defendant.
             2249          (iii) Circumstantial evidence may be used to prove that the defendant possessed actual
             2250      knowledge, including evidence that the defendant took affirmative steps to be shielded from
             2251      receiving relevant information.
             2252          (f) (i) It is an affirmative defense to prosecution under this Subsection (8) that the
             2253      conduct charged was freely consented to by the person endangered and that the danger and
             2254      conduct charged were reasonably foreseeable hazards of:
             2255          (A) an occupation, a business, a profession; or
             2256          (B) medical treatment or medical or scientific experimentation conducted by
             2257      professionally approved methods and the other person was aware of the risks involved prior to
             2258      giving consent.
             2259          (ii) The defendant has the burden of proof to establish any affirmative defense under
             2260      this Subsection (8)(f) and [must] shall prove that defense by a preponderance of the evidence.
             2261          (9) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (9)(b), and unless prohibited by federal law,
             2262      all penalties assessed and collected under the authority of this section shall be deposited in the
             2263      General Fund.
             2264          (b) The department may reimburse itself and local governments from money collected
             2265      from civil penalties for extraordinary expenses incurred in environmental enforcement
             2266      activities.
             2267          (c) The department shall regulate reimbursements by making rules in accordance with
             2268      Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act, that:
             2269          (i) define qualifying environmental enforcement activities; and


             2270          (ii) define qualifying extraordinary expenses.
             2271          Section 52. Section 19-3-302 is amended to read:
             2272           19-3-302. Legislative intent.
             2273          (1) (a) The state [of Utah] enacts this part to prevent the placement of any high-level
             2274      nuclear waste or greater than class C radioactive waste in Utah. The state also recognizes that
             2275      high-level nuclear waste or greater than class C radioactive waste may be placed within the
             2276      exterior boundaries of the state, pursuant to a license from the federal government, or by the
             2277      federal government itself, in violation of this state law.
             2278          (b) Due to this possibility, the state also enacts provisions in this part to regulate
             2279      transportation, transfer, storage, decay in storage, treatment, and disposal of any high-level
             2280      nuclear waste and greater than class C radioactive waste in Utah, thereby asserting and
             2281      protecting the state's interests in environmental and economic resources consistent with 42
             2282      U.S.C.A. 2011 et seq., Atomic Energy Act and 42 U.S.C.A. 10101 et seq., Nuclear Waste
             2283      Policy Act, should the federal government decide to authorize any entity to operate, or operate
             2284      itself, in violation of this state law.
             2285          (2) Neither the Atomic Energy Act nor the Nuclear Waste Policy Act provides for
             2286      siting a large privately owned high-level nuclear waste transfer, storage, decay in storage, or
             2287      treatment facility away from the vicinity of the reactors. The Atomic Energy Act and the
             2288      Nuclear Waste Policy Act specifically define authorized storage and disposal programs and
             2289      activities. The state [of Utah] in enacting this part is not preempted by federal law, since any
             2290      proposed facilities that would be sited in Utah are not contemplated or authorized by federal
             2291      law and, in any circumstance, this part is not contrary to or inconsistent with federal law or
             2292      congressional intent.
             2293          (3) The state [of Utah] has environmental and economic interests which do not involve
             2294      nuclear safety regulation, and which [must] shall be considered and complied with in siting a
             2295      high-level nuclear waste or greater than class C radioactive waste transfer, storage, decay in
             2296      storage, treatment, or disposal facility and in transporting these wastes in the state.
             2297          (4) An additional primary purpose of this part is to ensure protection of the state from


             2298      nonradiological hazards associated with any waste transportation, transfer, storage, decay in
             2299      storage, treatment, or disposal.
             2300          (5) The state recognizes the sovereign rights of Indian tribes within the state [of Utah].
             2301      However, any proposed transfer, storage, decay in storage, treatment, or disposal facility
             2302      located on a reservation which directly affects and impacts state interests by creating
             2303      off-reservation effects such as potential or actual degradation of soils and groundwater,
             2304      potential or actual contamination of surface water, pollution of the ambient air, emergency
             2305      planning costs, impacts on development, agriculture, and ranching, and increased
             2306      transportation activity, is subject to state jurisdiction.
             2307          (6) There is no tradition of regulation by the Indian tribes in Utah of high-level nuclear
             2308      waste or higher than class C radioactive waste. The state does have a long history of regulation
             2309      of radioactive sources and natural resources and in the transfer, storage, treatment, and
             2310      transportation of materials and wastes throughout the state. The state finds that its interests are
             2311      even greater when nonmembers of an Indian tribe propose to locate a facility on tribal trust
             2312      lands primarily to avoid state regulation and state authorities under federal law.
             2313          (7) (a) This part is not intended to modify existing state requirements for obtaining
             2314      environmental approvals, permits, and licenses, including surface and groundwater permits and
             2315      air quality permits, when the permits are necessary under state and federal law to construct and
             2316      operate a high-level nuclear waste or greater than class C radioactive waste transfer, storage,
             2317      decay in storage, treatment, or disposal facility.
             2318          (b) Any source of air pollution proposed to be located within the state, including
             2319      sources located within the boundaries of an Indian reservation, which will potentially or
             2320      actually have a direct and significant impact on ambient air within the state, is required to
             2321      obtain an approval order and permit from the state under Section 19-2-108 .
             2322          (c) Any facility which will potentially or actually have a significant impact on the
             2323      state's surface or groundwater resources is required to obtain a permit under Section 19-5-107
             2324      even if located within the boundaries of an Indian reservation.
             2325          (8) The state finds that the transportation, transfer, storage, decay in storage, treatment,


             2326      and disposal of high-level nuclear waste and greater than class C radioactive waste within the
             2327      state is an ultra-hazardous activity which carries with it the risk that any release of waste may
             2328      result in enormous economic and human injury.
             2329          Section 53. Section 19-3-308 is amended to read:
             2330           19-3-308. Application fee and annual fees.
             2331          (1) (a) Any application for a waste transfer, storage, decay in storage, treatment, or
             2332      disposal facility shall be accompanied by an initial fee of $5,000,000.
             2333          (b) The applicant shall subsequently pay an additional fee to cover the costs to the state
             2334      associated with review of the application, including costs to the state and the state's contractors
             2335      for permitting, technical, administrative, legal, safety, and emergency response reviews,
             2336      planning, training, infrastructure, and other impact analyses, studies, and services required to
             2337      evaluate a proposed facility.
             2338          (2) For the purpose of funding the state oversight and inspection of any waste transfer,
             2339      storage, decay in storage, treatment, or disposal facility, and to establish state infrastructure,
             2340      including[, but not limited to] providing for state Department of Environmental Quality, state
             2341      Department of Transportation, state Department of Public Safety, and other state agencies'
             2342      technical, administrative, legal, infrastructure, maintenance, training, safety, socio-economic,
             2343      law enforcement, and emergency resources necessary to respond to these facilities, the owner
             2344      or operator shall pay to the state a fee as established by department rule under Section
             2345      63J-1-504 , to be assessed:
             2346          (a) per ton of storage cask and high-level nuclear waste per year for storage, decay in
             2347      storage, treatment, or disposal of high-level nuclear waste;
             2348          (b) per ton of transportation cask and high-level nuclear waste for each transfer of
             2349      high-level nuclear waste;
             2350          (c) per ton of storage cask and greater than class C radioactive waste for the storage,
             2351      decay in storage, treatment, or disposal of greater than class C radioactive waste; and
             2352          (d) per ton of transportation cask and greater than class C radioactive waste for each
             2353      transfer of greater than class C radioactive waste.


             2354          (3) Funds collected under Subsection (2) shall be placed in the Nuclear Accident and
             2355      Hazard Compensation Account, created in Subsection 19-3-309 (3).
             2356          (4) The owner or operator of the facility shall pay the fees imposed under this section
             2357      to the department on or before the 15th day of the month following the month in which the fee
             2358      accrued.
             2359          (5) Annual fees due under this part accrue on July 1 of each year and shall be paid to
             2360      the department by July 15 of that year.
             2361          Section 54. Section 19-4-112 is amended to read:
             2362           19-4-112. Limit on authority of department and board to control irrigation
             2363      facilities -- Precautions relating to nonpotable water systems.
             2364          (1) Except as provided in this section and in Section 19-5-104 , nothing contained in
             2365      this chapter authorizes the department or board to:
             2366          (a) exercise administrative control over water used solely for irrigation purposes,
             2367      whether conveyed in pipes, ditches, canals, or by other facilities; or
             2368          (b) adopt rules relating to the construction, operation, and maintenance of facilities for
             2369      conveying irrigation water to the place of use.
             2370          (2) Where nonpotable water is conveyed in pipelines under pressure in areas served by
             2371      a potable water system, the following precautions shall be observed:
             2372          (a) a distinctive coloring or other marking on all exposed portions of the nonpotable
             2373      system shall be used;
             2374          (b) potable and nonpotable water system service lines and extensions shall be
             2375      completely separated and shall be installed in separate trenches;
             2376          (c) all hydrants and sprinkling system control valves shall be operated by a removable
             2377      key so that it is not possible to turn on the hydrant or valve without a key;
             2378          (d) there shall be no cross connection between the potable and nonpotable water
             2379      systems;
             2380          (e) the nonpotable system [shall not] may not be extended into any building except
             2381      greenhouses or other buildings for plant and animal production; and


             2382          (f) no connection in the nonpotable water system shall be made except by the persons
             2383      responsible for its management.
             2384          Section 55. Section 19-5-102 is amended to read:
             2385           19-5-102. Definitions.
             2386          As used in this chapter:
             2387          (1) "Board" means the Water Quality Board created in Section 19-1-106 .
             2388          (2) "Contaminant" means any physical, chemical, biological, or radiological substance
             2389      or matter in water.
             2390          (3) "Discharge" means the addition of any pollutant to any waters of the state.
             2391          (4) "Discharge permit" means a permit issued to a person who:
             2392          (a) discharges or whose activities would probably result in a discharge of pollutants
             2393      into the waters of the state; or
             2394          (b) generates or manages sewage sludge.
             2395          (5) "Disposal system" means a system for disposing of wastes, and includes sewerage
             2396      systems and treatment works.
             2397          (6) "Effluent limitations" means any restrictions, requirements, or prohibitions,
             2398      including schedules of compliance established under this chapter which apply to discharges.
             2399          (7) "Executive secretary" means the executive secretary of the board.
             2400          (8) "Point source":
             2401          (a) means any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance, including [but not
             2402      limited to] any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fissure, container, rolling
             2403      stock, concentrated animal feeding operation, or vessel or other floating craft, from which
             2404      pollutants are or may be discharged; and
             2405          (b) does not include return flows from irrigated agriculture.
             2406          (9) "Pollution" means any man-made or man-induced alteration of the chemical,
             2407      physical, biological, or radiological integrity of any waters of the state, unless the alteration is
             2408      necessary for the public health and safety.
             2409          (10) "Publicly owned treatment works" means any facility for the treatment of


             2410      pollutants owned by the state, its political subdivisions, or other public entity.
             2411          (11) "Schedule of compliance" means a schedule of remedial measures, including an
             2412      enforceable sequence of actions or operations leading to compliance with this chapter.
             2413          (12) "Sewage sludge" means any solid, semisolid, or liquid residue removed during the
             2414      treatment of municipal wastewater or domestic sewage.
             2415          (13) "Sewerage system" means pipelines or conduits, pumping stations, and all other
             2416      constructions, devices, appurtenances, and facilities used for collecting or conducting wastes to
             2417      a point of ultimate disposal.
             2418          (14) "Treatment works" means any plant, disposal field, lagoon, dam, pumping station,
             2419      incinerator, or other works used for the purpose of treating, stabilizing, or holding wastes.
             2420          (15) "Underground injection" means the subsurface emplacement of fluids by well
             2421      injection.
             2422          (16) "Underground wastewater disposal system" means a system for disposing of
             2423      domestic wastewater discharges as defined by the board and the executive director.
             2424          (17) "Waste" or "pollutant" means dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue,
             2425      sewage, garbage, sewage sludge, munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive
             2426      materials, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt, and industrial,
             2427      municipal, and agricultural waste discharged into water.
             2428          (18) "Waters of the state":
             2429          (a) means all streams, lakes, ponds, marshes, watercourses, waterways, wells, springs,
             2430      irrigation systems, drainage systems, and all other bodies or accumulations of water, surface
             2431      and underground, natural or artificial, public or private, which are contained within, flow
             2432      through, or border upon this state or any portion of the state; and
             2433          (b) does not include bodies of water confined to and retained within the limits of
             2434      private property, and which do not develop into or constitute a nuisance, a public health hazard,
             2435      or a menace to fish or wildlife.
             2436          Section 56. Section 19-5-115 is amended to read:
             2437           19-5-115. Violations -- Penalties -- Civil actions by board -- Ordinances and rules


             2438      of political subdivisions.
             2439          (1) The terms "knowingly," "willfully," and "criminal negligence" [shall mean] are as
             2440      defined in Section 76-2-103 .
             2441          (2) Any person who violates this chapter, or any permit, rule, or order adopted under it,
             2442      upon a showing that the violation occurred, is subject in a civil proceeding to a civil penalty not
             2443      to exceed $10,000 per day of violation.
             2444          (3) (a) A person is guilty of a class A misdemeanor and is subject to imprisonment
             2445      under Section 76-3-204 and a fine not exceeding $25,000 per day who with criminal
             2446      negligence:
             2447          (i) discharges pollutants in violation of Subsection 19-5-107 (1) or in violation of any
             2448      condition or limitation included in a permit issued under Subsection 19-5-107 (3);
             2449          (ii) violates Section 19-5-113 ;
             2450          (iii) violates a pretreatment standard or toxic effluent standard for publicly owned
             2451      treatment works; or
             2452          (iv) manages sewage sludge in violation of this chapter or rules adopted under it.
             2453          (b) A person is guilty of a third degree felony and is subject to imprisonment under
             2454      Section 76-3-203 and a fine not to exceed $50,000 per day of violation who knowingly:
             2455          (i) discharges pollutants in violation of Subsection 19-5-107 (1) or in violation of any
             2456      condition or limitation included in a permit issued under Subsection 19-5-107 (3);
             2457          (ii) violates Section 19-5-113 ;
             2458          (iii) violates a pretreatment standard or toxic effluent standard for publicly owned
             2459      treatment works; or
             2460          (iv) manages sewage sludge in violation of this chapter or rules adopted under it.
             2461          (4) A person is guilty of a third degree felony and subject to imprisonment under
             2462      Section 76-3-203 and shall be punished by a fine not exceeding $10,000 per day of violation if
             2463      that person knowingly:
             2464          (a) makes a false material statement, representation, or certification in any application,
             2465      record, report, plan, or other document filed or required to be maintained under this chapter, or


             2466      by any permit, rule, or order issued under it; or
             2467          (b) falsifies, tampers with, or knowingly renders inaccurate any monitoring device or
             2468      method required to be maintained under this chapter.
             2469          (5) (a) As used in this section:
             2470          (i) "Organization" means a legal entity, other than a government, established or
             2471      organized for any purpose, and includes a corporation, company, association, firm, partnership,
             2472      joint stock company, foundation, institution, trust, society, union, or any other association of
             2473      persons.
             2474          (ii) "Serious bodily injury" means bodily injury which involves a substantial risk of
             2475      death, unconsciousness, extreme physical pain, protracted and obvious disfigurement, or
             2476      protracted loss or impairment of the function of a bodily member, organ, or mental faculty.
             2477          (b) A person is guilty of a second degree felony and, upon conviction, is subject to
             2478      imprisonment under Section 76-3-203 and a fine of not more than $250,000 if that person:
             2479          (i) knowingly violates this chapter, or any permit, rule, or order adopted under it; and
             2480          (ii) knows at that time that he is placing another person in imminent danger of death or
             2481      serious bodily injury.
             2482          (c) If a person is an organization, it shall, upon conviction of violating Subsection
             2483      (5)[(a)](b), be subject to a fine of not more than $1,000,000.
             2484          (d) (i) A defendant who is an individual is considered to have acted knowingly if:
             2485          (A) the defendant's conduct placed another person in imminent danger of death or
             2486      serious bodily injury; and
             2487          (B) the defendant was aware of or believed that there was an imminent danger of death
             2488      or serious bodily injury to another person.
             2489          (ii) Knowledge possessed by a person other than the defendant may not be attributed to
             2490      the defendant.
             2491          (iii) Circumstantial evidence may be used to prove that the defendant possessed actual
             2492      knowledge, including evidence that the defendant took affirmative steps to be shielded from
             2493      receiving relevant information.


             2494          (e) (i) It is an affirmative defense to prosecution under this Subsection (5) that the
             2495      conduct charged was consented to by the person endangered and that the danger and conduct
             2496      charged were reasonably foreseeable hazards of:
             2497          (A) an occupation, a business, or a profession; or
             2498          (B) medical treatment or medical or scientific experimentation conducted by
             2499      professionally approved methods and the other person was aware of the risks involved prior to
             2500      giving consent.
             2501          (ii) The defendant has the burden of proof to establish any affirmative defense under
             2502      this Subsection (5)(e) and [must] shall prove that defense by a preponderance of the evidence.
             2503          (6) For purposes of Subsections 19-5-115 (3) through (5), a single operational upset
             2504      which leads to simultaneous violations of more than one pollutant parameter shall be treated as
             2505      a single violation.
             2506          (7) (a) The board may begin a civil action for appropriate relief, including a permanent
             2507      or temporary injunction, for any violation or threatened violation for which it is authorized to
             2508      issue a compliance order under Section 19-5-111 .
             2509          (b) Actions shall be brought in the district court where the violation or threatened
             2510      violation occurs.
             2511          (8) (a) The attorney general is the legal advisor for the board and its executive secretary
             2512      and shall defend them in all actions or proceedings brought against them.
             2513          (b) The county attorney or district attorney as appropriate under Sections 17-18-1 ,
             2514      17-18-1.5 , and 17-18-1.7 in the county in which a cause of action arises, shall bring any action,
             2515      civil or criminal, requested by the board, to abate a condition that exists in violation of, or to
             2516      prosecute for the violation of, or to enforce, the laws or the standards, orders, and rules of the
             2517      board or the executive secretary issued under this chapter.
             2518          (c) The board may itself initiate any action under this section and be represented by the
             2519      attorney general.
             2520          (9) If any person fails to comply with a cease and desist order that is not subject to a
             2521      stay pending administrative or judicial review, the board may, through its executive secretary,


             2522      initiate an action for and be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent any further or continued
             2523      violation of the order.
             2524          (10) Any political subdivision of the state may enact and enforce ordinances or rules
             2525      for the implementation of this chapter that are not inconsistent with this chapter.
             2526          (11) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (11)(b), all penalties assessed and collected
             2527      under the authority of this section shall be deposited in the General Fund.
             2528          (b) The department may reimburse itself and local governments from money collected
             2529      from civil penalties for extraordinary expenses incurred in environmental enforcement
             2530      activities.
             2531          (c) The department shall regulate reimbursements by making rules that:
             2532          (i) define qualifying environmental enforcement activities; and
             2533          (ii) define qualifying extraordinary expenses.
             2534          Section 57. Section 19-5-116 is amended to read:
             2535           19-5-116. Limitation on effluent limitation standards for BOD, SS, Coliforms,
             2536      and pH for domestic or municipal sewage.
             2537          Unless required to meet instream water quality standards or federal requirements
             2538      established under the federal Water Pollution Control Act, the board [shall not] may not
             2539      establish, under Section 19-5-104 , effluent limitation standards for Biochemical Oxygen
             2540      Demand (BOD), Total Suspended Solids (SS), Coliforms, and pH for domestic or municipal
             2541      sewage which are more stringent than the following:
             2542          (1) Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD): The arithmetic mean of BOD values
             2543      determined on effluent samples collected during any 30-day period [shall not] may not exceed
             2544      25 mg/l, nor shall the arithmetic mean exceed 35 mg/l during any seven-day period.
             2545          (2) Total Suspended Solids (SS): The arithmetic mean of SS values determined on
             2546      effluent samples collected during any 30-day period [shall not] may not exceed 25 mg/l, nor
             2547      shall the arithmetic mean exceed 35 mg/l during any seven-day period.
             2548          (3) Coliform: The geometric mean of total coliforms and fecal coliform bacteria in
             2549      effluent samples collected during any 30-day period [shall not] may not exceed either 2000/100


             2550      ml for total coliforms or 200/100 ml for fecal coliforms. The geometric mean during any
             2551      seven-day period [shall not] may not exceed 2500/100 ml for total coliforms or 250/100 for
             2552      fecal coliforms.
             2553          (4) pH: The pH level shall be maintained at a level not less than 6.5 or greater than 9.0.
             2554          Section 58. Section 19-5-121 is amended to read:
             2555           19-5-121. Underground wastewater disposal systems -- Certification required to
             2556      design, inspect, maintain, or conduct percolation or soil tests -- Exemptions -- Rules --
             2557      Fees.
             2558          (1) As used in this section, "maintain" does not include the pumping of an underground
             2559      wastewater disposal system.
             2560          (2) (a) Except as provided in Subsections (2)(b) and (2)(c), beginning January 1, 2002,
             2561      a person may not design, inspect, maintain, or conduct percolation or soil tests for an
             2562      underground wastewater disposal system, without first obtaining certification from the board.
             2563          (b) An individual is not required to obtain certification from the board to maintain an
             2564      underground wastewater disposal system that serves a noncommercial, private residence owned
             2565      by the individual or a member of the individual's family and in which the individual or a
             2566      member of the individual's family resides or an employee of the individual resides without
             2567      payment of rent.
             2568          (c) The board shall make rules allowing an uncertified individual to conduct
             2569      percolation or soil tests for an underground wastewater disposal system that serves a
             2570      noncommercial, private residence owned by the individual and in which the individual resides
             2571      or intends to reside, or which is intended for use by an employee of the individual without
             2572      payment of rent, if the individual:
             2573          (i) has the capability of properly conducting the tests; and
             2574          (ii) is supervised by a certified individual when conducting the tests.
             2575          (3) (a) The board shall adopt and enforce rules for the certification and recertification
             2576      of individuals who design, inspect, maintain, or conduct percolation or soil tests for
             2577      underground wastewater disposal systems.


             2578          (b) (i) The rules shall specify requirements for education and training and the type and
             2579      duration of experience necessary to obtain certification.
             2580          (ii) The rules shall recognize the following in meeting the requirements for
             2581      certification:
             2582          (A) the experience of a contractor licensed under Title 58, Chapter 55, Utah
             2583      Construction Trades Licensing Act, who has five or more years of experience installing
             2584      underground wastewater disposal systems;
             2585          (B) the experience of an environmental health scientist licensed under Title 58, Chapter
             2586      20a, Environmental Health Scientist Act; or
             2587          (C) the educational background of a professional engineer licensed under Title 58,
             2588      Chapter 22, Professional Engineers and Professional Land Surveyors Licensing Act.
             2589          (iii) If eligibility for certification is based on experience, the applicant for certification
             2590      [must] shall show proof of experience.
             2591          (4) The department may establish fees in accordance with Section 63J-1-504 for the
             2592      testing and certification of individuals who design, inspect, maintain, or conduct percolation or
             2593      soil tests for underground wastewater disposal systems.
             2594          Section 59. Section 19-6-108 is amended to read:
             2595           19-6-108. New nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste operation plans for
             2596      facility or site -- Administrative and legislative approval required -- Exemptions from
             2597      legislative and gubernatorial approval -- Time periods for review -- Information required
             2598      -- Other conditions -- Revocation of approval -- Periodic review.
             2599          (1) For purposes of this section, the following items shall be treated as submission of a
             2600      new operation plan:
             2601          (a) the submission of a revised operation plan specifying a different geographic site
             2602      than a previously submitted plan;
             2603          (b) an application for modification of a commercial hazardous waste incinerator if the
             2604      construction or the modification would increase the hazardous waste incinerator capacity above
             2605      the capacity specified in the operation plan as of January 1, 1990, or the capacity specified in


             2606      the operation plan application as of January 1, 1990, if no operation plan approval has been
             2607      issued as of January 1, 1990;
             2608          (c) an application for modification of a commercial nonhazardous solid waste
             2609      incinerator if the construction of the modification would cost 50% or more of the cost of
             2610      construction of the original incinerator or the modification would result in an increase in the
             2611      capacity or throughput of the incinerator of a cumulative total of 50% above the total capacity
             2612      or throughput that was approved in the operation plan as of January 1, 1990, or the initial
             2613      approved operation plan if the initial approval is subsequent to January 1, 1990; or
             2614          (d) an application for modification of a commercial nonhazardous solid or hazardous
             2615      waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility, other than an incinerator, if the modification
             2616      would be outside the boundaries of the property owned or controlled by the applicant, as shown
             2617      in the application or approved operation plan as of January 1, 1990, or the initial approved
             2618      operation plan if the initial approval is subsequent to January 1, 1990.
             2619          (2) Capacity under Subsection (1)(b) shall be calculated based on the throughput
             2620      tonnage specified for the trial burn in the operation plan or the operation plan application if no
             2621      operation plan approval has been issued as of January 1, 1990, and on annual operations of
             2622      7,000 hours.
             2623          (3) (a) (i) No person may own, construct, modify, or operate any facility or site for the
             2624      purpose of disposing of nonhazardous solid waste or treating, storing, or disposing of
             2625      hazardous waste without first submitting and receiving the approval of the executive secretary
             2626      for an operation plan for that facility or site.
             2627          (ii) (A) A permittee who is the current owner of a facility or site that is subject to an
             2628      operation plan may submit to the executive secretary information, a report, a plan, or other
             2629      request for approval for a proposed activity under an operation plan:
             2630          (I) after obtaining the consent of any other permittee who is a current owner of the
             2631      facility or site; and
             2632          (II) without obtaining the consent of any other permittee who is not a current owner of
             2633      the facility or site.


             2634          (B) The executive secretary may not:
             2635          (I) withhold an approval of an operation plan requested by a permittee who is a current
             2636      owner of the facility or site on the grounds that another permittee who is not a current owner of
             2637      the facility or site has not consented to the request; or
             2638          (II) give an approval of an operation plan requested by a permittee who is not a current
             2639      owner before receiving consent of the current owner of the facility or site.
             2640          (b) (i) Except for facilities that receive the following wastes solely for the purpose of
             2641      recycling, reuse, or reprocessing, no person may own, construct, modify, or operate any
             2642      commercial facility that accepts for treatment or disposal, with the intent to make a profit, any
             2643      of the wastes listed in Subsection (3)(b)(ii) without first submitting a request to and receiving
             2644      the approval of the executive secretary for an operation plan for that facility site.
             2645          (ii) Wastes referred to in Subsection (3)(b)(i) are:
             2646          (A) fly ash waste, bottom ash waste, slag waste, or flue gas emission control waste
             2647      generated primarily from the combustion of coal or other fossil fuels;
             2648          (B) wastes from the extraction, beneficiation, and processing of ores and minerals; or
             2649          (C) cement kiln dust wastes.
             2650          (c) (i) No person may construct any facility listed under Subsection (3)(c)(ii) until [he]
             2651      the person receives, in addition to and subsequent to local government approval and subsequent
             2652      to the approval required in Subsection (3)(a), approval by the governor and the Legislature.
             2653          (ii) Facilities referred to in Subsection (3)(c)(i) are:
             2654          (A) commercial nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities;
             2655      and
             2656          (B) except for facilities that receive the following wastes solely for the purpose of
             2657      recycling, reuse, or reprocessing, any commercial facility that accepts for treatment or disposal,
             2658      with the intent to make a profit: fly ash waste, bottom ash waste, slag waste, or flue gas
             2659      emission control waste generated primarily from the combustion of coal or other fossil fuels;
             2660      wastes from the extraction, beneficiation, and processing of ores and minerals; or cement kiln
             2661      dust wastes.


             2662          (d) No person need obtain gubernatorial or legislative approval for the construction of
             2663      a hazardous waste facility for which an operating plan has been approved by or submitted for
             2664      approval to the executive secretary under this section before April 24, 1989, and which has
             2665      been determined, on or before December 31, 1990, by the executive secretary to be complete,
             2666      in accordance with state and federal requirements for operating plans for hazardous waste
             2667      facilities even if a different geographic site is subsequently submitted.
             2668          (e) No person need obtain gubernatorial and legislative approval for the construction of
             2669      a commercial nonhazardous solid waste disposal facility for which an operation plan has been
             2670      approved by or submitted for approval to the executive secretary under this section on or before
             2671      January 1, 1990, and which, on or before December 31, 1990, the executive secretary
             2672      determines to be complete, in accordance with state and federal requirements applicable to
             2673      operation plans for nonhazardous solid waste facilities.
             2674          (f) Any person owning or operating a facility or site on or before November 19, 1980,
             2675      who has given timely notification as required by Section 3010 of the Resource Conservation
             2676      and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. Section 6921, et seq., and who has submitted a proposed
             2677      hazardous waste plan under this section for that facility or site, may continue to operate that
             2678      facility or site without violating this section until the plan is approved or disapproved under
             2679      this section.
             2680          (g) (i) The executive secretary shall suspend acceptance of further applications for a
             2681      commercial nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste facility upon a finding that [he] the
             2682      executive secretary cannot adequately oversee existing and additional facilities for permit
             2683      compliance, monitoring, and enforcement.
             2684          (ii) The executive secretary shall report any suspension to the Natural Resources,
             2685      Agriculture, and Environment Interim Committee.
             2686          (4) The executive secretary shall review each proposed nonhazardous solid or
             2687      hazardous waste operation plan to determine whether that plan complies with the provisions of
             2688      this part and the applicable rules of the board.
             2689          (5) (a) If the facility is a class I or class II facility, the executive secretary shall approve


             2690      or disapprove that plan within 270 days from the date it is submitted.
             2691          (b) Within 60 days after receipt of the plans, specifications, or other information
             2692      required by this section for a class I or II facility, the executive secretary shall determine
             2693      whether the plan is complete and contains all information necessary to process the plan for
             2694      approval.
             2695          (c) (i) If the plan for a class I or II facility is determined to be complete, the executive
             2696      secretary shall issue a notice of completeness.
             2697          (ii) If the plan is determined by the executive secretary to be incomplete, [he] the
             2698      executive secretary shall issue a notice of deficiency, listing the additional information to be
             2699      provided by the owner or operator to complete the plan.
             2700          (d) The executive secretary shall review information submitted in response to a notice
             2701      of deficiency within 30 days after receipt.
             2702          (e) The following time periods may not be included in the 270 day plan review period
             2703      for a class I or II facility:
             2704          (i) time awaiting response from the owner or operator to requests for information
             2705      issued by the executive secretary;
             2706          (ii) time required for public participation and hearings for issuance of plan approvals;
             2707      and
             2708          (iii) time for review of the permit by other federal or state government agencies.
             2709          (6) (a) If the facility is a class III or class IV facility, the executive secretary shall
             2710      approve or disapprove that plan within 365 days from the date it is submitted.
             2711          (b) The following time periods may not be included in the 365 day review period:
             2712          (i) time awaiting response from the owner or operator to requests for information
             2713      issued by the executive secretary;
             2714          (ii) time required for public participation and hearings for issuance of plan approvals;
             2715      and
             2716          (iii) time for review of the permit by other federal or state government agencies.
             2717          (7) If, within 365 days after receipt of a modification plan or closure plan for any


             2718      facility, the executive secretary determines that the proposed plan, or any part of it, will not
             2719      comply with applicable rules, the executive secretary shall issue an order prohibiting any action
             2720      under the proposed plan for modification or closure in whole or in part.
             2721          (8) Any person who owns or operates a facility or site required to have an approved
             2722      hazardous waste operation plan under this section and who has pending a permit application
             2723      before the United States Environmental Protection Agency shall be treated as having an
             2724      approved plan until final administrative disposition of the permit application is made under this
             2725      section, unless the board determines that final administrative disposition of the application has
             2726      not been made because of the failure of the owner or operator to furnish any information
             2727      requested, or the facility's interim status has terminated under Section 3005 (e) of the Resource
             2728      Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6925 (e).
             2729          (9) No proposed nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste operation plan may be
             2730      approved unless it contains the information that the board requires, including:
             2731          (a) estimates of the composition, quantities, and concentrations of any hazardous waste
             2732      identified under this part and the proposed treatment, storage, or disposal of it;
             2733          (b) evidence that the disposal of nonhazardous solid waste or treatment, storage, or
             2734      disposal of hazardous waste will not be done in a manner that may cause or significantly
             2735      contribute to an increase in mortality, an increase in serious irreversible or incapacitating
             2736      reversible illness, or pose a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the
             2737      environment;
             2738          (c) consistent with the degree and duration of risks associated with the disposal of
             2739      nonhazardous solid waste or treatment, storage, or disposal of specified hazardous waste,
             2740      evidence of financial responsibility in whatever form and amount that the executive secretary
             2741      determines is necessary to insure continuity of operation and that upon abandonment, cessation,
             2742      or interruption of the operation of the facility or site, all reasonable measures consistent with
             2743      the available knowledge will be taken to insure that the waste subsequent to being treated,
             2744      stored, or disposed of at the site or facility will not present a hazard to the public or the
             2745      environment;


             2746          (d) evidence that the personnel employed at the facility or site have education and
             2747      training for the safe and adequate handling of nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste;
             2748          (e) plans, specifications, and other information that the executive secretary considers
             2749      relevant to determine whether the proposed nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste operation
             2750      plan will comply with this part and the rules of the board; and
             2751          (f) compliance schedules, where applicable, including schedules for corrective action
             2752      or other response measures for releases from any solid waste management unit at the facility,
             2753      regardless of the time the waste was placed in the unit.
             2754          (10) The executive secretary may not approve a commercial nonhazardous solid or
             2755      hazardous waste operation plan that meets the requirements of Subsection (9) unless it contains
             2756      the information required by the board, including:
             2757          (a) evidence that the proposed commercial facility has a proven market of
             2758      nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste, including:
             2759          (i) information on the source, quantity, and price charged for treating, storing, and
             2760      disposing of potential nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste in the state and regionally;
             2761          (ii) a market analysis of the need for a commercial facility given existing and potential
             2762      generation of nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste in the state and regionally; and
             2763          (iii) a review of other existing and proposed commercial nonhazardous solid or
             2764      hazardous waste facilities regionally and nationally that would compete for the treatment,
             2765      storage, or disposal of the nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste;
             2766          (b) a description of the public benefits of the proposed facility, including:
             2767          (i) the need in the state for the additional capacity for the management of nonhazardous
             2768      solid or hazardous waste;
             2769          (ii) the energy and resources recoverable by the proposed facility;
             2770          (iii) the reduction of nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste management methods,
             2771      which are less suitable for the environment, that would be made possible by the proposed
             2772      facility; and
             2773          (iv) whether any other available site or method for the management of hazardous waste


             2774      would be less detrimental to the public health or safety or to the quality of the environment;
             2775      and
             2776          (c) compliance history of an owner or operator of a proposed commercial
             2777      nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility, which may be
             2778      applied by the executive secretary in a nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste operation plan
             2779      decision, including any plan conditions.
             2780          (11) The executive secretary may not approve a commercial nonhazardous solid or
             2781      hazardous waste facility operation plan unless based on the application, and in addition to the
             2782      determination required in Subsections (9) and (10), the executive secretary determines that:
             2783          (a) the probable beneficial environmental effect of the facility to the state outweighs
             2784      the probable adverse environmental effect; and
             2785          (b) there is a need for the facility to serve industry within the state.
             2786          (12) Approval of a nonhazardous solid or hazardous waste operation plan may be
             2787      revoked, in whole or in part, if the person to whom approval of the plan has been given fails to
             2788      comply with that plan.
             2789          (13) The executive secretary shall review all approved nonhazardous solid and
             2790      hazardous waste operation plans at least once every five years.
             2791          (14) The provisions of Subsections (10) and (11) do not apply to hazardous waste
             2792      facilities in existence or to applications filed or pending in the department prior to April 24,
             2793      1989, that are determined by the executive secretary on or before December 31, 1990, to be
             2794      complete, in accordance with state and federal requirements applicable to operation plans for
             2795      hazardous waste facilities.
             2796          (15) The provisions of Subsections (9), (10), and (11) do not apply to a nonhazardous
             2797      solid waste facility in existence or to an application filed or pending in the department prior to
             2798      January 1, 1990, that is determined by the executive secretary, on or before December 31,
             2799      1990, to be complete in accordance with state and federal requirements applicable to operation
             2800      plans for nonhazardous solid waste facilities.
             2801          (16) Nonhazardous solid waste generated outside of this state that is defined as


             2802      hazardous waste in the state where it is generated and which is received for disposal in this
             2803      state [shall not] may not be disposed of at a nonhazardous waste disposal facility owned and
             2804      operated by local government or a facility under contract with a local government solely for
             2805      disposal of nonhazardous solid waste generated within the boundaries of the local government,
             2806      unless disposal is approved by the executive secretary.
             2807          (17) This section may not be construed to exempt any facility from applicable
             2808      regulation under the federal Atomic Energy Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 2014 and 2021 through
             2809      2114.
             2810          Section 60. Section 19-6-116 is amended to read:
             2811           19-6-116. Application of part subject to state assumption of primary
             2812      responsibility from federal government -- Authority of political subdivisions.
             2813          (1) The requirements of this part applicable to the generation, treatment, storage, or
             2814      disposal of hazardous waste, and the rules adopted under this part, [shall not] do not take effect
             2815      until this state is qualified to assume, and does assume, primacy from the federal government
             2816      for the control of hazardous wastes.
             2817          (2) This part does not alter the authority of political subdivisions of the state to control
             2818      solid and hazardous wastes within their local jurisdictions so long as any local laws,
             2819      ordinances, or rules are not inconsistent with this part or the rules of the board.
             2820          Section 61. Section 19-6-202 is amended to read:
             2821           19-6-202. Definitions.
             2822          As used in this part:
             2823          (1) "Board" means the Solid and Hazardous Waste Control Board created in Section
             2824      19-1-106 .
             2825          (2) "Disposal" means the final disposition of hazardous wastes into or onto the lands,
             2826      waters, and air of this state.
             2827          (3) "Hazardous wastes" means wastes as defined in Section 19-6-102 .
             2828          (4) "Hazardous waste treatment, disposal, and storage facility" means a facility or site
             2829      used or intended to be used for the treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste materials,


             2830      including [but not limited to] physical, chemical, or thermal processing systems, incinerators,
             2831      and secure landfills.
             2832          (5) "Site" means land used for the treatment, disposal, or storage of hazardous wastes.
             2833          (6) "Siting plan" means the state hazardous waste facilities siting plan adopted by the
             2834      board pursuant to Sections 19-6-204 and 19-6-205 .
             2835          (7) "Storage" means the containment of hazardous wastes for a period of more than 90
             2836      days.
             2837          (8) "Treatment" means any method, technique, or process designed to change the
             2838      physical, chemical, or biological character or composition of any hazardous waste to neutralize
             2839      or render it nonhazardous, safer for transport, amenable to recovery or storage, convertible to
             2840      another usable material, or reduced in volume and suitable for ultimate disposal.
             2841          Section 62. Section 19-6-203 is amended to read:
             2842           19-6-203. Other provisions relating to hazardous waste.
             2843          This part [shall not] may not be construed to supersede any other state or local law
             2844      relating to hazardous waste, except as otherwise provided in Section 19-6-207 .
             2845          Section 63. Section 19-6-205 is amended to read:
             2846           19-6-205. Siting plan -- Procedure for adoption -- Review -- Effect.
             2847          (1) After completion of the guidelines, the board shall prepare and publish a
             2848      preliminary siting plan for the state. The preliminary siting plan is not final until adopted by the
             2849      board in accordance with Subsection (2) and shall be based upon the guidelines adopted under
             2850      Section 19-6-204 and be published within one year after adoption of the guidelines.
             2851          (2) (a) After completion of its guidelines, the board shall publish notice of intent to
             2852      prepare a siting plan. The notice shall invite all interested persons to nominate sites for
             2853      inclusion in the siting plan. It shall be published at least twice in not less than two newspapers
             2854      with statewide circulation and shall also be sent to any person, business, or other organization
             2855      that has notified the board of an interest or involvement in hazardous waste management
             2856      activities.
             2857          (b) Nominations for the location of hazardous waste sites shall be accepted by the


             2858      board for a period of 120 days after the date of first publication of notice. Nominations may
             2859      include a description of the site or sites suggested or may simply suggest a general area. In
             2860      addition, any nomination may provide data and reasons in support of inclusion of the site
             2861      nominated.
             2862          (c) The board, in cooperation with other state agencies and private sources, shall then
             2863      prepare an inventory of:
             2864          (i) the hazardous wastes generated in the state;
             2865          (ii) those likely to be generated in the future;
             2866          (iii) those being generated in other states that are likely to be treated, disposed of, or
             2867      stored in the state;
             2868          (iv) the sites within the state currently being used for hazardous waste and those
             2869      suggested through the nomination process;
             2870          (v) the treatment, storage, and disposal processes and management practices that are
             2871      required to comply with Section 19-6-108 ; and
             2872          (vi) an estimate of the public and private costs for meeting the long-term demand for
             2873      hazardous waste treatment, disposal, and storage facilities.
             2874          (d) (i) After the hazardous waste inventory and cost estimate are complete, the board,
             2875      with the use of the guidelines developed in Section 19-6-204 , shall provide for the geographical
             2876      distribution of enough sites to fulfill the state's needs for hazardous waste disposal, treatment,
             2877      and storage for the next 25 years.
             2878          (ii) The board [shall not] may not exclude any area of the state from consideration in
             2879      the selection of potential sites but, to the maximum extent possible, shall give preference to
             2880      sites located in areas already dedicated through zoning or other land use regulations to
             2881      industrial use or to areas located near industrial uses. However, the board shall give
             2882      consideration to excluding an area designated for disposal of uranium mill tailings or for
             2883      disposal of nuclear wastes unless the proposed disposal site is approved by the affected county
             2884      through its county executive and county legislative body.
             2885          (e) The board shall also analyze and identify areas of the state where, due to the


             2886      concentration of industrial waste generation processes or to favorable geology or hydrology, the
             2887      construction and operation of hazardous waste treatment, disposal, and storage facilities
             2888      appears to be technically, environmentally, and economically feasible.
             2889          (3) (a) The preliminary siting plan prepared pursuant to Subsection (2) shall, before
             2890      adoption, be distributed to all units of local government located near existing or proposed sites.
             2891          (b) Notice of the availability of the preliminary siting plan for examination shall be
             2892      published at least twice in two newspapers, if available, with general circulation in the areas of
             2893      the state that potentially will be affected by the plan.
             2894          (c) The board shall also issue a statewide news release that informs persons where
             2895      copies of the preliminary siting plan may be inspected or purchased at cost.
             2896          (d) After release of the preliminary siting plan, the board shall hold not less than two
             2897      public hearings in different areas of the state affected by the proposed siting plan to allow local
             2898      officials and other interested persons to express their views and submit information relevant to
             2899      the plan. The hearings shall be conducted not less than 60 nor more than 90 days after release
             2900      of the plan. Within 30 days after completion of the hearings, the board shall prepare and make
             2901      available for public inspection a summary of public comments.
             2902          (4) (a) The board, between 30 and 60 days after publication of the public comments,
             2903      shall prepare a final siting plan.
             2904          (b) The final siting plan shall be widely distributed to members of the public.
             2905          (c) The board, at any time between 30 and 60 days after release of the final plan, on its
             2906      own initiative or that of interested parties, shall hold not less than two public hearings in each
             2907      area of the state affected by the final plan to allow local officials and other interested persons to
             2908      express their views.
             2909          (d) The board, within 30 days after the last hearing, shall vote to adopt, adopt with
             2910      modification, or reject the final siting plan.
             2911          (5) (a) Any person adversely affected by the board's decision may seek judicial review
             2912      of the decision by filing a petition for review with the district court for Salt Lake County within
             2913      90 days after the board's decision.


             2914          (b) Judicial review may be had, however, only on the grounds that the board violated
             2915      the procedures set forth in this section, that it acted without or in excess of its powers, or that
             2916      its actions were arbitrary or capricious and not based on substantial evidence.
             2917          (6) If the final siting plan is adopted, the board shall cause it to be published.
             2918          (7) After publication of the final siting plan, the board shall engage in a continuous
             2919      monitoring and review process to ensure that the long-range needs of hazardous waste
             2920      producers likely to dispose of hazardous wastes in this state are met at a reasonable cost. An
             2921      annual review of the adequacy of the plan shall be conducted and published by the board.
             2922          (8) (a) If necessary, the board may amend the siting plan to provide additional sites or
             2923      delete sites which are no longer suitable.
             2924          (b) Before any plan amendment adding or deleting a site is adopted, the board, upon
             2925      not less than 20 days' public notice, shall hold at least one public hearing in the area where the
             2926      affected site is located.
             2927          (9) After adoption of the final plan, an applicant for approval of a plan to construct and
             2928      operate a hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facility who seeks protection under
             2929      this part shall select a site contained on the final site plan.
             2930          (10) Nothing in this part, however, shall be construed to prohibit the construction and
             2931      operation of an approved hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facility at a site
             2932      which is not included within the final site plan, but such a facility is not entitled to the
             2933      protections afforded under this part.
             2934          Section 64. Section 19-6-413 is amended to read:
             2935           19-6-413. Tank tightness test -- Actions required after testing.
             2936          (1) The owner or operator of any petroleum storage tank registered [prior to] before
             2937      July 1, 1991, [must] shall submit to the executive secretary the results of a tank tightness test
             2938      conducted:
             2939          (a) on or after September 1, 1989, and [prior to] before January 1, 1990, if the test
             2940      meets requirements set by rule regarding tank tightness tests that were applicable during that
             2941      period; or


             2942          (b) on or after January 1, 1990, and [prior to] before July 1, 1991.
             2943          (2) The owner or operator of any petroleum storage tank registered on or after July 1,
             2944      1991, [must] shall submit to the executive secretary the results of a tank tightness test
             2945      conducted within the six months before the tank was registered or within 60 days after the date
             2946      the tank was registered.
             2947          (3) If the tank test performed under Subsection (1) or (2) shows no release of
             2948      petroleum, the owner or operator of the petroleum storage tank shall submit a letter to the
             2949      executive secretary at the same time the owner or operator submits the test results, stating that
             2950      under customary business inventory practices standards, the owner or operator is not aware of
             2951      any release of petroleum from the tank.
             2952          (4) (a) If the tank test shows a release of petroleum from the petroleum storage tank,
             2953      the owner or operator of the tank shall:
             2954          (i) correct the problem; and
             2955          (ii) submit evidence of the correction to the executive secretary.
             2956          (b) When the executive secretary receives evidence from an owner or operator of a
             2957      petroleum storage tank that the problem with the tank has been corrected, the executive
             2958      secretary shall:
             2959          (i) approve or disapprove the correction; and
             2960          (ii) notify the owner or operator that the correction has been approved or disapproved.
             2961          (5) The executive secretary shall review the results of the tank tightness test to
             2962      determine compliance with this part and any rules adopted under the authority of Section
             2963      19-6-403 .
             2964          (6) If the owner or operator of the tank is required by 40 C.F.R., Part 280, Subpart D,
             2965      to perform release detection on the tank, the owner or operator shall submit the results of the
             2966      tank tests in compliance with 40 C.F.R., Part 280, Subpart D.
             2967          Section 65. Section 19-6-714 is amended to read:
             2968           19-6-714. Recycling fee on sale of oil.
             2969          (1) On and after October 1, 1993, a recycling fee of $.04 per quart or $.16 per gallon is


             2970      imposed upon the first sale in Utah by a lubricating oil vendor of lubricating oil. The
             2971      lubricating oil vendor shall collect the fee at the time the lubricating oil is sold.
             2972          (2) A fee under this section [shall not] may not be collected on sales of lubricating oil:
             2973          (a) shipped outside the state;
             2974          (b) purchased in five-gallon or smaller containers and used solely in underground
             2975      mining operations; or
             2976          (c) in bulk containers of 55 gallons or more.
             2977          (3) This fee is in addition to all other state, county, or municipal fees and taxes
             2978      imposed on the sale of lubricating oil.
             2979          (4) The exemptions from sales and use tax provided in Section 59-12-104 do not apply
             2980      to this part.
             2981          (5) The commission may make rules to implement and enforce the provisions of this
             2982      section.
             2983          Section 66. Section 19-6-814 is amended to read:
             2984           19-6-814. Local health department responsibility.
             2985          (1) A local health department that has received an application for partial
             2986      reimbursement from a recycler shall within 15 calendar days after receiving the application:
             2987          (a) review the application for completeness;
             2988          (b) conduct an on-site investigation of the recycler's waste tire use if the application is
             2989      the initial application of the recycler; and
             2990          (c) submit the recycler's application for partial reimbursement together with a brief
             2991      written report of the results of the investigation and the dollar amount approved for payment to
             2992      the Division of Finance.
             2993          (2) If the local health department approves a dollar amount for partial reimbursement
             2994      which is less than the amount requested by the recycler, the local health department [must]
             2995      shall submit its written report of the investigation and recommendation to the recycler at least
             2996      five days prior to submitting the report and recommendation to the Division of Finance.
             2997          Section 67. Section 19-9-105 is amended to read:


             2998           19-9-105. Powers of authority.
             2999          The authority is a body corporate and politic that may:
             3000          (1) sue and be sued in its own name;
             3001          (2) have a seal and alter the seal at will;
             3002          (3) borrow money and issue obligations, including refunding obligations, and provide
             3003      for the rights of holders of those obligations;
             3004          (4) establish hazardous waste treatment, disposal, or storage surcharge schedules for
             3005      facilities operated by, or under authority of, the authority, and require all private facility
             3006      operators who contract with the authority to collect fees for all hazardous waste received for
             3007      treatment, disposal, or storage by those private facilities;
             3008          (5) promulgate rules pursuant to Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative
             3009      Rulemaking Act, governing the exercise of its powers and fulfillment of its purposes;
             3010          (6) enter into contracts and leases and execute all instruments necessary, convenient, or
             3011      desirable;
             3012          (7) acquire, purchase, hold, lease, use, or dispose of any property or any interest in
             3013      property that is necessary, convenient, or desirable to carry out the purposes of this chapter, and
             3014      sell, lease, transfer, and dispose of any property or interest in property at any time required in
             3015      the exercise of its power, including[, but not limited to,] the sale, transfer, or disposal of any
             3016      materials, substances, or sources or forms of energy derived from any activity engaged in by
             3017      the authority;
             3018          (8) contract with experts, advisers, consultants, and agents for needed services;
             3019          (9) appoint officers and employees required for the performance of its duties, and fix
             3020      and determine their qualifications and duties;
             3021          (10) make, or contract for, plans, surveys, and studies necessary, convenient, or
             3022      desirable to effectuate its purposes and powers and prepare any recommendations with respect
             3023      to those plans, surveys, or studies;
             3024          (11) receive and accept aid or contributions from any source, including the United
             3025      States or the state, in the form of money, property, labor, or other things of value to be held,


             3026      used, and applied to carry out the purposes of this chapter, subject to the conditions imposed
             3027      upon that aid or contributions consistent with this chapter;
             3028          (12) enter into agreements with any department, agency, or instrumentality of the
             3029      United States or this state, or any financial institution, or contractor for the purpose of leasing
             3030      and operating any facility;
             3031          (13) consent to the modification of any obligation with the holder of that obligation, to
             3032      the extent permitted by the obligation, relating to rates of interest or to the time and payment of
             3033      any installment of principal or interest, or to the modification of any other contract, mortgage,
             3034      mortgage loan, mortgage loan commitment, or agreement of any kind to which it is a party;
             3035          (14) pledge revenues from any hazardous waste treatment, disposal, and storage facility
             3036      to secure payment of any obligations relating to that facility, including interest on, and
             3037      redemption of, those obligations;
             3038          (15) execute or cause to be executed, mortgages, trust deeds, indentures, pledge
             3039      agreements, assignments, security agreements, and financing statements that encumber
             3040      property acquired, constructed, reconstructed, renovated, or repaired with the proceeds from the
             3041      sale of such obligations;
             3042          (16) exercise the power of eminent domain;
             3043          (17) do all other things necessary to comply with the requirements of 42 U.S.C.
             3044      Sections 6901-6986, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and this part;
             3045          (18) contract for the construction, operation, and maintenance of hazardous waste
             3046      treatment, storage, and disposal facilities, including plants, works, instrumentalities, or parts
             3047      thereof, for the collection, conveyance, treatment, exchange, storage, and disposal of hazardous
             3048      waste, subject to approval by the board; and
             3049          (19) exercise any other powers or duties necessary or appropriate to carry out and
             3050      effectuate this chapter.
             3051          Section 68. Section 19-9-109 is amended to read:
             3052           19-9-109. Security for obligations -- Provisions of security instruments.
             3053          (1) The principal and interest on any obligation issued pursuant to this chapter shall be


             3054      secured by:
             3055          (a) a pledge and assignment of the proceeds earned by the facility built and acquired
             3056      with the proceeds of the obligations;
             3057          (b) a mortgage or trust deed on the facility built and acquired with the proceeds from
             3058      the obligations; and
             3059          (c) such other security on the facility as is deemed most advantageous by the authority.
             3060          (2) Obligations authorized for issuance under this chapter and any mortgage or other
             3061      security given to secure such obligations may contain any provisions customarily contained in
             3062      security instruments, including[, but not limited to]:
             3063          (a) the fixing and collection of fees from the facility;
             3064          (b) the maintenance of insurance on the facility;
             3065          (c) the creation and maintenance of special funds to receive revenues earned by the
             3066      facility; and
             3067          (d) the rights and remedies available to obligation holders in the event of default.
             3068          (3) All mortgages, trust deeds, security agreements, or trust indentures on a facility
             3069      shall provide, in the event of foreclosure, that no deficiency judgment may be entered against
             3070      the authority, the state, or any of the state's political subdivisions.
             3071          (4) Any mortgage or other security instrument securing such obligations may provide
             3072      that in the event of a default in the payment of principal or interest or in the performance of any
             3073      agreement, that payment or performance may be enforced by the appointment of a receiver with
             3074      power to charge and collect fees and to apply the revenues from the facility in accordance with
             3075      the provisions of the security instrument.
             3076          (5) Any mortgage or other security instrument made pursuant to this chapter may also
             3077      provide that in the event of default in payment or breach of a condition, that the mortgage may
             3078      be foreclosed or otherwise satisfied in any manner permitted by law, and that the trustee under
             3079      the mortgage or the holder of any obligation secured by such mortgage may, if the highest
             3080      bidder, purchase the security at foreclosure sale.
             3081          Section 69. Section 19-10-104 is amended to read:


             3082           19-10-104. Requirements for creation of institutional control.
             3083          An environmental institutional control shall:
             3084          (1) be in writing and shall be recorded by the owner of the real property in the county
             3085      recorder's office in the county where the real property is located;
             3086          (2) contain a legal description of the area of the real property that is subject to the
             3087      institutional control;
             3088          (3) include a statement documenting any requirements for maintenance of the
             3089      institutional control, including a description of the institutional control and the reason it must
             3090      remain in place to protect the public health, safety, or welfare, or the environment;
             3091          (4) include a statement that the institutional control runs with the land and is binding
             3092      on all successors in interest unless or until the institutional control is removed as provided in
             3093      Section 19-10-105 ;
             3094          (5) include a statement acknowledging the department's right of access to the property
             3095      at all reasonable times to verify that the institutional controls are being maintained;
             3096          (6) include a statement explaining how the institutional control can be modified or
             3097      terminated and stating that if any person desires to cancel or modify the institutional control in
             3098      the future, the person [must] shall obtain prior written approval from the executive director
             3099      pursuant to this chapter;
             3100          (7) include a notarized signature of the executive director indicating approval of the
             3101      environmental institutional control; and
             3102          (8) include the notarized signature of the property owner indicating approval of the
             3103      environmental institutional control.
             3104          Section 70. Section 20A-1-401 is amended to read:
             3105           20A-1-401. Interpretation of election laws -- Computation of time.
             3106          (1) Courts and election officers shall construe the provisions of [Title 20A, Election
             3107      Code,] this title liberally to carry out the intent of this title.
             3108          (2) Except as provided under Subsection (3), Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays shall be
             3109      included in all computations of days made under the provisions of [Title 20A, Election Code]


             3110      this title.
             3111          (3) Unless otherwise specifically provided for under this title [20A]:
             3112          (a) when computing any number of days before or after a specified date or event under
             3113      this [Title 20A] title, the specified date or day of the event [shall not be] is not included in the
             3114      count; and
             3115          (b) (i) if the commencement date of a time period preceding a specified date or event
             3116      falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the following business day shall be used;
             3117          (ii) if the last day of a time period following a specified date or event falls on a
             3118      Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the time period shall be extended to the following business
             3119      day; and
             3120          (iii) if a deadline that falls before or after a specified date or event falls on a Saturday,
             3121      Sunday, or legal holiday, the deadline shall be considered to fall on the following business day.
             3122          Section 71. Section 20A-1-508 is amended to read:
             3123           20A-1-508. Midterm vacancies in county elected offices.
             3124          (1) As used in this section:
             3125          (a) "County offices" includes the county executive, members of the county legislative
             3126      body, the county treasurer, the county sheriff, the county clerk, the county auditor, the county
             3127      recorder, the county surveyor, and the county assessor.
             3128          (b) "County offices" does not mean the offices of president and vice president of the
             3129      United States, United States senators and representatives, members of the Utah Legislature,
             3130      state constitutional officers, county attorneys, district attorneys, and judges.
             3131          (2) (a) Until a replacement is selected as provided in this section and has qualified, the
             3132      county legislative body shall appoint an interim replacement to fill the vacant office by
             3133      following the procedures and requirements of this Subsection (2).
             3134          (b) (i) To appoint an interim replacement, the county legislative body shall give notice
             3135      of the vacancy to the county central committee of the same political party of the prior office
             3136      holder and invite that committee to submit the names of three nominees to fill the vacancy.
             3137          (ii) That county central committee shall, within 30 days, submit the names of three


             3138      nominees for the interim replacement to the county legislative body.
             3139          (iii) The county legislative body shall, within 45 days after the vacancy occurs, appoint
             3140      one of those nominees to serve out the unexpired term.
             3141          (c) (i) If the county legislative body fails to appoint an interim replacement to fill the
             3142      vacancy within 45 days, the county clerk shall send to the governor a letter that:
             3143          (A) informs the governor that the county legislative body has failed to appoint a
             3144      replacement within the statutory time period; and
             3145          (B) contains the list of nominees submitted by the party central committee.
             3146          (ii) The governor shall appoint an interim replacement from that list of nominees to fill
             3147      the vacancy within 30 days after receipt of the letter.
             3148          (d) A person appointed as interim replacement under this Subsection (2) shall hold
             3149      office until their successor is elected and has qualified.
             3150          (3) (a) The requirements of this Subsection (3) apply to all county offices that become
             3151      vacant if:
             3152          (i) the vacant office has an unexpired term of two years or more; and
             3153          (ii) the vacancy occurs after the election at which the person was elected but before
             3154      April 10 of the next even-numbered year.
             3155          (b) (i) When the conditions established in Subsection (3)(a) are met, the county clerk
             3156      shall notify the public and each registered political party that the vacancy exists.
             3157          (ii) All persons intending to become candidates for the vacant office shall:
             3158          (A) file a declaration of candidacy according to the procedures and requirements of
             3159      Chapter 9, Part 2, Candidate Qualifications and Declarations of Candidacy; and
             3160          (B) if nominated as a party candidate or qualified as an independent or write-in
             3161      candidate under Chapter 8, Political Party Formation and Procedures, run in the regular general
             3162      election.
             3163          (4) (a) The requirements of this Subsection (4) apply to all county offices that become
             3164      vacant if:
             3165          (i) the vacant office has an unexpired term of two years or more; and


             3166          (ii) the vacancy occurs after April 9 of the next even-numbered year but more than 50
             3167      days before the regular primary election.
             3168          (b) (i) When the conditions established in Subsection (4)(a) are met, the county clerk
             3169      shall notify the public and each registered political party that:
             3170          (A) the vacancy exists; and
             3171          (B) identifies the date and time by which a person interested in becoming a candidate
             3172      [must] shall file a declaration of candidacy.
             3173          (ii) All persons intending to become candidates for the vacant offices shall, within five
             3174      days after the date that the notice is made, ending at the close of normal office hours on the
             3175      fifth day, file a declaration of candidacy for the vacant office as required by Chapter 9, Part 2,
             3176      Candidate Qualifications and Declarations of Candidacy.
             3177          (iii) The county central committee of each party shall:
             3178          (A) select a candidate or candidates from among those qualified candidates who have
             3179      filed declarations of candidacy; and
             3180          (B) certify the name of the candidate or candidates to the county clerk at least 35 days
             3181      before the regular primary election.
             3182          (5) (a) The requirements of this Subsection (5) apply to all county offices that become
             3183      vacant:
             3184          (i) if the vacant office has an unexpired term of two years or more; and
             3185          (ii) when 50 days or less remain before the regular primary election but more than 50
             3186      days remain before the regular general election.
             3187          (b) When the conditions established in Subsection (5)(a) are met, the county central
             3188      committees of each political party registered under this title that wishes to submit a candidate
             3189      for the office shall summarily certify the name of one candidate to the county clerk for
             3190      placement on the regular general election ballot.
             3191          (6) (a) The requirements of this Subsection (6) apply to all county offices that become
             3192      vacant:
             3193          (i) if the vacant office has an unexpired term of less than two years; or


             3194          (ii) if the vacant office has an unexpired term of two years or more but 50 days or less
             3195      remain before the next regular general election.
             3196          (b) (i) When the conditions established in Subsection (6)(a) are met, the county
             3197      legislative body shall give notice of the vacancy to the county central committee of the same
             3198      political party as the prior office holder and invite that committee to submit the names of three
             3199      nominees to fill the vacancy.
             3200          (ii) That county central committee shall, within 30 days, submit the names of three
             3201      nominees to fill the vacancy to the county legislative body.
             3202          (iii) The county legislative body shall, within 45 days after the vacancy occurs, appoint
             3203      one of those nominees to serve out the unexpired term.
             3204          (c) (i) If the county legislative body fails to appoint a person to fill the vacancy within
             3205      45 days, the county clerk shall send to the governor a letter that:
             3206          (A) informs the governor that the county legislative body has failed to appoint a person
             3207      to fill the vacancy within the statutory time period; and
             3208          (B) contains the list of nominees submitted by the party central committee.
             3209          (ii) The governor shall appoint a person to fill the vacancy from that list of nominees to
             3210      fill the vacancy within 30 days after receipt of the letter.
             3211          (d) A person appointed to fill the vacancy under this Subsection (6) shall hold office
             3212      until their successor is elected and has qualified.
             3213          (7) Except as otherwise provided by law, the county legislative body may appoint
             3214      replacements to fill all vacancies that occur in those offices filled by appointment of the county
             3215      legislative body.
             3216          (8) Nothing in this section prevents or prohibits independent candidates from filing a
             3217      declaration of candidacy for the office within the same time limits.
             3218          (9) (a) Each person elected under Subsection (3), (4), or (5) to fill a vacancy in a
             3219      county office shall serve for the remainder of the unexpired term of the person who created the
             3220      vacancy and until a successor is elected and qualified.
             3221          (b) Nothing in this section may be construed to contradict or alter the provisions of


             3222      Section 17-16-6 .
             3223          Section 72. Section 20A-1-509.1 is amended to read:
             3224           20A-1-509.1. Procedure for filling midterm vacancy in county or district with 15
             3225      or more attorneys.
             3226          (1) When a vacancy occurs in the office of county or district attorney in a county or
             3227      district having 15 or more attorneys who are licensed active members in good standing with the
             3228      Utah State Bar and registered voters, the vacancy shall be filled as provided in this section.
             3229          (2) (a) The requirements of this Subsection (2) apply when the office of county
             3230      attorney or district attorney becomes vacant and:
             3231          (i) the vacant office has an unexpired term of two years or more; and
             3232          (ii) the vacancy occurs before the third Friday in March of the even-numbered year.
             3233          (b) When the conditions established in Subsection (2)(a) are met, the county clerk shall
             3234      notify the public and each registered political party that the vacancy exists.
             3235          (c) All persons intending to become candidates for the vacant office shall:
             3236          (i) file a declaration of candidacy according to the procedures and requirements of
             3237      [Title 20A,] Chapter 9, Part 2, Candidate Qualifications and Declarations of Candidacy;
             3238          (ii) if nominated as a party candidate or qualified as an independent or write-in
             3239      candidate under [Title 20A,] Chapter 9, Candidate Qualifications and Nominating Procedures,
             3240      run in the regular general election; and
             3241          (iii) if elected, complete the unexpired term of the person who created the vacancy.
             3242          (d) If the vacancy occurs after the second Friday in March and before the third Friday
             3243      in March, the time for filing a declaration of candidacy under Section 20A-9-202 shall be
             3244      extended until seven days after the county clerk gives notice under Subsection (2)(b), but no
             3245      later than the fourth Friday in March.
             3246          (3) (a) The requirements of this Subsection (3) apply when the office of county
             3247      attorney or district attorney becomes vacant and:
             3248          (i) the vacant office has an unexpired term of two years or more; and
             3249          (ii) the vacancy occurs after the third Friday in March of the even-numbered year but


             3250      more than 50 days before the regular primary election.
             3251          (b) When the conditions established in Subsection (3)(a) are met, the county clerk
             3252      shall:
             3253          (i) notify the public and each registered political party that the vacancy exists; and
             3254          (ii) identify the date and time by which a person interested in becoming a candidate
             3255      [must] shall file a declaration of candidacy.
             3256          (c) All persons intending to become candidates for the vacant office shall:
             3257          (i) within five days after the date that the notice is made, ending at at the close of
             3258      normal office hours on the fifth day, file a declaration of candidacy for the vacant office as
             3259      required by [Title 20A,] Chapter 9, Part 2, Candidate Qualifications and [Nominating
             3260      Procedures] Declarations of Candidacy; and
             3261          (ii) if elected, complete the unexpired term of the person who created the vacancy.
             3262          (d) The county central committee of each party shall:
             3263          (i) select a candidate or candidates from among those qualified candidates who have
             3264      filed declarations of candidacy; and
             3265          (ii) certify the name of the candidate or candidates to the county clerk at least 35 days
             3266      before the regular primary election.
             3267          (4) (a) The requirements of this Subsection (4) apply when the office of county
             3268      attorney or district attorney becomes vacant and:
             3269          (i) the vacant office has an unexpired term of two years or more; and
             3270          (ii) 50 days or less remain before the regular primary election but more than 50 days
             3271      remain before the regular general election.
             3272          (b) When the conditions established in Subsection (4)(a) are met, the county central
             3273      committees of each registered political party that wish to submit a candidate for the office shall
             3274      summarily certify the name of one candidate to the county clerk for placement on the regular
             3275      general election ballot.
             3276          (c) The candidate elected shall complete the unexpired term of the person who created
             3277      the vacancy.


             3278          (5) (a) The requirements of this Subsection (5) apply when the office of county
             3279      attorney or district attorney becomes vacant and:
             3280          (i) the vacant office has an unexpired term of less than two years; or
             3281          (ii) the vacant office has an unexpired term of two years or more but 50 days or less
             3282      remain before the next regular general election.
             3283          (b) When the conditions established in Subsection (5)(a) are met, the county legislative
             3284      body shall give notice of the vacancy to the county central committee of the same political
             3285      party of the prior officeholder and invite that committee to submit the names of three nominees
             3286      to fill the vacancy.
             3287          (c) That county central committee shall, within 30 days of receiving notice from the
             3288      county legislative body, submit to the county legislative body the names of three nominees to
             3289      fill the vacancy.
             3290          (d) The county legislative body shall, within 45 days after the vacancy occurs, appoint
             3291      one of those nominees to serve out the unexpired term.
             3292          (e) If the county legislative body fails to appoint a person to fill the vacancy within 45
             3293      days, the county clerk shall send to the governor a letter that:
             3294          (i) informs the governor that the county legislative body has failed to appoint a person
             3295      to fill the vacancy within the statutory time period; and
             3296          (ii) contains the list of nominees submitted by the party central committee.
             3297          (f) The governor shall appoint a person to fill the vacancy from that list of nominees
             3298      within 30 days after receipt of the letter.
             3299          (g) A person appointed to fill the vacancy under Subsection (5) shall complete the
             3300      unexpired term of the person who created the vacancy.
             3301          (6) Nothing in this section prevents or prohibits independent candidates from filing a
             3302      declaration of candidacy for the office within the required time limits.
             3303          Section 73. Section 20A-1-703 is amended to read:
             3304           20A-1-703. Proceedings by registered voter.
             3305          (1) Any registered voter who has information that any provisions of this title have been


             3306      violated by any candidate for whom the registered voter had the right to vote, by any personal
             3307      campaign committee of that candidate, by any member of that committee, or by any election
             3308      official, may file a verified petition with the lieutenant governor.
             3309          (2) (a) The lieutenant governor shall gather information and determine if a special
             3310      investigation is necessary.
             3311          (b) If the lieutenant governor determines that a special investigation is necessary, the
             3312      lieutenant governor shall refer the information to the attorney general, who shall:
             3313          (i) bring a special proceeding to investigate and determine whether or not there has
             3314      been a violation; and
             3315          (ii) appoint special counsel to conduct that proceeding on behalf of the state.
             3316          (3) If it appears from the petition or otherwise that sufficient evidence is obtainable to
             3317      show that there is probable cause to believe that a violation has occurred, the attorney general
             3318      shall:
             3319          (a) grant leave to bring the proceeding; and
             3320          (b) appoint special counsel to conduct the proceeding.
             3321          (4) (a) If leave is granted, the registered voter may, by a special proceeding brought in
             3322      the district court in the name of the state upon the relation of the registered voter, investigate
             3323      and determine whether or not the candidate, candidate's personal campaign committee, any
             3324      member of the candidate's personal campaign committee, or any election officer has violated
             3325      any provision of this title.
             3326          (b) (i) In the proceeding, the complaint shall:
             3327          (A) be served with the summons; and
             3328          (B) set forth the name of the person or persons who have allegedly violated this title
             3329      and the grounds of those violations in detail.
             3330          (ii) The complaint may not be amended except by leave of the court.
             3331          (iii) The summons and complaint in the proceeding shall be filed with the court no
             3332      later than five days after they are served.
             3333          (c) (i) The answer to the complaint shall be served and filed within 10 days after the


             3334      service of the summons and complaint.
             3335          (ii) Any allegation of new matters in the answer shall be considered controverted by the
             3336      adverse party without reply, and the proceeding shall be considered at issue and stand ready for
             3337      trial upon five days' notice of trial.
             3338          (d) (i) All proceedings initiated under this section have precedence over any other civil
             3339      actions.
             3340          (ii) The court shall always be considered open for the trial of the issues raised in this
             3341      proceeding.
             3342          (iii) The proceeding shall be tried and determined as a civil action without a jury, with
             3343      the court determining all issues of fact and issues of law.
             3344          (iv) If more than one proceeding is pending or the election of more than one person is
             3345      investigated and contested, the court may:
             3346          (A) order the proceedings consolidated and heard together; and
             3347          (B) equitably apportion costs and disbursements.
             3348          (e) (i) Either party may request a change of venue as provided by law in civil actions,
             3349      but application for a change of venue [must] shall be made within five days after service of
             3350      summons and complaint.
             3351          (ii) The judge shall decide the request for a change of venue and issue any necessary
             3352      orders within three days after the application is made.
             3353          (iii) If a party fails to request a change of venue within five days of service, [he] that
             3354      party has waived [his] that party's right to a change of venue.
             3355          (f) (i) If judgment is in favor of the plaintiff, the relator may petition the judge to
             3356      recover his taxable costs and disbursements against the person whose right to the office is
             3357      contested.
             3358          (ii) The judge may not award costs to the defendant unless it appears that the
             3359      proceeding was brought in bad faith.
             3360          (iii) Subject to the limitations contained in Subsection (4)(f), the judge may decide
             3361      whether or not to award costs and disbursements.


             3362          (5) Nothing in this section may be construed to prohibit any other civil or criminal
             3363      actions or remedies against alleged violators.
             3364          (6) In the event a witness asserts a privilege against self-incrimination, testimony and
             3365      evidence from the witness may be compelled pursuant to Title 77, Chapter 22b, Grants of
             3366      Immunity.
             3367          Section 74. Section 20A-2-102.5 is amended to read:
             3368           20A-2-102.5. Voter registration deadline.
             3369          (1) Except as provided in Section 20A-2-201 and in [Title 20A,] Chapter 3, Part 4,
             3370      Voting by Members of the Military and by Other Persons Living or Serving Abroad, a person
             3371      who fails to submit a correctly completed voter registration form on or before the voter
             3372      registration deadline [shall not] may not be permitted to vote in the election.
             3373          (2) The voter registration deadline shall be the date that is 30 calendar days before the
             3374      date of the election.
             3375          Section 75. Section 20A-2-105 is amended to read:
             3376           20A-2-105. Determining residency.
             3377          (1) Except as provided in Subsection (4), election officials and judges shall apply the
             3378      standards and requirements of this section when determining whether or not a person is a
             3379      resident for purposes of interpreting this title or the Utah Constitution.
             3380          (2) A "resident" is a person who resides within a specific voting precinct in Utah as
             3381      provided in this section.
             3382          (3) (a) A person resides in Utah if:
             3383          (i) the person's principal place of residence is within Utah; and
             3384          (ii) the person has a present intention to continue residency within Utah permanently or
             3385      indefinitely.
             3386          (b) A person resides within a particular voting precinct if, as of the date of registering
             3387      to vote, the person has the person's principal place of residence in that voting precinct.
             3388          (4) (a) The principal place of residence of any person shall be determined by applying
             3389      the provisions of this Subsection (4).


             3390          (b) A person's "principal place of residence" is that place in which the person's
             3391      habitation is fixed and to which, whenever the person is absent, the person has the intention of
             3392      returning.
             3393          (c) A person has not gained or lost a residence solely because the person is present in
             3394      Utah or present in a voting precinct or absent from Utah or absent from the person's voting
             3395      precinct because the person is:
             3396          (i) employed in the service of the United States or of Utah;
             3397          (ii) a student at any institution of learning;
             3398          (iii) incarcerated in prison or jail; or
             3399          (iv) residing upon any Indian or military reservation.
             3400          (d) (i) A member of the armed forces of the United States is not a resident of Utah
             3401      merely because that member is stationed at any military facility within Utah.
             3402          (ii) In order to be a resident of Utah, that member [must] shall meet the other
             3403      requirements of this section.
             3404          (e) (i) Except as provided in Subsection (4)(e)(ii), a person has not lost the person's
             3405      residence if that person leaves the person's home to go into a foreign country or into another
             3406      state or into another voting precinct within Utah for temporary purposes with the intention of
             3407      returning.
             3408          (ii) If that person has voted in that other state or voting precinct, the person is a resident
             3409      of that other state or voting precinct.
             3410          (f) A person is not a resident of any county or voting precinct if that person comes for
             3411      temporary purposes and does not intend to make that county or voting precinct the person's
             3412      home.
             3413          (g) If a person removes to another state with the intention of making it the person's
             3414      principal place of residence, the person loses the person's residence in Utah.
             3415          (h) If a person moves to another state with the intent of remaining there for an
             3416      indefinite time as a place of permanent residence, the person loses the person's residence in
             3417      Utah, even though the person intends to return at some future time.


             3418          (i) (i) Except as provided in Subsection (4)(i)(ii), the place where a person's family
             3419      resides is presumed to be the person's place of residence.
             3420          (ii) A person may rebut the presumption established in Subsection (4)(i)(i) by proving
             3421      the person's intent to remain at a place other than where the person's family resides.
             3422          (j) (i) A person has changed [his] the person's residence if:
             3423          (A) the person has acted affirmatively to [remove himself] move from one geographic
             3424      location; and
             3425          (B) the person has an intent to remain in another place.
             3426          (ii) There can only be one residence.
             3427          (iii) A residence cannot be lost until another is gained.
             3428          (5) In computing the period of residence, a person shall:
             3429          (a) include the day on which the person's residence begins; and
             3430          (b) exclude the day of the next election.
             3431          (6) (a) There is a presumption that a person is a resident of Utah and of a voting
             3432      precinct and intends to remain in Utah permanently or indefinitely if the person makes an oath
             3433      or affirmation upon a registration application form that the person's residence address and place
             3434      of residence is within a specific voting precinct in Utah.
             3435          (b) The election officers and election officials shall allow that person to register and
             3436      vote unless, upon a challenge by a registrar or some other person, it is shown by law or by clear
             3437      and convincing evidence that:
             3438          (i) the person does not intend to remain permanently or indefinitely in Utah; or
             3439          (ii) the person is incarcerated in prison or jail.
             3440          (7) (a) The rules set forth in this section for determining place of residence for voting
             3441      purposes do not apply to a person incarcerated in prison or jail.
             3442          (b) For voting registration purposes, a person incarcerated in prison or jail is
             3443      considered to reside in the voting precinct in which the person's place of residence was located
             3444      before incarceration.
             3445          (8) If a person's principal place of residence is a residential parcel of one acre in size or


             3446      smaller that is divided by the boundary line between two or more counties, that person shall be
             3447      considered a resident of the county in which a majority of the residential parcel lies.
             3448          Section 76. Section 20A-2-306 is amended to read:
             3449           20A-2-306. Removing names from the official register -- Determining and
             3450      confirming change of residence.
             3451          (1) A county clerk may not remove a voter's name from the official register on the
             3452      grounds that the voter has changed residence unless the voter:
             3453          (a) confirms in writing that the voter has changed residence to a place outside the
             3454      county; or
             3455          (b) (i) has not voted in an election during the period beginning on the date of the notice
             3456      required by Subsection (3), and ending on the day after the date of the second regular general
             3457      election occurring after the date of the notice; and
             3458          (ii) has failed to respond to the notice required by Subsection (3).
             3459          (2) (a) When a county clerk obtains information that a voter's address has changed and
             3460      it appears that the voter still resides within the same county, the county clerk shall:
             3461          (i) change the official register to show the voter's new address; and
             3462          (ii) send to the voter, by forwardable mail, the notice required by Subsection (3)
             3463      printed on a postage prepaid, preaddressed return form.
             3464          (b) When a county clerk obtains information that a voter's address has changed and it
             3465      appears that the voter now resides in a different county, the county clerk shall verify the
             3466      changed residence by sending to the voter, by forwardable mail, the notice required by
             3467      Subsection (3) printed on a postage prepaid, preaddressed return form.
             3468          (3) Each county clerk shall use substantially the following form to notify voters whose
             3469      addresses have changed:
             3470          "VOTER REGISTRATION NOTICE
             3471          We have been notified that your residence has changed. Please read, complete, and
             3472      return this form so that we can update our voter registration records. What is your current
             3473      street address?


             3474      ___________________________________________________________________________
             3475      Street                  City             County        State        Zip
             3476          If you have not changed your residence or have moved but stayed within the same
             3477      county, you must complete and return this form to the county clerk so that it is received by the
             3478      county clerk no later than 30 days before the date of the election. If you fail to return this form
             3479      within that time:
             3480          - you may be required to show evidence of your address to the poll worker before being
             3481      allowed to vote in either of the next two regular general elections; or
             3482          - if you fail to vote at least once from the date this notice was mailed until the passing
             3483      of two regular general elections, you will no longer be registered to vote. If you have changed
             3484      your residence and have moved to a different county in Utah, you may register to vote by
             3485      contacting the county clerk in your county.
             3486      ________________________________________
             3487      Signature of Voter"
             3488          (4) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (4)(b), the county clerk may not remove the
             3489      names of any voters from the official register during the 90 days before a regular primary
             3490      election and the 90 days before a regular general election.
             3491          (b) The county clerk may remove the names of voters from the official register during
             3492      the 90 days before a regular primary election and the 90 days before a regular general election
             3493      if:
             3494          (i) the voter requests, in writing, that [his] the voter's name be removed; or
             3495          (ii) the voter has died.
             3496          (c) (i) After a county clerk mails a notice as required in this section, the clerk may list
             3497      that voter as inactive.
             3498          (ii) An inactive voter [must] shall be allowed to vote, sign petitions, and have all other
             3499      privileges of a registered voter.
             3500          (iii) A county is not required to send routine mailings to inactive voters and is not
             3501      required to count inactive voters when dividing precincts and preparing supplies.


             3502          Section 77. Section 20A-4-201 is amended to read:
             3503           20A-4-201. Delivery of election returns.
             3504          (1) One poll worker shall deliver the ballot box, the lock, and the key to:
             3505          (a) the election officer; or
             3506          (b) the location directed by the election officer.
             3507          (2) (a) Before they adjourn, the poll workers shall choose one or more of their number
             3508      to deliver the election returns to the election officer.
             3509          (b) That poll worker or those poll workers shall:
             3510          (i) deliver the unopened envelopes or pouches to the election officer or counting center
             3511      immediately but no later than 24 hours after the polls close; or
             3512          (ii) if the polling place is 15 miles or more from the county seat, mail the election
             3513      returns to the election officer by registered mail from the post office most convenient to the
             3514      polling place within 24 hours after the polls close.
             3515          (3) The election officer shall pay each poll worker reasonable compensation for travel
             3516      that is necessary to deliver the election returns and to return to the polling place.
             3517          (4) The requirements of this section [shall not] do not prohibit transmission of the
             3518      unofficial vote count to the counting center via electronic means, provided that reasonable
             3519      security measures are taken to preserve the integrity and privacy of the transmission.
             3520          Section 78. Section 20A-5-403 is amended to read:
             3521           20A-5-403. Polling places -- Booths -- Ballot boxes -- Inspections --
             3522      Arrangements.
             3523          (1) Each election officer shall:
             3524          (a) designate polling places for each voting precinct in the jurisdiction; and
             3525          (b) obtain the approval of the county or municipal legislative body or local district
             3526      governing board for those polling places.
             3527          (2) (a) For each polling place, the election officer shall provide:
             3528          (i) an American flag;
             3529          (ii) a sufficient number of voting booths or compartments;


             3530          (iii) the voting devices, voting booths, ballots, ballot boxes, ballot labels, ballot sheets,
             3531      write-in ballots, and any other records and supplies necessary to enable a voter to vote;
             3532          (iv) the constitutional amendment cards required by Part 1, Election Notices and
             3533      Instructions;
             3534          (v) voter information pamphlets required by [Title 20A,] Chapter 7, Part 7, Voter
             3535      Information Pamphlet;
             3536          (vi) the instruction cards required by Section 20A-5-102 ; and
             3537          (vii) a sign, to be prominently displayed in the polling place, indicating that valid voter
             3538      identification is required for every voter before the voter may vote and listing the forms of
             3539      identification that constitute valid voter identification.
             3540          (b) Each election officer shall ensure that:
             3541          (i) each voting booth is at a convenient height for writing, and is arranged so that the
             3542      voter can prepare [his] the voter's ballot screened from observation;
             3543          (ii) there are a sufficient number of voting booths or voting devices to accommodate
             3544      the voters at that polling place; and
             3545          (iii) there is at least one voting booth or voting device that is configured to
             3546      accommodate persons with disabilities.
             3547          (c) Each county clerk shall provide a ballot box for each polling place that is large
             3548      enough to properly receive and hold the ballots to be cast.
             3549          (3) (a) All polling places shall be physically inspected by each county clerk to ensure
             3550      access by a person with a disability.
             3551          (b) Any issues concerning inaccessibility to polling places by a person with a disability
             3552      discovered during the inspections referred to in Subsection (3)(a) or reported to the county
             3553      clerk shall be:
             3554          (i) forwarded to the Office of the Lieutenant Governor; and
             3555          (ii) within six months of the time of the complaint, the issue of inaccessibility shall be
             3556      either:
             3557          (A) remedied at the particular location by the county clerk;


             3558          (B) the county clerk shall designate an alternative accessible location for the particular
             3559      precinct; or
             3560          (C) if no practical solution can be identified, file with the Office of the Lieutenant
             3561      Governor a written explanation identifying the reasons compliance cannot reasonably be met.
             3562          (4) (a) The municipality in which the election is held shall pay the cost of conducting
             3563      each municipal election, including the cost of printing and supplies.
             3564          (b) (i) Costs assessed by a county clerk to a municipality under this section [shall not]
             3565      may not exceed the actual costs incurred by the county clerk.
             3566          (ii) The actual costs shall include:
             3567          (A) costs of or rental fees associated with the use of election equipment and supplies;
             3568      and
             3569          (B) reasonable and necessary administrative costs.
             3570          (5) The county clerk shall make detailed entries of all proceedings had under this
             3571      chapter.
             3572          Section 79. Section 20A-6-302 is amended to read:
             3573           20A-6-302. Paper ballots -- Placement of candidates' names.
             3574          (1) Each election officer shall ensure, for paper ballots in regular general elections,
             3575      that:
             3576          (a) except for candidates for state school board and local school boards:
             3577          (i) each candidate is listed by party; and
             3578          (ii) candidates' surnames are listed in alphabetical order on the ballots when two or
             3579      more candidates' names are required to be listed on a ticket under the title of an office;
             3580          (b) the names of candidates for the State Board of Education are placed on the ballot as
             3581      certified by the lieutenant governor under Section 20A-14-105 ;
             3582          (c) if candidates for membership on a local board of education were selected in a
             3583      regular primary election, the name of the candidate who received the most votes in the regular
             3584      primary election is listed first on the ballot; and
             3585          (d) if candidates for membership on a local board of education were not selected in the


             3586      regular primary election, the names of the candidates are listed on the ballot in the order
             3587      determined by a lottery conducted by the county clerk.
             3588          (2) (a) The election officer may not allow the name of a candidate who dies or
             3589      withdraws before election day to be printed upon the ballots.
             3590          (b) If the ballots have already been printed, the election officer:
             3591          (i) shall, if possible, cancel the name of the dead or withdrawn candidate by drawing a
             3592      line through the candidate's name before the ballots are delivered to voters; and
             3593          (ii) may not count any votes for that dead or withdrawn candidate.
             3594          (3) (a) When there is only one candidate for county attorney at the regular general
             3595      election in counties that have three or fewer registered voters of the county who are licensed
             3596      active members in good standing of the Utah State Bar, the county clerk shall cause that
             3597      candidate's name and party affiliation, if any, to be placed on a separate section of the ballot
             3598      with the following question: "Shall (name of candidate) be elected to the office of county
             3599      attorney? Yes ____ No ____."
             3600          (b) If the number of "Yes" votes exceeds the number of "No" votes, the candidate is
             3601      elected to the office of county attorney.
             3602          (c) If the number of "No" votes exceeds the number of "Yes" votes, the candidate is not
             3603      elected and may not take office, nor may [he] the candidate continue in the office past the end
             3604      of the term resulting from any prior election or appointment.
             3605          (d) When the name of only one candidate for county attorney is printed on the ballot
             3606      under authority of this Subsection (3), the county clerk may not count any write-in votes
             3607      received for the office of county attorney.
             3608          (e) If no qualified person files for the office of county attorney or if the candidate is not
             3609      elected by the voters, the county legislative body shall appoint the county attorney as provided
             3610      in Section 20A-1-509.2 .
             3611          (f) If the candidate whose name would, except for this Subsection (3)(f), be placed on
             3612      the ballot under Subsection (3)(a) has been elected on a ballot under Subsection (3)(a) to the
             3613      two consecutive terms immediately preceding the term for which the candidate is seeking


             3614      election, Subsection (3)(a) [shall not] does not apply and that candidate shall be considered to
             3615      be an unopposed candidate the same as any other unopposed candidate for another office,
             3616      unless a petition is filed with the county clerk before the date of that year's primary election
             3617      that:
             3618          (i) requests the procedure set forth in Subsection (3)(a) to be followed; and
             3619          (ii) contains the signatures of registered voters in the county representing in number at
             3620      least 25% of all votes cast in the county for all candidates for governor at the last election at
             3621      which a governor was elected.
             3622          (4) (a) When there is only one candidate for district attorney at the regular general
             3623      election in a prosecution district that has three or fewer registered voters of the district who are
             3624      licensed active members in good standing of the Utah State Bar, the county clerk shall cause
             3625      that candidate's name and party affiliation, if any, to be placed on a separate section of the
             3626      ballot with the following question: "Shall (name of candidate) be elected to the office of district
             3627      attorney? Yes ____ No ____."
             3628          (b) If the number of "Yes" votes exceeds the number of "No" votes, the candidate is
             3629      elected to the office of district attorney.
             3630          (c) If the number of "No" votes exceeds the number of "Yes" votes, the candidate is not
             3631      elected and may not take office, nor may [he] the candidate continue in the office past the end
             3632      of the term resulting from any prior election or appointment.
             3633          (d) When the name of only one candidate for district attorney is printed on the ballot
             3634      under authority of this Subsection (4), the county clerk may not count any write-in votes
             3635      received for the office of district attorney.
             3636          (e) If no qualified person files for the office of district attorney, or if the only candidate
             3637      is not elected by the voters under this subsection, the county legislative body shall appoint a
             3638      new district attorney for a four-year term as provided in Section 20A-1-509.2 .
             3639          (f) If the candidate whose name would, except for this Subsection (4)(f), be placed on
             3640      the ballot under Subsection (4)(a) has been elected on a ballot under Subsection (4)(a) to the
             3641      two consecutive terms immediately preceding the term for which the candidate is seeking


             3642      election, Subsection (4)(a) [shall not] does not apply and that candidate shall be considered to
             3643      be an unopposed candidate the same as any other unopposed candidate for another office,
             3644      unless a petition is filed with the county clerk before the date of that year's primary election
             3645      that:
             3646          (i) requests the procedure set forth in Subsection (4)(a) to be followed; and
             3647          (ii) contains the signatures of registered voters in the county representing in number at
             3648      least 25% of all votes cast in the county for all candidates for governor at the last election at
             3649      which a governor was elected.
             3650          Section 80. Section 20A-7-202 is amended to read:
             3651           20A-7-202. Statewide initiative process -- Application procedures -- Time to
             3652      gather signatures -- Grounds for rejection.
             3653          (1) Persons wishing to circulate an initiative petition shall file an application with the
             3654      lieutenant governor.
             3655          (2) The application shall contain:
             3656          (a) the name and residence address of at least five sponsors of the initiative petition;
             3657          (b) a statement indicating that each of the sponsors:
             3658          (i) is a resident of Utah; and
             3659          (ii) has voted in a regular general election in Utah within the last three years;
             3660          (c) the signature of each of the sponsors, attested to by a notary public;
             3661          (d) a copy of the proposed law that includes:
             3662          (i) the title of the proposed law, which clearly expresses the subject of the law; and
             3663          (ii) the text of the proposed law; and
             3664          (e) a statement indicating whether or not persons gathering signatures for the petition
             3665      may be paid for doing so.
             3666          (3) The application and its contents are public when filed with the lieutenant governor.
             3667          (4) (a) The sponsors shall qualify the petition for the regular general election ballot no
             3668      later than one year after the application is filed.
             3669          (b) If the sponsors fail to qualify the petition for that ballot, the sponsors [must] shall:


             3670          (i) submit a new application;
             3671          (ii) obtain new signature sheets; and
             3672          (iii) collect signatures again.
             3673          (5) The lieutenant governor shall reject the application and not issue circulation sheets
             3674      if:
             3675          (a) the law proposed by the initiative is patently unconstitutional;
             3676          (b) the law proposed by the initiative is nonsensical;
             3677          (c) the proposed law could not become law if passed;
             3678          (d) the law contains more than one subject;
             3679          (e) the subject of the law is not clearly expressed in the law's title; or
             3680          (f) the law proposed by the initiative is identical or substantially similar to a law
             3681      proposed by an initiative that was submitted to the county clerks and lieutenant governor for
             3682      certification and evaluation within two years preceding the date on which the application for
             3683      this initiative was filed.
             3684          Section 81. Section 20A-7-204.1 is amended to read:
             3685           20A-7-204.1. Public hearings to be held before initiative petitions are circulated.
             3686          (1) (a) After issuance of the initial fiscal impact estimate by the Governor's Office of
             3687      Planning and Budget and before circulating initiative petitions for signature statewide, sponsors
             3688      of the initiative petition shall hold at least seven public hearings throughout Utah as follows:
             3689          (i) one in the Bear River region -- Box Elder, Cache, or Rich County;
             3690          (ii) one in the Southwest region -- Beaver, Garfield, Iron, Kane, or Washington
             3691      County;
             3692          (iii) one in the Mountain region -- Summit, Utah, or Wasatch County;
             3693          (iv) one in the Central region -- Juab, Millard, Piute, Sanpete, Sevier, or Wayne
             3694      County;
             3695          (v) one in the Southeast region -- Carbon, Emery, Grand, or San Juan County;
             3696          (vi) one in the Uintah Basin region -- Daggett, Duchesne, or Uintah County; and
             3697          (vii) one in the Wasatch Front region -- Davis, Morgan, Salt Lake, Tooele, or Weber


             3698      County.
             3699          (b) Of the seven meetings, at least two of the meetings [must] shall be held in a first or
             3700      second class county, but not in the same county.
             3701          (2) At least three calendar days before the date of the public hearing, the sponsors
             3702      shall:
             3703          (a) provide written notice of the public hearing to:
             3704          (i) the lieutenant governor for posting on the state's website; and
             3705          (ii) each state senator, state representative, and county commission or county council
             3706      member who is elected in whole or in part from the region where the public hearing will be
             3707      held; and
             3708          (b) publish written notice of the public hearing detailing its time, date, and location:
             3709          (i) in at least one newspaper of general circulation in each county in the region where
             3710      the public hearing will be held; and
             3711          (ii) on the Utah Public Notice Website created in Section 63F-1-701 .
             3712          (3) (a) During the public hearing, the sponsors shall either:
             3713          (i) video tape or audio tape the public hearing and, when the hearing is complete,
             3714      deposit the complete audio or video tape of the meeting with the lieutenant governor; or
             3715          (ii) take comprehensive minutes of the public hearing, detailing the names and titles of
             3716      each speaker and summarizing each speaker's comments.
             3717          (b) The lieutenant governor shall make copies of the tapes or minutes available to the
             3718      public.
             3719          Section 82. Section 20A-7-702 (Superseded 01/01/12) is amended to read:
             3720           20A-7-702 (Superseded 01/01/12). Voter information pamphlet -- Form --
             3721      Contents -- Distribution.
             3722          (1) The lieutenant governor shall ensure that all information submitted for publication
             3723      in the voter information pamphlet is:
             3724          (a) printed and bound in a single pamphlet;
             3725          (b) printed in clear readable type, no less than 10 point, except that the text of any


             3726      measure may be set forth in eight-point type; and
             3727          (c) printed on a quality and weight of paper that best serves the voters.
             3728          (2) The voter information pamphlet shall contain the following items in this order:
             3729          (a) a cover title page;
             3730          (b) an introduction to the pamphlet by the lieutenant governor;
             3731          (c) a table of contents;
             3732          (d) a list of all candidates for constitutional offices;
             3733          (e) a list of candidates for each legislative district;
             3734          (f) a 100-word statement of qualifications for each candidate for the office of governor,
             3735      lieutenant governor, attorney general, state auditor, or state treasurer, if submitted by the
             3736      candidate to the lieutenant governor's office before 5 p.m. on the date that falls 105 days before
             3737      the date of the election;
             3738          (g) information pertaining to all measures to be submitted to the voters, beginning a
             3739      new page for each measure and containing, in the following order for each measure:
             3740          (i) a copy of the number and ballot title of the measure;
             3741          (ii) the final vote cast by the Legislature on the measure if it is a measure submitted by
             3742      the Legislature or by referendum;
             3743          (iii) the impartial analysis of the measure prepared by the Office of Legislative
             3744      Research and General Counsel;
             3745          (iv) the arguments in favor of the measure, the rebuttal to the arguments in favor of the
             3746      measure, the arguments against the measure, and the rebuttal to the arguments against the
             3747      measure, with the name and title of the authors at the end of each argument or rebuttal;
             3748          (v) for each constitutional amendment, a complete copy of the text of the constitutional
             3749      amendment, with all new language underlined, and all deleted language placed within brackets;
             3750          (vi) for each initiative qualified for the ballot, a copy of the measure as certified by the
             3751      lieutenant governor and a copy of the fiscal impact estimate prepared according to Section
             3752      20A-7-202.5 ; and
             3753          (vii) for each referendum qualified for the ballot, a complete copy of the text of the law


             3754      being submitted to the voters for their approval or rejection, with all new language underlined
             3755      and all deleted language placed within brackets, as applicable;
             3756          (h) a description provided by the Judicial Council of the selection and retention process
             3757      for judges, including, in the following order:
             3758          (i) a description of the judicial selection process;
             3759          (ii) a description of the judicial performance evaluation process;
             3760          (iii) a description of the judicial retention election process;
             3761          (iv) a list of the criteria and minimum standards of judicial performance evaluation;
             3762          (v) the names of the judges standing for retention election; and
             3763          (vi) for each judge:
             3764          (A) the counties in which the judge is subject to retention election;
             3765          (B) a short biography of professional qualifications and a recent photograph;
             3766          (C) for each standard of performance, a statement identifying whether or not the judge
             3767      met the standard and, if not, the manner in which the judge failed to meet the standard;
             3768          (D) a statement provided by the Utah Supreme Court identifying the cumulative
             3769      number of informal reprimands, when consented to by the judge in accordance with Title 78A,
             3770      Chapter 11, Judicial Conduct Commission, formal reprimands, and all orders of censure and
             3771      suspension issued by the Utah Supreme Court under Utah Constitution Article VIII, Section 13
             3772      during the judge's current term and the immediately preceding term, and a detailed summary of
             3773      the supporting reasons for each violation of the Code of Judicial Conduct that the judge has
             3774      received; and
             3775          (E) a statement identifying whether or not the judge was certified by the Judicial
             3776      Council;
             3777          (vii) (A) except as provided in Subsection (2)(h)(vii)(B), for each judge, in graphic
             3778      format, the responses for each attorney, jury, and other survey question used by the Judicial
             3779      Council for certification of judges, displayed in 1% increments; and
             3780          (B) notwithstanding Subsection (2)(h)(vii)(A), if the sample size for the survey for a
             3781      particular judge is too small to provide statistically reliable information in 1% increments, the


             3782      survey results for that judge shall be reported as being above or below 70% and a statement by
             3783      the surveyor explaining why the survey is statistically unreliable shall also be included;
             3784          (i) an explanation of ballot marking procedures prepared by the lieutenant governor,
             3785      indicating the ballot marking procedure used by each county and explaining how to mark the
             3786      ballot for each procedure;
             3787          (j) voter registration information, including information on how to obtain an absentee
             3788      ballot;
             3789          (k) a list of all county clerks' offices and phone numbers; and
             3790          (l) on the back cover page, a printed copy of the following statement signed by the
             3791      lieutenant governor:
             3792          "I, _______________ (print name), Lieutenant Governor of Utah, certify that the
             3793      measures contained in this pamphlet will be submitted to the voters of Utah at the election to
             3794      be held throughout the state on ____ (date of election), and that this pamphlet is complete and
             3795      correct according to law. SEAL
             3796          Witness my hand and the Great Seal of the State, at Salt Lake City, Utah this ____ day
             3797      of ____ (month), ____ (year)
             3798     
(signed) ____________________________________

             3799     
Lieutenant Governor"

             3800          [(3) The lieutenant governor shall not more than 40 nor less than 15 days before the
             3801      date voting commences:]
             3802          (3) No earlier than 40 days, and no later than 15 days, before the day on which voting
             3803      commences, the lieutenant governor shall:
             3804          (a) (i) distribute one copy of the voter information pamphlet to each household within
             3805      the state; or
             3806          (ii) ensure that one copy of the voter information pamphlet is placed in one issue of
             3807      every newspaper of general circulation in the state;
             3808          (b) ensure that a sufficient number of printed voter information pamphlets are available
             3809      for distribution as required by this section;


             3810          (c) provide voter information pamphlets to each county clerk for free distribution upon
             3811      request and for placement at polling places; and
             3812          (d) ensure that the distribution of the voter information pamphlets is completed 15 days
             3813      before the election.
             3814          Section 83. Section 20A-7-702 (Effective 01/01/12) is amended to read:
             3815           20A-7-702 (Effective 01/01/12). Voter information pamphlet -- Form -- Contents
             3816      -- Distribution.
             3817          (1) The lieutenant governor shall ensure that all information submitted for publication
             3818      in the voter information pamphlet is:
             3819          (a) printed and bound in a single pamphlet;
             3820          (b) printed in clear readable type, no less than 10 point, except that the text of any
             3821      measure may be set forth in eight-point type; and
             3822          (c) printed on a quality and weight of paper that best serves the voters.
             3823          (2) The voter information pamphlet shall contain the following items in this order:
             3824          (a) a cover title page;
             3825          (b) an introduction to the pamphlet by the lieutenant governor;
             3826          (c) a table of contents;
             3827          (d) a list of all candidates for constitutional offices;
             3828          (e) a list of candidates for each legislative district;
             3829          (f) a 100-word statement of qualifications for each candidate for the office of governor,
             3830      lieutenant governor, attorney general, state auditor, or state treasurer, if submitted by the
             3831      candidate to the lieutenant governor's office before 5 p.m. on the date that falls 105 days before
             3832      the date of the election;
             3833          (g) information pertaining to all measures to be submitted to the voters, beginning a
             3834      new page for each measure and containing, in the following order for each measure:
             3835          (i) a copy of the number and ballot title of the measure;
             3836          (ii) the final vote cast by the Legislature on the measure if it is a measure submitted by
             3837      the Legislature or by referendum;


             3838          (iii) the impartial analysis of the measure prepared by the Office of Legislative
             3839      Research and General Counsel;
             3840          (iv) the arguments in favor of the measure, the rebuttal to the arguments in favor of the
             3841      measure, the arguments against the measure, and the rebuttal to the arguments against the
             3842      measure, with the name and title of the authors at the end of each argument or rebuttal;
             3843          (v) for each constitutional amendment, a complete copy of the text of the constitutional
             3844      amendment, with all new language underlined, and all deleted language placed within brackets;
             3845          (vi) for each initiative qualified for the ballot, a copy of the measure as certified by the
             3846      lieutenant governor and a copy of the fiscal impact estimate prepared according to Section
             3847      20A-7-202.5 ; and
             3848          (vii) for each referendum qualified for the ballot, a complete copy of the text of the law
             3849      being submitted to the voters for their approval or rejection, with all new language underlined
             3850      and all deleted language placed within brackets, as applicable;
             3851          (h) a description provided by the Judicial Performance Evaluation Commission of the
             3852      selection and retention process for judges, including, in the following order:
             3853          (i) a description of the judicial selection process;
             3854          (ii) a description of the judicial performance evaluation process;
             3855          (iii) a description of the judicial retention election process;
             3856          (iv) a list of the criteria of the judicial performance evaluation and the minimum
             3857      performance standards;
             3858          (v) the names of the judges standing for retention election; and
             3859          (vi) for each judge:
             3860          (A) a list of the counties in which the judge is subject to retention election;
             3861          (B) a short biography of professional qualifications and a recent photograph;
             3862          (C) for each standard of performance, a statement identifying whether or not the judge
             3863      met the standard and, if not, the manner in which the judge failed to meet the standard;
             3864          (D) a statement provided by the Utah Supreme Court identifying the cumulative
             3865      number of informal reprimands, when consented to by the judge in accordance with Title 78A,


             3866      Chapter 11, Judicial Conduct Commission, formal reprimands, and all orders of censure and
             3867      suspension issued by the Utah Supreme Court under Utah Constitution Article VIII, Section 13
             3868      during the judge's current term and the immediately preceding term, and a detailed summary of
             3869      the supporting reasons for each violation of the Code of Judicial Conduct that the judge has
             3870      received;
             3871          (E) a statement identifying whether or not the Judicial Performance Evaluation
             3872      Commission recommends the judge be retained or declines to make a recommendation; and
             3873          (F) any statement provided by a judge who is not recommended for retention by the
             3874      Judicial Performance Evaluation Commission under Section 78A-12-203 ;
             3875          (vii) for each judge, in a bar graph, the average of responses to each survey category,
             3876      displayed with an identification of the minimum acceptable score as set by Section 78A-12-205
             3877      and the average score of all judges of the same court level; and
             3878          (viii) [an Internet] a website address that contains the Judicial Performance Evaluation
             3879      Commission's report on the judge's performance evaluation;
             3880          (i) an explanation of ballot marking procedures prepared by the lieutenant governor,
             3881      indicating the ballot marking procedure used by each county and explaining how to mark the
             3882      ballot for each procedure;
             3883          (j) voter registration information, including information on how to obtain an absentee
             3884      ballot;
             3885          (k) a list of all county clerks' offices and phone numbers; and
             3886          (l) on the back cover page, a printed copy of the following statement signed by the
             3887      lieutenant governor:
             3888          "I, _______________ (print name), Lieutenant Governor of Utah, certify that the
             3889      measures contained in this pamphlet will be submitted to the voters of Utah at the election to
             3890      be held throughout the state on ____ (date of election), and that this pamphlet is complete and
             3891      correct according to law. SEAL
             3892          Witness my hand and the Great Seal of the State, at Salt Lake City, Utah this ____ day
             3893      of ____ (month), ____ (year)


             3894     
(signed) ____________________________________

             3895     
Lieutenant Governor"

             3896          [(3) The lieutenant governor shall not more than 40 nor less than 15 days before the
             3897      date voting commences:]
             3898          (3) No earlier than 40 days, and no later than 15 days, before the day on which voting
             3899      commences, the lieutenant governor shall:
             3900          (a) (i) distribute one copy of the voter information pamphlet to each household within
             3901      the state; or
             3902          (ii) ensure that one copy of the voter information pamphlet is placed in one issue of
             3903      every newspaper of general circulation in the state;
             3904          (b) ensure that a sufficient number of printed voter information pamphlets are available
             3905      for distribution as required by this section;
             3906          (c) provide voter information pamphlets to each county clerk for free distribution upon
             3907      request and for placement at polling places; and
             3908          (d) ensure that the distribution of the voter information pamphlets is completed 15 days
             3909      before the election.
             3910          Section 84. Section 20A-7-706 is amended to read:
             3911           20A-7-706. Copies of arguments to be sent to opposing authors -- Rebuttal
             3912      arguments.
             3913          (1) When the lieutenant governor has received the arguments for and against a measure
             3914      to be submitted to the voters, the lieutenant governor shall immediately send copies of the
             3915      arguments in favor of the measure to the authors of the arguments against and copies of the
             3916      arguments against to the authors of the arguments in favor.
             3917          (2) The authors may prepare and submit rebuttal arguments not exceeding 250 words.
             3918          (3) (a) The rebuttal arguments [must] shall be filed with the lieutenant governor:
             3919          (i) for constitutional amendments and referendum petitions, not later than the day that
             3920      falls 120 days before the date of the election; and
             3921          (ii) for initiatives, not later than August 30.


             3922          (b) Except as provided in Subsection (3)(d), the authors may not amend or change the
             3923      rebuttal arguments after they are submitted to the lieutenant governor.
             3924          (c) Except as provided in Subsection (3)(d), the lieutenant governor may not alter the
             3925      arguments in any way.
             3926          (d) The lieutenant governor and the authors of a rebuttal argument may jointly modify
             3927      a rebuttal argument after it is submitted if:
             3928          (i) they jointly agree that changes to the rebuttal argument must be made to correct
             3929      spelling or grammatical errors; and
             3930          (ii) the rebuttal argument has not yet been submitted for typesetting.
             3931          (4) The lieutenant governor shall ensure that:
             3932          (a) rebuttal arguments are printed in the same manner as the direct arguments; and
             3933          (b) each rebuttal argument follows immediately after the direct argument which it
             3934      seeks to rebut.
             3935          Section 85. Section 20A-9-403 is amended to read:
             3936           20A-9-403. Regular primary elections.
             3937          (1) (a) The fourth Tuesday of June of each even-numbered year is designated as regular
             3938      primary election day.
             3939          (b) Each registered political party that chooses to use the primary election process to
             3940      nominate some or all of its candidates shall comply with the requirements of this section.
             3941          (2) (a) As a condition for using the state's election system, each registered political
             3942      party that wishes to participate in the primary election shall:
             3943          (i) declare their intent to participate in the primary election;
             3944          (ii) identify one or more registered political parties whose members may vote for the
             3945      registered political party's candidates and whether or not persons identified as unaffiliated with
             3946      a political party may vote for the registered political party's candidates; and
             3947          (iii) certify that information to the lieutenant governor no later than 5 p.m. on March 1
             3948      of each even-numbered year.
             3949          (b) As a condition for using the state's election system, each registered political party


             3950      that wishes to participate in the primary election shall:
             3951          (i) certify the name and office of all of the registered political party's candidates to the
             3952      lieutenant governor no later than 5 p.m. on May 13 of each even-numbered year; and
             3953          (ii) certify the name and office of each of its county candidates to the county clerks by
             3954      5 p.m. on May 13 of each even-numbered year.
             3955          (c) By 5 p.m. on May 16 of each even-numbered year, the lieutenant governor shall
             3956      send the county clerks a certified list of the names of all statewide or multicounty candidates
             3957      that [must] shall be printed on the primary ballot.
             3958          (d) (i) Except as provided in Subsection (2)(d)(ii), if a registered political party does
             3959      not wish to participate in the primary election, it shall submit the names of its county
             3960      candidates to the county clerks and the names of all of its candidates to the lieutenant governor
             3961      by 5 p.m. on May 30 of each even-numbered year.
             3962          (ii) A registered political party's candidates for President and Vice-President of the
             3963      United States shall be certified to the lieutenant governor as provided in Subsection
             3964      20A-9-202 (4).
             3965          (e) Each political party shall certify the names of its presidential and vice-presidential
             3966      candidates and presidential electors to the lieutenant governor's office no later than September
             3967      8 of each presidential election year.
             3968          (3) The county clerk shall:
             3969          (a) review the declarations of candidacy filed by candidates for local boards of
             3970      education to determine if more than two candidates have filed for the same seat;
             3971          (b) place the names of all candidates who have filed a declaration of candidacy for a
             3972      local board of education seat on the nonpartisan section of the ballot if more than two
             3973      candidates have filed for the same seat; and
             3974          (c) conduct a lottery to determine the order of the candidates' names on the ballot.
             3975          (4) After the county clerk receives the certified list from a registered political party, the
             3976      county clerk shall post or publish a primary election notice in substantially the following form:
             3977          "Notice is given that a primary election will be held Tuesday, June ____,


             3978      ________(year), to nominate party candidates for the parties and nonpartisan offices listed on
             3979      the primary ballot. The polling place for voting precinct ____ is ____. The polls will open at 7
             3980      a.m. and continue open until 8 p.m. of the same day. Attest: county clerk".
             3981          (5) (a) Candidates receiving the highest number of votes cast for each office at the
             3982      regular primary election are nominated by their party or nonpartisan group for that office.
             3983          (b) If two or more candidates are to be elected to the office at the regular general
             3984      election, those party candidates equal in number to positions to be filled who receive the
             3985      highest number of votes at the regular primary election are the nominees of their party for those
             3986      positions.
             3987          (6) (a) When a tie vote occurs in any primary election for any national, state, or other
             3988      office that represents more than one county, the governor, lieutenant governor, and attorney
             3989      general shall, at a public meeting called by the governor and in the presence of the candidates
             3990      involved, select the nominee by lot cast in whatever manner the governor determines.
             3991          (b) When a tie vote occurs in any primary election for any county office, the district
             3992      court judges of the district in which the county is located shall, at a public meeting called by
             3993      the judges and in the presence of the candidates involved, select the nominee by lot cast in
             3994      whatever manner the judges determine.
             3995          (7) The expense of providing all ballots, blanks, or other supplies to be used at any
             3996      primary election provided for by this section, and all expenses necessarily incurred in the
             3997      preparation for or the conduct of that primary election shall be paid out of the treasury of the
             3998      county or state, in the same manner as for the regular general elections.
             3999          Section 86. Section 20A-11-401 is amended to read:
             4000           20A-11-401. Officeholder financial reporting requirements -- Year-end summary
             4001      report.
             4002          (1) (a) Each officeholder shall file a summary report by January 10 of each year.
             4003          (b) An officeholder that is required to file a summary report both as an officeholder and
             4004      as a candidate for office under the requirements of this chapter may file a single summary
             4005      report as a candidate and an officeholder, provided that the combined report meets the


             4006      requirements of:
             4007          (i) this section; and
             4008          (ii) the section that provides the requirements for the summary report [that must be]
             4009      filed by the officeholder in the officeholder's capacity of a candidate for office.
             4010          (2) (a) Each summary report shall include the following information as of December 31
             4011      of the previous year:
             4012          (i) the net balance of the last summary report, if any;
             4013          (ii) a single figure equal to the total amount of receipts received since the last summary
             4014      report, if any;
             4015          (iii) a single figure equal to the total amount of expenditures made since the last
             4016      summary report, if any;
             4017          (iv) a detailed listing of each contribution and public service assistance received since
             4018      the last summary report;
             4019          (v) for each nonmonetary contribution:
             4020          (A) the fair market value of the contribution with that information provided by the
             4021      contributor; and
             4022          (B) a specific description of the contribution;
             4023          (vi) a detailed listing of each expenditure made since the last summary report;
             4024          (vii) for each nonmonetary expenditure, the fair market value of the expenditure; and
             4025          (viii) a net balance for the year consisting of the net balance from the last summary
             4026      report plus all receipts minus all expenditures.
             4027          (b) (i) For all individual contributions or public service assistance of $50 or less, a
             4028      single aggregate figure may be reported without separate detailed listings.
             4029          (ii) Two or more contributions from the same source that have an aggregate total of
             4030      more than $50 may not be reported in the aggregate, but shall be reported separately.
             4031          (c) In preparing the report, all receipts and expenditures shall be reported as of
             4032      December 31 of the previous year.
             4033          (3) The summary report shall contain a paragraph signed by the officeholder certifying


             4034      that, to the best of the officeholder's knowledge, all receipts and all expenditures have been
             4035      reported as of December 31 of the last calendar year and that there are no bills or obligations
             4036      outstanding and unpaid except as set forth in that report.
             4037          Section 87. Section 20A-11-1603 is amended to read:
             4038           20A-11-1603. Financial disclosure form -- Required when filing for candidacy --
             4039      Public availability.
             4040          (1) Candidates seeking the following offices shall file a financial disclosure with the
             4041      filing officer at the time of filing a declaration of candidacy:
             4042          (a) state constitutional officer;
             4043          (b) state legislator; or
             4044          (c) State Board of Education member.
             4045          (2) A filing officer [shall not] may not accept a declaration of candidacy for an office
             4046      listed in Subsection (1) unless the declaration of candidacy is accompanied by the financial
             4047      disclosure required by this section.
             4048          (3) The financial disclosure form shall contain the same requirements and shall be in
             4049      the same format as the financial disclosure form described in Section 76-8-109 .
             4050          (4) The financial disclosure form shall:
             4051          (a) be made available for public inspection at the filing officer's place of business;
             4052          (b) if the filing officer is an individual other than the lieutenant governor, be provided
             4053      to the lieutenant governor within five business days of the date of filing and be made publicly
             4054      available at the Office of the Lieutenant Governor; and
             4055          (c) be made publicly available on the Statewide Electronic Voter Information Website
             4056      administered by the lieutenant governor.
             4057          Section 88. Section 20A-14-103 is amended to read:
             4058           20A-14-103. State Board of Education members -- When elected -- Qualifications
             4059      -- Avoiding conflicts of interest.
             4060          (1) (a) In 2002 and every four years thereafter, one member each shall be elected from
             4061      new Districts 2, 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 14, and 15 to serve a four-year term.


             4062          (b) In 2004 and every four years thereafter, one member each shall be elected from new
             4063      Districts 4, 7, 8, 11, 12, and 13 to serve a four-year term.
             4064          (c) (i) Because of the combination of certain former districts, the state school board
             4065      members elected from old Districts 2 and 4 who will reside in new District 1 may not serve out
             4066      the term for which they were elected, but shall stand for election in 2002 for a term of office of
             4067      four years from the realigned district in which each resides.
             4068          (ii) If one of the incumbent state school board members from new District 1 indicates
             4069      in writing to the lieutenant governor that the school board member will not seek reelection, that
             4070      incumbent state school board member may serve until January 1, 2003 and the other incumbent
             4071      state school board member shall serve out the term for which the member was elected, which is
             4072      until January 1, 2005.
             4073          (2) (a) A person seeking election to the state school board [must] shall have been a
             4074      resident of the state school board district in which the person is seeking election for at least one
             4075      year as of the date of the election.
             4076          (b) A person who has resided within the state school board district, as the boundaries
             4077      of the district exist on the date of the election, for one year immediately preceding the date of
             4078      the election shall be considered to have met the requirements of this Subsection (2).
             4079          (3) A member shall:
             4080          (a) be and remain a registered voter in the state board district from which the member
             4081      was elected or appointed; and
             4082          (b) maintain the member's primary residence within the state board district from which
             4083      the member was elected or appointed during the member's term of office.
             4084          (4) A member of the State Board of Education may not, during the member's term of
             4085      office, also serve as an employee of:
             4086          (a) the board;
             4087          (b) the Utah State Office of Education; or
             4088          (c) the Utah State Office of Rehabilitation.
             4089          Section 89. Section 20A-14-201 is amended to read:


             4090           20A-14-201. Boards of education -- School board districts -- Creation --
             4091      Reapportionment.
             4092          (1) (a) The county legislative body, for local school districts whose boundaries
             4093      encompass more than a single municipality, and the municipal legislative body, for school
             4094      districts contained completely within a municipality, shall divide the local school district into
             4095      local school board districts as required under Subsection 20A-14-202 (1)(a).
             4096          (b) The county and municipal legislative bodies shall divide the school district so that
             4097      the local school board districts are substantially equal in population and are as contiguous and
             4098      compact as practicable.
             4099          (2) (a) County and municipal legislative bodies shall reapportion district boundaries to
             4100      meet the population, compactness, and contiguity requirements of this section:
             4101          (i) at least once every 10 years;
             4102          (ii) if a new district is created:
             4103          (A) within 45 days after the canvass of an election at which voters approve the creation
             4104      of a new district; and
             4105          (B) at least 60 days before the candidate filing deadline for a school board election;
             4106          (iii) whenever districts are consolidated;
             4107          (iv) whenever a district loses more than 20% of the population of the entire school
             4108      district to another district;
             4109          (v) whenever a district loses more than 50% of the population of a local school board
             4110      district to another district;
             4111          (vi) whenever a district receives new residents equal to at least 20% of the population
             4112      of the district at the time of the last reapportionment because of a transfer of territory from
             4113      another district; and
             4114          (vii) whenever it is necessary to increase the membership of a board from five to seven
             4115      members as a result of changes in student membership under Section 20A-14-202 .
             4116          (b) If a school district receives territory containing less than 20% of the population of
             4117      the transferee district at the time of the last reapportionment, the local school board may assign


             4118      the new territory to one or more existing school board districts.
             4119          (3) (a) Reapportionment does not affect the right of any school board member to
             4120      complete the term for which the member was elected.
             4121          (b) (i) After reapportionment, representation in a local school board district shall be
             4122      determined as provided in this Subsection (3).
             4123          (ii) If only one board member whose term extends beyond reapportionment lives
             4124      within a reapportioned local school board district, that board member shall represent that local
             4125      school board district.
             4126          (iii) (A) If two or more members whose terms extend beyond reapportionment live
             4127      within a reapportioned local school board district, the members involved shall select one
             4128      member by lot to represent the local school board district.
             4129          (B) The other members shall serve at-large for the remainder of their terms.
             4130          (C) The at-large board members shall serve in addition to the designated number of
             4131      board members for the board in question for the remainder of their terms.
             4132          (iv) If there is no board member living within a local school board district whose term
             4133      extends beyond reapportionment, the seat shall be treated as vacant and filled as provided in
             4134      this part.
             4135          (4) (a) If, before an election affected by reapportionment, the county or municipal
             4136      legislative body that conducted the reapportionment determines that one or more members
             4137      [must] shall be elected to terms of two years to meet this part's requirements for staggered
             4138      terms, the legislative body shall determine by lot which of the reapportioned local school board
             4139      districts will elect members to two-year terms and which will elect members to four-year terms.
             4140          (b) All subsequent elections are for four-year terms.
             4141          (5) Within 10 days after any local school board district boundary change, the county or
             4142      municipal legislative body making the change shall send an accurate map or plat of the
             4143      boundary change to the Automated Geographic Reference Center created under Section
             4144      63F-1-506 .
             4145          Section 90. Section 20A-14-202 is amended to read:


             4146           20A-14-202. Local boards of education -- Membership -- When elected --
             4147      Qualifications -- Avoiding conflicts of interest.
             4148          (1) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (1)(b), the board of education of a school
             4149      district with a student population of up to 24,000 students shall consist of five members.
             4150          (b) The board of education of a school district with a student population of more than
             4151      10,000 students but fewer than 24,000 students shall increase from five to seven members
             4152      beginning with the 2004 regular general election.
             4153          (c) The board of education of a school district with a student population of 24,000 or
             4154      more students shall consist of seven members.
             4155          (d) Student population is based on the October 1 student count submitted by districts to
             4156      the State Office of Education.
             4157          (e) If the number of members of a local school board is required to change under
             4158      Subsection (1)(b), the board shall be reapportioned and elections conducted as provided in
             4159      Sections 20A-14-201 and 20A-14-203 .
             4160          (f) A school district which now has or increases to a seven-member board shall
             4161      maintain a seven-member board regardless of subsequent changes in student population.
             4162          (g) (i) Members of a local board of education shall be elected at each regular general
             4163      election.
             4164          (ii) Except as provided in Subsection (1)(g)(iii), no more than three members of a local
             4165      board of education may be elected to a five-member board, nor more than four members
             4166      elected to a seven-member board, in any election year.
             4167          (iii) More than three members of a local board of education may be elected to a
             4168      five-member board and more than four members elected to a seven-member board in any
             4169      election year only when required by reapportionment or to fill a vacancy or to implement
             4170      Subsection (1)(b).
             4171          (h) One member of the local board of education shall be elected from each local school
             4172      board district.
             4173          (2) (a) For an election held after the 2008 general election, a person seeking election to


             4174      a local school board [must] shall have been a resident of the local school board district in
             4175      which the person is seeking election for at least one year as of the date of the election.
             4176          (b) A person who has resided within the local school board district, as the boundaries
             4177      of the district exist on the date of the election, for one year immediately preceding the date of
             4178      the election shall be considered to have met the requirements of this Subsection (2).
             4179          (3) A member of a local school board shall:
             4180          (a) be and remain a registered voter in the local school board district from which the
             4181      member is elected or appointed; and
             4182          (b) maintain the member's primary residence within the local school board district from
             4183      which the member is elected or appointed during the member's term of office.
             4184          (4) A member of a local school board may not, during the member's term in office, also
             4185      serve as an employee of that board.
             4186          Section 91. Section 22-1-11 is amended to read:
             4187           22-1-11. Transactions prior to May 12, 1925, excepted.
             4188          The provisions of this chapter [shall not] do not apply to transactions taking place prior
             4189      to May 12, 1925.
             4190          Section 92. Section 22-3-104 is amended to read:
             4191           22-3-104. Trustee's power to adjust.
             4192          (1) A trustee may adjust between principal and income to the extent the trustee
             4193      considers necessary if the trustee invests and manages trust assets as a prudent investor, the
             4194      terms of the trust describe the amount that may or [must] shall be distributed to a beneficiary
             4195      by referring to the trust's income, and the trustee determines, after applying the rules in
             4196      Subsection 22-3-103 (1), that the trustee is unable to comply with Subsection 22-3-103 (2).
             4197          (2) In deciding whether and to what extent to exercise the power conferred by
             4198      Subsection (1), a trustee shall consider all factors relevant to the trust and its beneficiaries,
             4199      including the following factors to the extent they are relevant:
             4200          (a) the nature, purpose, and expected duration of the trust;
             4201          (b) the intent of the settlor;


             4202          (c) the identity and circumstances of the beneficiaries;
             4203          (d) the needs for liquidity, regularity of income, and preservation and appreciation of
             4204      capital;
             4205          (e) (i) the assets held in the trust;
             4206          (ii) the extent to which [they] the assets consist of financial assets, interests in closely
             4207      held enterprises, tangible and intangible personal property, or real property;
             4208          (iii) the extent to which an asset is used by a beneficiary; and
             4209          (iv) whether an asset was purchased by the trustee or received from the settlor;
             4210          (f) the net amount allocated to income under the other sections of this chapter and the
             4211      increase or decrease in the value of the principal assets, which the trustee may estimate as to
             4212      assets for which market values are not readily available;
             4213          (g) whether and to what extent the terms of the trust give the trustee the power to
             4214      invade principal or accumulate income or prohibit the trustee from invading principal or
             4215      accumulating income, and the extent to which the trustee has exercised a power from time to
             4216      time to invade principal or accumulate income;
             4217          (h) the actual and anticipated effect of economic conditions on principal and income
             4218      and effects of inflation and deflation; and
             4219          (i) the anticipated tax consequences of an adjustment.
             4220          (3) A trustee may not make an adjustment:
             4221          (a) that diminishes the income interest in a trust that requires all of the income to be
             4222      paid at least annually to a spouse and for which an estate tax or gift tax marital deduction
             4223      would be allowed, in whole or in part, if the trustee did not have the power to make the
             4224      adjustment;
             4225          (b) that reduces the actuarial value of the income interest in a trust to which a person
             4226      transfers property with the intent to qualify for a gift tax exclusion;
             4227          (c) that changes the amount payable to a beneficiary as a fixed annuity or a fixed
             4228      fraction of the value of the trust assets;
             4229          (d) from any amount that is permanently set aside for charitable purposes under a will


             4230      or the terms of a trust unless both income and principal are so set aside;
             4231          (e) if possessing or exercising the power to make an adjustment causes an individual to
             4232      be treated as the owner of all or part of the trust for income tax purposes, and the individual
             4233      would not be treated as the owner if the trustee did not possess the power to make an
             4234      adjustment;
             4235          (f) if possessing or exercising the power to make an adjustment causes all or part of the
             4236      trust assets to be included for estate tax purposes in the estate of an individual who has the
             4237      power to remove a trustee or appoint a trustee, or both, and the assets would not be included in
             4238      the estate of the individual if the trustee did not possess the power to make an adjustment;
             4239          (g) if the trustee is a beneficiary of the trust; or
             4240          (h) if the trustee is not a beneficiary, but the adjustment would benefit the trustee
             4241      directly or indirectly.
             4242          (4) If Subsection (3)(e), (f), (g), or (h) applies to a trustee and there is more than one
             4243      trustee, a cotrustee to whom the provision does not apply may make the adjustment unless the
             4244      exercise of the power by the remaining trustee or trustees is not permitted by the terms of the
             4245      trust.
             4246          (5) A trustee may release the entire power conferred by Subsection (1) or may release
             4247      only the power to adjust from income to principal or the power to adjust from principal to
             4248      income if the trustee is uncertain about whether possessing or exercising the power will cause a
             4249      result described in Subsections (3)(a) through (f) or Subsection (3)(h) or if the trustee
             4250      determines that possessing or exercising the power will or may deprive the trust of a tax benefit
             4251      or impose a tax burden not described in Subsection (3). The release may be permanent or for a
             4252      specified period, including a period measured by the life of an individual.
             4253          (6) Terms of a trust that limit the power of a trustee to make an adjustment between
             4254      principal and income do not affect the application of this section unless it is clear from the
             4255      terms of the trust that the terms are intended to deny the trustee the power of adjustment
             4256      conferred by Subsection (1).
             4257          Section 93. Section 22-3-202 is amended to read:


             4258           22-3-202. Distribution to residuary and remainder beneficiaries.
             4259          (1) Each beneficiary described in Subsection 22-3-201 (4) is entitled to receive a
             4260      portion of the net income equal to the beneficiary's fractional interest in undistributed principal
             4261      assets, using values as of the distribution date. If a fiduciary makes more than one distribution
             4262      of assets to beneficiaries to whom this section applies, each beneficiary, including one who
             4263      does not receive part of the distribution, is entitled, as of each distribution date, to the net
             4264      income the fiduciary has received after the date of death or terminating event or earlier
             4265      distribution date but has not distributed as of the current distribution date.
             4266          (2) In determining a beneficiary's share of net income, the following rules apply:
             4267          (a) The beneficiary is entitled to receive a portion of the net income equal to the
             4268      beneficiary's fractional interest in the undistributed principal assets immediately before the
             4269      distribution date, including assets that later may be sold to meet principal obligations.
             4270          (b) The beneficiary's fractional interest in the undistributed principal assets [must] shall
             4271      be calculated without regard to property specifically given to a beneficiary and property
             4272      required to pay pecuniary amounts not in trust.
             4273          (c) The beneficiary's fractional interest in the undistributed principal assets [must] shall
             4274      be calculated on the basis of the aggregate value of those assets as of the distribution date
             4275      without reducing the value by any unpaid principal obligation.
             4276          (d) The distribution date for purposes of this section may be the date as of which the
             4277      fiduciary calculates the value of the assets if that date is reasonably near the date on which
             4278      assets are actually distributed.
             4279          (3) If a fiduciary does not distribute all of the collected but undistributed net income to
             4280      each person as of a distribution date, the fiduciary shall maintain appropriate records showing
             4281      the interest of each beneficiary in that net income.
             4282          (4) A fiduciary may apply the rules in this section, to the extent that the fiduciary
             4283      considers it appropriate, to net gain or loss realized after the date of death or terminating event
             4284      or earlier distribution date from the disposition of a principal asset if this section applies to the
             4285      income from the asset.


             4286          Section 94. Section 22-3-302 is amended to read:
             4287           22-3-302. Apportionment of receipts and disbursements when decedent dies or
             4288      income interest begins.
             4289          (1) A trustee shall allocate an income receipt or disbursement other than one to which
             4290      Subsection 22-3-201 (1) applies to principal if its due date occurs before a decedent dies in the
             4291      case of an estate or before an income interest begins in the case of a trust or successive income
             4292      interest.
             4293          (2) A trustee shall allocate an income receipt or disbursement to income if its due date
             4294      occurs on or after the date on which a decedent dies or an income interest begins and it is a
             4295      periodic due date. An income receipt or disbursement [must] shall be treated as accruing from
             4296      day to day if its due date is not periodic or it has no due date. The portion of the receipt or
             4297      disbursement accruing before the date on which a decedent dies or an income interest begins
             4298      [must] shall be allocated to principal and the balance [must] shall be allocated to income.
             4299          (3) An item of income or an obligation is due on the date the payer is required to make
             4300      a payment. If a payment date is not stated, there is no due date for the purposes of this chapter.
             4301      Distributions to shareholders or other owners from an entity to which Section 22-3-401 applies
             4302      are considered to be due on the date fixed by the entity for determining who is entitled to
             4303      receive the distribution or, if no date is fixed, on the declaration date for the distribution. A
             4304      due date is periodic for receipts or disbursements that must be paid at regular intervals under a
             4305      lease or an obligation to pay interest or if an entity customarily makes distributions at regular
             4306      intervals.
             4307          Section 95. Section 22-3-303 is amended to read:
             4308           22-3-303. Apportionment when income interest ends.
             4309          (1) In this section, "undistributed income" means net income received before the date
             4310      on which an income interest ends. The term does not include an item of income or expense
             4311      that is due or accrued or net income that has been added or is required to be added to principal
             4312      under the terms of the trust.
             4313          (2) When a mandatory income interest ends, the trustee shall pay to a mandatory


             4314      income beneficiary who survives that date, or the estate of a deceased mandatory income
             4315      beneficiary whose death causes the interest to end, the beneficiary's share of the undistributed
             4316      income that is not disposed of under the terms of the trust unless the beneficiary has an
             4317      unqualified power to revoke more than 5% of the trust immediately before the income interest
             4318      ends. In the latter case, the undistributed income from the portion of the trust that may be
             4319      revoked [must] shall be added to principal.
             4320          (3) When a trustee's obligation to pay a fixed annuity or a fixed fraction of the value of
             4321      the trust's assets ends, the trustee shall prorate the final payment if and to the extent required by
             4322      applicable law to accomplish a purpose of the trust or its settlor relating to income, gift, estate,
             4323      or other tax requirements.
             4324          Section 96. Section 22-3-403 is amended to read:
             4325           22-3-403. Receipts from entities -- Business and other activities conducted by
             4326      trustee.
             4327          (1) If a trustee who conducts a business or other activity determines that it is in the best
             4328      interest of all the beneficiaries to account separately for the business or activity instead of
             4329      accounting for it as part of the trust's general accounting records, the trustee may maintain
             4330      separate accounting records for its transactions, whether or not its assets are segregated from
             4331      other trust assets.
             4332          (2) A trustee who accounts separately for a business or other activity may determine
             4333      the extent to which its net cash receipts [must] shall be retained for working capital, the
             4334      acquisition or replacement of fixed assets, and other reasonably foreseeable needs of the
             4335      business or activity, and the extent to which the remaining net cash receipts are accounted for
             4336      as principal or income in the trust's general accounting records. If a trustee sells assets of the
             4337      business or other activity, other than in the ordinary course of the business or activity, the
             4338      trustee shall account for the net amount received as principal in the trust's general accounting
             4339      records to the extent the trustee determines that the amount received is no longer required in
             4340      the conduct of the business.
             4341          (3) Activities for which a trustee may maintain separate accounting records include:


             4342          (a) retail, manufacturing, service, and other traditional business activities;
             4343          (b) farming;
             4344          (c) raising and selling livestock and other animals;
             4345          (d) management of rental properties;
             4346          (e) extraction of minerals and other natural resources;
             4347          (f) timber operations; and
             4348          (g) activities to which Section 22-3-414 applies.
             4349          Section 97. Section 22-3-405 is amended to read:
             4350           22-3-405. Receipts not normally apportioned -- Rental property.
             4351          To the extent that a trustee accounts for receipts from rental property pursuant to this
             4352      section, the trustee shall allocate to income an amount received as rent of real or personal
             4353      property, including an amount received for cancellation or renewal of a lease. An amount
             4354      received as a refundable deposit, including a security deposit or a deposit that is to be applied
             4355      as rent for future periods, [must] shall be added to principal and held subject to the terms of the
             4356      lease and is not available for distribution to a beneficiary until the trustee's contractual
             4357      obligations have been satisfied with respect to that amount.
             4358          Section 98. Section 22-3-406 is amended to read:
             4359           22-3-406. Receipts not normally apportioned -- Obligation to pay money.
             4360          (1) An amount received as interest, whether determined at a fixed, variable, or floating
             4361      rate, on an obligation to pay money to the trustee, including an amount received as
             4362      consideration for prepaying principal, [must] shall be allocated to income without any
             4363      provision for amortization of premium.
             4364          (2) A trustee shall allocate to principal an amount received from the sale, redemption,
             4365      or other disposition of an obligation to pay money to the trustee more than one year after it is
             4366      purchased or acquired by the trustee, including an obligation whose purchase price or value
             4367      when it is acquired is less than its value at maturity. If the obligation matures within one year
             4368      after it is purchased or acquired by the trustee, an amount received in excess of its purchase
             4369      price or its value when acquired by the trust [must] shall be allocated to income.


             4370          (3) This section does not apply to an obligation to which Section 22-3-409 , 22-3-410 ,
             4371      22-3-411 , 22-3-412 , 22-3-414 , or 22-3-415 applies.
             4372          Section 99. Section 22-3-411 is amended to read:
             4373           22-3-411. Receipts normally apportioned -- Minerals, water, and other natural
             4374      resources.
             4375          (1) To the extent that a trustee accounts for receipts from an interest in minerals or
             4376      other natural resources pursuant to this section, the trustee shall allocate them as follows:
             4377          (a) If received as nominal delay rental or nominal annual rent on a lease, a receipt
             4378      [must] shall be allocated to income.
             4379          (b) If received from a production payment, a receipt [must] shall be allocated to income
             4380      if and to the extent that the agreement creating the production payment provides a factor for
             4381      interest or its equivalent. The balance [must] shall be allocated to principal.
             4382          (c) If an amount received as a royalty, shut-in-well payment, take-or-pay payment,
             4383      bonus, or delay rental is more than nominal, 90% [must] shall be allocated to principal and the
             4384      balance to income.
             4385          (d) If an amount is received from a working interest or any other interest not provided
             4386      for in Subsection (1)(a), (b), or (c), 90% of the net amount received [must] shall be allocated to
             4387      principal and the balance to income.
             4388          (2) An amount received on account of an interest in water that is renewable [must]
             4389      shall be allocated to income. If the water is not renewable, 90% of the amount [must] shall be
             4390      allocated to principal and the balance to income.
             4391          (3) This chapter applies whether or not a decedent or donor was extracting minerals,
             4392      water, or other natural resources before the interest became subject to the trust.
             4393          (4) If a trust owns an interest in minerals, water, or other natural resources on May 3,
             4394      2004, the trustee may allocate receipts from the interest as provided in this chapter or in the
             4395      manner used by the trustee before May 3, 2004. If the trust acquires an interest in minerals,
             4396      water, or other natural resources after May 3, 2004, the trustee shall allocate receipts from the
             4397      interest as provided in this chapter.


             4398          Section 100. Section 22-3-414 is amended to read:
             4399           22-3-414. Receipts normally apportioned -- Derivatives and options.
             4400          (1) In this section, "derivative" means a contract or financial instrument or a
             4401      combination of contracts and financial instruments which gives a trust the right or obligation to
             4402      participate in some or all changes in the price of a tangible or intangible asset or group of
             4403      assets, or changes in a rate, an index of prices or rates, or other market indicator for an asset or
             4404      a group of assets.
             4405          (2) To the extent that a trustee does not account under Section 22-3-403 for
             4406      transactions in derivatives, the trustee shall allocate to principal receipts from and
             4407      disbursements made in connection with those transactions.
             4408          (3) If a trustee grants an option to buy property from the trust, whether or not the trust
             4409      owns the property when the option is granted, grants an option that permits another person to
             4410      sell property to the trust, or acquires an option to buy property for the trust or an option to sell
             4411      an asset owned by the trust, and the trustee or other owner of the asset is required to deliver the
             4412      asset if the option is exercised, an amount received for granting the option [must] shall be
             4413      allocated to principal. An amount paid to acquire the option [must] shall be paid from
             4414      principal. A gain or loss realized upon the exercise of an option, including an option granted to
             4415      a settlor of the trust for services rendered, [must] shall be allocated to principal.
             4416          Section 101. Section 22-3-505 is amended to read:
             4417           22-3-505. Income taxes.
             4418          (1) A tax required to be paid by a trustee based on receipts allocated to income [must]
             4419      shall be paid from income.
             4420          (2) A tax required to be paid by a trustee based on receipts allocated to principal [must]
             4421      shall be paid from principal, even if the tax is called an income tax by the taxing authority.
             4422          (3) A tax required to be paid by a trustee on the trust's share of an entity's taxable
             4423      income [must] shall be paid:
             4424          (a) from income to the extent that receipts from the entity are allocated only to income;
             4425          (b) from principal to the extent that receipts from the entity are allocated only to


             4426      principal;
             4427          (c) proportionately from principal and income to the extent that receipts from the entity
             4428      are allocated to both income and principal; and
             4429          (d) from principal to the extent that the tax exceeds the total receipts from the entity.
             4430          (4) After applying Subsections (1) through (3), the trustee shall adjust income or
             4431      principal receipts to the extent that the trust's taxes are reduced because the trust receives a
             4432      deduction for payments made to a beneficiary.
             4433          Section 102. Section 22-3-506 is amended to read:
             4434           22-3-506. Adjustments between principal and income because of taxes.
             4435          (1) A fiduciary may make adjustments between principal and income to offset the
             4436      shifting of economic interests or tax benefits between income beneficiaries and remainder
             4437      beneficiaries which arise from:
             4438          (a) elections and decisions, other than those described in Subsection (2), that the
             4439      fiduciary makes from time to time regarding tax matters;
             4440          (b) an income tax or any other tax that is imposed upon the fiduciary or a beneficiary as
             4441      a result of a transaction involving or a distribution from the estate or trust; or
             4442          (c) the ownership by an estate or trust of an interest in an entity whose taxable income,
             4443      whether or not distributed, is includable in the taxable income of the estate, trust, or a
             4444      beneficiary.
             4445          (2) If the amount of an estate tax marital deduction or charitable contribution deduction
             4446      is reduced because a fiduciary deducts an amount paid from principal for income tax purposes
             4447      instead of deducting it for estate tax purposes, and as a result estate taxes paid from principal
             4448      are increased and income taxes paid by an estate, trust, or beneficiary are decreased, each
             4449      estate, trust, or beneficiary that benefits from the decrease in income tax shall reimburse the
             4450      principal from which the increase in estate tax is paid. The total reimbursement [must] shall
             4451      equal the increase in the estate tax to the extent that the principal used to pay the increase
             4452      would have qualified for a marital deduction or charitable contribution deduction but for the
             4453      payment. The proportionate share of the reimbursement for each estate, trust, or beneficiary


             4454      whose income taxes are reduced [must] shall be the same as its proportionate share of the total
             4455      decrease in income tax. An estate or trust shall reimburse principal from income.
             4456          Section 103. Section 22-3-601 is amended to read:
             4457           22-3-601. Uniformity of application and construction.
             4458          In applying and construing this chapter, consideration [must] shall be given to the need
             4459      to promote uniformity of the law with respect to its subject matter among states that enact it.
             4460          Section 104. Section 23-13-2 is amended to read:
             4461           23-13-2. Definitions.
             4462          As used in this title:
             4463          (1) "Activity regulated under this title" means any act, attempted act, or activity
             4464      prohibited or regulated under any provision of Title 23, Wildlife Resources Code of Utah, or
             4465      the rules, and proclamations promulgated thereunder pertaining to protected wildlife including:
             4466          (a) fishing;
             4467          (b) hunting;
             4468          (c) trapping;
             4469          (d) taking;
             4470          (e) permitting any dog, falcon, or other domesticated animal to take;
             4471          (f) transporting;
             4472          (g) possessing;
             4473          (h) selling;
             4474          (i) wasting;
             4475          (j) importing;
             4476          (k) exporting;
             4477          (l) rearing;
             4478          (m) keeping;
             4479          (n) utilizing as a commercial venture; and
             4480          (o) releasing to the wild.
             4481          (2) "Aquatic animal" has the meaning provided in Section 4-37-103 .


             4482          (3) "Aquatic wildlife" means species of fish, mollusks, crustaceans, aquatic insects, or
             4483      amphibians.
             4484          (4) "Aquaculture facility" has the meaning provided in Section 4-37-103 .
             4485          (5) "Bag limit" means the maximum limit, in number or amount, of protected wildlife
             4486      that one person may legally take during one day.
             4487          (6) "Big game" means species of hoofed protected wildlife.
             4488          (7) "Carcass" means the dead body of an animal or its parts.
             4489          (8) "Certificate of registration" means a document issued under this title, or any rule or
             4490      proclamation of the Wildlife Board granting authority to engage in activities not covered by a
             4491      license, permit, or tag.
             4492          (9) "Closed season" means the period of time during which the taking of protected
             4493      wildlife is prohibited.
             4494          (10) "Conservation officer" means a full-time, permanent employee of the Division of
             4495      Wildlife Resources who is POST certified as a peace or a special function officer.
             4496          (11) "Dedicated hunter program" means a program that provides:
             4497          (a) expanded hunting opportunities;
             4498          (b) opportunities to participate in projects that are beneficial to wildlife; and
             4499          (c) education in hunter ethics and wildlife management principles.
             4500          (12) "Division" means the Division of Wildlife Resources.
             4501          (13) (a) "Domicile" means the place:
             4502          (i) where an individual has a fixed permanent home and principal establishment;
             4503          (ii) to which the individual if absent, intends to return; and
             4504          (iii) in which the individual, and the individual's family voluntarily reside, not for a
             4505      special or temporary purpose, but with the intention of making a permanent home.
             4506          (b) To create a new domicile an individual [must] shall:
             4507          (i) abandon the old domicile; and
             4508          (ii) be able to prove that a new domicile has been established.
             4509          (14) "Endangered" means wildlife designated as endangered according to Section 3 of


             4510      the federal Endangered Species Act of 1973.
             4511          (15) "Fee fishing facility" has the meaning provided in Section 4-37-103 .
             4512          (16) "Feral" means an animal that is normally domesticated but has reverted to the
             4513      wild.
             4514          (17) "Fishing" means to take fish or crayfish by any means.
             4515          (18) "Furbearer" means species of the Bassariscidae, Canidae, Felidae, Mustelidae, and
             4516      Castoridae families, except coyote and cougar.
             4517          (19) "Game" means wildlife normally pursued, caught, or taken by sporting means for
             4518      human use.
             4519          (20) "Guide" means a person who receives compensation or advertises services for
             4520      assisting another person to take protected wildlife, including the provision of food, shelter, or
             4521      transportation, or any combination of these.
             4522          (21) "Guide's agent" means a person who is employed by a guide to assist another
             4523      person to take protected wildlife.
             4524          (22) "Hunting" means to take or pursue a reptile, amphibian, bird, or mammal by any
             4525      means.
             4526          (23) "Intimidate or harass" means to physically interfere with or impede, hinder, or
             4527      diminish the efforts of an officer in the performance of the officer's duty.
             4528          (24) "Nonresident" means a person who does not qualify as a resident.
             4529          (25) "Open season" means the period of time during which protected wildlife may be
             4530      legally taken.
             4531          (26) "Pecuniary gain" means the acquisition of money or something of monetary value.
             4532          (27) "Permit" means a document, including a stamp, that grants authority to engage in
             4533      specified activities under this title or a rule or proclamation of the Wildlife Board.
             4534          (28) "Person" means an individual, association, partnership, government agency,
             4535      corporation, or an agent of the foregoing.
             4536          (29) "Possession" means actual or constructive possession.
             4537          (30) "Possession limit" means the number of bag limits one individual may legally


             4538      possess.
             4539          (31) (a) "Private fish pond" means a body of water where privately owned, protected
             4540      aquatic wildlife are propagated or kept for a noncommercial purpose.
             4541          (b) "Private fish pond" does not include an aquaculture facility or fee fishing facility.
             4542          (32) "Private wildlife farm" means an enclosed place where privately owned birds or
             4543      furbearers are propagated or kept and that restricts the birds or furbearers from:
             4544          (a) commingling with wild birds or furbearers; and
             4545          (b) escaping into the wild.
             4546          (33) "Proclamation" means the publication used to convey a statute, rule, policy, or
             4547      pertinent information as it relates to wildlife.
             4548          (34) (a) "Protected aquatic wildlife" means aquatic wildlife as defined in Subsection
             4549      (3), except as provided in Subsection (34)(b).
             4550          (b) "Protected aquatic wildlife" does not include aquatic insects.
             4551          (35) (a) "Protected wildlife" means wildlife as defined in Subsection (49), except as
             4552      provided in Subsection (35)(b).
             4553          (b) "Protected wildlife" does not include coyote, field mouse, gopher, ground squirrel,
             4554      jack rabbit, muskrat, and raccoon.
             4555          (36) "Released to the wild" means to be turned loose from confinement.
             4556          (37) (a) "Resident" means a person who:
             4557          (i) has been domiciled in the state for six consecutive months immediately preceding
             4558      the purchase of a license; and
             4559          (ii) does not claim residency for hunting, fishing, or trapping in any other state or
             4560      country.
             4561          (b) A Utah resident retains Utah residency if that person leaves this state:
             4562          (i) to serve in the armed forces of the United States or for religious or educational
             4563      purposes; and
             4564          (ii) the person complies with Subsection (37)(a)(ii).
             4565          (c) (i) A member of the armed forces of the United States and dependents are residents


             4566      for the purposes of this chapter as of the date the member reports for duty under assigned
             4567      orders in the state if the member:
             4568          (A) is not on temporary duty in this state; and
             4569          (B) complies with Subsection (37)(a)(ii).
             4570          (ii) A copy of the assignment orders [must] shall be presented to a wildlife division
             4571      office to verify the member's qualification as a resident.
             4572          (d) A nonresident attending an institution of higher learning in this state as a full-time
             4573      student may qualify as a resident for purposes of this chapter if the student:
             4574          (i) has been present in this state for 60 consecutive days immediately preceding the
             4575      purchase of the license; and
             4576          (ii) complies with Subsection (37)(a)(ii).
             4577          (e) A Utah resident license is invalid if a resident license for hunting, fishing, or
             4578      trapping is purchased in any other state or country.
             4579          (f) An absentee landowner paying property tax on land in Utah does not qualify as a
             4580      resident.
             4581          (38) "Sell" means to offer or possess for sale, barter, exchange, or trade, or the act of
             4582      selling, bartering, exchanging, or trading.
             4583          (39) "Small game" means species of protected wildlife:
             4584          (a) commonly pursued for sporting purposes; and
             4585          (b) not classified as big game, aquatic wildlife, or furbearers and excluding turkey,
             4586      cougar, and bear.
             4587          (40) "Spoiled" means impairment of the flesh of wildlife which renders it unfit for
             4588      human consumption.
             4589          (41) "Spotlighting" means throwing or casting the rays of any spotlight, headlight, or
             4590      other artificial light on any highway or in any field, woodland, or forest while having in
             4591      possession a weapon by which protected wildlife may be killed.
             4592          (42) "Tag" means a card, label, or other identification device issued for attachment to
             4593      the carcass of protected wildlife.


             4594          (43) "Take" means to:
             4595          (a) hunt, pursue, harass, catch, capture, possess, angle, seine, trap, or kill any protected
             4596      wildlife; or
             4597          (b) attempt any action referred to in Subsection (43)(a).
             4598          (44) "Threatened" means wildlife designated as such pursuant to Section 3 of the
             4599      federal Endangered Species Act of 1973.
             4600          (45) "Trapping" means taking protected wildlife with a trapping device.
             4601          (46) "Trophy animal" means an animal described as follows:
             4602          (a) deer - a buck with an outside antler measurement of 24 inches or greater;
             4603          (b) elk - a bull with six points on at least one side;
             4604          (c) bighorn, desert, or rocky mountain sheep - a ram with a curl exceeding half curl;
             4605          (d) moose - a bull with at least one antler exceeding five inches in length;
             4606          (e) mountain goat - a male or female;
             4607          (f) pronghorn antelope - a buck with horns exceeding 14 inches; or
             4608          (g) bison - a bull.
             4609          (47) "Waste" means to abandon protected wildlife or to allow protected wildlife to
             4610      spoil or to be used in a manner not normally associated with its beneficial use.
             4611          (48) "Water pollution" means the introduction of matter or thermal energy to waters
             4612      within this state that:
             4613          (a) exceeds state water quality standards; or
             4614          (b) could be harmful to protected wildlife.
             4615          (49) "Wildlife" means:
             4616          (a) crustaceans, including brine shrimp and crayfish;
             4617          (b) mollusks; and
             4618          (c) vertebrate animals living in nature, except feral animals.
             4619          Section 105. Section 23-13-17 is amended to read:
             4620           23-13-17. Spotlighting of coyote, red fox, striped skunk, and raccoon -- County
             4621      ordinances -- Permits.


             4622          (1) Spotlighting may be used to hunt coyote, red fox, striped skunk, or raccoon where
             4623      allowed by a county ordinance enacted pursuant to this section.
             4624          (2) The ordinance shall provide that:
             4625          (a) any artificial light used to spotlight coyote, red fox, striped skunk, or raccoon
             4626      [must] shall be carried by the hunter;
             4627          (b) a motor vehicle headlight or light attached to or powered by a motor vehicle may
             4628      not be used to spotlight the animal; and
             4629          (c) while hunting with the use of an artificial light, the hunter may not occupy or
             4630      operate any motor vehicle.
             4631          (3) For purposes of the county ordinance, "motor vehicle" shall have the meaning as
             4632      defined in Section 41-6a-102 .
             4633          (4) The ordinance may specify:
             4634          (a) the time of day and seasons when spotlighting is permitted;
             4635          (b) areas closed or open to spotlighting within the unincorporated area of the county;
             4636          (c) safety zones within which spotlighting is prohibited;
             4637          (d) the weapons permitted; and
             4638          (e) penalties for violation of the ordinance.
             4639          (5) (a) A county may restrict the number of hunters engaging in spotlighting by
             4640      requiring a permit to spotlight and issuing a limited number of permits.
             4641          (b) (i) A fee may be charged for a spotlighting permit.
             4642          (ii) Any permit fee shall be established by the county ordinance.
             4643          (iii) Revenues generated by the permit fee shall be remitted to the Division of Wildlife
             4644      Resources for deposit into the Wildlife Resources Account, except the Wildlife Board may
             4645      allow any county that enacts an ordinance pursuant to this section to retain a reasonable amount
             4646      to pay for the costs of administering and enforcing the ordinance, provided this use of the
             4647      permit revenues does not affect federal funds received by the state under 16 U.S.C. Sec. 669 et
             4648      seq., Wildlife Restoration Act and 16 U.S.C. Sec. 777 et seq., Sport Fish Restoration Act.
             4649          (6) A county may require hunters to notify the county sheriff of the time and place they


             4650      will be engaged in spotlighting.
             4651          (7) The requirement that a county ordinance [must] shall be enacted before a person
             4652      may use spotlighting to hunt coyote, red fox, striped skunk, or raccoon does not apply to:
             4653          (a) a person or [his] the person's agent who is lawfully acting to protect [his] the
             4654      person's crops or domestic animals from predation by those animals; or
             4655          (b) an animal damage control agent acting in [his] the agent's official capacity under a
             4656      memorandum of agreement with the division.
             4657          Section 106. Section 23-14-2 is amended to read:
             4658           23-14-2. Wildlife Board -- Creation -- Membership -- Terms -- Quorum --
             4659      Meetings -- Per diem and expenses.
             4660          (1) There is created a Wildlife Board which shall consist of seven members appointed
             4661      by the governor with the consent of the Senate.
             4662          (2) (a) In addition to the requirements of Section 79-2-203 , the members of the board
             4663      shall have expertise or experience in at least one of the following areas:
             4664          (i) wildlife management or biology;
             4665          (ii) habitat management, including range or aquatic;
             4666          (iii) business, including knowledge of private land issues; and
             4667          (iv) economics, including knowledge of recreational wildlife uses.
             4668          (b) Each of the areas of expertise under Subsection (2)(a) shall be represented by at
             4669      least one member of the Wildlife Board.
             4670          (3) (a) The governor shall select each board member from a list of nominees submitted
             4671      by the nominating committee pursuant to Section 23-14-2.5 .
             4672          (b) No more than two members shall be from a single wildlife region described in
             4673      Subsection 23-14-2.6 (1).
             4674          (c) The governor may request an additional list of at least two nominees from the
             4675      nominating committee if the initial list of nominees for a given position is unacceptable.
             4676          (d) (i) If the governor fails to appoint a board member within 60 days after receipt of
             4677      the initial or additional list, the nominating committee shall make an interim appointment by


             4678      majority vote.
             4679          (ii) The interim board member shall serve until the matter is resolved by the committee
             4680      and the governor or until the board member is replaced pursuant to this chapter.
             4681          (4) (a) Except as required by Subsection (4)(b), as terms of current board members
             4682      expire, the governor shall appoint each new member or reappointed member to a six-year term.
             4683          (b) Notwithstanding the requirements of Subsection (4)(a), the governor shall, at the
             4684      time of appointment or reappointment, adjust the length of terms to ensure that:
             4685          (i) the terms of board members are staggered so that approximately [1/3] one-third of
             4686      the board is appointed every two years; and
             4687          (ii) members serving from the same region have staggered terms.
             4688          (c) If a vacancy occurs, the nominating committee shall submit two names, as provided
             4689      in Subsection 23-14-2.5 (4), to the governor and the governor shall appoint a replacement for
             4690      the unexpired term.
             4691          (d) Board members may serve only one term unless:
             4692          (i) the member is among the first board members appointed to serve four years or less;
             4693      or
             4694          (ii) the member filled a vacancy under Subsection (4)(c) for four years or less.
             4695          (5) (a) The board shall elect a chair and a vice chair from its membership.
             4696          (b) Four members of the board shall constitute a quorum.
             4697          (c) The director of the Division of Wildlife Resources shall act as secretary to the
             4698      board but [shall not be] is not a voting member of the board.
             4699          (6) (a) The Wildlife Board shall hold a sufficient number of public meetings each year
             4700      to expeditiously conduct its business.
             4701          (b) Meetings may be called by the chair upon five days notice or upon shorter notice in
             4702      emergency situations.
             4703          (c) Meetings may be held at the Salt Lake City office of the Division of Wildlife
             4704      Resources or elsewhere as determined by the Wildlife Board.
             4705          (7) A member may not receive compensation or benefits for the member's service, but


             4706      may receive per diem and travel expenses in accordance with:
             4707          (a) Section 63A-3-106 ;
             4708          (b) Section 63A-3-107 ; and
             4709          (c) rules made by the Division of Finance pursuant to Sections 63A-3-106 and
             4710      63A-3-107 .
             4711          (8) (a) The members of the Wildlife Board shall complete an orientation course to
             4712      assist them in the performance of the duties of their office.
             4713          (b) The Department of Natural Resources shall provide the course required under
             4714      Subsection (8)(a).
             4715          Section 107. Section 23-15-2 is amended to read:
             4716           23-15-2. Jurisdiction of division over public or private land and waters.
             4717          All wildlife within this state, including [but not limited to] wildlife on public or private
             4718      land or in public or private waters within this state, shall fall within the jurisdiction of the
             4719      Division of Wildlife Resources.
             4720          Section 108. Section 23-15-9 is amended to read:
             4721           23-15-9. Possession or transportation of live aquatic wildlife unlawful except as
             4722      authorized -- Exceptions.
             4723          It is unlawful for any person to possess or transport live protected aquatic wildlife
             4724      except as provided by this code or the rules and regulations of the Wildlife Board. This section
             4725      [shall not] does not apply to tropical and goldfish species intended for exhibition or
             4726      commercial purposes. Operators of a properly registered private fish pond may transport live
             4727      aquatic wildlife specified by the Wildlife Board in the operator's certificate of registration.
             4728          Section 109. Section 23-16-3 is amended to read:
             4729           23-16-3. Damage to cultivated crops, livestock forage, fences, or irrigation
             4730      equipment by big game animals -- Notice to division.
             4731          (1) (a) If big game animals are damaging cultivated crops, livestock forage, fences, or
             4732      irrigation equipment on private land, the landowner or lessee shall immediately, upon
             4733      discovery of the damage, request that the division take action to alleviate the depredation


             4734      problem.
             4735          (b) The landowner or lessee shall allow division personnel reasonable access to the
             4736      property sustaining damage to verify and alleviate the depredation problem.
             4737          (2) (a) Within 72 hours after receiving the request for action under Subsection (1)(a),
             4738      the division shall investigate the situation, and if it appears that depredation by big game
             4739      animals may continue, the division shall:
             4740          (i) remove the big game animals causing depredation; or
             4741          (ii) implement a depredation mitigation plan which has been approved, in writing, by
             4742      the landowner or lessee.
             4743          (b) A depredation mitigation plan may provide for any or all of the following:
             4744          (i) the scheduling of a depredation hunt;
             4745          (ii) issuing permits to the landowners or lessees, to take big game animals causing
             4746      depredation during a general or special season hunt authorized by the Wildlife Board;
             4747          (iii) allowing landowners or lessees to designate recipients who may obtain a
             4748      mitigation permit to take big game animals on the landowner's or lessee's land during a general
             4749      or special season hunt authorized by the Wildlife Board; or
             4750          (iv) a description of how the division will assess and compensate the landowner or
             4751      lessee under Section 23-16-4 for damage to cultivated crops, fences, or irrigation equipment.
             4752          (c) (i) The division shall specify the number and sex of the big game animals that may
             4753      be taken pursuant to Subsections (2)(b)(ii) and (iii).
             4754          (ii) Control efforts shall be directed toward antlerless animals, if possible.
             4755          (d) A permit issued for an antlered animal [must] shall be approved by the division
             4756      director or the director's designee.
             4757          (e) The division and the landowner or lessee shall jointly determine the number of
             4758      animals taken pursuant to Subsection (2)(b)(ii) of which the landowner or lessee may retain
             4759      possession.
             4760          (f) In determining appropriate remedial action under this Subsection (2), the division
             4761      shall consider:


             4762          (i) the extent of damage experienced or expected; and
             4763          (ii) any revenue the landowner derives from:
             4764          (A) participation in a cooperative wildlife management unit;
             4765          (B) use of landowner association permits;
             4766          (C) use of mitigation permits; and
             4767          (D) charging for hunter access.
             4768          (3) Any fee for accessing the owner's or lessee's land shall be determined by the
             4769      landowner or lessee.
             4770          (4) (a) If the landowner or lessee who approved the depredation mitigation plan under
             4771      Subsection (2)(a)(ii) subsequently determines that the plan is not acceptable, the landowner or
             4772      lessee may revoke his or her approval of the plan and again request that the division take action
             4773      pursuant to Subsection (2)(a)(i).
             4774          (b) A subsequent request for action provided under Subsection (4)(a) shall be
             4775      considered to be a new request for purposes of the 72-hour time limit specified in Subsection
             4776      (2)(a).
             4777          (5) (a) The division may enter into a conservation lease with the owner or lessee of
             4778      private lands for a fee or other remuneration as compensation for depredation.
             4779          (b) Any conservation lease entered into under this section shall provide that the
             4780      claimant may not unreasonably restrict hunting on the land or passage through the land to
             4781      access public lands for the purpose of hunting, if those actions are necessary to control or
             4782      mitigate damage by big game.
             4783          Section 110. Section 23-16-4 is amended to read:
             4784           23-16-4. Compensation for damage to crops, fences, or irrigation equipment --
             4785      Limitations -- Appeals.
             4786          (1) The division may provide compensation to claimants for damage caused by big
             4787      game to:
             4788          (a) cultivated crops from or on cleared and planted land;
             4789          (b) fences on private land; or


             4790          (c) irrigation equipment on private land.
             4791          (2) To be eligible to receive compensation as provided in this section, the claimant
             4792      shall:
             4793          (a) [must] notify the division of the damage within 72 hours after the damage is
             4794      discovered; and
             4795          (b) allow division personnel reasonable access to the property to verify and alleviate
             4796      the depredation problem.
             4797          (3) (a) The appraisal of the damage shall be made by the claimant and the division as
             4798      soon after notification as possible.
             4799          (b) In determining damage payment, the division and claimant shall consider:
             4800          (i) the extent of damage experienced; and
             4801          (ii) any revenue the landowner derives from:
             4802          (A) participation in a cooperative wildlife management unit;
             4803          (B) use of landowner association permits;
             4804          (C) use of mitigation permits; and
             4805          (D) charging for hunter access.
             4806          (c) In determining how to assess and compensate for damages to cultivated crops, the
             4807      division's determination shall be based on the:
             4808          (i) full replacement value in the local market of the cultivated crops that actually have
             4809      been or will be damaged or consumed by big game animals; and
             4810          (ii) cost of delivery of a replacement crop to the location of the damaged crop or other
             4811      location that is not farther from the source of the replacement crop.
             4812          (d) If the claimant and the division are unable to agree on a fair and equitable damage
             4813      payment, they shall designate a third party, consisting of one or more persons familiar with the
             4814      crops, fences, or irrigation equipment and the type of game animals doing the damage, to
             4815      appraise the damage.
             4816          (4) (a) Notwithstanding Section 63J-1-504 , the total amount of compensation that may
             4817      be provided by the division pursuant to this section and the total cost of fencing materials


             4818      provided by the division to prevent crop damage may not exceed the legislative appropriation
             4819      for fencing material and compensation for damaged crops, fences, and irrigation equipment.
             4820          (b) (i) Any claim of $1,000 or less may be paid after appraisal of the damage as
             4821      provided in Subsection (3), unless the claim brings the total amount of claims submitted by the
             4822      claimant in the fiscal year to an amount in excess of $1,000.
             4823          (ii) Any claim for damage to irrigation equipment may be paid after appraisal of the
             4824      damage as provided in Subsection (3).
             4825          (c) (i) Any claim in excess of $1,000, or claim that brings the total amount of claims
             4826      submitted by the claimant in the fiscal year to an amount in excess of $1,000, shall be treated
             4827      as follows:
             4828          (A) $1,000 may be paid pursuant to the conditions of this section; and
             4829          (B) the amount in excess of $1,000 may not be paid until the total amount of the
             4830      approved claims of all the claimants and expenses for fencing materials for the fiscal year are
             4831      determined.
             4832          (ii) If the total exceeds the amount appropriated by the Legislature pursuant to
             4833      Subsection (4)(a), claims in excess of $1,000, or any claim that brings the total amount of a
             4834      claimant's claims in a fiscal year to an amount in excess of $1,000, shall be prorated.
             4835          (5) The division may deny or limit compensation if the claimant:
             4836          (a) has failed to exercise reasonable care and diligence to avoid the loss or minimize
             4837      the damage; or
             4838          (b) has unreasonably restricted hunting on land under the claimant's control or passage
             4839      through the land to access public lands for the purpose of hunting, after receiving written
             4840      notification from the division of the necessity of allowing such hunting or access to control or
             4841      mitigate damage by big game.
             4842          (6) (a) The Wildlife Board shall make rules specifying procedures for the appeal of
             4843      division actions under this section.
             4844          (b) Upon the petition of an aggrieved party to a final division action, the Wildlife
             4845      Board may review the action on the record and issue an order modifying or rescinding the


             4846      division action.
             4847          (c) A qualified hearing examiner may be appointed for purposes of taking evidence and
             4848      making recommendations for a board order. The board shall consider the recommendations of
             4849      the examiner in making decisions.
             4850          (d) Board review of final agency action and judicial review of final board action shall
             4851      be governed by Title 63G, Chapter 4, Administrative Procedures Act.
             4852          Section 111. Section 23-17-4 is amended to read:
             4853           23-17-4. Crop damage by pheasants -- Notice to division.
             4854          Whenever pheasants are damaging cultivated crops on cleared and planted land, the
             4855      owner of such crops shall immediately upon discovery of such damage notify the Division of
             4856      Wildlife Resources. This notice [must] shall be made both orally and in writing. Upon being
             4857      notified of such damage, the Division of Wildlife Resources shall, as far as possible, control
             4858      such damage.
             4859          Section 112. Section 23-17-6 is amended to read:
             4860           23-17-6. Commercial hunting area -- Registration -- Requirements for hunters.
             4861          (1) (a) Any person desiring to operate a commercial hunting area within this state to
             4862      permit the releasing and shooting of pen-raised birds may apply to the Wildlife Board for
             4863      authorization to do so.
             4864          (b) The Wildlife Board may issue the applicant a certificate of registration to operate a
             4865      commercial hunting area in accordance with rules prescribed by the board.
             4866          (c) The Wildlife Board may determine the number of commercial hunting areas that
             4867      may be established in each county of the state.
             4868          (2) Any certificate of registration issued under Subsection (1) shall specify the species
             4869      of birds that the applicant may propagate, keep, and release for shooting on the area covered by
             4870      the certificate of registration. The applicant may charge a fee for harvesting these birds.
             4871          (3)(a) Any person hunting within the state on any commercial hunting area [must]
             4872      shall:
             4873          (i) be at least 12 years old;


             4874          (ii) possess proof of passing a division-approved hunter education course, if the person
             4875      was born after December 31, 1965; and
             4876          (iii) have the permission of the owner or operator of the commercial hunting area.
             4877          (b) The operator of a commercial hunting area shall verify that each hunter on the
             4878      commercial hunting area meets the requirements of Subsections (3)(a)(i) and (3)(a)(ii).
             4879          (4) Hunting on commercial hunting areas shall be permitted only during the
             4880      commercial hunting area season prescribed by the Wildlife Board.
             4881          Section 113. Section 23-17-8 is amended to read:
             4882           23-17-8. Dog field meets.
             4883          It is lawful within the state [of Utah] to hold dog field meets or trials where dogs are
             4884      permitted to work in exhibition or contest where the skill of dogs is demonstrated by locating
             4885      or retrieving birds which have been obtained from a legal source. Before any meet or trial is
             4886      held, application [must] shall be made in writing to the Division of Wildlife Resources, which
             4887      may authorize the meet or trial under rules and regulations promulgated by the Wildlife Board.
             4888          Section 114. Section 23-18-5 is amended to read:
             4889           23-18-5. Fur dealer and fur dealer's agent -- Definitions -- Certificates of
             4890      registration required -- Receipts required.
             4891          (1) Any person engaging in, carrying on, or conducting, wholly or in part, the business
             4892      of buying, selling, trading, or dealing, within the state [of Utah], in the skins or pelts of
             4893      furbearing mammals shall be deemed a fur dealer within the meaning of this code. All fur
             4894      dealers [must] shall secure a fur dealer certificate of registration from the Division of Wildlife
             4895      Resources, but no certificate of registration shall be required for a licensed trapper or fur farmer
             4896      selling skins or pelts which [he] the licensed trapper or fur farmer has lawfully taken, or raised,
             4897      nor for any person not a fur dealer who purchases any such skins or pelts exclusively for [his]
             4898      the person's own use and not for sale.
             4899          (2) Any person who is employed by a resident or nonresident fur dealer as a fur buyer,
             4900      in the field, is deemed a fur dealer's agent. Application for a fur dealer's agent certificate of
             4901      registration [must] shall be made by the fur dealer employing the agent, and no agent certificate


             4902      of registration shall be issued until the necessary fur dealer certificate of registration has been
             4903      first secured by the employer of the agent.
             4904          (3) Receipts [must] shall be issued by the vendor to the vendee whenever the skins or
             4905      pelts of furbearing mammals [shall] change ownership by virtue of sale, exchange, barter or
             4906      gift; and both the vendor and vendee shall produce this receipt or evidence of legal transaction
             4907      upon request by the Division of Wildlife Resources or other person authorized to enforce the
             4908      provisions of this code.
             4909          Section 115. Section 23-19-9 is amended to read:
             4910           23-19-9. Suspension of license or permit privileges -- Suspension of certificates of
             4911      registration.
             4912          (1) As used in this section, "license or permit privileges" means the privilege of
             4913      applying for, purchasing, and exercising the benefits conferred by a license or permit issued by
             4914      the division.
             4915          (2) A hearing officer, appointed by the division, may suspend a person's license or
             4916      permit privileges if:
             4917          (a) in a court of law, the person:
             4918          (i) is convicted of:
             4919          (A) violating this title or a rule of the Wildlife Board;
             4920          (B) killing or injuring domestic livestock while engaged in an activity regulated under
             4921      this title; or
             4922          (C) violating Section 76-10-508 while engaged in an activity regulated under this title;
             4923          (ii) enters into a plea in abeyance agreement, in which the person pleads guilty or no
             4924      contest to an offense listed in Subsection (2)(a)(i), and the plea is held in abeyance; or
             4925          (iii) is charged with committing an offense listed in Subsection (2)(a)(i), and the person
             4926      enters into a diversion agreement which suspends the prosecution of the offense; and
             4927          (b) the hearing officer determines the person committed the offense intentionally,
             4928      knowingly, or recklessly, as defined in Section 76-2-103 .
             4929          (3) (a) The Wildlife Board shall make rules establishing guidelines that a hearing


             4930      officer shall consider in determining:
             4931          (i) the type of license or permit privileges to suspend; and
             4932          (ii) the duration of the suspension.
             4933          (b) The Wildlife Board shall ensure that the guidelines established under Subsection
             4934      (3)(a) are consistent with Subsections (4), (5), and (6).
             4935          (4) Except as provided in Subsections (5) and (6), a hearing officer may suspend a
             4936      person's license or permit privileges according to Subsection (2) for a period of time not to
             4937      exceed:
             4938          (a) seven years for:
             4939          (i) a felony conviction;
             4940          (ii) a plea of guilty or no contest to an offense punishable as a felony, which plea is
             4941      held in abeyance pursuant to a plea in abeyance agreement; or
             4942          (iii) being charged with an offense punishable as a felony, the prosecution of which is
             4943      suspended pursuant to a diversion agreement;
             4944          (b) five years for:
             4945          (i) a class A misdemeanor conviction;
             4946          (ii) a plea of guilty or no contest to an offense punishable as a class A misdemeanor,
             4947      which plea is held in abeyance pursuant to a plea in abeyance agreement; or
             4948          (iii) being charged with an offense punishable as a class A misdemeanor, the
             4949      prosecution of which is suspended pursuant to a diversion agreement;
             4950          (c) three years for:
             4951          (i) a class B misdemeanor conviction;
             4952          (ii) a plea of guilty or no contest to an offense punishable as a class B misdemeanor
             4953      when the plea is held in abeyance according to a plea in abeyance agreement; or
             4954          (iii) being charged with an offense punishable as a class B misdemeanor, the
             4955      prosecution of which is suspended pursuant to a diversion agreement; and
             4956          (d) one year for:
             4957          (i) a class C misdemeanor conviction;


             4958          (ii) a plea of guilty or no contest to an offense punishable as a class C misdemeanor,
             4959      when the plea is held in abeyance according to a plea in abeyance agreement; or
             4960          (iii) being charged with an offense punishable as a class C misdemeanor, the
             4961      prosecution of which is suspended according to a diversion agreement.
             4962          (5) The hearing officer may double a suspension period established in Subsection (4)
             4963      for offenses:
             4964          (a) committed in violation of an existing suspension or revocation order issued by the
             4965      courts, division, or Wildlife Board; or
             4966          (b) involving the unlawful taking of a trophy animal, as defined in Section 23-13-2 .
             4967          (6) (a) A hearing officer may suspend, according to Subsection (2), a person's license
             4968      or permit privileges for a particular license or permit only once for each single criminal
             4969      episode, as defined in Section 76-1-401 .
             4970          (b) If a hearing officer addresses two or more single criminal episodes in a hearing, the
             4971      suspension periods of any license or permit privileges of the same type suspended, according to
             4972      Subsection (2), may run consecutively.
             4973          (c) If a hearing officer suspends, according to Subsection (2), license or permit
             4974      privileges of the type that have been previously suspended by a court, a hearing officer, or the
             4975      Wildlife Board and the suspension period has not expired, the suspension periods may run
             4976      consecutively.
             4977          (7) (a) A hearing officer, appointed by the division, may suspend a person's privilege of
             4978      applying for, purchasing, and exercising the benefits conferred by a certificate of registration if:
             4979          (i) the hearing officer determines the person intentionally, knowingly, or recklessly, as
             4980      defined in Section 76-2-103 , violated:
             4981          (A) this title;
             4982          (B) a rule or order of the Wildlife Board;
             4983          (C) the terms of a certificate of registration; or
             4984          (D) the terms of a certificate of registration application or agreement; or
             4985          (ii) the person, in a court of law:


             4986          (A) is convicted of an offense that the hearing officer determines bears a reasonable
             4987      relationship to the person's ability to safely and responsibly perform the activities authorized by
             4988      the certificate of registration;
             4989          (B) pleads guilty or no contest to an offense that the hearing officer determines bears a
             4990      reasonable relationship to the person's ability to safely and responsibly perform the activities
             4991      authorized by the certificate of registration, and the plea is held in abeyance in accordance with
             4992      a plea in abeyance agreement; or
             4993          (C) is charged with an offense that the hearing officer determines bears a reasonable
             4994      relationship to the person's ability to safely and responsibly perform the activities authorized by
             4995      the certificate of registration, and prosecution of the offense is suspended in accordance with a
             4996      diversion agreement.
             4997          (b) All certificates of registration for the harvesting of brine shrimp eggs, as defined in
             4998      Section 59-23-3 , shall be suspended by a hearing officer, if the hearing officer determines the
             4999      holder of the certificates of registration has violated Section 59-23-5 .
             5000          (8) (a) The director shall appoint a qualified person as a hearing officer to perform the
             5001      adjudicative functions provided in this section.
             5002          (b) The director may not appoint a division employee who investigates or enforces
             5003      wildlife violations.
             5004          (9) (a) The courts may suspend, in criminal sentencing, a person's privilege to apply
             5005      for, purchase, or exercise the benefits conferred by a license, permit, or certificate of
             5006      registration.
             5007          (b) The courts shall promptly notify the division of any suspension orders or
             5008      recommendations entered.
             5009          (c) The division, upon receiving notification of suspension from the courts, shall
             5010      prohibit the person from applying for, purchasing, or exercising the benefits conferred by a
             5011      license, permit, or certification of registration for the duration and of the type specified in the
             5012      court order.
             5013          (d) The hearing officer shall consider any recommendation made by a sentencing court


             5014      concerning suspension before issuing a suspension order.
             5015          (10) (a) A person may not apply for, purchase, possess, or attempt to exercise the
             5016      benefits conferred by any permit, license, or certificate of registration specified in an order of
             5017      suspension while that order is in effect.
             5018          (b) Any license possessed or obtained in violation of the order shall be considered
             5019      invalid.
             5020          (c) A person who violates Subsection (10)(a) is guilty of a class B misdemeanor.
             5021          (11) Before suspension under this section, a person [must] shall be:
             5022          (a) given written notice of any action the division intends to take; and
             5023          (b) provided with an opportunity for a hearing.
             5024          (12) (a) A person may file an appeal of a hearing officer's decision with the Wildlife
             5025      Board.
             5026          (b) The Wildlife Board shall review the hearing officer's findings and conclusions and
             5027      any written documentation submitted at the hearing.
             5028          (c) The Wildlife Board may:
             5029          (i) take no action;
             5030          (ii) vacate or remand the decision; or
             5031          (iii) amend the period or type of suspension.
             5032          (13) The division shall suspend and reinstate all hunting, fishing, trapping, and
             5033      falconry privileges consistent with Title 23, Chapter 25, Wildlife Violator Compact.
             5034          (14) The Wildlife Board may make rules to implement this section in accordance with
             5035      Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act.
             5036          Section 116. Section 23-19-14 is amended to read:
             5037           23-19-14. Persons residing in certain institutions authorized to fish without
             5038      license.
             5039          (1) The Division of Wildlife Resources shall permit a person to fish without a license
             5040      if:
             5041          (a) (i) the person resides in:


             5042          (A) the Utah State Developmental Center in American Fork;
             5043          (B) the state hospital;
             5044          (C) a veteran's hospital;
             5045          (D) a veteran's nursing home;
             5046          (E) a mental health center;
             5047          (F) an intermediate care facility for the mentally retarded;
             5048          (G) a group home licensed by the Department of Human Services and operated under
             5049      contract with the Division of Services for People with Disabilities;
             5050          (H) a group home or other community-based placement licensed by the Department of
             5051      Human Services and operated under contract with the Division of Juvenile Justice Services;
             5052          (I) a private residential facility for at-risk youth licensed by the Department of Human
             5053      Services; or
             5054          (J) another similar institution approved by the division; or
             5055          (ii) the person is a youth who participates in a work camp operated by the Division of
             5056      Juvenile Justice Services;
             5057          (b) the person is properly supervised by a representative of the institution; and
             5058          (c) the institution obtains from the division a certificate of registration that specifies:
             5059          (i) the date and place where the person will fish; and
             5060          (ii) the name of the institution's representative who will supervise the person fishing.
             5061          (2) The institution [must] shall apply for the certificate of registration at least 10 days
             5062      before the fishing outing.
             5063          (3) (a) An institution that receives a certificate of registration authorizing at-risk youth
             5064      to fish shall provide instruction to the youth on fishing laws and regulations.
             5065          (b) The division shall provide educational materials to the institution to assist it in
             5066      complying with Subsection (3)(a).
             5067          Section 117. Section 23-19-17.5 is amended to read:
             5068           23-19-17.5. Lifetime hunting and fishing licenses.
             5069          (1) Lifetime licensees born after December 31, 1965, [must] shall be certified under


             5070      Section 23-19-11 before engaging in hunting.
             5071          (2) A lifetime license shall remain valid if the residency of the lifetime licensee
             5072      changes to another state or country.
             5073          (3) (a) A lifetime license may be used in lieu of a hunting or fishing license.
             5074          (b) Each year, a lifetime licensee is entitled to receive without charge a permit and tag
             5075      of the lifetime licensee's choice for one of the following general season deer hunts:
             5076          (i) archery;
             5077          (ii) rifle; or
             5078          (iii) muzzleloader.
             5079          (c) A lifetime licensee is subject to each requirement for special hunting and fishing
             5080      permits and tags, except as provided in Subsections (3)(a) and (b).
             5081          (4) The Wildlife Board may adopt rules necessary to carry out the provisions of this
             5082      section.
             5083          Section 118. Section 23-19-38.2 is amended to read:
             5084           23-19-38.2. Refunds for armed forces or public health or safety organization
             5085      members -- Criteria.
             5086          (1) A member of the United States Armed Forces or public health or public safety
             5087      organization who is mobilized or deployed on order in the interest of national defense or
             5088      emergency and is precluded from using a purchased license, certificate, tag, or permit, may, as
             5089      provided in Subsection (2):
             5090          (a) receive a refund from the division; and
             5091          (b) if the person has drawn a permit, have all opportunities to draw that permit in a
             5092      future draw reinstated.
             5093          (2) To qualify, the person or a legal representative [must] shall:
             5094          (a) notify the division within a reasonable amount of time that the person is applying
             5095      for a refund;
             5096          (b) surrender the license, certificate, tag, or permit to the division; and
             5097          (c) furnish satisfactory proof to the division that the person:


             5098          (i) is a member of:
             5099          (A) the United States Armed Forces;
             5100          (B) a public health organization; or
             5101          (C) a public safety organization; and
             5102          (ii) was precluded from using the license, certificate, tag, or permit as a result of being
             5103      called to active duty.
             5104          (3) The Wildlife Board may adopt rules in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah
             5105      Administrative Rulemaking Act, necessary to administer this section including allowing
             5106      retroactive refund to September 11, 2001.
             5107          Section 119. Section 23-20-1 is amended to read:
             5108           23-20-1. Enforcement authority of conservation officers -- Seizure and disposition
             5109      of property.
             5110          (1) Conservation officers of the division shall enforce the provisions of this title with
             5111      the same authority and following the same procedures as other law enforcement officers.
             5112          (2) (a) Conservation officers shall seize any protected wildlife illegally taken or held.
             5113          (b) (i) Upon determination of a defendant's guilt by the court, the protected wildlife
             5114      shall be confiscated by the court and sold or otherwise disposed of by the division.
             5115          (ii) Proceeds of the sales shall be deposited in the Wildlife Resources Account.
             5116          (iii) Migratory wildfowl may not be sold, but [must] shall be given to a charitable
             5117      institution or used for other charitable purposes.
             5118          (3) Materials and devices used for the unlawful taking or possessing of protected
             5119      wildlife shall be seized, and upon a finding by the court that they were used in the unlawful
             5120      taking or possessing of protected wildlife, the materials and devices shall be subject to criminal
             5121      or civil forfeiture under the procedures and substantive protections established in Title 24,
             5122      Chapter 1, Utah Uniform Forfeiture Procedures Act.
             5123          (4) (a) Conservation officers may seize and impound a vehicle used for the unlawful
             5124      taking or possessing of protected wildlife for any of the following purposes:
             5125          (i) to provide for the safekeeping of the vehicle, if the owner or operator is arrested;


             5126          (ii) to search the vehicle as provided in Subsection (2)(a) or as provided by a search
             5127      warrant; or
             5128          (iii) to inspect the vehicle for evidence that protected wildlife was unlawfully taken or
             5129      possessed.
             5130          (b) The division shall store any seized vehicle in a public or private garage, state
             5131      impound lot, or other secured storage facility.
             5132          (5) A seized vehicle shall be released to the owner no later than 30 days after the date
             5133      the vehicle is seized, unless the vehicle was used for the unlawful taking or possessing of
             5134      wildlife by a person who is charged with committing a felony under this title.
             5135          (6) (a) Upon a finding by a court that the person who used the vehicle for the unlawful
             5136      taking or possessing of wildlife is guilty of a felony under this title, the vehicle may be subject
             5137      to criminal or civil forfeiture under the procedures and substantive protections established in
             5138      Title 24, Chapter 1, Utah Uniform Forfeiture Procedures Act.
             5139          (b) The owner of a seized vehicle is liable for the payment of any impound fee if [he]
             5140      the owner used the vehicle for the unlawful taking or possessing of wildlife and is found by a
             5141      court to be guilty of a violation of this title.
             5142          (c) The owner of a seized vehicle is not liable for the payment of any impound fee or, if
             5143      the fees have been paid, is entitled to reimbursement of the fees paid, if:
             5144          (i) no charges are filed or all charges are dropped which involve the use of the vehicle
             5145      for the unlawful taking or possessing of wildlife;
             5146          (ii) the person charged with using the vehicle for the unlawful taking or possessing of
             5147      wildlife is found by a court to be not guilty; or
             5148          (iii) the owner did not consent to a use of the vehicle which violates this chapter.
             5149          Section 120. Section 23-20-9 is amended to read:
             5150           23-20-9. Donating protected wildlife.
             5151          (1) A person may only donate protected wildlife or their parts to another person at:
             5152          (a) the residence of the donor;
             5153          (b) the residence of the person receiving protected wildlife or their parts;


             5154          (c) a meat locker;
             5155          (d) a storage plant;
             5156          (e) a meat processing facility; or
             5157          (f) a location authorized by the Wildlife Board in rule, proclamation, or order.
             5158          (2) A written statement of donation [must] shall be kept with the protected wildlife or
             5159      parts showing:
             5160          (a) the number and species of protected wildlife or parts donated;
             5161          (b) the date of donation;
             5162          (c) the license or permit number of the donor; and
             5163          (d) the signature of the donor.
             5164          (3) Notwithstanding Subsections (1) and (2), a person may donate the hide of a big
             5165      game animal to another person or organization at any place without a donation slip.
             5166          Section 121. Section 23-20-14 is amended to read:
             5167           23-20-14. Definitions -- Posted property -- Hunting by permission -- Entry on
             5168      private land while hunting or fishing -- Violations -- Penalty -- Prohibitions inapplicable
             5169      to officers -- Promotion of respect for private property.
             5170          (1) As used in this section:
             5171          [(b)] (a) "Cultivated land" means land which is readily identifiable as:
             5172          (i) land whose soil is loosened or broken up for the raising of crops;
             5173          (ii) land used for the raising of crops; or
             5174          (iii) pasturage which is artificially irrigated.
             5175          [(a)] (b) "Division" means the Division of Wildlife Resources.
             5176          (c) "Permission" means written authorization from the owner or person in charge to
             5177      enter upon private land that is either cultivated or properly posted, and [must] shall include:
             5178          (i) the signature of the owner or person in charge;
             5179          (ii) the name of the person being given permission;
             5180          (iii) the appropriate dates; and
             5181          (iv) a general description of the property.


             5182          (d) "Properly posted" means that "No Trespassing" signs or a minimum of 100 square
             5183      inches of bright yellow, bright orange, or fluorescent paint are displayed at all corners, fishing
             5184      streams crossing property lines, roads, gates, and rights-of-way entering the land. If metal
             5185      fence posts are used, the entire exterior side [must] shall be painted.
             5186          (2) (a) While taking wildlife or engaging in wildlife related activities, a person may
             5187      not:
             5188          (i) without the permission of the owner or person in charge, enter upon privately
             5189      owned land that is cultivated or properly posted;
             5190          (ii) refuse to immediately leave the private land if requested to do so by the owner or
             5191      person in charge; or
             5192          (iii) obstruct any entrance or exit to private property.
             5193          (b) "Hunting by permission cards" will be provided to landowners by the division upon
             5194      request.
             5195          (c) A person may not post:
             5196          (i) private property [he] the person does not own or legally control; or
             5197          (ii) land that is open to the public as provided by Section 23-21-4 .
             5198          (3) (a) A person convicted of violating any provision of Subsection (2) may have [his]
             5199      the person's license, tag, certificate of registration, or permit, relating to the activity engaged in
             5200      at the time of the violation, revoked by a hearing officer.
             5201          (b) A hearing officer may construe any subsequent conviction which occurs within a
             5202      five-year period as a flagrant violation and may prohibit the person from obtaining a new
             5203      license, tag, certificate of registration, or permit for a period of up to five years.
             5204          (4) Subsection (2)(a) does not apply to peace or conservation officers in the
             5205      performance of their duties.
             5206          (5) (a) The division shall provide information regarding owners' rights and sportsmen's
             5207      duties:
             5208          (i) to anyone holding licenses, certificates of registration, tags, or permits to take
             5209      wildlife; and


             5210          (ii) by using the public media and other sources.
             5211          (b) The restrictions in this section relating to trespassing shall be stated in all hunting
             5212      and fishing proclamations issued by the Wildlife Board.
             5213          (6) Any person who violates any provision of Subsection (2) is guilty of a class B
             5214      misdemeanor.
             5215          Section 122. Section 23-20-20 is amended to read:
             5216           23-20-20. Children accompanied by adults while hunting with weapon.
             5217          (1) As used in this section:
             5218          (a) "Accompanied" means at a distance within which visual and verbal communication
             5219      is maintained for the purposes of advising and assisting.
             5220          (b) (i) "Electronic device" means a mechanism powered by electricity that allows
             5221      communication between two or more people.
             5222          (ii) "Electronic device" includes a mobile telephone or two-way radio.
             5223          (c) "Verbal communication" means the conveyance of information through speech that
             5224      does not involve an electronic device.
             5225          (2) A person younger than 14 years old who is hunting with any weapon [must] shall
             5226      be accompanied by:
             5227          (a) the person's parent or legal guardian; or
             5228          (b) a responsible person who is at least 21 years old and who is approved by the
             5229      person's parent or guardian.
             5230          (3) A person younger than 16 years old who is hunting big game with any weapon
             5231      [must] shall be accompanied by:
             5232          (a) the person's parent or legal guardian; or
             5233          (b) a responsible person who is at least 21 years old and who is approved by the
             5234      person's parent or guardian.
             5235          (4) A person who is at least 14 years old but younger than 16 years old [must] shall be
             5236      accompanied by a person who is at least 21 years old while hunting wildlife, other than big
             5237      game, with any weapon.


             5238          Section 123. Section 23-20-28 is amended to read:
             5239           23-20-28. Search warrants.
             5240          (1) A search warrant may be issued by a magistrate to search for any property which
             5241      may constitute evidence of any violation of the provisions of this code, rules, regulations, or
             5242      proclamations of the Wildlife Board upon an affidavit of any person.
             5243          (2) The search warrant shall be directed to a conservation officer or a peace officer,
             5244      directing [him] the officer to search for evidence and to bring it before the magistrate.
             5245          (3) A search warrant [shall not] may not be issued except upon probable cause
             5246      supported by oath or affirmation, particularly describing the place, person, or thing to be
             5247      searched for and the person or thing to be seized.
             5248          (4) The warrant shall be served in the daytime, unless there is reason to believe that the
             5249      service of the search warrant is required immediately because a person may:
             5250          (a) flee the jurisdiction to avoid prosecution or discovery of a violation noted above;
             5251          (b) destroy or conceal evidence of the commission of any violation; or
             5252          (c) injure another person or damage property.
             5253          (5) The search warrant may be served at night if:
             5254          (a) there is reason to believe that a violation may occur at night; or
             5255          (b) the evidence of the violation may not be available to the officers serving the
             5256      warrant during the day.
             5257          Section 124. Section 23-20-29 is amended to read:
             5258           23-20-29. Interference with hunting prohibited -- Action to recover damages --
             5259      Exceptions.
             5260          (1) A person is guilty of a class B misdemeanor who intentionally interferes with the
             5261      right of a person licensed and legally hunting under [Title 23,] Chapter 19, Licenses, Permits,
             5262      and Tags to take wildlife by driving, harassing, or intentionally disturbing any species of
             5263      wildlife for the purpose of disrupting a legal hunt, trapping, or predator control.
             5264          (2) Any directly affected person or the state may bring an action to recover civil
             5265      damages resulting from a violation of Subsection (1) or a restraining order to prevent a


             5266      potential violation of Subsection (1).
             5267          (3) This section does not apply to incidental interference with a hunt caused by lawful
             5268      activities including[, but not limited to,] ranching, mining, and recreation.
             5269          Section 125. Section 23-20-30 is amended to read:
             5270           23-20-30. Tagging requirements.
             5271          (1) The Wildlife Board may make rules that require the carcass of certain species of
             5272      protected wildlife to be tagged.
             5273          (2) The carcass of any species of protected wildlife required to be tagged [must] shall
             5274      be tagged before the carcass is moved from or the hunter leaves the site of kill.
             5275          (3) To tag a carcass, a person shall:
             5276          (a) completely detach the tag from the license or permit;
             5277          (b) completely remove the appropriate notches to correspond with:
             5278          (i) the date the animal was taken; and
             5279          (ii) the sex of the animal; and
             5280          (c) attach the tag to the carcass so that the tag remains securely fastened and visible.
             5281          (4) A person may not:
             5282          (a) remove more than one notch indicating date or sex; or
             5283          (b) tag more than one carcass using the same tag.
             5284          Section 126. Section 23-20-31 is amended to read:
             5285           23-20-31. Requirement to wear hunter orange -- Exceptions.
             5286          (1) As used in this section:
             5287          (a) (i) "Centerfire rifle hunt" means a hunt for which a hunter may use a centerfire rifle,
             5288      except as provided in Subsection (1)(a)(ii).
             5289          (ii) "Centerfire rifle hunt" does not include:
             5290          (A) a bighorn sheep hunt;
             5291          (B) a mountain goat hunt;
             5292          (C) a bison hunt;
             5293          (D) a moose hunt;


             5294          (E) a hunt requiring the hunter to possess a statewide conservation permit; or
             5295          (F) a hunt requiring the hunter to possess a statewide sportsman permit.
             5296          (b) "Statewide conservation permit" means a permit:
             5297          (i) issued by the division;
             5298          (ii) distributed through a nonprofit organization founded for the purpose of promoting
             5299      wildlife conservation; and
             5300          (iii) valid:
             5301          (A) on open hunting units statewide; and
             5302          (B) for the species of big game and time period designated by the Wildlife Board.
             5303          (c) "Statewide sportsman permit" means a permit:
             5304          (i) issued by the division through a public draw; and
             5305          (ii) valid:
             5306          (A) on open hunting units statewide; and
             5307          (B) for the species of big game and time period designated by the Wildlife Board.
             5308          (2) (a) A person shall wear a minimum of 400 square inches of hunter orange material
             5309      while hunting any species of big game, except as provided in Subsection (3).
             5310          (b) Hunter orange material [must] shall be worn on the head, chest, and back.
             5311          (3) A person is not required to wear the hunter orange material described in Subsection
             5312      (2):
             5313          (a) during the following types of hunts, unless a centerfire rifle hunt is in progress in
             5314      the same area:
             5315          (i) archery;
             5316          (ii) muzzle-loader;
             5317          (iii) mountain goat;
             5318          (iv) bighorn sheep;
             5319          (v) bison; or
             5320          (vi) moose; or
             5321          (b) as provided by a rule of the Wildlife Board.


             5322          Section 127. Section 23-21-2 is amended to read:
             5323           23-21-2. Payments in lieu of property taxes on property purchased by division.
             5324          Prior to the purchase of any real property held in private ownership, the Division of
             5325      Wildlife Resources shall first submit the proposition to the county legislative body in a regular
             5326      open public meeting in the county where the property is located and shall by contractual
             5327      agreement with the county legislative body, approved by the executive director of the
             5328      Department of Natural Resources, agree to pay an amount of money in lieu of property taxes to
             5329      the county. The division shall, by contractual agreement with the county legislative body in
             5330      which any property previously acquired from private ownership and now owned by the division
             5331      is located, agree to pay annually an amount of money in lieu of wildlife resource fine money,
             5332      previously paid to the county. Payments provided for in this section will not exceed what the
             5333      regularly assessed real property taxes would be if the land had remained in private ownership;
             5334      and these payments [shall not] may not include any amount for buildings, installations,
             5335      fixtures, improvements or personal property located upon the land or for those acquired,
             5336      constructed or placed by the division after it acquires the land.
             5337          Section 128. Section 23-22-1 is amended to read:
             5338           23-22-1. Cooperative agreements and programs authorized.
             5339          (1) The Division of Wildlife Resources may enter into cooperative agreements and
             5340      programs with other state agencies, federal agencies, states, educational institutions,
             5341      municipalities, counties, corporations, organized clubs, landowners, associations, and
             5342      individuals for purposes of wildlife conservation.
             5343          (2) Cooperative agreements that are policy in nature [must] shall be:
             5344          (a) approved by the executive director of the Department of Natural Resources; and
             5345          (b) reviewed by the Wildlife Board.
             5346          Section 129. Section 23-22-3 is amended to read:
             5347           23-22-3. Reciprocal agreements with other states.
             5348          (1) The Wildlife Board is authorized to enter into reciprocal agreements with other
             5349      states to:


             5350          (a) license and regulate fishing, hunting, and related activities; and
             5351          (b) promote and implement wildlife management programs.
             5352          (2) Reciprocal agreements [must] shall be approved by the executive director of the
             5353      Department of Natural Resources.
             5354          Section 130. Section 23-23-11 is amended to read:
             5355           23-23-11. Failure to comply with rules and requirements.
             5356          A person [must] shall leave private property within a cooperative wildlife management
             5357      unit immediately, upon request of a landowner, landowner association operator, or cooperative
             5358      wildlife management unit agent, if that person:
             5359          (1) does not have in [his or her] that person's possession a cooperative wildlife
             5360      management unit authorization or permit;
             5361          (2) endangers or has endangered human safety;
             5362          (3) damages or has damaged private property within a cooperative wildlife
             5363      management unit; or
             5364          (4) fails or has failed to comply with reasonable rules of a landowner association.
             5365          Section 131. Section 23-24-1 is amended to read:
             5366           23-24-1. Procedure to obtain compensation for livestock damage done by bear,
             5367      mountain lion, wolf, or eagle.
             5368          (1) As used in this section:
             5369          (a) "Damage" means injury to or loss of livestock.
             5370          (b) "Division" means the Division of Wildlife Resources.
             5371          (c) "Livestock" means cattle, sheep, goats, or turkeys.
             5372          (d) (i) "Wolf" means the gray wolf Canis lupus.
             5373          (ii) "Wolf" does not mean a wolf hybrid with a domestic dog.
             5374          (2) (a) (i) Except as provided by Subsection (2)(a)(ii), if livestock are damaged by a
             5375      bear, mountain lion, wolf, or an eagle, the owner may receive compensation for the fair market
             5376      value of the damage.
             5377          (ii) The owner may not receive compensation if the livestock is damaged by a wolf


             5378      within an area where a wolf is endangered or threatened under the Endangered Species Act of
             5379      1973, 16 U.S.C. Sec. 1531, et seq.
             5380          (b) To obtain this compensation, the owner of the damaged livestock shall notify the
             5381      division of the damage as soon as possible, but no later than four days after the damage is
             5382      discovered.
             5383          (c) The owner [must] shall notify the division each time any damage is discovered.
             5384          (3) The livestock owner shall file a proof of loss form, provided by the division, no
             5385      later than 30 days after the original notification of damage was given to the division by the
             5386      owner.
             5387          (4) (a) (i) The division, with the assistance of the Department of Agriculture and Food
             5388      shall:
             5389          (A) within 30 days after the owner files the proof of loss form, either accept or deny the
             5390      claim for damages; and
             5391          (B) subject to Subsections (4)(a)(ii) through (4)(a)(iv), pay all accepted claims to the
             5392      extent money appropriated by the Legislature is available for this purpose.
             5393          (ii) Money appropriated from the Wildlife Resources Account may be used to provide
             5394      compensation for only up to 50% of the fair market value of any damaged livestock.
             5395          (iii) Money appropriated from the Wildlife Resources Account may not be used to
             5396      provide compensation for livestock damaged by an eagle or a wolf.
             5397          (iv) The division may not pay any eagle damage claim until the division has paid all
             5398      accepted mountain lion and bear damage claims for the fiscal year.
             5399          (b) The division may not pay mountain lion, bear, wolf, or eagle damage claims to a
             5400      livestock owner unless the owner has filed a completed livestock form and the appropriate fee
             5401      as outlined in Section 4-23-7 for the immediately preceding and current year.
             5402          (c) (i) Unless the division denies a claim for the reason identified in Subsection (4)(b),
             5403      the owner may appeal the decision to a panel consisting of one person selected by the owner,
             5404      one person selected by the division, and a third person selected by the first two panel members.
             5405          (ii) The panel shall decide whether the division should pay all of the claim, a portion of


             5406      the claim, or none of the claim.
             5407          (5) By following the procedures and requirements of Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah
             5408      Administrative Rulemaking Act, the Wildlife Board may make and enforce rules to administer
             5409      and enforce this section.
             5410          Section 132. Section 24-1-8 is amended to read:
             5411           24-1-8. Criminal procedures.
             5412          (1) In cases where an owner is criminally prosecuted for conduct giving rise to
             5413      forfeiture, the prosecuting attorney may elect to forfeit the owner's interest in the property
             5414      civilly or criminally, provided that no civil forfeiture judgment may be entered with respect to
             5415      the property of a defendant who is acquitted of the offense on which the forfeiture claim is
             5416      based.
             5417          (2) If the prosecuting attorney elects to criminally forfeit the owner's interest in the
             5418      property, the information or indictment [must] shall state that the owner's interest in the
             5419      specifically described property is subject to criminal forfeiture and the basis for the forfeiture.
             5420          (3) (a) Upon application of the prosecuting attorney, the court may enter restraining
             5421      orders or injunctions, or take other reasonable action to preserve for forfeiture under this
             5422      section any forfeitable property if, after notice to persons known, or discoverable after due
             5423      diligence, to have an interest in the property and after affording them an opportunity for a
             5424      hearing, the court determines that:
             5425          (i) there is a substantial probability that the state will prevail on the issue of forfeiture
             5426      and that failure to enter the order will result in the property being sold, transferred, destroyed,
             5427      or removed from the jurisdiction of the court or otherwise made unavailable for forfeiture; and
             5428          (ii) the need to preserve the availability of the property or prevent its sale, transfer,
             5429      destruction, or removal through the entry of the requested order outweighs the hardship against
             5430      any party against whom the order is to be entered.
             5431          (b) A temporary restraining order may be entered ex parte upon application of the
             5432      prosecuting attorney before or after an information or indictment has been filed with respect to
             5433      the property, if the prosecuting attorney demonstrates that:


             5434          (i) there is probable cause to believe that the property with respect to which the order is
             5435      sought would, in the event of a conviction, be subject to forfeiture under this section; and
             5436          (ii) provision of notice would jeopardize the availability of the property for forfeiture
             5437      or would jeopardize an ongoing criminal investigation.
             5438          (c) The temporary order expires not more than 10 days after entry unless extended for
             5439      good cause shown or unless the party against whom it is entered consents to an extension. An
             5440      adversarial hearing concerning an order entered under this section shall be held as soon as
             5441      practicable and prior to the expiration of the temporary order.
             5442          (d) The court is not bound by the Utah Rules of Evidence regarding evidence it may
             5443      receive and consider at any hearing under this section.
             5444          (4) (a) Upon conviction by a jury of an owner for conduct giving rise to criminal
             5445      forfeiture, the jury shall be instructed and asked to return a special verdict as to the extent of
             5446      the property identified in the information or indictment, if any, that is forfeitable.
             5447          (b) Whether property is forfeitable shall be proven beyond a reasonable doubt.
             5448          (5) (a) Upon conviction of a person for violating any provision of state law subjecting
             5449      an owner's property to forfeiture and upon the jury's special verdict that the property is
             5450      forfeitable, the court shall enter a judgment and order the property forfeited to the state upon
             5451      the terms stated by the court in its order.
             5452          (b) Following the entry of an order declaring property forfeited, the court may, upon
             5453      application of the prosecuting attorney, enter appropriate restraining orders or injunctions,
             5454      require the execution of satisfactory performance bonds, appoint receivers, conservators,
             5455      appraisers, accountants, or trustees, or take any other action to protect the interest of the state in
             5456      property ordered forfeited.
             5457          (6) (a) After property is ordered forfeited under this section, the seizing agency shall
             5458      direct the disposition of the property under Section 24-1-17 . Any property right or interest not
             5459      exercisable by or transferable for value to the state expires and does not revert to the defendant.
             5460      The defendant or any person acting in concert with or on behalf of the defendant is not eligible
             5461      to purchase forfeited property at any sale held by the seizing agency unless approved by the


             5462      judge.
             5463          (b) The court may stay the sale or disposition of the property pending the conclusion of
             5464      any appeal of the criminal case giving rise to the forfeiture if the defendant demonstrates that
             5465      proceeding with the sale or disposition of the property may result in irreparable injury, harm or
             5466      loss to [him] the defendant.
             5467          (7) Except under Subsection (3) or (10), a party claiming an interest in property subject
             5468      to criminal forfeiture under this section:
             5469          (a) may not intervene in a trial or appeal of a criminal case involving the forfeiture of
             5470      property under this section; and
             5471          (b) may not commence an action at law or equity against the state or the county
             5472      concerning the validity of [his] the party's alleged interests in the property subsequent to the
             5473      filing of an indictment or an information alleging that the property is subject to forfeiture under
             5474      this section.
             5475          (8) The district court of the state which has jurisdiction of a case under this part may
             5476      enter orders under this section without regard to the location of any property which may be
             5477      subject to forfeiture under this section, or which has been ordered forfeited under this section.
             5478          (9) To facilitate the identification or location of property declared forfeited and to
             5479      facilitate the disposition of petitions for remission or mitigation of forfeiture, after the entry of
             5480      an order declaring property forfeited to the state, the court may upon application of the
             5481      prosecuting attorney order that the testimony of any witness relating to the property forfeited be
             5482      taken by deposition, and that any book, paper, document, record, recording, or other material
             5483      not privileged shall be produced as provided for depositions and discovery under the Utah
             5484      Rules of Civil Procedure.
             5485          (10) (a) Following the entry of an order of forfeiture under this section, the prosecuting
             5486      attorney shall publish notice of the order's intent to dispose of the property as the court may
             5487      direct. The prosecuting attorney shall also provide direct written notice to any person known to
             5488      have an alleged interest in the property subject to the order of forfeiture.
             5489          (b) Any person, other than the defendant, asserting a legal interest in property which


             5490      has been ordered forfeited to the state under this section may, within 30 days of the final
             5491      publication of notice or [his] the person's receipt of written notice under Subsection (10)(a),
             5492      whichever is earlier, petition the court for a hearing to adjudicate the validity of [his] the
             5493      person's alleged interest in the property. Any genuine issue of material fact, including issues of
             5494      standing, is triable to a jury upon demand of any party.
             5495          (c) The petition shall be in writing and signed by the petitioner under penalty of
             5496      perjury. It shall set forth the nature and extent of the petitioner's right, title, or interest in the
             5497      property, the time and circumstances of the petitioner's acquisition of the right, title, or interest
             5498      in the property, and any additional facts supporting the petitioner's claim and the relief sought.
             5499          (d) The trial or hearing on the petition shall be expedited to the extent practicable. The
             5500      court may consolidate a trial or hearing on the petition and any petition filed by any other
             5501      person under this section other than the defendant. The court shall permit the parties to
             5502      conduct pretrial discovery pursuant to the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure.
             5503          (e) At the trial or hearing, the petitioner may testify and present evidence and witnesses
             5504      on [his] the petitioner's own behalf and cross-examine witnesses who appear at the hearing.
             5505      The prosecuting attorney may present evidence and witnesses in rebuttal and in defense of the
             5506      claim to the property and cross-examine witnesses who appear. In addition to testimony and
             5507      evidence presented at the trial or hearing, the court may consider the relevant portion of the
             5508      record of the criminal case which resulted in the order of forfeiture. Any trial or hearing shall
             5509      be conducted pursuant to the Utah Rules of Evidence.
             5510          (f) The court shall amend the order of forfeiture in accordance with its determination, if
             5511      after the trial or hearing, the court or jury determines that the petitioner has established by a
             5512      preponderance of the evidence that:
             5513          (i) the petitioner has a legal right, title, or interest in the property, and the right, title, or
             5514      interest renders the order of forfeiture invalid in whole or in part because the right, title, or
             5515      interest was vested in the petitioner rather than the defendant or was superior to any right, title,
             5516      or interest of the defendant at the time of the commission of the acts or conduct which gave rise
             5517      to the forfeiture of the property under this section; or


             5518          (ii) the petitioner acquired the right, title or interest in the property in a bona fide
             5519      transaction for value and, at the time of such acquisition, the petitioner did not know that the
             5520      property was subject to forfeiture.
             5521          (g) Following the court's disposition of all petitions filed under this Subsection (10), or
             5522      if no petitions are filed following the expiration of the period provided in Subsection (10)(b)
             5523      for the filing of petitions, the state has clear title to property subject to the order of forfeiture
             5524      and may warrant good title to any subsequent purchaser or transferee.
             5525          Section 133. Section 25-5-2 is amended to read:
             5526           25-5-2. Wills and implied trusts excepted.
             5527          Section 25-5-1 [shall not] may not be construed to affect the power of a testator in the
             5528      disposition of [his] the testator's real estate by last will and testament; nor to prevent any trust
             5529      from arising or being extinguished by implication or operation of law.
             5530          Section 134. Section 25-6-9 is amended to read:
             5531           25-6-9. Good faith transfer.
             5532          (1) A transfer or obligation is not voidable under Subsection 25-6-5 (1)(a) against a
             5533      person who took in good faith and for a reasonably equivalent value or against any subsequent
             5534      transferee or obligee.
             5535          (2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, to the extent a transfer is voidable in
             5536      an action by a creditor under Subsection 25-6-8 (1)(a), the creditor may recover judgment for
             5537      the value of the asset transferred, as adjusted under Subsection (3), or the amount necessary to
             5538      satisfy the creditor's claim, whichever is less. The judgment may be entered against:
             5539          (a) the first transferee of the asset or the person for whose benefit the transfer was
             5540      made; or
             5541          (b) any subsequent transferee other than a good faith transferee who took for value or
             5542      from any subsequent transferee.
             5543          (3) If the judgment under Subsection (2) is based upon the value of the asset
             5544      transferred, the judgment [must] shall be for an amount equal to the value of the asset at the
             5545      time of the transfer, subject to an adjustment as equities may require.


             5546          (4) Notwithstanding voidability of a transfer or an obligation under this chapter, a
             5547      good-faith transferee or obligee is entitled, to the extent of the value given the debtor for the
             5548      transfer or obligation, to:
             5549          (a) a lien on or a right to retain any interest in the asset transferred;
             5550          (b) enforcement of any obligation incurred; or
             5551          (c) a reduction in the amount of the liability on the judgment.
             5552          (5) A transfer is not voidable under Subsection 25-6-5 (1)(b) or Section 25-6-6 if the
             5553      transfer results from:
             5554          (a) termination of a lease upon default by the debtor when the termination is pursuant
             5555      to the lease and applicable law; or
             5556          (b) enforcement of a security interest in compliance with Title 70A, Chapter 9a,
             5557      Uniform Commercial Code - Secured Transactions.
             5558          (6) A transfer is not voidable under Subsection 25-6-6 (2):
             5559          (a) to the extent the insider gave new value to or for the benefit of the debtor after the
             5560      transfer was made unless the new value was secured by a valid lien;
             5561          (b) if made in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the debtor and the
             5562      insider; or
             5563          (c) if made pursuant to a good-faith effort to rehabilitate the debtor and the transfer
             5564      secured present value given for that purpose as well as an antecedent debt of the debtor.
             5565          Section 135. Section 26-1-5 is amended to read:
             5566           26-1-5. Rules of department.
             5567          (1) Except in areas regulated by statutory committees created by this title, the
             5568      department shall have the power to adopt, amend, or rescind rules necessary to carry out the
             5569      provisions of this title.
             5570          (2) Rules shall have the force and effect of law and may deal with matters which
             5571      materially affect the security of health or the preservation and improvement of public health in
             5572      the state, and any matters as to which jurisdiction is conferred upon the department by this title.
             5573          (3) Every rule adopted by the department pursuant to this section, or a committee


             5574      established under Section 26-1-7 or 26-1-7.5 , shall be subject to Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah
             5575      Administrative Rulemaking Act and shall become effective at the time and in the manner
             5576      provided in that act.
             5577          (4) If, at the next general session of the Legislature following the filing of a rule with
             5578      the legislative research director, the Legislature passes a bill disapproving such rule, the rule
             5579      shall be null and void.
             5580          (5) The department or a committee created under Section 26-1-7 or 26-1-7.5 , [shall
             5581      not] may not adopt a rule identical to a rule disapproved under Subsection (4) of this section,
             5582      before the beginning of the next general session of the Legislature following the general
             5583      session at which the rule was disapproved.
             5584          Section 136. Section 26-1-7.5 is amended to read:
             5585           26-1-7.5. Health advisory council.
             5586          (1) (a) There is created the Utah Health Advisory Council, comprised of nine persons
             5587      appointed by the governor.
             5588          (b) The governor shall ensure that:
             5589          (i) members of the council:
             5590          (A) broadly represent the public interest;
             5591          (B) have an interest in or knowledge of public health, environmental health, health
             5592      planning, health care financing, or health care delivery systems; and
             5593          (C) include health professionals;
             5594          (ii) the majority of the membership are nonhealth professionals;
             5595          (iii) no more than five persons are from the same political party; and
             5596          (iv) geography, sex, and ethnicity balance are considered when selecting the members.
             5597          (2) (a) Except as required by Subsection (2)(b), members of the council shall be
             5598      appointed to four-year terms.
             5599          (b) Notwithstanding the requirements of Subsection (2)(a), the governor shall, at the
             5600      time of appointment or reappointment, adjust the length of terms to ensure that the terms of
             5601      council members are staggered so that approximately half of the council is appointed every two


             5602      years.
             5603          (c) Terms of office for subsequent appointments shall commence on July 1 of the year
             5604      in which the appointment occurs.
             5605          (3) (a) When a vacancy occurs in the membership for any reason, the replacement shall
             5606      be appointed for the unexpired term.
             5607          (b) No person shall be appointed to the council for more than two consecutive terms.
             5608          (c) The chair of the council shall be appointed by the governor from the membership of
             5609      the council.
             5610          (4) The council shall meet at least quarterly or more frequently as determined necessary
             5611      by the chair. A quorum for conducting business shall consist of four members of the council.
             5612          (5) A member may not receive compensation or benefits for the member's service, but,
             5613      at the executive director's discretion, may receive per diem and travel expenses in accordance
             5614      with:
             5615          (a) Section 63A-3-106 ;
             5616          (b) Section 63A-3-107 ; and
             5617          (c) rules made by the Division of Finance pursuant to Sections 63A-3-106 and
             5618      63A-3-107 .
             5619          (6) The council shall be empowered to advise the department on any subject deemed to
             5620      be appropriate by the council except that the council [shall not] may not become involved in
             5621      administrative matters. The council shall also advise the department as requested by the
             5622      executive director.
             5623          (7) The executive director shall ensure that the council has adequate staff support and
             5624      shall provide any available information requested by the council necessary for their
             5625      deliberations. The council shall observe confidential requirements placed on the department in
             5626      the use of such information.
             5627          Section 137. Section 26-1-11 is amended to read:
             5628           26-1-11. Executive director -- Power to amend, modify, or rescind committee
             5629      rules.


             5630          The executive director pursuant to the requirements of the Administrative Rulemaking
             5631      Act may amend, modify, or rescind any rule of any committee created pursuant to Section
             5632      26-1-7 if the rule creates a clear present hazard or clear potential hazard to the public health
             5633      except that the executive director [shall not] may not act until after discussion with the
             5634      appropriate committee.
             5635          Section 138. Section 26-1-25 is amended to read:
             5636           26-1-25. Principal and branch offices of department.
             5637          The principal office of the department shall be in Salt Lake County. The department
             5638      may establish branch offices at other places in the state to furnish comprehensive and effective
             5639      health programs and to render additional assistance to local health officials. This section [shall
             5640      not] does not limit the powers of local health agencies.
             5641          Section 139. Section 26-1-32 is amended to read:
             5642           26-1-32. Severability of code provisions.
             5643          If any provision of this code or the application of any such provision to any person or
             5644      circumstance is held invalid, the invalidity [shall not] does not affect other provisions or
             5645      applications of this code which can be given effect without the invalid provision or application,
             5646      and to this end the provisions of this code are declared to be severable.
             5647          Section 140. Section 26-3-8 is amended to read:
             5648           26-3-8. Disclosure of health data -- Discretion of department.
             5649          Any disclosure provided for in Section 26-3-7 shall be made at the discretion of the
             5650      department, except that the disclosure provided for in Subsection 26-3-7 (4) [must] shall be
             5651      made when the requirements of that paragraph [have been] are met.
             5652          Section 141. Section 26-4-2 is amended to read:
             5653           26-4-2. Definitions.
             5654          As used in this chapter:
             5655          (1) "Dead body" is as defined in Section 26-2-2 .
             5656          (2) "Death by violence" means death that resulted by the decedent's exposure to
             5657      physical, mechanical, or chemical forces, and includes death which appears to have been due to


             5658      homicide, death which occurred during or in an attempt to commit rape, mayhem, kidnapping,
             5659      robbery, burglary, housebreaking, extortion, or blackmail accompanied by threats of violence,
             5660      assault with a dangerous weapon, assault with intent to commit any offense punishable by
             5661      imprisonment for more than one year, arson punishable by imprisonment for more than one
             5662      year, or any attempt to commit any of the foregoing offenses.
             5663          (3) "Medical examiner" means the state medical examiner appointed pursuant to
             5664      Section 26-4-4 or a deputy appointed by the medical examiner.
             5665          (4) "Regional pathologist" means a trained pathologist licensed to practice medicine
             5666      and surgery in the state, appointed by the medical examiner pursuant to Subsection 26-4-4 (3).
             5667          (5) "Sudden death while in apparent good health" means apparently instantaneous
             5668      death without obvious natural cause, death during or following an unexplained syncope or
             5669      coma, or death during an acute or unexplained rapidly fatal illness.
             5670          (6) "Sudden infant death syndrome" means the death of a child who was thought to be
             5671      in good health or whose terminal illness appeared to be so mild that the possibility of a fatal
             5672      outcome was not anticipated.
             5673          (7) "Suicide" means death caused by an intentional and voluntary act of a person who
             5674      understands the physical nature of the act and intends by such act to accomplish
             5675      self-destruction.
             5676          (8) "Unattended death" means the death of a person who has not been seen by a
             5677      physician within the scope of the physician's professional capacity within 30 days immediately
             5678      prior to the date of death. This definition [shall not] does not require an investigation, autopsy,
             5679      or inquest in any case where death occurred without medical attendance solely because the
             5680      deceased was under treatment by prayer or spiritual means alone in accordance with the tenets
             5681      and practices of a well-recognized church or religious denomination.
             5682          (9) (a) "Unavailable for postmortem investigation" means that a dead body is:
             5683          (i) transported out of state;
             5684          (ii) buried at sea;
             5685          (iii) cremated; or


             5686          (iv) otherwise made unavailable to the medical examiner for postmortem investigation
             5687      or autopsy.
             5688          (b) "Unavailable for postmortem investigation" does not include embalming or burial
             5689      of a dead body pursuant to the requirements of law.
             5690          (10) "Within the scope of the decedent's employment" means all acts reasonably
             5691      necessary or incident to the performance of work, including matters of personal convenience
             5692      and comfort not in conflict with specific instructions.
             5693          Section 142. Section 26-4-9 is amended to read:
             5694           26-4-9. Custody of dead body and personal effects -- Examination of scene of
             5695      death -- Preservation of body -- Autopsies.
             5696          (1) Upon notification of a death under Section 26-4-8 , the medical examiner shall
             5697      assume custody of the deceased body, clothing on the body, biological samples taken, and any
             5698      article on or near the body which may aid [him] the medical examiner in determining the cause
             5699      of death except those articles which will assist the investigative agency to proceed without
             5700      delay with the investigation. In all cases the scene of the event [shall not] may not be disturbed
             5701      until authorization is given by the senior ranking peace officer from the law enforcement
             5702      agency having jurisdiction of the case and conducting the investigation. Where death appears to
             5703      have occurred under circumstances listed in Section 26-4-7 , the person or persons finding or
             5704      having custody of the body, or jurisdiction over the investigation of the death, shall take
             5705      reasonable precautions to preserve the body and body fluids so that minimum deterioration
             5706      takes place. The body [shall not] may not be moved without permission of the medical
             5707      examiner, district attorney, or county attorney having criminal jurisdiction, or his authorized
             5708      deputy except in cases of affront to public decency or circumstances where it is not practical to
             5709      leave the body where found, or in such cases where the cause of death is clearly due to natural
             5710      causes. The body can under direction of a licensed physician or the medical examiner or his
             5711      designated representative be moved to a place specified by a funeral director, the attending
             5712      physician, the medical examiner, or his representative.
             5713          (2) In the event the body, where referred to the medical examiner, is moved, no


             5714      cleansing or embalming of the body shall occur without the permission of the medical
             5715      examiner. An intentional or knowing violation of this Subsection (2) is a class B misdemeanor.
             5716          (3) When the medical examiner assumes lawful custody of a body under Subsection
             5717      26-4-7 (3) solely because the death was unattended, an autopsy [shall not] may not be
             5718      performed unless requested by the district attorney, county attorney having criminal
             5719      jurisdiction, or law enforcement agency having jurisdiction of the place where the body is
             5720      found, or a licensed physician, or a spouse, child, parent or guardian of the deceased, and a
             5721      licensed physician. The county attorney or district attorney and law enforcement agency having
             5722      jurisdiction shall consult with the medical examiner to determine the need for an autopsy. In
             5723      any such case concerning unattended deaths qualifying as exempt from autopsy, a death
             5724      certificate may be certified by a licensed physician. In this case the physician may be
             5725      established as the medical examiner's designated representative. Requested autopsies [shall
             5726      not] may not be performed when the medical examiner or [his] the medical examiner's
             5727      designated representative determines the autopsy to be unnecessary, provided that an autopsy
             5728      requested by a district or county attorney or law enforcement agency may only be determined to
             5729      be unnecessary if the cause of death can be ascertained without an autopsy being performed.
             5730          Section 143. Section 26-4-12 is amended to read:
             5731           26-4-12. Order to exhume body -- Procedure.
             5732          (1) In case of any death described in Section 26-4-7 , when a body is buried without an
             5733      investigation by the medical examiner as to the cause and manner of death, it shall be the duty
             5734      of the medical examiner, upon being advised of the fact, to notify the district attorney or county
             5735      attorney having criminal jurisdiction where the body is buried or death occurred. Upon
             5736      notification, the district attorney or county attorney having criminal jurisdiction may file an
             5737      action in the district court to obtain an order to exhume the body. A district judge may order the
             5738      body exhumed upon an ex parte hearing.
             5739          (2) (a) A body [shall not] may not be exhumed until notice of the order has been served
             5740      upon the executor or administrator of the deceased's estate, or if no executor or administrator
             5741      has been appointed, upon the nearest heir of the deceased, determined as if the deceased had


             5742      died intestate. If the nearest heir of the deceased cannot be located within the jurisdiction, then
             5743      the next heir in succession within the jurisdiction may be served.
             5744          (b) The executor, administrator, or heir shall have 24 hours to notify the issuing court
             5745      of any objection to the order prior to the time the body is exhumed. If no heirs can be located
             5746      within the jurisdiction within 24 hours, the facts shall be reported to the issuing court which
             5747      may order that the body be exhumed forthwith.
             5748          (c) Notification to the executor, administrator, or heir shall specifically state the nature
             5749      of the action and the fact that any objection [must] shall be filed with the issuing court within
             5750      24 hours of the time of service.
             5751          (d) In the event an heir files an objection, the court shall set hearing on the matter at the
             5752      earliest possible time and issue an order on the matter immediately at the conclusion of the
             5753      hearing. Upon the receipt of notice of objection, the court shall immediately notify the county
             5754      attorney who requested the order, so that the interest of the state may be represented at the
             5755      hearing.
             5756          (e) When there is reason to believe that death occurred in a manner described in
             5757      Section 26-4-7 , the district attorney or county attorney having criminal jurisdiction may make a
             5758      motion that the court, upon ex parte hearing, order the body exhumed forthwith and without
             5759      notice. Upon a showing of exigent circumstances the court may order the body exhumed
             5760      forthwith and without notice. In any event, upon motion of the district attorney or county
             5761      attorney having criminal jurisdiction and upon the personal appearance of the medical
             5762      examiner, the court for good cause may order the body exhumed forthwith and without notice.
             5763          (3) An order to exhume a body shall be directed to the medical examiner, commanding
             5764      [him] the medical examiner to cause the body to be exhumed, perform the required autopsy,
             5765      and properly cause the body to be reburied upon completion of the examination.
             5766          (4) The examination shall be completed and the complete autopsy report shall be made
             5767      to the district attorney or county attorney having criminal jurisdiction for any action the
             5768      attorney considers appropriate. The district attorney or county attorney shall submit the return
             5769      of the order to exhume within 10 days in the manner prescribed by the issuing court.


             5770          Section 144. Section 26-4-20 is amended to read:
             5771           26-4-20. Officials not liable for authorized acts.
             5772          Except as provided in this chapter, a criminal or civil action [shall not] may not arise
             5773      against the county attorney, district attorney, or his deputies, the medical examiner or his
             5774      deputies, or regional pathologists for authorizing or performing autopsies authorized by this
             5775      chapter or for any other act authorized by this chapter.
             5776          Section 145. Section 26-6-3 is amended to read:
             5777           26-6-3. Authority to investigate and control epidemic infections and
             5778      communicable disease.
             5779          (1) The department has authority to investigate and control the causes of epidemic
             5780      infections and communicable disease, and shall provide for the detection, reporting,
             5781      prevention, and control of communicable diseases and epidemic infections or any other health
             5782      hazard which may affect the public health.
             5783          (2) (a) As part of the requirements of Subsection (1), the department shall distribute to
             5784      the public and to health care professionals:
             5785          (i) medically accurate information about sexually transmitted diseases that may cause
             5786      infertility and sterility if left untreated, including descriptions of:
             5787          (A) the probable side effects resulting from an untreated sexually transmitted disease,
             5788      including infertility and sterility;
             5789          (B) medically accepted treatment for sexually transmitted diseases;
             5790          (C) the medical risks commonly associated with the medical treatment of sexually
             5791      transmitted diseases; and
             5792          (D) suggest screening by a private physician; and
             5793          (ii) information about:
             5794          (A) public services and agencies available to assist individuals with obtaining
             5795      treatment for the sexually transmitted disease;
             5796          (B) medical assistance benefits that may be available to the individual with the
             5797      sexually transmitted disease; and


             5798          (C) abstinence before marriage and fidelity after marriage being the surest prevention
             5799      of sexually transmitted disease.
             5800          (b) The information required by Subsection (2)(a):
             5801          (i) shall be distributed by the department and by local health departments free of
             5802      charge;
             5803          (ii) shall be relevant to the geographic location in which the information is distributed
             5804      by:
             5805          (A) listing addresses and telephone numbers for public clinics and agencies providing
             5806      services in the geographic area in which the information is distributed; and
             5807          (B) providing the information in English as well as other languages that may be
             5808      appropriate for the geographic area.
             5809          (c) (i) Except as provided in Subsection (2)(c)(ii), the department shall develop written
             5810      material that includes the information required by this Subsection (2).
             5811          (ii) In addition to the written materials required by Subsection (2)(c)(i), the department
             5812      may distribute the information required by this Subsection (2) by any other methods the
             5813      department determines is appropriate to educate the public, excluding public schools, including
             5814      websites, toll free telephone numbers, and the media.
             5815          (iii) If the information required by Subsection (2)(b)(ii)(A) is not included in the
             5816      written pamphlet developed by the department, the written material [must] shall include either
             5817      a website, or a 24-hour toll free telephone number that the public may use to obtain that
             5818      information.
             5819          Section 146. Section 26-6-18 is amended to read:
             5820           26-6-18. Venereal disease -- Consent of minor to treatment.
             5821          (1) A consent to medical care or services by a hospital or public clinic or the
             5822      performance of medical care or services by a licensed physician executed by a minor who is or
             5823      professes to be afflicted with a sexually transmitted disease, shall have the same legal effect
             5824      upon the minor and the same legal obligations with regard to the giving of consent as a consent
             5825      given by a person of full legal age and capacity, the infancy of the minor and any contrary


             5826      provision of law notwithstanding.
             5827          (2) The consent of the minor [shall not be] is not subject to later disaffirmance by
             5828      reason of minority at the time it was given and the consent of no other person or persons shall
             5829      be necessary to authorize hospital or clinical care or services to be provided to the minor by a
             5830      licensed physician.
             5831          (3) The provisions of this section shall apply also to minors who profess to be in need
             5832      of hospital or clinical care and services or medical care or services provided by a physician for
             5833      suspected sexually transmitted disease, regardless of whether such professed suspicions are
             5834      subsequently substantiated on a medical basis.
             5835          Section 147. Section 26-6-20 is amended to read:
             5836           26-6-20. Serological testing of pregnant or recently delivered women.
             5837          (1) Every licensed physician and surgeon attending a pregnant or recently delivered
             5838      woman for conditions relating to her pregnancy shall take or cause to be taken a sample of
             5839      blood of the woman at the time of first examination or within 10 days thereafter. The blood
             5840      sample shall be submitted to an approved laboratory for a standard serological test for syphilis.
             5841      The provisions of this section [shall not] do not apply to any female who objects thereto on the
             5842      grounds that she is a bona fide member of a specified, well recognized religious organization
             5843      whose teachings are contrary to the tests.
             5844          (2) Every other person attending a pregnant or recently delivered woman, who is not
             5845      permitted by law to take blood samples, shall within 10 days from the time of first attendance
             5846      cause a sample of blood to be taken by a licensed physician. The blood sample shall be
             5847      submitted to an approved laboratory for a standard serological test for syphilis.
             5848          (3) An approved laboratory is a laboratory approved by the department according to its
             5849      rules governing the approval of laboratories for the purpose of this title. In submitting the
             5850      sample to the laboratory the physician shall designate whether it is a prenatal test or a test
             5851      following recent delivery.
             5852          (4) For the purpose of this chapter, a "standard serological test" means a test for
             5853      syphilis approved by the department and made at an approved laboratory.


             5854          (5) The laboratory shall transmit a detailed report of the standard serological test,
             5855      showing the result thereof to the physician.
             5856          Section 148. Section 26-6b-3 is amended to read:
             5857           26-6b-3. Order of restriction.
             5858          (1) The department having jurisdiction over the location where an individual or a group
             5859      of individuals who are subject to restriction are found may:
             5860          (a) issue a written order of restriction for the individual or group of individuals
             5861      pursuant to Subsection 26-1-30 (2) or 26A-1-114 (1)(b) upon compliance with the requirements
             5862      of this chapter; and
             5863          (b) issue a verbal order of restriction for an individual or group of individuals pursuant
             5864      to Subsection (2)(c).
             5865          (2) (a) A department's determination to issue an order of restriction shall be based upon
             5866      the totality of circumstances reported to and known by the department, including:
             5867          (i) observation;
             5868          (ii) information that the department determines is credible and reliable information;
             5869      and
             5870          (iii) knowledge of current public health risks based on medically accepted guidelines as
             5871      may be established by the Department of Health by administrative rule.
             5872          (b) An order of restriction issued by a department [must] shall:
             5873          (i) in the opinion of the public health official, be for the shortest reasonable period of
             5874      time necessary to protect the public health;
             5875          (ii) use the least intrusive method of restriction that, in the opinion of the department,
             5876      is reasonable based on the totality of circumstances known to the health department issuing the
             5877      order of restriction;
             5878          (iii) be in writing unless the provisions of Subsection (2)(c) apply; and
             5879          (iv) contain notice of an individual's rights as required in Section 26-6b-3.3 .
             5880          (c) (i) A department may issue a verbal order of restriction, without prior notice to the
             5881      individual or group of individuals if the delay in imposing a written order of restriction would


             5882      significantly jeopardize the department's ability to prevent or limit:
             5883          (A) the transmission of a communicable or possibly communicable disease that poses a
             5884      threat to public health;
             5885          (B) the transmission of an infectious agent or possibly infectious agent that poses a
             5886      threat to public health;
             5887          (C) the exposure or possible exposure of a chemical or biological agent that poses a
             5888      threat to public health; or
             5889          (D) the exposure or transmission of a condition that poses a threat to public health.
             5890          (ii) A verbal order of restriction issued under the provisions of Subsection (2)(c)(i):
             5891          (A) is valid for 24 hours from the time the order of restriction is issued;
             5892          (B) may be verbally communicated to the individuals or group of individuals subject to
             5893      restriction by a first responder;
             5894          (C) may be enforced by the first responder until the department is able to establish and
             5895      maintain the place of restriction; and
             5896          (D) may only be continued beyond the initial 24 hours if a written order of restriction is
             5897      issued pursuant to the provisions of Section 26-6b-3.3 .
             5898          (3) Pending issuance of a written order of restriction under Section 26-6b-3.3 , or
             5899      judicial review of an order of restriction by the district court pursuant to Section 26-6b-6 , an
             5900      individual who is subject to the order of restriction may be required to submit to involuntary
             5901      examination, quarantine, isolation, or treatment in [his] the individual's home, a hospital, or
             5902      any other suitable facility under reasonable conditions prescribed by the department.
             5903          (4) The department that issued the order of restriction shall take reasonable measures,
             5904      including the provision of medical care, as may be necessary to assure proper care related to the
             5905      reason for the involuntary examination, treatment, isolation, or quarantine of an individual
             5906      ordered to submit to an order of restriction.
             5907          Section 149. Section 26-6b-3.1 is amended to read:
             5908           26-6b-3.1. Consent to order of restriction -- Periodic review.
             5909          (1) (a) The department shall either seek judicial review of an order of restriction under


             5910      Sections 26-6b-4 through 26-6b-6 , or obtain the consent of an individual subject to an order of
             5911      restriction.
             5912          (b) If the department obtains consent, the consent [must] shall be in writing and [must]
             5913      shall inform the individual or group of individuals:
             5914          (i) of the terms and duration of the order of restriction;
             5915          (ii) of the importance of complying with the order of restriction to protect the public's
             5916      health;
             5917          (iii) that each individual has the right to agree to the order of restriction, or refuse to
             5918      agree to the order of restriction and seek a judicial review of the order of restriction;
             5919          (iv) that for any individual who consents to the order of restriction:
             5920          (A) the order of restriction will not be reviewed by the district court unless the
             5921      individual withdraws consent to the order of restriction in accordance with Subsection
             5922      (1)(b)(iv)(B); and
             5923          (B) the individual [must] shall notify the department in writing, with at least five
             5924      business day's notice, if the individual intends to withdraw consent to the order of restriction;
             5925      and
             5926          (v) that a breach of a consent agreement prior to the end of the order of restriction may
             5927      subject the individual to an involuntary order of restriction under Section 26-6b-3.2 .
             5928          (2) (a) The department responsible for the care of an individual who has consented to
             5929      the order of restriction shall periodically reexamine the reasons upon which the order of
             5930      restriction was based. This reexamination [must] shall occur at least once every six months.
             5931          (b) (i) If at any time, the department determines that the conditions justifying the order
             5932      of restriction for either a group or an individual no longer exist, the department shall
             5933      immediately discharge the individual or group from the order of restriction.
             5934          (ii) If the department determines that the conditions justifying the order of restriction
             5935      continue to exist, the department shall send to the individual a written notice of:
             5936          (A) the department's findings, the expected duration of the order of restriction, and the
             5937      reason for the decision; and


             5938          (B) the individual's right to a judicial review of the order of restriction by the district
             5939      court if requested by the individual.
             5940          (iii) Upon request for judicial review by an individual, the department shall:
             5941          (A) file a petition in district court within five business days after the individual's
             5942      request for a judicial review; and
             5943          (B) proceed under Sections 26-6b-4 through 26-6b-6 .
             5944          Section 150. Section 26-7-1 is amended to read:
             5945           26-7-1. Identification of major risk factors by department -- Education of public
             5946      -- Establishment of programs.
             5947          The department shall identify the major risk factors contributing to injury, sickness,
             5948      death, and disability within the state and where it determines that a need exists, educate the
             5949      public regarding these risk factors, and the department may establish programs to reduce or
             5950      eliminate these factors except that such programs [shall not] may not be established if adequate
             5951      programs exist in the private sector.
             5952          Section 151. Section 26-8a-103 is amended to read:
             5953           26-8a-103. State Emergency Medical Services Committee -- Membership --
             5954      Report -- Expenses.
             5955          (1) The State Emergency Medical Services Committee created by Section 26-1-7 shall
             5956      be composed of the following 16 members appointed by the governor, at least five of whom
             5957      [must] shall reside in a county of the third, fourth, fifth, or sixth class:
             5958          (a) five physicians licensed under Title 58, Chapter 67, Utah Medical Practice Act, or
             5959      Title 58, Chapter 68, Utah Osteopathic Medical Practice Act, as follows:
             5960          (i) one surgeon who actively provides trauma care at a hospital;
             5961          (ii) one rural physician involved in emergency medical care;
             5962          (iii) two physicians who practice in the emergency department of a general acute
             5963      hospital; and
             5964          (iv) one pediatrician who practices in the emergency department or critical care unit of
             5965      a general acute hospital or a children's specialty hospital;


             5966          (b) one representative from a private ambulance provider;
             5967          (c) one representative from an ambulance provider that is neither privately owned nor
             5968      operated by a fire department;
             5969          (d) two chief officers from fire agencies operated by the following classes of licensed
             5970      or designated emergency medical services providers: municipality, county, and fire district,
             5971      provided that no class of medical services providers may have more than one representative
             5972      under this Subsection (1)(d);
             5973          (e) one director of a law enforcement agency that provides emergency medical
             5974      services;
             5975          (f) one hospital administrator;
             5976          (g) one emergency care nurse;
             5977          (h) one paramedic in active field practice;
             5978          (i) one emergency medical technician in active field practice;
             5979          (j) one certified emergency medical dispatcher affiliated with an emergency medical
             5980      dispatch center; and
             5981          (k) one consumer.
             5982          (2) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (2)(b), members shall be appointed to a
             5983      four-year term beginning July 1.
             5984          (b) Notwithstanding Subsection (2)(a), the governor shall, at the time of appointment
             5985      or reappointment, adjust the length of terms to ensure that the terms of committee members are
             5986      staggered so that approximately half of the committee is appointed every two years.
             5987          (c) When a vacancy occurs in the membership for any reason, the replacement shall be
             5988      appointed by the governor for the unexpired term.
             5989          (3) (a) Each January, the committee shall organize and select one of its members as
             5990      chair and one member as vice chair. The committee may organize standing or ad hoc
             5991      subcommittees, which shall operate in accordance with guidelines established by the
             5992      committee.
             5993          (b) The chair shall convene a minimum of four meetings per year. The chair may call


             5994      special meetings. The chair shall call a meeting upon request of five or more members of the
             5995      committee.
             5996          (c) Nine members of the committee constitute a quorum for the transaction of business
             5997      and the action of a majority of the members present is the action of the committee.
             5998          (4) The committee shall submit a report in a form acceptable to the committee each
             5999      November at the Law Enforcement and Criminal Justice Interim Committee meeting
             6000      concerning its:
             6001          (a) funding priorities and recommended sources;
             6002          (b) closest responder recommendations;
             6003          (c) centralized dispatch;
             6004          (d) duplication of services and any taxing consequences;
             6005          (e) appropriate providers for emergency medical services; and
             6006          (f) recommendations and suggested legislation.
             6007          (5) A member may not receive compensation or benefits for the member's service, but
             6008      may receive per diem and travel expenses in accordance with:
             6009          (a) Section 63A-3-106 ;
             6010          (b) Section 63A-3-107 ; and
             6011          (c) rules made by the Division of Finance pursuant to Sections 63A-3-106 and
             6012      63A-3-107 .
             6013          (6) Administrative services for the committee shall be provided by the department.
             6014          Section 152. Section 26-8a-203 is amended to read:
             6015           26-8a-203. Data collection.
             6016          (1) The committee shall specify the information that [must] shall be collected for the
             6017      emergency medical services data system established pursuant to Subsection (2).
             6018          (2) The department shall establish an emergency medical services data system which
             6019      shall provide for the collection of information, as defined by the committee, relating to the
             6020      treatment and care of patients who use or have used the emergency medical services system.
             6021          (3) Persons providing emergency medical services shall provide information to the


             6022      department for the emergency medical services data system established pursuant to Subsection
             6023      (2).
             6024          Section 153. Section 26-8a-207 is amended to read:
             6025           26-8a-207. Emergency medical services grant program.
             6026          (1) (a) The department shall receive as dedicated credits the amount established in
             6027      Section 51-9-403 . That amount shall be transferred to the department by the Division of
             6028      Finance from funds generated by the surcharge imposed under Title 51, Chapter 9, Part 4,
             6029      Criminal Conviction Surcharge Allocation.
             6030          (b) Funds transferred to the department under this section shall be used for
             6031      improvement of delivery of emergency medical services and administrative costs as described
             6032      in Subsection (2)(a). Appropriations to the department for the purposes enumerated in this
             6033      section shall be made from those dedicated credits.
             6034          (c) All funding for the program created by this section shall be nonlapsing.
             6035          (2) (a) The department may use the funds transferred to it under Subsection (1):
             6036          (i) to provide staff support; and
             6037          (ii) for other expenses incurred in:
             6038          (A) administration of grant funds; and
             6039          (B) other department administrative costs under this chapter.
             6040          (b) After funding staff support, administrative expenses, and trauma system
             6041      development, the department and the committee shall make emergency medical services grants
             6042      from the remaining funds received as dedicated credits under Subsection (1). A recipient of a
             6043      grant under this Subsection (2)(b) [must] shall actively provide emergency medical services
             6044      within the state.
             6045          (c) The department shall distribute not less than 25% of the funds, with the percentage
             6046      being authorized by a majority vote of the committee, as per capita block grants for use
             6047      specifically related to the provision of emergency medical services to nonprofit prehospital
             6048      emergency medical services providers that are either licensed or designated and to emergency
             6049      medical services that are the primary emergency medical services for a service area. The


             6050      department shall determine the grant amounts by prorating available funds on a per capita basis
             6051      by county as described in department rule.
             6052          (d) The committee shall award the remaining funds as competitive grants for use
             6053      specifically related to the provision of emergency medical services based upon rules
             6054      established by the committee.
             6055          Section 154. Section 26-8a-253 is amended to read:
             6056           26-8a-253. Statewide trauma registry and quality assurance program.
             6057          (1) The department shall:
             6058          (a) establish and fund a statewide trauma registry to collect and analyze information on
             6059      the incidence, severity, causes, and outcomes of trauma;
             6060          (b) establish, by rule, the data elements, the medical care providers that [must] shall
             6061      report, and the time frame and format for reporting;
             6062          (c) use the data collected to:
             6063          (i) improve the availability and delivery of prehospital and hospital trauma care;
             6064          (ii) assess trauma care delivery, patient care outcomes, and compliance with the
             6065      requirements of this chapter and applicable department rules; and
             6066          (iii) regularly produce and disseminate reports to data providers, state government, and
             6067      the public; and
             6068          (d) support data collection and abstraction by providing:
             6069          (i) a data collection system and technical assistance to each hospital that submits data;
             6070      and
             6071          (ii) funding or, at the discretion of the department, personnel for collection and
             6072      abstraction for each hospital not designated as a trauma center under the standards established
             6073      pursuant to Section 26-8a-254 .
             6074          (2) (a) Each hospital shall submit trauma data in accordance with rules established
             6075      under Subsection (1).
             6076          (b) A hospital designated as a trauma center shall submit data as part of the ongoing
             6077      quality assurance program established in Section 26-8a-252 .


             6078          (3) The department shall assess:
             6079          (a) the effectiveness of the data collected pursuant to Subsection (1); and
             6080          (b) the impact of the statewide trauma system on the provision of trauma care.
             6081          (4) Data collected under this section shall be subject to [Title 26,] Chapter 3, Health
             6082      Statistics.
             6083          (5) No person may be held civilly liable for having provided data to the department in
             6084      accordance with this section.
             6085          Section 155. Section 26-8a-405.2 is amended to read:
             6086           26-8a-405.2. Selection of provider -- Request for competitive sealed proposal --
             6087      Public convenience and necessity.
             6088          (1) (a) A political subdivision may contract with an applicant approved under Section
             6089      26-8a-404 to provide services for the geographic service area that is approved by the
             6090      department in accordance with Subsection (2), if:
             6091          (i) the political subdivision complies with the provisions of this section and Section
             6092      26-8a-405.3 if the contract is for 911 ambulance or paramedic services; or
             6093          (ii) the political subdivision complies with Sections 26-8a-405.3 and 26-8a-405.4 , if
             6094      the contract is for non-911 services.
             6095          (b) (i) The provisions of this section and Sections 26-8a-405.1 , 26-8a-405.3 , and
             6096      26-8a-405.4 do not require a political subdivision to issue a request for proposal for ambulance
             6097      or paramedic services or non-911 services.
             6098          (ii) If a political subdivision does not contract with an applicant in accordance with this
             6099      section and Section 26-8a-405.3 , the provisions of Sections 26-8a-406 through 26-8a-409 apply
             6100      to the issuance of a license for ambulance or paramedic services in the geographic service area
             6101      that is within the boundaries of the political subdivision.
             6102          (iii) If a political subdivision does not contract with an applicant in accordance with
             6103      this section, Section 26-8a-405.3 and Section 26-8a-405.4 , a license for the non-911 services in
             6104      the geographic service area that is within the boundaries of the political subdivision may be
             6105      issued:


             6106          (A) under the public convenience and necessity provisions of Sections 26-8a-406
             6107      through 26-8a-409 ; or
             6108          (B) by a request for proposal issued by the department under Section 26-8a-405.5 .
             6109          (c) (i) For purposes of this Subsection (1)(c):
             6110          (A) "Fire district" means a local district under Title 17B, Limited Purpose Local
             6111      Government Entities - Local Districts, that:
             6112          (I) is located in a county of the first or second class; and
             6113          (II) provides fire protection, paramedic, and emergency services.
             6114          (B) "Participating municipality" means a city or town whose area is partly or entirely
             6115      included within a county service area or fire district.
             6116          (C) "Participating county" means a county whose unincorporated area is partly or
             6117      entirely included within a fire district.
             6118          (ii) A participating municipality or participating county may as provided in this section
             6119      and Section 26-8a-405.3 , contract with a provider for 911 ambulance or paramedic service.
             6120          (iii) If the participating municipality or participating county contracts with a provider
             6121      for services under this section and Section 26-8a-405.3 :
             6122          (A) the fire district is not obligated to provide the services that are included in the
             6123      contract between the participating municipality or the participating county and the provider;
             6124          (B) the fire district may impose taxes and obligations within the fire district in the same
             6125      manner as if the participating municipality or participating county were receiving all services
             6126      offered by the fire district; and
             6127          (C) the participating municipality's and participating county's obligations to the fire
             6128      district are not diminished.
             6129          (2) (a) The political subdivision shall submit the request for proposal and the exclusive
             6130      geographic service area to be included in a request for proposal issued under Subsections
             6131      (1)(a)(i) or (ii) to the department for approval prior to issuing the request for proposal. The
             6132      department shall approve the request for proposal and the exclusive geographic service area:
             6133          (i) unless the geographic service area creates an orphaned area; and


             6134          (ii) in accordance with Subsections (2)(b) and (c).
             6135          (b) The exclusive geographic service area may:
             6136          (i) include the entire geographic service area that is within the political subdivision's
             6137      boundaries;
             6138          (ii) include islands within or adjacent to other peripheral areas not included in the
             6139      political subdivision that governs the geographic service area; or
             6140          (iii) exclude portions of the geographic service area within the political subdivision's
             6141      boundaries if another political subdivision or licensed provider agrees to include the excluded
             6142      area within their license.
             6143          (c) The proposed geographic service area for 911 ambulance or paramedic service
             6144      [must] shall demonstrate that non-911 ambulance or paramedic service will be provided in the
             6145      geographic service area, either by the current provider, the applicant, or some other method
             6146      acceptable to the department. The department may consider the effect of the proposed
             6147      geographic service area on the costs to the non-911 provider and that provider's ability to
             6148      provide only non-911 services in the proposed area.
             6149          Section 156. Section 26-8a-405.3 is amended to read:
             6150           26-8a-405.3. Use of competitive sealed proposals -- Procedure -- Appeal rights.
             6151          (1) (a) Competitive sealed proposals for paramedic or 911 ambulance services under
             6152      Section 26-8a-405.2 , or for non-911 services under Section 26-8a-405.4 , shall be solicited
             6153      through a request for proposal and the provisions of this section.
             6154          (b) The governing body of the political subdivision shall approve the request for
             6155      proposal prior to the notice of the request for proposals under Subsection (1)(c).
             6156          (c) (i) Notice of the request for proposals shall be published:
             6157          (A) at least once a week for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general
             6158      circulation published in the county; or
             6159          (B) if there is no such newspaper, then notice [must] shall be posted for at least 20 days
             6160      in at least five public places in the county; and
             6161          (ii) in accordance with Section 45-1-101 for at least 20 days.


             6162          (2) (a) Proposals shall be opened so as to avoid disclosure of contents to competing
             6163      offerors during the process of negotiations.
             6164          (b) (i) Subsequent to the published notice, and prior to selecting an applicant, the
             6165      political subdivision [must] shall hold a presubmission conference with interested applicants
             6166      for the purpose of assuring full understanding of, and responsiveness to, solicitation
             6167      requirements.
             6168          (ii) A political subdivision shall allow at least 90 days from the presubmission
             6169      conference for the proposers to submit proposals.
             6170          (c) Subsequent to the presubmission conference, the political subdivision may issue
             6171      addenda to the request for proposals. An addenda to a request for proposal [must] shall be
             6172      finalized and posted by the political subdivision at least 45 days [prior to the date] before the
             6173      day on which the proposal must be submitted.
             6174          (d) Offerors to the request for proposals shall be accorded fair and equal treatment with
             6175      respect to any opportunity for discussion and revisions of proposals, and revisions may be
             6176      permitted after submission and before a contract is awarded for the purpose of obtaining best
             6177      and final offers.
             6178          (e) In conducting discussions, there shall be no disclosures of any information derived
             6179      from proposals submitted by competing offerors.
             6180          (3) (a) (i) A political subdivision may select an applicant approved by the department
             6181      under Section 26-8a-404 to provide 911 ambulance or paramedic services by contract to the
             6182      most responsible offeror as defined in Subsection 63G-6-103 (24).
             6183          (ii) An award under Subsection (3)(a)(i) shall be made to the responsible offeror whose
             6184      proposal is determined in writing to be the most advantageous to the political subdivision,
             6185      taking into consideration price and the evaluation factors set forth in the request for proposal.
             6186          (b) The applicants who are approved under Section 26-8a-405 and who are selected
             6187      under this section may be the political subdivision issuing the request for competitive sealed
             6188      proposals, or any other public entity or entities, any private person or entity, or any
             6189      combination thereof.


             6190          (c) A political subdivision may reject all of the competitive proposals.
             6191          (4) In seeking competitive sealed proposals and awarding contracts under this section,
             6192      a political subdivision:
             6193          (a) shall apply the public convenience and necessity factors listed in Subsections
             6194      26-8a-408 (2) through (6);
             6195          (b) shall require the applicant responding to the proposal to disclose how the applicant
             6196      will meet performance standards in the request for proposal;
             6197          (c) may not require or restrict an applicant to a certain method of meeting the
             6198      performance standards, including:
             6199          (i) requiring ambulance medical personnel to also be a firefighter; or
             6200          (ii) mandating that offerors use fire stations or dispatch services of the political
             6201      subdivision;
             6202          (d) shall require an applicant to submit the proposal:
             6203          (i) based on full cost accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting
             6204      principals; and
             6205          (ii) if the applicant is a governmental entity, in addition to the requirements of
             6206      Subsection (4)(e)(i), in accordance with generally accepted government auditing standards and
             6207      in compliance with the State of Utah Legal Compliance Audit Guide; and
             6208          (e) shall set forth in the request for proposal:
             6209          (i) the method for determining full cost accounting in accordance with generally
             6210      accepted accounting principles, and require an applicant to submit the proposal based on such
             6211      full cost accounting principles;
             6212          (ii) guidelines established to further competition and provider accountability; and
             6213          (iii) a list of the factors that will be considered by the political subdivision in the award
             6214      of the contract, including by percentage, the relative weight of the factors established under this
             6215      Subsection (4)(e), which may include such things as:
             6216          (A) response times;
             6217          (B) staging locations;


             6218          (C) experience;
             6219          (D) quality of care; and
             6220          (E) cost, consistent with the cost accounting method in Subsection (4)(e)(i).
             6221          (5) (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 63G-6-104 (3), the provisions of
             6222      Title 63G, Chapter 6, Part 8, Legal and Contractual Remedies, apply to the procurement
             6223      process required by this section, except as provided in Subsection (5)(c).
             6224          (b) The Procurement Appeals Board created in Section 63G-6-807 shall have
             6225      jurisdiction to review and determine an appeal of an offeror under this section in the same
             6226      manner as provided in Section 63G-6-810 .
             6227          (c) (i) An offeror may appeal the solicitation or award as provided by the political
             6228      subdivision's procedures. After all political subdivision appeal rights are exhausted, the offeror
             6229      may appeal under the provisions of Subsections (5)(a) and (b).
             6230          (ii) The factual determination required by Subsection 63G-6-813 (1) shall be based on
             6231      whether the solicitation or award was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
             6232      section and Section 26-8a-405.2 .
             6233          (d) The determination of an issue of fact by the appeals board shall be final and
             6234      conclusive unless arbitrary and capricious or clearly erroneous as provided in Section
             6235      63G-6-813 .
             6236          Section 157. Section 26-8a-405.5 is amended to read:
             6237           26-8a-405.5. Use of competitive sealed proposals -- Procedure -- Appeal rights.
             6238          (1) (a) The department shall issue a request for proposal for non-911 services in a
             6239      geographic service area if the department receives a request from a political subdivision under
             6240      Subsection 26-8a-405.4 (3)(a)(ii)(B) to issue a request for proposal for non-911 services.
             6241          (b) Competitive sealed proposals for non-911 services under Subsection (1)(a) shall be
             6242      solicited through a request for proposal and the provisions of this section.
             6243          (c) (i) Notice of the request for proposals shall be published:
             6244          (A) at least once a week for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general
             6245      circulation published in the county; or


             6246          (B) if there is no such newspaper, then notice [must] shall be posted for at least 20 days
             6247      in at least five public places in the county; and
             6248          (ii) in accordance with Section 45-1-101 for at least 20 days.
             6249          (2) (a) Proposals shall be opened so as to avoid disclosure of contents to competing
             6250      offerors during the process of negotiations.
             6251          (b) (i) Subsequent to the published notice, and prior to selecting an applicant, the
             6252      department [must] shall hold a presubmission conference with interested applicants for the
             6253      purpose of assuring full understanding of, and responsiveness to, solicitation requirements.
             6254          (ii) The department shall allow at least 90 days from the presubmission conference for
             6255      the proposers to submit proposals.
             6256          (c) Subsequent to the presubmission conference, the department may issue addenda to
             6257      the request for proposals. An addenda to a request for proposal [must] shall be finalized and
             6258      posted by the department at least 45 days [prior to the date] before the day on which the
             6259      proposal must be submitted.
             6260          (d) Offerors to the request for proposals shall be accorded fair and equal treatment with
             6261      respect to any opportunity for discussion and revisions of proposals, and revisions may be
             6262      permitted after submission and before a contract is awarded for the purpose of obtaining best
             6263      and final offers.
             6264          (e) In conducting discussions, there shall be no disclosures of any information derived
             6265      from proposals submitted by competing offerors.
             6266          (3) (a) (i) The department may select an applicant approved by the department under
             6267      Section 26-8a-404 to provide non-911 services by contract to the most responsible offeror as
             6268      defined in Subsection 63G-6-103 (24).
             6269          (ii) An award under Subsection (3)(a)(i) shall be made to the responsible offeror whose
             6270      proposal is determined in writing to be the most advantageous to the public, taking into
             6271      consideration price and the evaluation factors set forth in the request for proposal.
             6272          (b) The applicants who are approved under Section 26-8a-405 and who are selected
             6273      under this section may be the political subdivision responding to the request for competitive


             6274      sealed proposals, or any other public entity or entities, any private person or entity, or any
             6275      combination thereof.
             6276          (c) The department may reject all of the competitive proposals.
             6277          (4) In seeking competitive sealed proposals and awarding contracts under this section,
             6278      the department:
             6279          (a) shall consider the public convenience and necessity factors listed in Subsections
             6280      26-8a-408 (2) through (6);
             6281          (b) shall require the applicant responding to the proposal to disclose how the applicant
             6282      will meet performance standards in the request for proposal;
             6283          (c) may not require or restrict an applicant to a certain method of meeting the
             6284      performance standards, including:
             6285          (i) requiring ambulance medical personnel to also be a firefighter; or
             6286          (ii) mandating that offerors use fire stations or dispatch services of the political
             6287      subdivision;
             6288          (d) shall require an applicant to submit the proposal:
             6289          (i) based on full cost accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting
             6290      principals; and
             6291          (ii) if the applicant is a governmental entity, in addition to the requirements of
             6292      Subsection (4)(e)(i), in accordance with generally accepted government auditing standards and
             6293      in compliance with the State of Utah Legal Compliance Audit Guide; and
             6294          (e) shall set forth in the request for proposal:
             6295          (i) the method for determining full cost accounting in accordance with generally
             6296      accepted accounting principles, and require an applicant to submit the proposal based on such
             6297      full cost accounting principles;
             6298          (ii) guidelines established to further competition and provider accountability; and
             6299          (iii) a list of the factors that will be considered by the department in the award of the
             6300      contract, including by percentage, the relative weight of the factors established under this
             6301      Subsection (4)(e), which may include such things as:


             6302          (A) response times;
             6303          (B) staging locations;
             6304          (C) experience;
             6305          (D) quality of care; and
             6306          (E) cost, consistent with the cost accounting method in Subsection (4)(e)(i).
             6307          (5) A license issued under this section:
             6308          (a) is for the exclusive geographic service area approved by the department;
             6309          (b) is valid for four years;
             6310          (c) is not subject to a request for license from another applicant under the provisions of
             6311      Sections 26-8a-406 through 26-8a-409 during the four-year term, unless the applicant's license
             6312      is revoked under Section 26-8a-504 ;
             6313          (d) is subject to supervision by the department under Sections 26-8a-503 and
             6314      26-8a-504 ; and
             6315          (e) except as provided in Subsection (4)(a), is not subject to the provisions of Sections
             6316      26-8a-406 through 26-8a-409 .
             6317          Section 158. Section 26-8a-406 is amended to read:
             6318           26-8a-406. Ground ambulance and paramedic licenses -- Parties.
             6319          (1) When an applicant approved under Section 26-8a-404 seeks licensure under the
             6320      provisions of Sections 26-8a-406 through 26-8a-409 , the department shall:
             6321          (a) issue a notice of agency action to the applicant to commence an informal
             6322      administrative proceeding;
             6323          (b) provide notice of the application to all interested parties; and
             6324          (c) publish notice of the application, at the applicant's expense:
             6325          (i) once a week for four consecutive weeks, in a newspaper of general circulation in the
             6326      geographic service area that is the subject of the application; and
             6327          (ii) in accordance with Section 45-1-101 for four weeks.
             6328          (2) An interested party has 30 days to object to an application.
             6329          (3) If an interested party objects, the presiding officer [must] shall join the interested


             6330      party as an indispensable party to the proceeding.
             6331          (4) The department may join the proceeding as a party to represent the public interest.
             6332          (5) Others who may be affected by the grant of a license to the applicant may join the
             6333      proceeding, if the presiding officer determines that they meet the requirement of legal standing.
             6334          Section 159. Section 26-8a-408 is amended to read:
             6335           26-8a-408. Criteria for determining public convenience and necessity.
             6336          (1) The criteria for determining public convenience and necessity is set forth in
             6337      Subsections (2) through (6).
             6338          (2) Access to emergency medical services [must] shall be maintained or improved.
             6339      The officer shall consider the impact on existing services, including the impact on response
             6340      times, call volumes, populations and exclusive geographic service areas served, and the ability
             6341      of surrounding licensed providers to service their exclusive geographic service areas. The
             6342      issuance or amendment of a license may not create an orphaned area.
             6343          (3) The quality of service in the area [must] shall be maintained or improved. The
             6344      officer shall consider the:
             6345          (a) staffing and equipment standards of the current licensed provider and the applicant;
             6346          (b) training and certification levels of the current licensed provider's staff and the
             6347      applicant's staff;
             6348          (c) continuing medical education provided by the current licensed provider and the
             6349      applicant;
             6350          (d) levels of care as defined by department rule;
             6351          (e) plan of medical control; and
             6352          (f) the negative or beneficial impact on the regional emergency medical service system
             6353      to provide service to the public.
             6354          (4) The cost to the public [must] shall be justified. The officer [must] shall consider:
             6355          (a) the financial solvency of the applicant;
             6356          (b) the applicant's ability to provide services within the rates established under Section
             6357      26-8a-403 ;


             6358          (c) the applicant's ability to comply with cost reporting requirements;
             6359          (d) the cost efficiency of the applicant; and
             6360          (e) the cost effect of the application on the public, interested parties, and the emergency
             6361      medical services system.
             6362          (5) Local desires concerning cost, quality, and access [must] shall be considered. The
             6363      officer shall assess and consider:
             6364          (a) the existing provider's record of providing services and the applicant's record and
             6365      ability to provide similar or improved services;
             6366          (b) locally established emergency medical services goals, including those established in
             6367      Subsection (7);
             6368          (c) comment by local governments on the applicant's business and operations plans;
             6369          (d) comment by interested parties that are providers on the impact of the application on
             6370      the parties' ability to provide emergency medical services;
             6371          (e) comment by interested parties that are local governments on the impact of the
             6372      application on the citizens it represents; and
             6373          (f) public comment on any aspect of the application or proposed license.
             6374          (6) Other related criteria:
             6375          (a) the officer considers necessary; or
             6376          (b) established by department rule.
             6377          (7) The role of local governments in the licensing of ground ambulance and paramedic
             6378      providers that serve areas also served by the local governments is important. The Legislature
             6379      strongly encourages local governments to establish cost, quality, and access goals for the
             6380      ground ambulance and paramedic services that serve their areas.
             6381          (8) In a formal adjudicative proceeding, the applicant bears the burden of establishing
             6382      that public convenience and necessity require the approval of the application for all or part of
             6383      the exclusive geographic service area requested.
             6384          Section 160. Section 26-8a-410 is amended to read:
             6385           26-8a-410. Local approvals.


             6386          (1) Licensed ambulance providers and paramedic providers [must] shall meet all local
             6387      zoning and business licensing standards generally applicable to businesses operating within the
             6388      jurisdiction.
             6389          (2) Publicly subsidized providers [must] shall demonstrate approval of the taxing
             6390      authority that will provide the subsidy.
             6391          (3) A publicly operated service [must] shall demonstrate that the governing body has
             6392      approved the provision of services to the entire exclusive geographic service area that is the
             6393      subject of the license, including those areas that may lie outside the territorial or jurisdictional
             6394      boundaries of the governing body.
             6395          Section 161. Section 26-8a-413 is amended to read:
             6396           26-8a-413. License renewals.
             6397          (1) A licensed provider desiring to renew its license [must] shall meet the renewal
             6398      requirements established by department rule.
             6399          (2) The department shall issue a renewal license for a ground ambulance provider or a
             6400      paramedic provider upon the licensee's application for a renewal and without a public hearing
             6401      if there has been:
             6402          (a) no change in controlling interest in the ownership of the licensee as defined in
             6403      Section 26-8a-415 ;
             6404          (b) no serious, substantiated public complaints filed with the department against the
             6405      licensee during the term of the previous license;
             6406          (c) no material or substantial change in the basis upon which the license was originally
             6407      granted;
             6408          (d) no reasoned objection from the committee or the department; and
             6409          (e) if the applicant was licensed under the provisions of Sections 26-8a-406 through
             6410      26-8a-409 , no conflicting license application.
             6411          (3) (a) (i) The provisions of this Subsection (3) apply to a provider licensed under the
             6412      provisions of Sections 26-8a-405.1 and 26-8a-405.2 .
             6413          (ii) A provider may renew its license if the provisions of Subsections (1), (2)(a)


             6414      through (d), and this Subsection (3) are met.
             6415          (b) (i) The department shall issue a renewal license to a provider upon the provider's
             6416      application for renewal for one additional four-year term if the political subdivision certifies to
             6417      the department that the provider has met all of the specifications of the original bid.
             6418          (ii) If the political subdivision does not certify to the department that the provider has
             6419      met all of the specifications of the original bid, the department may not issue a renewal license
             6420      and the political subdivision [must] shall enter into a public bid process under Sections
             6421      26-8a-405.1 and 26-8a-405.2 .
             6422          (c) (i) The department shall issue an additional renewal license to a provider who has
             6423      already been issued a one-time renewal license under the provisions of Subsection (3)(b)(i) if
             6424      the department and the political subdivision do not receive, prior to the expiration of the
             6425      provider's license, written notice from an approved applicant informing the political
             6426      subdivision of the approved applicant's desire to submit a bid for ambulance or paramedic
             6427      service.
             6428          (ii) If the department and the political subdivision receive the notice in accordance with
             6429      Subsection (3)(c)(i), the department may not issue a renewal license and the political
             6430      subdivision [must] shall enter into a public bid process under Sections 26-8a-405.1 and
             6431      26-8a-405.2 .
             6432          (4) The department shall issue a renewal license for an air ambulance provider upon
             6433      the licensee's application for renewal and completion of the renewal requirements established
             6434      by department rule.
             6435          Section 162. Section 26-10b-102 is amended to read:
             6436           26-10b-102. Department to award grants and contracts -- Applications.
             6437          (1) (a) Within appropriations specified by the Legislature for this purpose, the
             6438      department may make grants to public and nonprofit entities for the cost of operation of
             6439      providing primary health care services to medically underserved populations.
             6440          (b) The department may, as funding permits, contract with community based
             6441      organizations for the purpose of developing culturally and linguistically appropriate programs


             6442      and services for low income and medically underserved populations through a pilot program to
             6443      accomplish one or more of the following:
             6444          (i) to educate individuals:
             6445          (A) to use private and public health care coverage programs, products, services, and
             6446      resources in a timely, effective, and responsible manner;
             6447          (B) to make prudent use of private and public health care resources;
             6448          (C) to pursue preventive health care, health screenings, and disease management; and
             6449          (D) to locate health care programs and services;
             6450          (ii) to assist individuals to develop:
             6451          (A) personal health management;
             6452          (B) self-sufficiency in daily care; and
             6453          (C) life and disease management skills;
             6454          (iii) to support translation of health materials and information;
             6455          (iv) to facilitate an individual's access to primary care services and providers, including
             6456      mental health services; and
             6457          (v) to measure and report empirical results of the pilot project.
             6458          (2) (a) Grants by the department shall be awarded based on:
             6459          (i) applications submitted to the department in the manner and form prescribed by the
             6460      department; and
             6461          (ii) the criteria established in Section 26-10b-103 .
             6462          (b) The application for a grant under Subsection (2)(a) shall contain:
             6463          (i) a requested award amount;
             6464          (ii) a budget; and
             6465          (iii) a narrative plan of the manner in which the applicant intends to provide the
             6466      primary health care services described in Subsection 26-10b-101 (7).
             6467          (c) A contract bid for a service under Subsection (1)(b):
             6468          (i) shall be awarded in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 6, Utah Procurement Code;
             6469          (ii) [must] shall include the information described in Section 26-10b-103 ; and


             6470          (iii) is subject to Subsection (3) of this section.
             6471          (3) (a) An applicant under this chapter [must] shall demonstrate to the department that
             6472      the applicant will not deny services to a person because of the person's inability to pay for the
             6473      services.
             6474          (b) Subsection (3)(a) does not preclude an applicant from seeking payment from the
             6475      person receiving services, a third party, or a government agency if:
             6476          (i) the applicant is authorized to charge for the services; and
             6477          (ii) the person, third party, or government agency is under legal obligation to pay the
             6478      charges.
             6479          (4) The department shall maximize the use of federal matching funds received for
             6480      services under Subsection (1)(b) to fund additional contracts under Subsection (1)(b).
             6481          Section 163. Section 26-15-8 is amended to read:
             6482           26-15-8. Periodic evaluation of local health sanitation programs -- Minimum
             6483      statewide enforcement standards -- Technical assistance.
             6484          (1) The department shall periodically evaluate the sanitation programs of local health
             6485      departments to determine the levels of sanitation being maintained throughout the state.
             6486          (2) (a) The department shall ensure that each local health department's enforcement of
             6487      the minimum rules of sanitation adopted under Section 26-15-2 for restaurants and other places
             6488      where food or drink is handled meets or exceeds minimum statewide enforcement standards
             6489      established by the department by administrative rule.
             6490          (b) Administrative rules adopted under Subsection (2)(a) shall include at least:
             6491          (i) the minimum number of periodic on-site inspections that [must] shall be conducted
             6492      by each local health department;
             6493          (ii) criteria for conducting additional inspections; and
             6494          (iii) standardized methods to be used by local health departments to assess compliance
             6495      with the minimum rules of sanitation adopted under Section 26-15-2 .
             6496          (c) The department shall help local health departments comply with the minimum
             6497      statewide enforcement standards adopted under this Subsection (2) by providing technical


             6498      assistance.
             6499          Section 164. Section 26-18-3 is amended to read:
             6500           26-18-3. Administration of Medicaid program by department -- Reporting to the
             6501      Legislature -- Disciplinary measures and sanctions -- Funds collected -- Eligibility
             6502      standards -- Internal audits -- Studies -- Health opportunity accounts.
             6503          (1) The department shall be the single state agency responsible for the administration
             6504      of the Medicaid program in connection with the United States Department of Health and
             6505      Human Services pursuant to Title XIX of the Social Security Act.
             6506          (2) (a) The department shall implement the Medicaid program through administrative
             6507      rules in conformity with this chapter, Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking
             6508      Act, the requirements of Title XIX, and applicable federal regulations.
             6509          (b) The rules adopted under Subsection (2)(a) shall include, in addition to other rules
             6510      necessary to implement the program:
             6511          (i) the standards used by the department for determining eligibility for Medicaid
             6512      services;
             6513          (ii) the services and benefits to be covered by the Medicaid program; and
             6514          (iii) reimbursement methodologies for providers under the Medicaid program.
             6515          (3) (a) The department shall, in accordance with Subsection (3)(b), report to the Health
             6516      and Human Services Appropriations Subcommittee when the department:
             6517          (i) implements a change in the Medicaid State Plan;
             6518          (ii) initiates a new Medicaid waiver;
             6519          (iii) initiates an amendment to an existing Medicaid waiver;
             6520          (iv) applies for an extension of an application for a waiver or an existing Medicaid
             6521      waiver; or
             6522          (v) initiates a rate change that requires public notice under state or federal law.
             6523          (b) The report required by Subsection (3)(a) shall:
             6524          (i) be submitted to the Health and Human Services Appropriations Subcommittee prior
             6525      to the department implementing the proposed change; and


             6526          (ii) include:
             6527          (A) a description of the department's current practice or policy that the department is
             6528      proposing to change;
             6529          (B) an explanation of why the department is proposing the change;
             6530          (C) the proposed change in services or reimbursement, including a description of the
             6531      effect of the change;
             6532          (D) the effect of an increase or decrease in services or benefits on individuals and
             6533      families;
             6534          (E) the degree to which any proposed cut may result in cost-shifting to more expensive
             6535      services in health or human service programs; and
             6536          (F) the fiscal impact of the proposed change, including:
             6537          (I) the effect of the proposed change on current or future appropriations from the
             6538      Legislature to the department;
             6539          (II) the effect the proposed change may have on federal matching dollars received by
             6540      the state Medicaid program;
             6541          (III) any cost shifting or cost savings within the department's budget that may result
             6542      from the proposed change; and
             6543          (IV) identification of the funds that will be used for the proposed change, including any
             6544      transfer of funds within the department's budget.
             6545          (4) (a) The Department of Human Services shall report to the Legislative Health and
             6546      Human Services Appropriations Subcommittee no later than December 31, 2010 in accordance
             6547      with Subsection (4)(b).
             6548          (b) The report required by Subsection (4)(a) shall include:
             6549          (i) changes made by the division or the department beginning July 1, 2010 that effect
             6550      the Medicaid program, a waiver under the Medicaid program, or an interpretation of Medicaid
             6551      services or funding, that relate to care for children and youth in the custody of the Division of
             6552      Child and Family Services or the Division of Juvenile Justice Services;
             6553          (ii) the history and impact of the changes under Subsection (4)(b)(I);


             6554          (iii) the Department of Human Service's plans for addressing the impact of the changes
             6555      under Subsection (4)(b)(i); and
             6556          (iv) ways to consolidate administrative functions within the Department of Human
             6557      Services, the Department of Health, the Division of Child and Family Services, and the
             6558      Division of Juvenile Justice Services to more efficiently meet the needs of children and youth
             6559      with mental health and substance disorder treatment needs.
             6560          (5) Any rules adopted by the department under Subsection (2) are subject to review and
             6561      reauthorization by the Legislature in accordance with Section 63G-3-502 .
             6562          (6) The department may, in its discretion, contract with the Department of Human
             6563      Services or other qualified agencies for services in connection with the administration of the
             6564      Medicaid program, including:
             6565          (a) the determination of the eligibility of individuals for the program;
             6566          (b) recovery of overpayments; and
             6567          (c) consistent with Section 26-20-13 , and to the extent permitted by law and quality
             6568      control services, enforcement of fraud and abuse laws.
             6569          (7) The department shall provide, by rule, disciplinary measures and sanctions for
             6570      Medicaid providers who fail to comply with the rules and procedures of the program, provided
             6571      that sanctions imposed administratively may not extend beyond:
             6572          (a) termination from the program;
             6573          (b) recovery of claim reimbursements incorrectly paid; and
             6574          (c) those specified in Section 1919 of Title XIX of the federal Social Security Act.
             6575          (8) Funds collected as a result of a sanction imposed under Section 1919 of Title XIX
             6576      of the federal Social Security Act shall be deposited in the General Fund as dedicated credits to
             6577      be used by the division in accordance with the requirements of Section 1919 of Title XIX of
             6578      the federal Social Security Act.
             6579          (9) (a) In determining whether an applicant or recipient is eligible for a service or
             6580      benefit under this part or Chapter 40, Utah Children's Health Insurance Act, the department
             6581      shall, if Subsection (9)(b) is satisfied, exclude from consideration one passenger vehicle


             6582      designated by the applicant or recipient.
             6583          (b) Before Subsection (9)(a) may be applied:
             6584          (i) the federal government [must] shall:
             6585          (A) determine that Subsection (9)(a) may be implemented within the state's existing
             6586      public assistance-related waivers as of January 1, 1999;
             6587          (B) extend a waiver to the state permitting the implementation of Subsection (9)(a); or
             6588          (C) determine that the state's waivers that permit dual eligibility determinations for
             6589      cash assistance and Medicaid are no longer valid; and
             6590          (ii) the department [must] shall determine that Subsection (9)(a) can be implemented
             6591      within existing funding.
             6592          (10) (a) For purposes of this Subsection (10):
             6593          (i) "aged, blind, or disabled" shall be defined by administrative rule; and
             6594          (ii) "spend down" means an amount of income in excess of the allowable income
             6595      standard that [must] shall be paid in cash to the department or incurred through the medical
             6596      services not paid by Medicaid.
             6597          (b) In determining whether an applicant or recipient who is aged, blind, or disabled is
             6598      eligible for a service or benefit under this chapter, the department shall use 100% of the federal
             6599      poverty level as:
             6600          (i) the allowable income standard for eligibility for services or benefits; and
             6601          (ii) the allowable income standard for eligibility as a result of spend down.
             6602          (11) The department shall conduct internal audits of the Medicaid program, in
             6603      proportion to at least the level of funding it receives from Medicaid to conduct internal audits.
             6604          (12) In order to determine the feasibility of contracting for direct Medicaid providers
             6605      for primary care services, the department shall:
             6606          (a) issue a request for information for direct contracting for primary services that shall
             6607      provide that a provider shall exclusively serve all Medicaid clients:
             6608          (i) in a geographic area;
             6609          (ii) for a defined range of primary care services; and


             6610          (iii) for a predetermined total contracted amount; and
             6611          (b) by February 1, 2011, report to the Health and Human Services Appropriations
             6612      Subcommittee on the response to the request for information under Subsection (12)(a).
             6613          (13) (a) By December 31, 2010, the department shall:
             6614          (i) determine the feasibility of implementing a three year patient-centered medical
             6615      home demonstration project in an area of the state using existing budget funds; and
             6616          (ii) report the department's findings and recommendations under Subsection (13)(a)(i)
             6617      to the Health and Human Services Appropriations Subcommittee.
             6618          (b) If the department determines that the medical home demonstration project
             6619      described in Subsection (13)(a) is feasible, and the Health and Human Services Appropriations
             6620      Subcommittee recommends that the demonstration project be implemented, the department
             6621      shall:
             6622          (i) implement the demonstration project; and
             6623          (ii) by December 1, 2012, make recommendations to the Health and Human Services
             6624      Appropriations Subcommittee regarding the:
             6625          (A) continuation of the demonstration project;
             6626          (B) expansion of the demonstration project to other areas of the state; and
             6627          (C) cost savings incurred by the implementation of the demonstration project.
             6628          (14) (a) The department may apply for and, if approved, implement a demonstration
             6629      program for health opportunity accounts, as provided for in 42 U.S.C. Sec. 1396u-8.
             6630          (b) A health opportunity account established under Subsection (14)(a) shall be an
             6631      alternative to the existing benefits received by an individual eligible to receive Medicaid under
             6632      this chapter.
             6633          (c) Subsection (14)(a) is not intended to expand the coverage of the Medicaid program.
             6634          Section 165. Section 26-18-4 is amended to read:
             6635           26-18-4. Department standards for eligibility under Medicaid -- Funds for
             6636      abortions.
             6637          (1) The department may develop standards and administer policies relating to


             6638      eligibility under the Medicaid program as long as they are consistent with Subsection
             6639      26-18-3 (8). An applicant receiving Medicaid assistance may be limited to particular types of
             6640      care or services or to payment of part or all costs of care determined to be medically necessary.
             6641          (2) The department [shall not] may not provide any funds for medical, hospital, or
             6642      other medical expenditures or medical services to otherwise eligible persons where the purpose
             6643      of the assistance is to perform an abortion, unless the life of the mother would be endangered if
             6644      an abortion were not performed.
             6645          (3) Any employee of the department who authorizes payment for an abortion contrary
             6646      to the provisions of this section is guilty of a class B misdemeanor and subject to forfeiture of
             6647      office.
             6648          (4) Any person or organization that, under the guise of other medical treatment,
             6649      provides an abortion under auspices of the Medicaid program is guilty of a third degree felony
             6650      and subject to forfeiture of license to practice medicine or authority to provide medical services
             6651      and treatment.
             6652          Section 166. Section 26-18-5 is amended to read:
             6653           26-18-5. Contracts for provision of medical services -- Federal provisions
             6654      modifying department rules -- Compliance with Social Security Act.
             6655          (1) The department may contract with other public or private agencies to purchase or
             6656      provide medical services in connection with the programs of the division. Where these
             6657      programs are used by other state agencies, contracts shall provide that other state agencies
             6658      transfer the state matching funds to the department in amounts sufficient to satisfy needs of the
             6659      specified program.
             6660          (2) All contracts for the provision or purchase of medical services shall be established
             6661      on the basis of the state's fiscal year and shall remain uniform during the fiscal year insofar as
             6662      possible. Contract terms shall include provisions for maintenance, administration, and service
             6663      costs.
             6664          (3) If a federal legislative or executive provision requires modifications or revisions in
             6665      an eligibility factor established under this chapter as a condition for participation in medical


             6666      assistance, the department may modify or change its rules as necessary to qualify for
             6667      participation; providing, the provisions of this section [shall not] do not apply to department
             6668      rules governing abortion.
             6669          (4) The department shall comply with all pertinent requirements of the Social Security
             6670      Act and all orders, rules, and regulations adopted thereunder when required as a condition of
             6671      participation in benefits under the Social Security Act.
             6672          Section 167. Section 26-18-10 is amended to read:
             6673           26-18-10. Utah Medical Assistance Program -- Policies and standards.
             6674          (1) The division shall develop a medical assistance program, which shall be known as
             6675      the Utah Medical Assistance Program, for low income persons who are not eligible under the
             6676      state plan for Medicaid under Title XIX of the Social Security Act or Medicare under Title
             6677      XVIII of that act.
             6678          (2) Persons in the custody of prisons, jails, halfway houses, and other nonmedical
             6679      government institutions are not eligible for services provided under this section.
             6680          (3) The department shall develop standards and administer policies relating to
             6681      eligibility requirements, consistent with Subsection 26-18-3 (8), for participation in the
             6682      program, and for payment of medical claims for eligible persons.
             6683          (4) The program shall be a payor of last resort. Before assistance is rendered the
             6684      division shall investigate the availability of the resources of the spouse, father, mother, and
             6685      adult children of the person making application.
             6686          (5) The department shall determine what medically necessary care or services are
             6687      covered under the program, including duration of care, and method of payment, which may be
             6688      partial or in full.
             6689          (6) The department [shall not] may not provide public assistance for medical, hospital,
             6690      or other medical expenditures or medical services to otherwise eligible persons where the
             6691      purpose of the assistance is for the performance of an abortion, unless the life of the mother
             6692      would be endangered if an abortion were not performed.
             6693          (7) The department may establish rules to carry out the provisions of this section.


             6694          Section 168. Section 26-18-11 is amended to read:
             6695           26-18-11. Rural hospitals.
             6696          (1) For purposes of this section "rural hospital" means a hospital located outside of a
             6697      standard metropolitan statistical area, as designated by the United States Bureau of the Census.
             6698          (2) For purposes of the Medicaid program and the Utah Medical Assistance Program,
             6699      the Division of Health Care Financing [shall not] may not discriminate among rural hospitals
             6700      on the basis of size.
             6701          Section 169. Section 26-18-501 is amended to read:
             6702           26-18-501. Definitions.
             6703          As used in this part:
             6704          (1) "Certified program" means a nursing care facility program with Medicaid
             6705      certification.
             6706          (2) "Director" means the director of the Division of Health Care Financing.
             6707          (3) "Medicaid certification" means the right to Medicaid reimbursement as a provider
             6708      of a nursing care facility program as established by division rule.
             6709          (4) (a) "Nursing care facility" means the following facilities licensed by the department
             6710      under Chapter 21, Health Care Facility Licensing and Inspection Act:
             6711          (i) skilled nursing homes;
             6712          (ii) intermediate care facilities; and
             6713          (iii) intermediate care facilities for the mentally retarded.
             6714          (b) "Nursing care facility" does not mean a critical access hospital that meets the
             6715      criteria of 42 U.S.C. 1395i-4(c)(2) (1998).
             6716          (5) "Nursing care facility program" means the personnel, licenses, services, contracts
             6717      and all other requirements that [must] shall be met for a nursing care facility to be eligible for
             6718      Medicaid certification under this part and division rule.
             6719          (6) "Physical facility" means the buildings or other physical structures where a nursing
             6720      care facility program is operated.
             6721          (7) "Service area" means the boundaries of the distinct geographic area served by a


             6722      certified program as determined by the division in accordance with this part and division rule.
             6723          Section 170. Section 26-18-502 is amended to read:
             6724           26-18-502. Purpose -- Medicaid certification of nursing care facilities.
             6725          (1) The Legislature finds:
             6726          (a) that an oversupply of nursing care facility programs in the state adversely affects the
             6727      state Medicaid program and the health of the people in the state; and
             6728          (b) it is in the best interest of the state to prohibit Medicaid certification of nursing care
             6729      facility programs, except as authorized by this part.
             6730          (2) Medicaid reimbursement of nursing care facility programs is limited to:
             6731          (a) the number of nursing care facility programs with Medicaid certification as of May
             6732      4, 2004; and
             6733          (b) additional nursing care facility programs approved for Medicaid certification under
             6734      the provisions of Subsection 26-18-503 (5).
             6735          (3) The division [shall not] may not:
             6736          (a) except as authorized by Section 26-18-503 :
             6737          (i) process initial applications for Medicaid certification or execute provider
             6738      agreements with nursing care facility programs; or
             6739          (ii) reinstate Medicaid certification for a nursing care facility whose certification
             6740      expired or was terminated by action of the federal or state government; or
             6741          (b) execute a Medicaid provider agreement with a certified program that moves its
             6742      nursing care facility program to a different physical facility, except as authorized by Subsection
             6743      26-18-503 (3).
             6744          Section 171. Section 26-18-503 is amended to read:
             6745           26-18-503. Authorization to renew, transfer, or increase Medicaid certified
             6746      programs -- Reimbursement methodology.
             6747          (1) The division may renew Medicaid certification of a certified program if the
             6748      program, without lapse in service to Medicaid recipients, has its nursing care facility program
             6749      certified by the division at the same physical facility as long as the licensed and certified bed


             6750      capacity at the facility has not been expanded, unless the director has approved additional beds
             6751      in accordance with Subsection (5).
             6752          (2) (a) The division may issue a Medicaid certification for a new nursing care facility
             6753      program if a current owner of the Medicaid certified program transfers its ownership of the
             6754      Medicaid certification to the new nursing care facility program and the new nursing care
             6755      facility program meets all of the following conditions:
             6756          (i) the new nursing care facility program operates at the same physical facility as the
             6757      previous Medicaid certified program;
             6758          (ii) the new nursing care facility program gives a written assurance to the director in
             6759      accordance with Subsection (4);
             6760          (iii) the new nursing care facility program receives the Medicaid certification within
             6761      one year of the date the previously certified program ceased to provide medical assistance to a
             6762      Medicaid recipient; and
             6763          (iv) the licensed and certified bed capacity at the facility has not been expanded, unless
             6764      the director has approved additional beds in accordance with Subsection (5).
             6765          (b) A nursing care facility program that receives Medicaid certification under the
             6766      provisions of Subsection (2)(a) does not assume the Medicaid liabilities of the previous nursing
             6767      care facility program if the new nursing care facility program:
             6768          (i) is not owned in whole or in part by the previous nursing care facility program; or
             6769          (ii) is not a successor in interest of the previous nursing care facility program.
             6770          (3) The division may issue a Medicaid certification to a nursing care facility program
             6771      that was previously a certified program but now resides in a new or renovated physical facility
             6772      if the nursing care facility program meets all of the following:
             6773          (a) the nursing care facility program met all applicable requirements for Medicaid
             6774      certification at the time of closure;
             6775          (b) the new or renovated physical facility is in the same county or within a five-mile
             6776      radius of the original physical facility;
             6777          (c) the time between which the certified program ceased to operate in the original


             6778      facility and will begin to operate in the new physical facility is not more than three years;
             6779          (d) if Subsection (3)(c) applies, the certified program notifies the department within 90
             6780      days after ceasing operations in its original facility, of its intent to retain its Medicaid
             6781      certification;
             6782          (e) the provider gives written assurance to the director in accordance with Subsection
             6783      (4) that no third party has a legitimate claim to operate a certified program at the previous
             6784      physical facility; and
             6785          (f) the bed capacity in the physical facility has not been expanded unless the director
             6786      has approved additional beds in accordance with Subsection (5).
             6787          (4) (a) The entity requesting Medicaid certification under Subsections (2) and (3)
             6788      [must] shall give written assurances satisfactory to the director or [his] the director's designee
             6789      that:
             6790          (i) no third party has a legitimate claim to operate the certified program;
             6791          (ii) the requesting entity agrees to defend and indemnify the department against any
             6792      claims by a third party who may assert a right to operate the certified program; and
             6793          (iii) if a third party is found, by final agency action of the department after exhaustion
             6794      of all administrative and judicial appeal rights, to be entitled to operate a certified program at
             6795      the physical facility the certified program shall voluntarily comply with Subsection (4)(b).
             6796          (b) If a finding is made under the provisions of Subsection (4)(a)(iii):
             6797          (i) the certified program shall immediately surrender its Medicaid certification and
             6798      comply with division rules regarding billing for Medicaid and the provision of services to
             6799      Medicaid patients; and
             6800          (ii) the department shall transfer the surrendered Medicaid certification to the third
             6801      party who prevailed under Subsection (4)(a)(iii).
             6802          (5) (a) As provided in Subsection 26-18-502 (2)(b), the director shall issue additional
             6803      Medicaid certification when requested by a nursing care facility or other interested party if
             6804      there is insufficient bed capacity with current certified programs in a service area. A
             6805      determination of insufficient bed capacity shall be based on the nursing care facility or other


             6806      interested party providing reasonable evidence of an inadequate number of beds in the county
             6807      or group of counties impacted by the requested Medicaid certification based on:
             6808          (i) current demographics which demonstrate nursing care facility occupancy levels of at
             6809      least 90% for all existing and proposed facilities within a prospective three-year period;
             6810          (ii) current nursing care facility occupancy levels of 90%; or
             6811          (iii) no other nursing care facility within a 35-mile radius of the nursing care facility
             6812      requesting the additional certification.
             6813          (b) In addition to the requirements of Subsection (5)(a), a nursing care facility program
             6814      [must] shall demonstrate by an independent analysis that the nursing care facility can
             6815      financially support itself at an after tax break-even net income level based on projected
             6816      occupancy levels.
             6817          (c) When making a determination to certify additional beds or an additional nursing
             6818      care facility program under Subsection (5)(a):
             6819          (i) the director shall consider whether the nursing care facility will offer specialized or
             6820      unique services that are underserved in a service area;
             6821          (ii) the director shall consider whether any Medicaid certified beds are subject to a
             6822      claim by a previous certified program that may reopen under the provisions of Subsections (2)
             6823      and (3); and
             6824          (iii) the director may consider how to add additional capacity to the long-term care
             6825      delivery system to best meet the needs of Medicaid recipients.
             6826          (6) The department shall adopt administrative rules in accordance with Title 63G,
             6827      Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act, to adjust the Medicaid nursing care facility
             6828      property reimbursement methodology to:
             6829          (a) beginning July 1, 2008, only pay that portion of the property component of rates,
             6830      representing actual bed usage by Medicaid clients as a percentage of the greater of:
             6831          (i) actual occupancy; or
             6832          (ii) (A) for a nursing care facility other than a facility described in Subsection
             6833      (6)(a)(ii)(B), 85% of total bed capacity; or


             6834          (B) for a rural nursing care facility, 65% of total bed capacity; and
             6835          (b) beginning July 1, 2008, not allow for increases in reimbursement for property
             6836      values without major renovation or replacement projects as defined by the department by rule.
             6837          Section 172. Section 26-18-505 is amended to read:
             6838           26-18-505. Authorization to sell or transfer licensed Medicaid beds -- Duties of
             6839      transferor -- Duties of transferee -- Duties of division.
             6840          (1) This section provides a method to transfer the license for a Medicaid bed from one
             6841      nursing care facility program to another entity that is in addition to the authorization to transfer
             6842      under Section 26-18-503 .
             6843          (2) (a) A nursing care facility program may transfer or sell one or more of its licenses
             6844      for Medicaid beds in accordance with Subsection (2)(b) if:
             6845          (i) at the time of the transfer, and with respect to the license for the Medicaid bed that
             6846      will be transferred, the nursing care facility program that will transfer the Medicaid license
             6847      meets all applicable regulations for Medicaid certification;
             6848          (ii) 30 days prior to the transfer, the nursing care facility program gives a written
             6849      assurance to the director and to the transferee in accordance with Subsection 26-18-503 (4); and
             6850          (iii) 30 days prior to the transfer, the nursing care facility program that will transfer the
             6851      license for a Medicaid bed notifies the division in writing of:
             6852          (A) the number of bed licenses that will be transferred;
             6853          (B) the date of the transfer; and
             6854          (C) the identity and location of the entity receiving the transferred licenses.
             6855          (b) A nursing care facility program may transfer or sell one or more of its licenses for
             6856      Medicaid beds to:
             6857          (i) a nursing care facility program that has the same owner or successor in interest of
             6858      the same owner;
             6859          (ii) a nursing care facility program that has a different owner; or
             6860          (iii) an entity that intends to establish a nursing care facility program.
             6861          (3) An entity that receives or purchases a license for a Medicaid bed:


             6862          (a) may receive a license for a Medicaid bed from more than one nursing care facility
             6863      program;
             6864          (b) within 14 days of seeking Medicaid certification of beds in the nursing care facility
             6865      program, give the division notice of the total number of licenses for Medicaid beds that the
             6866      entity received and who it received the licenses from;
             6867          (c) may only seek Medicaid certification for the number of licensed beds in the nursing
             6868      care facility program equal to the total number of licenses for Medicaid beds received by the
             6869      entity, multiplied by a conversion factor of .7, and rounded down to the lowest integer;
             6870          (d) does not have to demonstrate need for the Medicaid licensed beds under Subsection
             6871      26-18-503 (5);
             6872          (e) [must] shall meet the standards for Medicaid certification other than those in
             6873      Subsection 26-18-503 (5), including personnel, services, contracts, and licensing of facilities
             6874      under Chapter 21, Health Care Facility Licensing and Inspection Act; and
             6875          (f) [must] shall obtain Medicaid certification for the licensed Medicaid beds within
             6876      three years of the date of transfer as documented under Subsection (2)(a)(iii)(B).
             6877          (4) The conversion formula required by Subsection (3)(c) shall be calculated:
             6878          (a) when the nursing care facility program applies to the Department for Medicaid
             6879      certification of the licensed beds; and
             6880          (b) based on the total number of licenses for Medicaid beds transferred to the nursing
             6881      care facility at the time of the request for Medicaid certification.
             6882          (5) (a) When the division receives notice of a transfer of a license for a Medicaid bed
             6883      under Subsection (2)(a)(iii)(A), the division shall reduce the number of licenses for Medicaid
             6884      beds at the transferring nursing care facility:
             6885          (i) equal to the number of licenses transferred; and
             6886          (ii) effective on the date of the transfer as reported under Subsection (2)(a)(iii)(B).
             6887          (b) For purposes of Section 26-18-502 , the division shall approve Medicaid
             6888      certification for the receiving entity:
             6889          (i) in accordance with the formula established in Subsection (3)(c); and


             6890          (ii) if:
             6891          (A) the nursing care facility seeks Medicaid certification for the transferred licenses
             6892      within the time limit required by Subsection (3)(f); and
             6893          (B) the nursing care facility program meets other requirements for Medicaid
             6894      certification under Subsection (3)(e).
             6895          (c) A license for a Medicaid bed may not be approved for Medicaid certification
             6896      without meeting the requirements of Sections 26-18-502 and 26-18-503 if:
             6897          (i) the license for a Medicaid bed is transferred under this section but the receiving
             6898      entity does not obtain Medicaid certification for the licensed bed within the time required by
             6899      Subsection (3)(f); or
             6900          (ii) the license for a Medicaid bed is transferred under this section but the license is no
             6901      longer eligible for Medicaid certification as a result of the conversion factor established in
             6902      Subsection (3)(c).
             6903          Section 173. Section 26-19-7 is amended to read:
             6904           26-19-7. Notice of claim by recipient -- Department response -- Conditions for
             6905      proceeding -- Collection agreements -- Department's right to intervene -- Department's
             6906      interests protected -- Remitting funds -- Disbursements -- Liability and penalty for
             6907      noncompliance.
             6908          (1) (a) A recipient may not file a claim, commence an action, or settle, compromise,
             6909      release, or waive a claim against a third party for recovery of medical costs for an injury,
             6910      disease, or disability for which the department has provided or has become obligated to provide
             6911      medical assistance, without the department's written consent as provided in Subsection (2)(b)
             6912      or (4).
             6913          (b) For purposes of Subsection (1)(a), consent may be obtained if:
             6914          (i) a recipient who files a claim, or commences an action against a third party notifies
             6915      the department in accordance with Subsection (1)(d) within 10 days of making [his] the claim
             6916      or commencing an action; or
             6917          (ii) an attorney, who has been retained by the recipient to file a claim, or commence an


             6918      action against a third party, notifies the department in accordance with Subsection (1)(d) of the
             6919      recipient's claim:
             6920          (A) within 30 days after being retained by the recipient for that purpose; or
             6921          (B) within 30 days from the date the attorney either knew or should have known that
             6922      the recipient received medical assistance from the department.
             6923          (c) Service of the notice of claim to the department shall be made by certified mail,
             6924      personal service, or by e-mail in accordance with Rule 5 of the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure,
             6925      to the director of the Office of Recovery Services.
             6926          (d) The notice of claim shall include the following information:
             6927          (i) the name of the recipient;
             6928          (ii) the recipient's Social Security number;
             6929          (iii) the recipient's date of birth;
             6930          (iv) the name of the recipient's attorney if applicable;
             6931          (v) the name or names of individuals or entities against whom the recipient is making
             6932      the claim, if known;
             6933          (vi) the name of the third party's insurance carrier, if known;
             6934          (vii) the date of the incident giving rise to the claim; and
             6935          (viii) a short statement identifying the nature of the recipient's claim.
             6936          (2) (a) Within 30 days of receipt of the notice of the claim required in Subsection (1),
             6937      the department shall acknowledge receipt of the notice of the claim to the recipient or the
             6938      recipient's attorney and shall notify the recipient or the recipient's attorney in writing of the
             6939      following:
             6940          (i) if the department has a claim or lien pursuant to Section 26-19-5 or has become
             6941      obligated to provide medical assistance; and
             6942          (ii) whether the department is denying or granting written consent in accordance with
             6943      Subsection (1)(a).
             6944          (b) The department shall provide the recipient's attorney the opportunity to enter into a
             6945      collection agreement with the department, with the recipient's consent, unless:


             6946          (i) the department, prior to the receipt of the notice of the recipient's claim pursuant to
             6947      Subsection (1), filed a written claim with the third party, the third party agreed to make
             6948      payment to the department before the date the department received notice of the recipient's
             6949      claim, and the agreement is documented in the department's record; or
             6950          (ii) there has been a failure by the recipient's attorney to comply with any provision of
             6951      this section by:
             6952          (A) failing to comply with the notice provisions of this section;
             6953          (B) failing or refusing to enter into a collection agreement;
             6954          (C) failing to comply with the terms of a collection agreement with the department; or
             6955          (D) failing to disburse funds owed to the state in accordance with this section.
             6956          (c) (i) The collection agreement shall be:
             6957          (A) consistent with this section and the attorney's obligation to represent the recipient
             6958      and represent the state's claim; and
             6959          (B) state the terms under which the interests of the department may be represented in
             6960      an action commenced by the recipient.
             6961          (ii) If the recipient's attorney enters into a written collection agreement with the
             6962      department, or includes the department's claim in the recipient's claim or action pursuant to
             6963      Subsection (4), the department shall pay attorney's fees at the rate of 33.3% of the department's
             6964      total recovery and shall pay a proportionate share of the litigation expenses directly related to
             6965      the action.
             6966          (d) The department is not required to enter into a collection agreement with the
             6967      recipient's attorney for collection of personal injury protection under Subsection
             6968      31A-22-302 (2).
             6969          (3) (a) If the department receives notice pursuant to Subsection (1), and notifies the
             6970      recipient and the recipient's attorney that the department will not enter into a collection
             6971      agreement with the recipient's attorney, the recipient may proceed with the recipient's claim or
             6972      action against the third party if the recipient excludes from the claim:
             6973          (i) any medical expenses paid by the department; or


             6974          (ii) any medical costs for which the department is obligated to provide medical
             6975      assistance.
             6976          (b) When a recipient proceeds with a claim under Subsection (3)(a), the recipient shall
             6977      provide written notice to the third party of the exclusion of the department's claim for expenses
             6978      under Subsection (3)(a)(i) or (ii).
             6979          (4) If the department receives notice pursuant to Subsection (1), and does not respond
             6980      within 30 days to the recipient or the recipient's attorney, the recipient or the recipient's
             6981      attorney:
             6982          (a) may proceed with the recipient's claim or action against the third party;
             6983          (b) may include the state's claim in the recipient's claim or action; and
             6984          (c) may not negotiate, compromise, settle, or waive the department's claim without the
             6985      department's consent.
             6986          (5) The department has an unconditional right to intervene in an action commenced by
             6987      a recipient against a third party for the purpose of recovering medical costs for which the
             6988      department has provided or has become obligated to provide medical assistance.
             6989          (6) (a) If the recipient proceeds without complying with the provisions of this section,
             6990      the department is not bound by any decision, judgment, agreement, settlement, or compromise
             6991      rendered or made on the claim or in the action.
             6992          (b) The department may recover in full from the recipient or any party to which the
             6993      proceeds were made payable all medical assistance which it has provided and retains its right to
             6994      commence an independent action against the third party, subject to Subsection 26-19-5 (3).
             6995          (7) Any amounts assigned to and recoverable by the department pursuant to Sections
             6996      26-19-4.5 and 26-19-5 collected directly by the recipient shall be remitted to the Bureau of
             6997      Medical Collections within the Office of Recovery Services no later than five business days
             6998      after receipt.
             6999          (8) (a) Any amounts assigned to and recoverable by the department pursuant to
             7000      Sections 26-19-4.5 and 26-19-5 collected directly by the recipient's attorney [must] shall be
             7001      remitted to the Bureau of Medical Collections within the Office of Recovery Services no later


             7002      than 30 days after the funds are placed in the attorney's trust account.
             7003          (b) The date by which the funds [must] shall be remitted to the department may be
             7004      modified based on agreement between the department and the recipient's attorney.
             7005          (c) The department's consent to another date for remittance may not be unreasonably
             7006      withheld.
             7007          (d) If the funds are received by the recipient's attorney, no disbursements shall be made
             7008      to the recipient or the recipient's attorney until the department's claim has been paid.
             7009          (9) A recipient or recipient's attorney who knowingly and intentionally fails to comply
             7010      with this section is liable to the department for:
             7011          (a) the amount of the department's claim or lien pursuant to Subsection (5);
             7012          (b) a penalty equal to 10% of the amount of the department's claim; and
             7013          (c) [attorney's] attorney fees and litigation expenses related to recovering the
             7014      department's claim.
             7015          Section 174. Section 26-19-8 is amended to read:
             7016           26-19-8. Statute of limitations -- Survival of right of action -- Insurance policy not
             7017      to limit time allowed for recovery.
             7018          (1) (a) Subject to Subsection (6), action commenced by the department under this
             7019      chapter against a health insurance entity [must] shall be commenced within:
             7020          (i) subject to Subsection (7), six years after the day on which the department submits
             7021      the claim for recovery or payment for the health care item or service upon which the action is
             7022      based; or
             7023          (ii) six months after the date of the last payment for medical assistance, whichever is
             7024      later.
             7025          (b) An action against any other third party, the recipient, or anyone to whom the
             7026      proceeds are payable [must] shall be commenced within:
             7027          (i) four years after the date of the injury or onset of the illness; or
             7028          (ii) six months after the date of the last payment for medical assistance, whichever is
             7029      later.


             7030          (2) The death of the recipient does not abate any right of action established by this
             7031      chapter.
             7032          (3) (a) No insurance policy issued or renewed after June 1, 1981, may contain any
             7033      provision that limits the time in which the department may submit its claim to recover medical
             7034      assistance benefits to a period of less than 24 months from the date the provider furnishes
             7035      services or goods to the recipient.
             7036          (b) No insurance policy issued or renewed after April 30, 2007, may contain any
             7037      provision that limits the time in which the department may submit its claim to recover medical
             7038      assistance benefits to a period of less than that described in Subsection (1)(a).
             7039          (4) The provisions of this section do not apply to Section 26-19-13.5 .
             7040          (5) The provisions of this section supercede any other sections regarding the time limit
             7041      in which an action [must] shall be commenced, including Section 75-7-509 .
             7042          (6) (a) Subsection (1)(a) extends the statute of limitations on a cause of action
             7043      described in Subsection (1)(a) that was not time-barred on or before April 30, 2007.
             7044          (b) Subsection (1)(a) does not revive a cause of action that was time-barred on or
             7045      before April 30, 2007.
             7046          (7) An action described in Subsection (1)(a) may not be commenced if the claim for
             7047      recovery or payment described in Subsection (1)(a)(i) is submitted later than three years after
             7048      the day on which the health care item or service upon which the claim is based was provided.
             7049          Section 175. Section 26-20-3 is amended to read:
             7050           26-20-3. False statement or representation relating to medical benefits.
             7051          (1) A person [shall not] may not make or cause to be made a false statement or false
             7052      representation of a material fact in an application for medical benefits.
             7053          (2) A person [shall not] may not make or cause to be made a false statement or false
             7054      representation of a material fact for use in determining rights to a medical benefit.
             7055          (3) A person, who having knowledge of the occurrence of an event affecting [his] the
             7056      person's initial or continued right to receive a medical benefit or the initial or continued right of
             7057      any other person on whose behalf [he] the person has applied for or is receiving a medical


             7058      benefit, [shall not] may not conceal or fail to disclose that event with intent to obtain a medical
             7059      benefit to which the person or any other person is not entitled or in an amount greater than that
             7060      to which the person or any other person is entitled.
             7061          Section 176. Section 26-20-6 is amended to read:
             7062           26-20-6. Conspiracy to defraud prohibited.
             7063          A person [shall not] may not enter into an agreement, combination, or conspiracy to
             7064      defraud the state by obtaining or aiding another to obtain the payment or allowance of a false,
             7065      fictitious, or fraudulent claim for a medical benefit.
             7066          Section 177. Section 26-20-8 is amended to read:
             7067           26-20-8. Knowledge of past acts not necessary to establish fact that false
             7068      statement or representation knowingly made.
             7069          In prosecution under this chapter, it [shall not be] is not necessary to show that the
             7070      person had knowledge of similar acts having been performed in the past on the part of persons
             7071      acting on his behalf nor to show that the person had actual notice that the acts by the persons
             7072      acting on his behalf occurred to establish the fact that a false statement or representation was
             7073      knowingly made.
             7074          Section 178. Section 26-20-9.5 is amended to read:
             7075           26-20-9.5. Civil penalties.
             7076          (1) The culpable mental state required for a civil violation of this chapter is "knowing"
             7077      or "knowingly" which:
             7078          (a) means that person, with respect to information:
             7079          (i) has actual knowledge of the information;
             7080          (ii) acts in deliberate ignorance of the truth or falsity of the information; or
             7081          (iii) acts in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information; and
             7082          (b) does not require a specific intent to defraud.
             7083          (2) Any person who violates this chapter shall, in all cases, in addition to other
             7084      penalties provided by law, be required to:
             7085          (a) make full and complete restitution to the state of all damages that the state sustains


             7086      because of the person's violation of this chapter;
             7087          (b) pay to the state its costs of enforcement of this chapter in that case, including [but
             7088      not limited to] the cost of investigators, attorneys, and other public employees, as determined
             7089      by the state; and
             7090          (c) pay to the state a civil penalty equal to:
             7091          (i) three times the amount of damages that the state sustains because of the person's
             7092      violation of this chapter; and
             7093          (ii) not less than $5,000 or more than $10,000 for each claim filed or act done in
             7094      violation of this chapter.
             7095          (3) Any civil penalties assessed under Subsection (2) shall be awarded by the court as
             7096      part of its judgment in both criminal and civil actions.
             7097          (4) A criminal action need not be brought against a person in order for that person to be
             7098      civilly liable under this section.
             7099          Section 179. Section 26-20-12 is amended to read:
             7100           26-20-12. Violation of other laws.
             7101          (1) The provisions of this chapter are:
             7102          (a) not exclusive, and the remedies provided for in this chapter are in addition to any
             7103      other remedies provided for under:
             7104          (i) any other applicable law; or
             7105          (ii) common law; and
             7106          (b) to be liberally construed and applied to:
             7107          (i) effectuate the chapter's remedial and deterrent purposes; and
             7108          (ii) serve the public interest.
             7109          (2) If any provision of this chapter or the application of this chapter to any person or
             7110      circumstance is held unconstitutional:
             7111          (a) the remaining provisions of this chapter [shall not be] are not affected; and
             7112          (b) the application of this chapter to other persons or circumstances [shall not be] are
             7113      not affected.


             7114          Section 180. Section 26-20-14 is amended to read:
             7115           26-20-14. Investigations -- Civil investigative demands.
             7116          (1) The attorney general may take investigative action under Subsection (2) if the
             7117      attorney general has reason to believe that:
             7118          (a) a person has information or custody or control of documentary material relevant to
             7119      the subject matter of an investigation of an alleged violation of this chapter;
             7120          (b) a person is committing, has committed, or is about to commit a violation of this
             7121      chapter; or
             7122          (c) it is in the public interest to conduct an investigation to ascertain whether or not a
             7123      person is committing, has committed, or is about to commit a violation of this chapter.
             7124          (2) In taking investigative action, the attorney general may:
             7125          (a) require the person to file on a prescribed form a statement in writing, under oath or
             7126      affirmation describing:
             7127          (i) the facts and circumstances concerning the alleged violation of this chapter; and
             7128          (ii) other information considered necessary by the attorney general;
             7129          (b) examine under oath a person in connection with the alleged violation of this
             7130      chapter; and
             7131          (c) in accordance with Subsections (7) through (18), execute in writing, and serve on
             7132      the person, a civil investigative demand requiring the person to produce the documentary
             7133      material and permit inspection and copying of the material.
             7134          (3) The attorney general may not release or disclose information that is obtained under
             7135      Subsection (2)(a) or (b), or any documentary material or other record derived from the
             7136      information obtained under Subsection (2)(a) or (b), except:
             7137          (a) by court order for good cause shown;
             7138          (b) with the consent of the person who provided the information;
             7139          (c) to an employee of the attorney general or the department;
             7140          (d) to an agency of this state, the United States, or another state;
             7141          (e) to a special assistant attorney general representing the state in a civil action;


             7142          (f) to a political subdivision of this state; or
             7143          (g) to a person authorized by the attorney general to receive the information.
             7144          (4) The attorney general may use documentary material derived from information
             7145      obtained under Subsection (2)(a) or (b), or copies of that material, as the attorney general
             7146      determines necessary in the enforcement of this chapter, including presentation before a court.
             7147          (5) (a) If a person fails to file a statement as required by Subsection (2)(a) or fails to
             7148      submit to an examination as required by Subsection (2)(b), the attorney general may file in
             7149      district court a complaint for an order to compel the person to within a period stated by court
             7150      order:
             7151          (i) file the statement required by Subsection (2)(a); or
             7152          (ii) submit to the examination required by Subsection (2)(b).
             7153          (b) Failure to comply with an order entered under Subsection (5)(a) is punishable as
             7154      contempt.
             7155          (6) A civil investigative demand [must] shall:
             7156          (a) state the rule or statute under which the alleged violation of this chapter is being
             7157      investigated;
             7158          (b) describe the:
             7159          (i) general subject matter of the investigation; and
             7160          (ii) class or classes of documentary material to be produced with reasonable specificity
             7161      to fairly indicate the documentary material demanded;
             7162          (c) designate a date within which the documentary material is to be produced; and
             7163          (d) identify an authorized employee of the attorney general to whom the documentary
             7164      material is to be made available for inspection and copying.
             7165          (7) A civil investigative demand may require disclosure of any documentary material
             7166      that is discoverable under the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure.
             7167          (8) Service of a civil investigative demand may be made by:
             7168          (a) delivering an executed copy of the demand to the person to be served or to a
             7169      partner, an officer, or an agent authorized by appointment or by law to receive service of


             7170      process on behalf of that person;
             7171          (b) delivering an executed copy of the demand to the principal place of business in this
             7172      state of the person to be served; or
             7173          (c) mailing by registered or certified mail an executed copy of the demand addressed to
             7174      the person to be served:
             7175          (i) at the person's principal place of business in this state; or
             7176          (ii) if the person has no place of business in this state, to the person's principal office or
             7177      place of business.
             7178          (9) Documentary material demanded in a civil investigative demand shall be produced
             7179      for inspection and copying during normal business hours at the office of the attorney general or
             7180      as agreed by the person served and the attorney general.
             7181          (10) The attorney general may not produce for inspection or copying or otherwise
             7182      disclose the contents of documentary material obtained pursuant to a civil investigative demand
             7183      except:
             7184          (a) by court order for good cause shown;
             7185          (b) with the consent of the person who produced the information;
             7186          (c) to an employee of the attorney general or the department;
             7187          (d) to an agency of this state, the United States, or another state;
             7188          (e) to a special assistant attorney general representing the state in a civil action;
             7189          (f) to a political subdivision of this state; or
             7190          (g) to a person authorized by the attorney general to receive the information.
             7191          (11) (a) With respect to documentary material obtained pursuant to a civil investigative
             7192      demand, the attorney general shall prescribe reasonable terms and conditions allowing such
             7193      documentary material to be available for inspection and copying by the person who produced
             7194      the material or by an authorized representative of that person.
             7195          (b) The attorney general may use such documentary material or copies of it as the
             7196      attorney general determines necessary in the enforcement of this chapter, including presentation
             7197      before a court.


             7198          (12) A person may file a complaint, stating good cause, to extend the return date for the
             7199      demand or to modify or set aside the demand. A complaint under this Subsection (12) shall be
             7200      filed in district court [and must be filed] before the earlier of:
             7201          (a) the return date specified in the demand; or
             7202          (b) the 20th day after the date the demand is served.
             7203          (13) Except as provided by court order, a person who has been served with a civil
             7204      investigative demand shall comply with the terms of the demand.
             7205          (14) (a) A person who has committed a violation of this chapter in relation to the
             7206      Medicaid program in this state or to any other medical benefit program administered by the
             7207      state has submitted to the jurisdiction of this state.
             7208          (b) Personal service of a civil investigative demand under this section may be made on
             7209      the person described in Subsection (14)(a) outside of this state.
             7210          (15) This section does not limit the authority of the attorney general to conduct
             7211      investigations or to access a person's documentary materials or other information under another
             7212      state or federal law, the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure, or the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
             7213          (16) The attorney general may file a complaint in district court for an order to enforce
             7214      the civil investigative demand if:
             7215          (a) a person fails to comply with a civil investigative demand; or
             7216          (b) copying and reproduction of the documentary material demanded:
             7217          (i) cannot be satisfactorily accomplished; and
             7218          (ii) the person refuses to surrender the documentary material.
             7219          (17) If a complaint is filed under Subsection (16), the court may determine the matter
             7220      presented and may enter an order to enforce the civil investigative demand.
             7221          (18) Failure to comply with a final order entered under Subsection (17) is punishable
             7222      by contempt.
             7223          Section 181. Section 26-21-9 is amended to read:
             7224           26-21-9. Application for license -- Information required -- Public records.
             7225          (1) An application for license shall be made to the department in a form prescribed by


             7226      the department. The application and other documentation requested by the department as part
             7227      of the application process shall require such information as the committee determines
             7228      necessary to ensure compliance with established rules.
             7229          (2) Information received by the department in reports and inspections shall be public
             7230      records, except the information [shall not] may not be disclosed if it directly or indirectly
             7231      identifies any individual other than the owner or operator of a health facility (unless disclosure
             7232      is required by law) or if its disclosure would otherwise constitute an unwarranted invasion of
             7233      personal privacy.
             7234          (3) Information received by the department from a health care facility, pertaining to
             7235      that facility's accreditation by a voluntary accrediting organization, shall be private data except
             7236      for a summary prepared by the department related to licensure standards.
             7237          Section 182. Section 26-21-9.5 is amended to read:
             7238           26-21-9.5. Criminal background check and Licensing Information System check.
             7239          (1) For purposes of this section:
             7240          (a) "Covered employer" means an individual who:
             7241          (i) is not a covered health care facility;
             7242          (ii) is not a licensed business within the state; and
             7243          (iii) is hiring an individual to provide services to an elderly or disabled person in the
             7244      home of the elderly or disabled person.
             7245          (b) "Covered health care facility" means:
             7246          (i) home health care agencies;
             7247          (ii) hospices;
             7248          (iii) nursing care facilities;
             7249          (iv) assisted-living facilities;
             7250          (v) small health care facilities; and
             7251          (vi) end stage renal disease facilities.
             7252          (c) "Covered person" includes:
             7253          (i) the following people who provide direct patient care:


             7254          (A) employees;
             7255          (B) volunteers; and
             7256          (C) people under contract with the covered health care facility; and
             7257          (ii) for residential settings, any individual residing in the home where the assisted
             7258      living or small health care program is to be licensed who:
             7259          (A) is 18 years of age or older; or
             7260          (B) is a child between the age of 12 and 17 years of age; however, the identifying
             7261      information required for a child between the age of 12 and 17 does not include fingerprints.
             7262          (2) In addition to the licensing requirements of Sections 26-21-8 and 26-21-9 , a
             7263      covered health care facility at the time of initial application for a license and license renewal
             7264      shall:
             7265          (a) submit the name and other identifying information of each covered person at the
             7266      covered facility who:
             7267          (i) provides direct care to a patient; and
             7268          (ii) has been the subject of a criminal background check within the preceding
             7269      three-year period by a public or private entity recognized by the department; and
             7270          (b) submit the name and other identifying information, which may include fingerprints,
             7271      of each covered person at the covered facility who has not been the subject of a criminal
             7272      background check in accordance with Subsection (2)(a)(ii).
             7273          (3) (a) The department shall forward the information received under Subsection (2)(b)
             7274      or (6)(b) to the Criminal Investigations and Technical Services Division of the Department of
             7275      Public Safety for processing to determine whether the individual has been convicted of any
             7276      crime.
             7277          (b) Except for individuals described in Subsection (1)(c)(ii)(B), if an individual has not
             7278      had residency in Utah for the last five years, the individual shall submit fingerprints for an FBI
             7279      national criminal history record check. The fingerprints shall be submitted to the FBI through
             7280      the Criminal Investigations and Technical Services Division. The individual or licensee is
             7281      responsible for the cost of the fingerprinting and national criminal history check.


             7282          (4) The department may determine whether:
             7283          (a) an individual whose name and other identifying information has been submitted
             7284      pursuant to Subsection (2) and who provides direct care to children is listed in the Licensing
             7285      Information System described in Section 62A-4a-1006 or has a substantiated finding by a court
             7286      of a severe type of child abuse or neglect under Section 78A-6-323 , if identification as a
             7287      possible perpetrator of child abuse or neglect is relevant to the employment activities of that
             7288      individual;
             7289          (b) an individual whose name and other identifying information has been submitted
             7290      pursuant to Subsection (2) or (6)(b) and who provides direct care to disabled or elder adults, or
             7291      who is residing in a residential home that is a facility licensed to provide direct care to disabled
             7292      or elder adults has a substantiated finding of abuse, neglect, or exploitation of a disabled or
             7293      elder adult by accessing in accordance with Subsection (5) the database created in Section
             7294      62A-3-311.1 if identification as a possible perpetrator of disabled or elder adult abuse, neglect,
             7295      or exploitation is relevant to the employment activities or residence of that person; or
             7296          (c) an individual whose name or other identifying information has been submitted
             7297      pursuant to Subsection (2) or (6)(b) has been adjudicated in a juvenile court of committing an
             7298      act which if committed by an adult would be a felony or a misdemeanor if:
             7299          (i) the individual is under the age of 28 years; or
             7300          (ii) the individual is over the age of 28 and has been convicted, has pleaded no contest,
             7301      or is currently subject to a plea in abeyance or diversion agreement for any felony or
             7302      misdemeanor.
             7303          (5) (a) The department shall:
             7304          (i) designate persons within the department to access:
             7305          (A) the Licensing Information System described in Section 62A-4a-1006 ;
             7306          (B) court records under Subsection 78A-6-323 (6);
             7307          (C) the database described in Subsection (4)(b); and
             7308          (D) juvenile court records as permitted by Subsection (4)(c); and
             7309          (ii) adopt measures to:


             7310          (A) protect the security of the Licensing Information System, the court records, and the
             7311      database; and
             7312          (B) strictly limit access to the Licensing Information System, the court records, and the
             7313      database to those designated under Subsection (5)(a)(i).
             7314          (b) Those designated under Subsection (5)(a)(i) shall receive training from the
             7315      Department of Human Services with respect to:
             7316          (i) accessing the Licensing Information System, the court records, and the database;
             7317          (ii) maintaining strict security; and
             7318          (iii) the criminal provisions in Section 62A-4a-412 for the improper release of
             7319      information.
             7320          (c) Those designated under Subsection (5)(a)(i):
             7321          (i) are the only ones in the department with the authority to access the Licensing
             7322      Information System, the court records, and database; and
             7323          (ii) may only access the Licensing Information System, the court records, and the
             7324      database for the purpose of licensing and in accordance with the provisions of Subsection (4).
             7325          (6) (a) Within 10 days of initially hiring a covered individual, a covered health care
             7326      facility shall submit the covered individual's information to the department in accordance with
             7327      Subsection (2).
             7328          (b) (i) Prior to, or within 10 days of initially hiring an individual to provide care to an
             7329      elderly adult or a disabled person in the home of the elderly adult or disabled person, a covered
             7330      employer may submit the employed individual's information to the department.
             7331          (ii) The department shall:
             7332          (A) in accordance with Subsections (4) and (6)(c) of this section, and Subsection
             7333      62A-3-311.1 (4)(b), determine whether the individual has a substantiated finding of abuse,
             7334      neglect, or exploitation of a minor or an elderly adult; and
             7335          (B) in accordance with Subsection (9), inform the covered employer of the
             7336      department's findings.
             7337          (c) A covered employer:


             7338          (i) [must] shall certify to the department that the covered employer intends to hire, or
             7339      has hired, the individual whose information the covered employer has submitted to the
             7340      department for the purpose of providing care to an elderly adult or a disabled person in the
             7341      home of the elderly adult or disabled person;
             7342          (ii) [must] shall pay the reasonable fees established by the department under
             7343      Subsection (8); and
             7344          (iii) commits an infraction if the covered employer intentionally misrepresents any fact
             7345      certified under Subsection (6)(c)(i).
             7346          (7) The department shall adopt rules under Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative
             7347      Rulemaking Act, consistent with this chapter, defining the circumstances under which a person
             7348      who has been convicted of a criminal offense, or a person described in Subsection (4), may
             7349      provide direct care to a patient in a covered health care facility, taking into account the nature
             7350      of the criminal conviction or substantiated finding and its relation to patient care.
             7351          (8) The department may, in accordance with Section 26-1-6 , assess reasonable fees for
             7352      a criminal background check processed pursuant to this section.
             7353          (9) The department may inform the covered health care facility or a covered employer
             7354      of information discovered under Subsection (4) with respect to a covered individual, or an
             7355      individual whose name is submitted by a covered employer.
             7356          (10) (a) A covered health care facility is not civilly liable for submitting information to
             7357      the department as required by this section.
             7358          (b) A covered employer is not civilly liable for submitting information to the
             7359      department as permitted by this section if the covered employer:
             7360          (i) complies with Subsection (6)(c)(i); and
             7361          (ii) does not use the information obtained about an individual under this section for any
             7362      purpose other than hiring decisions directly related to the care of the elderly adult or disabled
             7363      person.
             7364          Section 183. Section 26-23-7 is amended to read:
             7365           26-23-7. Application of enforcement procedures and penalties.


             7366          Enforcement procedures and penalties provided in this chapter [shall not] do not apply
             7367      to other chapters in this title which provide for specific enforcement procedures and penalties.
             7368          Section 184. Section 26-23-10 is amended to read:
             7369           26-23-10. Religious exemptions from code -- Regulation of state-licensed healing
             7370      system practice unaffected by code.
             7371          (1) [Nothing] (a) Except as provided in Subsection (1)(b), nothing in this code shall be
             7372      construed to compel any person to submit to any medical or dental examination or treatment
             7373      under the authority of this code when such person, or the parent or guardian of any such person
             7374      objects to such examination or treatment on religious grounds, or to permit any discrimination
             7375      against such person on account of such objection[; provided, that].
             7376          (b) An exemption from medical or dental examination [shall not], described in
             7377      Subsection (1)(a), may not be granted if the executive director has reasonable cause to suspect
             7378      a substantial menace to the health of other persons exposed to contact with the unexamined
             7379      person.
             7380          (2) Nothing in this code shall be construed as authorizing the supervision, regulation,
             7381      or control of the remedial care or treatment of residents in any home or institution conducted
             7382      for those who rely upon treatment by prayer or spiritual means in accordance with the creed or
             7383      tenets of any well recognized church or religious denomination, provided the statutes and
             7384      regulations on sanitation are complied with.
             7385          (3) Nothing in this code shall be construed or used to amend any statute now in force
             7386      pertaining to the scope of practice of any state-licensed healing system.
             7387          Section 185. Section 26-23b-104 is amended to read:
             7388           26-23b-104. Authorization to report.
             7389          (1) A health care provider is authorized to report to the department any case of a
             7390      reportable emergency illness or health condition in any person when:
             7391          (a) the health care provider knows of a confirmed case; or
             7392          (b) the health care provider believes, based on [his] the health care provider's
             7393      professional judgment that a person likely harbors a reportable emergency illness or health


             7394      condition.
             7395          (2) A report pursuant to this section shall include, if known:
             7396          (a) the name of the facility submitting the report;
             7397          (b) a patient identifier that allows linkage with the patient's record for follow-up
             7398      investigation if needed;
             7399          (c) the date and time of visit;
             7400          (d) the patient's age and sex;
             7401          (e) the zip code of the patient's residence;
             7402          (f) the reportable illness or condition detected or suspected;
             7403          (g) diagnostic information and, if available, diagnostic codes assigned to the visit; and
             7404          (h) whether the patient was admitted to the hospital.
             7405          (3) (a) If the department determines that a public health emergency exists, the
             7406      department may, with the concurrence of the governor and the executive director or in the
             7407      absence of the executive director, [his] the executive director's designee, issue a public health
             7408      emergency order and mandate reporting under this section for a limited reasonable period of
             7409      time, as necessary to respond to the public health emergency.
             7410          (b) The department may not mandate reporting under this subsection for more than 90
             7411      days. If more than 90 days is needed to abate the public health emergency declared under
             7412      Subsection (3)(a), the department [must] shall obtain the concurrence of the governor to extend
             7413      the period of time beyond 90 days.
             7414          (4) (a) Unless the provisions of Subsection (3) apply, a health care provider is not
             7415      subject to penalties for failing to submit a report under this section.
             7416          (b) If the provisions of Subsection (3) apply, a health care provider is subject to the
             7417      penalties of Subsection 26-23b-103 (3) for failure to make a report under this section.
             7418          Section 186. Section 26-25-5 is amended to read:
             7419           26-25-5. Violation of chapter a misdemeanor -- Civil liability.
             7420          (1) Any use, release or publication, negligent or otherwise, contrary to the provisions of
             7421      this chapter [shall be] is a class B misdemeanor.


             7422          (2) Subsection (1) [shall not] does not relieve the person or organization responsible
             7423      for such use, release, or publication from civil liability.
             7424          Section 187. Section 26-28-105 is amended to read:
             7425           26-28-105. Manner of making anatomical gift before donor's death.
             7426          (1) A donor may make an anatomical gift:
             7427          (a) by authorizing a statement or symbol indicating that the donor has made an
             7428      anatomical gift to be imprinted on the donor's driver license or identification card;
             7429          (b) in a will;
             7430          (c) during a terminal illness or injury of the donor, by any form of communication
             7431      addressed to at least two adults, at least one of whom is a disinterested witness; or
             7432          (d) as provided in Subsection (2).
             7433          (2) A donor or other person authorized to make an anatomical gift under Section
             7434      26-28-104 may make a gift by a donor card or other record signed by the donor or other person
             7435      making the gift or by authorizing that a statement or symbol indicating that the donor has made
             7436      an anatomical gift be included on a donor registry. If the donor or other person is physically
             7437      unable to sign a record, the record may be signed by another individual at the direction of the
             7438      donor or other person and [must] shall:
             7439          (a) be witnessed by at least two adults, at least one of whom is a disinterested witness,
             7440      who have signed at the request of the donor or the other person; and
             7441          (b) state that it has been signed and witnessed as provided in Subsection (2)(a).
             7442          (3) Revocation, suspension, expiration, or cancellation of a driver license or
             7443      identification card upon which an anatomical gift is indicated does not invalidate the gift.
             7444          (4) An anatomical gift made by will takes effect upon the donor's death whether or not
             7445      the will is probated. Invalidation of the will after the donor's death does not invalidate the gift.
             7446          Section 188. Section 26-28-106 is amended to read:
             7447           26-28-106. Amending or revoking anatomical gift before donor's death.
             7448          (1) Subject to Section 26-28-108 , a donor or other person authorized to make an
             7449      anatomical gift under Section 26-28-104 may amend or revoke an anatomical gift by:


             7450          (a) a record signed by:
             7451          (i) the donor;
             7452          (ii) the other person; or
             7453          (iii) subject to Subsection (2), another individual acting at the direction of the donor or
             7454      the other person if the donor or other person is physically unable to sign; or
             7455          (b) a later-executed document of gift that amends or revokes a previous anatomical gift
             7456      or portion of an anatomical gift, either expressly or by inconsistency.
             7457          (2) A record signed pursuant to Subsection (1)(a)(iii) [must] shall:
             7458          (a) be witnessed by at least two adults, at least one of whom is a disinterested witness,
             7459      who have signed at the request of the donor or the other person; and
             7460          (b) state that it has been signed and witnessed as provided in Subsection (1)(a).
             7461          (3) Subject to Section 26-28-108 , a donor or other person authorized to make an
             7462      anatomical gift under Section 26-28-104 may revoke an anatomical gift by the destruction or
             7463      cancellation of the document of gift, or the portion of the document of gift used to make the
             7464      gift, with the intent to revoke the gift.
             7465          (4) A donor may amend or revoke an anatomical gift that was not made in a will by any
             7466      form of communication during a terminal illness or injury addressed to at least two adults, at
             7467      least one of whom is a disinterested witness.
             7468          (5) A donor who makes an anatomical gift in a will may amend or revoke the gift in the
             7469      manner provided for amendment or revocation of wills or as provided in Subsection (1).
             7470          Section 189. Section 26-28-107 is amended to read:
             7471           26-28-107. Refusal to make anatomical gift -- Effect of refusal.
             7472          (1) An individual may refuse to make an anatomical gift of the individual's body or part
             7473      by:
             7474          (a) a record signed by:
             7475          (i) the individual; or
             7476          (ii) subject to Subsection (2), another individual acting at the direction of the individual
             7477      if the individual is physically unable to sign;


             7478          (b) the individual's will, whether or not the will is admitted to probate or invalidated
             7479      after the individual's death; or
             7480          (c) any form of communication made by the individual during the individual's terminal
             7481      illness or injury addressed to at least two adults, at least one of whom is a disinterested witness.
             7482          (2) A record signed pursuant to Subsection (1)(a)(ii) [must] shall:
             7483          (a) be witnessed by at least two adults, at least one of whom is a disinterested witness,
             7484      who have signed at the request of the individual; and
             7485          (b) state that it has been signed and witnessed as provided in Subsection (1)(a).
             7486          (3) An individual who has made a refusal may amend or revoke the refusal:
             7487          (a) in the manner provided in Subsection (1) for making a refusal;
             7488          (b) by subsequently making an anatomical gift pursuant to Section 26-28-105 that is
             7489      inconsistent with the refusal; or
             7490          (c) by destroying or canceling the record evidencing the refusal, or the portion of the
             7491      record used to make the refusal, with the intent to revoke the refusal.
             7492          (4) Except as otherwise provided in Subsection 26-28-108 (8), in the absence of an
             7493      express, contrary indication by the individual set forth in the refusal, an individual's unrevoked
             7494      refusal to make an anatomical gift of the individual's body or part bars all other persons from
             7495      making an anatomical gift of the individual's body or part.
             7496          Section 190. Section 26-28-111 is amended to read:
             7497           26-28-111. Persons that may receive anatomical gift -- Purpose of anatomical gift.
             7498          (1) An anatomical gift may be made to the following persons named in the document
             7499      of gift:
             7500          (a) a hospital, accredited medical school, dental school, college, university, organ
             7501      procurement organization, or other appropriate person, for research or education;
             7502          (b) subject to Subsection (2), an individual designated by the person making the
             7503      anatomical gift if the individual is the recipient of the part; or
             7504          (c) an eye bank or tissue bank.
             7505          (2) If an anatomical gift to an individual under Subsection (1)(b) cannot be


             7506      transplanted into the individual, the part passes in accordance with Subsection (7) in the
             7507      absence of an express, contrary indication by the person making the anatomical gift.
             7508          (3) If an anatomical gift of one or more specific parts or of all parts is made in a
             7509      document of gift that does not name a person described in Subsection (1) but identifies the
             7510      purpose for which an anatomical gift may be used, the following rules apply:
             7511          (a) If the part is an eye and the gift is for the purpose of transplantation or therapy, the
             7512      gift passes to the appropriate eye bank.
             7513          (b) If the part is tissue and the gift is for the purpose of transplantation or therapy, the
             7514      gift passes to the appropriate tissue bank.
             7515          (c) If the part is an organ and the gift is for the purpose of transplantation or therapy,
             7516      the gift passes to the appropriate organ procurement organization as custodian of the organ.
             7517          (d) If the part is an organ, an eye, or tissue and the gift is for the purpose of research or
             7518      education, the gift passes to the appropriate procurement organization.
             7519          (4) For the purpose of Subsection (3), if there is more than one purpose of an
             7520      anatomical gift set forth in the document of gift but the purposes are not set forth in any
             7521      priority, the gift [must] shall be used for transplantation or therapy, if suitable. If the gift
             7522      cannot be used for transplantation or therapy, the gift may be used for research or education.
             7523          (5) If an anatomical gift of one or more specific parts is made in a document of gift that
             7524      does not name a person described in Subsection (1) and does not identify the purpose of the
             7525      gift, the gift may be used only for transplantation or therapy, and the gift passes in accordance
             7526      with Subsection (7).
             7527          (6) If a document of gift specifies only a general intent to make an anatomical gift by
             7528      words such as "donor," "organ donor," or "body donor," or by a symbol or statement of similar
             7529      import, the gift may be used only for transplantation or therapy, and the gift passes in
             7530      accordance with Subsection (7).
             7531          (7) For purposes of Subsections (2), (5), and (7) the following rules apply:
             7532          (a) If the part is an eye, the gift passes to the appropriate eye bank.
             7533          (b) If the part is tissue, the gift passes to the appropriate tissue bank.


             7534          (c) If the part is an organ, the gift passes to the appropriate organ procurement
             7535      organization as custodian of the organ.
             7536          (8) An anatomical gift of an organ for transplantation or therapy, other than an
             7537      anatomical gift under Subsection (1)(b), passes to the organ procurement organization as
             7538      custodian of the organ.
             7539          (9) If an anatomical gift does not pass pursuant to Subsections (2) through (8) or the
             7540      decedent's body or part is not used for transplantation, therapy, research, or education, custody
             7541      of the body or part passes to the person under obligation to dispose of the body or part.
             7542          (10) A person may not accept an anatomical gift if the person knows that the gift was
             7543      not effectively made under Section 26-28-105 or 26-28-110 or if the person knows that the
             7544      decedent made a refusal under Section 26-28-107 that was not revoked. For purposes of this
             7545      Subsection (10), if a person knows that an anatomical gift was made on a document of gift, the
             7546      person is considered to know of any amendment or revocation of the gift or any refusal to make
             7547      an anatomical gift on the same document of gift.
             7548          (11) Except as otherwise provided in Subsection (1)(b), nothing in this chapter affects
             7549      the allocation of organs for transplantation or therapy.
             7550          Section 191. Section 26-28-114 is amended to read:
             7551           26-28-114. Rights and duties of procurement organization and others.
             7552          (1) When a hospital refers an individual at or near death to a procurement organization,
             7553      the organization shall make a reasonable search of the records of the Department of Public
             7554      Safety and any donor registry that it knows exists for the geographical area in which the
             7555      individual resides to ascertain whether the individual has made an anatomical gift.
             7556          (2) A procurement organization [must] shall be allowed reasonable access to
             7557      information in the records of the Department of Public Safety to ascertain whether an
             7558      individual at or near death is a donor.
             7559          (3) When a hospital refers an individual at or near death to a procurement organization,
             7560      the organization may conduct any reasonable examination necessary to ensure the medical
             7561      suitability of a part that is or could be the subject of an anatomical gift for transplantation,


             7562      therapy, research, or education from a donor or a prospective donor. During the examination
             7563      period, measures necessary to ensure the medical suitability of the part may not be withdrawn
             7564      unless the hospital or procurement organization knows that the individual expressed a contrary
             7565      intent.
             7566          (4) Unless prohibited by law other than this chapter, at any time after a donor's death,
             7567      the person to which a part passes under Section 26-28-111 may conduct any reasonable
             7568      examination necessary to ensure the medical suitability of the body or part for its intended
             7569      purpose.
             7570          (5) Unless prohibited by law other than this chapter, an examination under Subsection
             7571      (3) or (4) may include an examination of all medical and dental records of the donor or
             7572      prospective donor.
             7573          (6) Upon the death of a minor who was a donor or had signed a refusal, unless a
             7574      procurement organization knows the minor is emancipated, the procurement organization shall
             7575      conduct a reasonable search for the parents of the minor and provide the parents with an
             7576      opportunity to revoke or amend the anatomical gift or revoke the refusal.
             7577          (7) Upon referral by a hospital under Subsection (1), a procurement organization shall
             7578      make a reasonable search for any person listed in Section 26-28-109 having priority to make an
             7579      anatomical gift on behalf of a prospective donor. If a procurement organization receives
             7580      information that an anatomical gift to any other person was made, amended, or revoked, it shall
             7581      promptly advise the other person of all relevant information.
             7582          (8) Subject to Subsection 26-28-111 (9) and Section 26-28-123 , the rights of the person
             7583      to which a part passes under Section 26-28-111 are superior to the rights of all others with
             7584      respect to the part. The person may accept or reject an anatomical gift in whole or in part.
             7585      Subject to the terms of the document of gift and this chapter, a person that accepts an
             7586      anatomical gift of an entire body may allow embalming, burial or cremation, and use of
             7587      remains in a funeral service. If the gift is of a part, the person to which the part passes under
             7588      Section 26-28-111 , upon the death of the donor and before embalming, burial, or cremation,
             7589      shall cause the part to be removed without unnecessary mutilation.


             7590          (9) Neither the physician who attends the decedent at death nor the physician who
             7591      determines the time of the decedent's death may participate in the procedures for removing or
             7592      transplanting a part from the decedent.
             7593          (10) A physician or technician may remove a donated part from the body of a donor
             7594      that the physician or technician is qualified to remove.
             7595          Section 192. Section 26-28-120 is amended to read:
             7596           26-28-120. Donor registry.
             7597          (1) The Department of Public Safety may establish or contract for the establishment of
             7598      a donor registry.
             7599          (2) The Driver License Division of the Department of Public Safety shall cooperate
             7600      with a person that administers any donor registry that this state establishes, contracts for, or
             7601      recognizes for the purpose of transferring to the donor registry all relevant information
             7602      regarding a donor's making, amendment to, or revocation of an anatomical gift.
             7603          (3) A donor registry [must] shall:
             7604          (a) allow a donor or other person authorized under Section 26-28-104 to include on the
             7605      donor registry a statement or symbol that the donor has made, amended, or revoked an
             7606      anatomical gift;
             7607          (b) be accessible to a procurement organization to allow it to obtain relevant
             7608      information on the donor registry to determine, at or near death of the donor or a prospective
             7609      donor, whether the donor or prospective donor has made, amended, or revoked an anatomical
             7610      gift; and
             7611          (c) be accessible for purposes of Subsections (3)(a) and (b) seven days a week on a
             7612      24-hour basis.
             7613          (4) Personally identifiable information on a donor registry about a donor or prospective
             7614      donor may not be used or disclosed without the express consent of the donor, prospective
             7615      donor, or person that made the anatomical gift for any purpose other than to determine, at or
             7616      near death of the donor or prospective donor, whether the donor or prospective donor has
             7617      made, amended, or revoked an anatomical gift.


             7618          (5) This section does not prohibit any person from creating or maintaining a donor
             7619      registry that is not established by or under contract with the state. Any such registry [must]
             7620      shall comply with Subsections (3) and (4).
             7621          Section 193. Section 26-28-121 is amended to read:
             7622           26-28-121. Effect of anatomical gift on advance health care directive.
             7623          (1) As used in this section:
             7624          (a) "Advance health care directive" means a power of attorney for health care or a
             7625      record signed or authorized by a prospective donor containing the prospective donor's direction
             7626      concerning a health care decision for the prospective donor.
             7627          (b) "Declaration" means a record signed by a prospective donor specifying the
             7628      circumstances under which a life support system may be withheld or withdrawn from the
             7629      prospective donor.
             7630          (c) "Health care decision" means any decision regarding the health care of the
             7631      prospective donor.
             7632          (2) If a prospective donor has a declaration or advance health care directive and the
             7633      terms of the declaration or directive and the express or implied terms of a potential anatomical
             7634      gift are in conflict with regard to the administration of measures necessary to ensure the
             7635      medical suitability of a part for transplantation or therapy, the prospective donor's attending
             7636      physician and prospective donor shall confer to resolve the conflict. If the prospective donor is
             7637      incapable of resolving the conflict, an agent acting under the prospective donor's declaration or
             7638      directive, or if no declaration or directive exists or the agent is not reasonably available,
             7639      another person authorized by a law other than this chapter to make a health care decision on
             7640      behalf of the prospective donor, shall act for the donor to resolve the conflict. The conflict
             7641      [must] shall be resolved as expeditiously as possible. Information relevant to the resolution of
             7642      the conflict may be obtained from the appropriate procurement organization and any other
             7643      person authorized to make an anatomical gift for the prospective donor under Section
             7644      26-28-109 . Before resolution of the conflict, measures necessary to ensure the medical
             7645      suitability of the part may not be withheld or withdrawn from the prospective donor if


             7646      withholding or withdrawing the measures is not contraindicated by appropriate end of life care.
             7647          Section 194. Section 26-28-124 is amended to read:
             7648           26-28-124. Uniformity of application and construction.
             7649          In applying and construing this uniform act, consideration [must] shall be given to the
             7650      need to promote uniformity of the law with respect to its subject matter among states that enact
             7651      it.
             7652          Section 195. Section 26-31-1 is amended to read:
             7653           26-31-1. Procurement and use of blood, plasma, products, and derivatives a
             7654      service and not a sale.
             7655          The procurement, processing, distribution, or use of whole human blood, plasma, blood
             7656      products, and blood derivatives for the purpose of injecting or transfusing them into the human
             7657      body together with the process of injecting or transfusing the same shall be construed to be the
             7658      rendition of a service by every person participating therein and [shall not] may not be construed
             7659      to be a sale.
             7660          Section 196. Section 26-33a-104 is amended to read:
             7661           26-33a-104. Purpose, powers, and duties of the committee.
             7662          (1) The purpose of the committee is to direct a statewide effort to collect, analyze, and
             7663      distribute health care data to facilitate the promotion and accessibility of quality and
             7664      cost-effective health care and also to facilitate interaction among those with concern for health
             7665      care issues.
             7666          (2) The committee shall:
             7667          (a) develop and adopt by rule, following public hearing and comment, a health data
             7668      plan that shall among its elements:
             7669          (i) identify the key health care issues, questions, and problems amenable to resolution
             7670      or improvement through better data, more extensive or careful analysis, or improved
             7671      dissemination of health data;
             7672          (ii) document existing health data activities in the state to collect, organize, or make
             7673      available types of data pertinent to the needs identified in Subsection (2)(a)(I);


             7674          (iii) describe and prioritize the actions suitable for the committee to take in response to
             7675      the needs identified in Subsection (2)(a)(i) in order to obtain or to facilitate the obtaining of
             7676      needed data, and to encourage improvements in existing data collection, interpretation, and
             7677      reporting activities, and indicate how those actions relate to the activities identified under
             7678      Subsection (2)(a)(ii);
             7679          (iv) detail the types of data needed for the committee's work, the intended data
             7680      suppliers, and the form in which such data are to be supplied, noting the consideration given to
             7681      the potential alternative sources and forms of such data and to the estimated cost to the
             7682      individual suppliers as well as to the department of acquiring these data in the proposed
             7683      manner; the plan shall reasonably demonstrate that the committee has attempted to maximize
             7684      cost-effectiveness in the data acquisition approaches selected;
             7685          (v) describe the types and methods of validation to be performed to assure data validity
             7686      and reliability;
             7687          (vi) explain the intended uses of and expected benefits to be derived from the data
             7688      specified in Subsection (2)(a)(iv), including the contemplated tabulation formats and analysis
             7689      methods; the benefits described [must] shall demonstrably relate to one or more of the
             7690      following:
             7691          (A) promoting quality health care[,];
             7692          (B) managing health care costs[,]; or
             7693          (C) improving access to health care services;
             7694          (vii) describe the expected processes for interpretation and analysis of the data flowing
             7695      to the committee; noting specifically the types of expertise and participation to be sought in
             7696      those processes; and
             7697          (viii) describe the types of reports to be made available by the committee and the
             7698      intended audiences and uses;
             7699          (b) have the authority to collect, validate, analyze, and present health data in
             7700      accordance with the plan while protecting individual privacy through the use of a control
             7701      number as the health data identifier;


             7702          (c) evaluate existing identification coding methods and, if necessary, require by rule
             7703      that health data suppliers use a uniform system for identification of patients, health care
             7704      facilities, and health care providers on health data they submit under this chapter;
             7705          (d) report biennially to the governor and the Legislature on how the committee is
             7706      meeting its responsibilities under this chapter; and
             7707          (e) advise, consult, contract, and cooperate with any corporation, association, or other
             7708      entity for the collection, analysis, processing, or reporting of health data identified by control
             7709      number only in accordance with the plan.
             7710          (3) The committee may adopt rules to carry out the provisions of this chapter in
             7711      accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act.
             7712          (4) Except for data collection, analysis, and validation functions described in this
             7713      section, nothing in this chapter shall be construed to authorize or permit the committee to
             7714      perform regulatory functions which are delegated by law to other agencies of the state or
             7715      federal governments or to perform quality assurance or medical record audit functions that
             7716      health care facilities, health care providers, or third party payors are required to conduct to
             7717      comply with federal or state law. The committee [shall not] may not recommend or determine
             7718      whether a health care provider, health care facility, third party payor, or self-funded employer is
             7719      in compliance with federal or state laws including [but not limited to] federal or state licensure,
             7720      insurance, reimbursement, tax, malpractice, or quality assurance statutes or common law.
             7721          (5) Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to require a data supplier to supply health
             7722      data identifying a patient by name or describing detail on a patient beyond that needed to
             7723      achieve the approved purposes included in the plan.
             7724          (6) No request for health data shall be made of health care providers and other data
             7725      suppliers until a plan for the use of such health data has been adopted.
             7726          (7) If a proposed request for health data imposes unreasonable costs on a data supplier,
             7727      due consideration shall be given by the committee to altering the request. If the request is not
             7728      altered, the committee shall pay the costs incurred by the data supplier associated with
             7729      satisfying the request that are demonstrated by the data supplier to be unreasonable.


             7730          (8) After a plan is adopted as provided in Section 26-33a-106.1 , the committee may
             7731      require any data supplier to submit fee schedules, maximum allowable costs, area prevailing
             7732      costs, terms of contracts, discounts, fixed reimbursement arrangements, capitations, or other
             7733      specific arrangements for reimbursement to a health care provider.
             7734          (9) The committee [shall not] may not publish any health data collected under
             7735      Subsection (8) [which] that would disclose specific terms of contracts, discounts, or fixed
             7736      reimbursement arrangements, or other specific reimbursement arrangements between an
             7737      individual provider and a specific payer.
             7738          (10) Nothing in Subsection (8) shall prevent the committee from requiring the
             7739      submission of health data on the reimbursements actually made to health care providers from
             7740      any source of payment, including consumers.
             7741          Section 197. Section 26-33a-106.5 is amended to read:
             7742           26-33a-106.5. Comparative analyses.
             7743          (1) The committee may publish compilations or reports that compare and identify
             7744      health care providers or data suppliers from the data it collects under this chapter or from any
             7745      other source.
             7746          (2) (a) The committee shall publish compilations or reports from the data it collects
             7747      under this chapter or from any other source which:
             7748          (i) contain the information described in Subsection (2)(b); and
             7749          (ii) compare and identify by name at least a majority of the health care facilities and
             7750      institutions in the state.
             7751          (b) The report required by this Subsection (2) shall:
             7752          (i) be published at least annually; and
             7753          (ii) contain comparisons based on at least the following factors:
             7754          (A) nationally recognized quality standards;
             7755          (B) charges; and
             7756          (C) nationally recognized patient safety standards.
             7757          (3) The committee may contract with a private, independent analyst to evaluate the


             7758      standard comparative reports of the committee that identify, compare, or rank the performance
             7759      of data suppliers by name. The evaluation shall include a validation of statistical
             7760      methodologies, limitations, appropriateness of use, and comparisons using standard health
             7761      services research practice. The analyst [must] shall be experienced in analyzing large
             7762      databases from multiple data suppliers and in evaluating health care issues of cost, quality, and
             7763      access. The results of the analyst's evaluation [must] shall be released to the public before the
             7764      standard comparative analysis upon which it is based may be published by the committee.
             7765          (4) The committee shall adopt by rule a timetable for the collection and analysis of data
             7766      from multiple types of data suppliers.
             7767          (5) The comparative analysis required under Subsection (2) shall be available free of
             7768      charge and easily accessible to the public.
             7769          Section 198. Section 26-33a-111 is amended to read:
             7770           26-33a-111. Health data not subject to subpoena or compulsory process --
             7771      Exception.
             7772          Identifiable health data obtained in the course of activities undertaken or supported
             7773      under this chapter [shall not be] are not subject to subpoena or similar compulsory process in
             7774      any civil or criminal, judicial, administrative, or legislative proceeding, nor shall any individual
             7775      or organization with lawful access to identifiable health data under the provisions of this
             7776      chapter be compelled to testify with regard to such health data, except that data pertaining to a
             7777      party in litigation may be subject to subpoena or similar compulsory process in an action
             7778      brought by or on behalf of such individual to enforce any liability arising under this chapter.
             7779          Section 199. Section 26-34-2 is amended to read:
             7780           26-34-2. Definition of death -- Determination of death.
             7781          (1) An individual is dead if the individual has sustained either:
             7782          (a) irreversible cessation of circulatory and respiratory functions; or
             7783          (b) irreversible cessation of all functions of the entire brain, including the brain stem.
             7784          (2) A determination of death [must] shall be made in accordance with accepted medical
             7785      standards.


             7786          Section 200. Section 26-35a-107 is amended to read:
             7787           26-35a-107. Adjustment to nursing care facility Medicaid reimbursement rates.
             7788          If federal law or regulation prohibits the money in the Nursing Care Facilities Account
             7789      from being used in the manner set forth in Subsection 26-35a-106 (1)(b), the rates paid to
             7790      nursing care facilities for providing services pursuant to the Medicaid program [must] shall be
             7791      changed as follows:
             7792          (1) except as otherwise provided in Subsection (2), to the rates paid to nursing care
             7793      facilities on June 30, 2004; or
             7794          (2) if the Legislature or the department has on or after July 1, 2004, changed the rates
             7795      paid to facilities through a manner other than the use of expenditures from the Nursing Care
             7796      Facilities Account, to the rates provided for by the Legislature or the department.
             7797          Section 201. Section 26-36a-102 is amended to read:
             7798           26-36a-102. Legislative findings.
             7799          (1) The Legislature finds that there is an important state purpose to improve the access
             7800      of Medicaid patients to quality care in Utah hospitals because of continuous decreases in state
             7801      revenues and increases in enrollment under the Utah Medicaid program.
             7802          (2) The Legislature finds that in order to improve this access to those persons described
             7803      in Subsection (1):
             7804          (a) the rates paid to Utah hospitals [must] shall be adequate to encourage and support
             7805      improved access; and
             7806          (b) adequate funding [must] shall be provided to increase the rates paid to Utah
             7807      hospitals providing services pursuant to the Utah Medicaid program.
             7808          Section 202. Section 26-36a-203 is amended to read:
             7809           26-36a-203. Calculation of assessment.
             7810          (1) The division shall calculate the inpatient upper payment limit gap for hospitals for
             7811      each state fiscal year.
             7812          (2) (a) An annual assessment is payable on a quarterly basis for each hospital in an
             7813      amount calculated at a uniform assessment rate for each hospital discharge, in accordance with


             7814      this section.
             7815          (b) The uniform assessment rate shall be determined using the total number of hospital
             7816      discharges for assessed hospitals divided into the total non-federal portion of the upper
             7817      payment limit gap.
             7818          (c) Any quarterly changes to the uniform assessment rate [must] shall be applied
             7819      uniformly to all assessed hospitals.
             7820          (d) (i) Except as provided in Subsection (2)(d)(ii), the annual uniform assessment rate
             7821      may not generate more than the non-federal share of the annual upper payment limit gap for the
             7822      fiscal year.
             7823          (ii) (A) For fiscal year 2010 the assessment may not generate more than the non-federal
             7824      share of the annual upper payment limit gap for the fiscal year.
             7825          (B) For fiscal year 2010-11 the department may generate an additional amount from
             7826      the assessment imposed under Subsection (2)(d)(i) in the amount of $2,000,000 which shall be
             7827      used by the department and the division as follows:
             7828          (I) $1,000,000 to offset Medicaid mandatory expenditures; and
             7829          (II) $1,000,000 to offset the reduction in hospital outpatient fees in the state program.
             7830          (C) For fiscal years 2011-12 and 2012-13 the department may generate an additional
             7831      amount from the assessment imposed under Subsection (2)(d)(i) in the amount of $1,000,000
             7832      to offset Medicaid mandatory expenditures.
             7833          (3) (a) For state fiscal years 2010 and 2011, discharges shall be determined using the
             7834      data from each hospital's Medicare Cost Report contained in the Centers for Medicare and
             7835      Medicaid Services' Healthcare Cost Report Information System file as of April 1, 2009 for
             7836      hospital fiscal years ending between October 1, 2007, and September 30, 2008.
             7837          (b) If a hospital's fiscal year Medicare Cost Report is not contained in the Centers for
             7838      Medicare and Medicaid Services' Healthcare Cost Report Information System file dated March
             7839      31, 2009:
             7840          (i) the hospital shall submit to the division a copy of the hospital's Medicare Cost
             7841      Report with a fiscal year end between October 1, 2007, and September 30, 2008; and


             7842          (ii) the division shall determine the hospital's discharges from the information
             7843      submitted under Subsection (3)(b)(i).
             7844          (c) If a hospital started operations after the due date for a 2007 Medicare Cost Report:
             7845          (i) the hospital shall submit to the division a copy of the hospital's most recent
             7846      complete year Medicare Cost Report; and
             7847          (ii) the division shall determine the hospital's discharges from the information
             7848      submitted under Subsection (3)(c)(i).
             7849          (d) If a hospital is not certified by the Medicare program and is not required to file a
             7850      Medicare Cost Report:
             7851          (i) the hospital shall submit to the division its applicable fiscal year discharges with
             7852      supporting documentation;
             7853          (ii) the division shall determine the hospital's discharges from the information
             7854      submitted under Subsection (3)(d)(i); and
             7855          (iii) the failure to submit discharge information under Subsections (3)(d)(i) and (ii)
             7856      shall result in an audit of the hospital's records by the department and the imposition of a
             7857      penalty equal to 5% of the calculated assessment.
             7858          (4) (a) For state fiscal year 2012 and 2013, discharges shall be determined using the
             7859      data from each hospital's Medicare Cost Report contained in the Centers for Medicare and
             7860      Medicaid Services' Healthcare Cost Report Information System file as of:
             7861          (i) for state fiscal year 2012, September 30, 2010, for hospital fiscal years ending
             7862      between October 1, 2008, and September 30, 2009; and
             7863          (ii) for state fiscal year 2013, September 30, 2011, for hospital fiscal years ending
             7864      between October 1, 2009, and September 30, 2010.
             7865          (b) If a hospital's fiscal year Medicare Cost Report is not contained in the Centers for
             7866      Medicare and Medicaid Services' Healthcare Cost Report Information System file:
             7867          (i) the hospital shall submit to the division a copy of the hospital's Medicare Cost
             7868      Report applicable to the assessment year; and
             7869          (ii) the division shall determine the hospital's discharges.


             7870          (c) If a hospital is not certified by the Medicare program and is not required to file a
             7871      Medicare Cost Report:
             7872          (i) the hospital shall submit to the division its applicable fiscal year discharges with
             7873      supporting documentation;
             7874          (ii) the division shall determine the hospital's discharges from the information
             7875      submitted under Subsection (4)(c)(i); and
             7876          (iii) the failure to submit discharge information shall result in an audit of the hospital's
             7877      records and a penalty equal to 5% of the calculated assessment.
             7878          (5) Except as provided in Subsection (6), if a hospital is owned by an organization that
             7879      owns more than one hospital in the state:
             7880          (a) the assessment for each hospital shall be separately calculated by the department;
             7881      and
             7882          (b) each separate hospital shall pay the assessment imposed by this chapter.
             7883          (6) Notwithstanding the requirement of Subsection (5), if multiple hospitals use the
             7884      same Medicaid provider number:
             7885          (a) the department shall calculate the assessment in the aggregate for the hospitals
             7886      using the same Medicaid provider number; and
             7887          (b) the hospitals may pay the assessment in the aggregate.
             7888          (7) (a) The assessment formula imposed by this section, and the inpatient access
             7889      payments under Section 26-36a-205 , shall be adjusted in accordance with Subsection (7)(b) if a
             7890      hospital, for any reason, does not meet the definition of a hospital subject to the assessment
             7891      under Section 26-36a-103 for the entire fiscal year.
             7892          (b) The department shall adjust the assessment payable to the department under this
             7893      chapter for a hospital that is not subject to the assessment for an entire fiscal year by
             7894      multiplying the annual assessment calculated under Subsection (3) or (4) by a fraction, the
             7895      numerator of which is the number of days during the year that the hospital operated, and the
             7896      denominator of which is 365.
             7897          (c) A hospital described in Subsection (7)(a):


             7898          (i) that is ceasing to operate in the state, shall pay any assessment owed to the
             7899      department immediately upon ceasing to operate in the state; and
             7900          (ii) shall receive Medicaid inpatient hospital access payments under Section
             7901      26-36a-205 for the state fiscal year, adjusted using the same formula described in Subsection
             7902      (7)(b).
             7903          (8) A hospital that is subject to payment of the assessment at the beginning of a state
             7904      fiscal year, but during the state fiscal year experiences a change in status so that it no longer
             7905      falls under the definition of a hospital subject to the assessment in Section 26-36a-204 , shall:
             7906          (a) not be required to pay the hospital assessment beginning on the date established by
             7907      the department by administrative rule; and
             7908          (b) not be entitled to Medicaid inpatient hospital access payments under Section
             7909      26-36a-205 on the date established by the department by administrative rule.
             7910          Section 203. Section 26-40-110 is amended to read:
             7911           26-40-110. Managed care -- Contracting for services.
             7912          (1) Program benefits provided to enrollees under the program, as described in Section
             7913      26-40-106 , shall be delivered in a managed care system if the department determines that
             7914      adequate services are available where the enrollee lives or resides.
             7915          (2) (a) The department shall use the following criteria to evaluate bids from health
             7916      plans:
             7917          (i) ability to manage medical expenses, including mental health costs;
             7918          (ii) proven ability to handle accident and health insurance;
             7919          (iii) efficiency of claim paying procedures;
             7920          (iv) proven ability for managed care and quality assurance;
             7921          (v) provider contracting and discounts;
             7922          (vi) pharmacy benefit management;
             7923          (vii) an estimate of total charges for administering the pool;
             7924          (viii) ability to administer the pool in a cost-efficient manner;
             7925          (ix) the ability to provide adequate providers and services in the state; and


             7926          (x) other criteria established by the department.
             7927          (b) The dental benefits required by Section 26-40-106 may be bid out separately from
             7928      other program benefits.
             7929          (c) Except for dental benefits, the department shall request bids for the program's
             7930      benefits in 2008. The department shall request bids for the program's dental benefits in 2009.
             7931      The department shall request bids for the program's benefits at least once every five years
             7932      thereafter.
             7933          (d) The department's contract with health plans for the program's benefits shall include
             7934      risk sharing provisions in which the health plan [must] shall accept at least 75% of the risk for
             7935      any difference between the department's premium payments per client and actual medical
             7936      expenditures.
             7937          (3) The executive director shall report to and seek recommendations from the Health
             7938      Advisory Council created in Section 26-1-7.5 :
             7939          (a) if the division receives less than two bids or proposals under this section that are
             7940      acceptable to the division or responsive to the bid; and
             7941          (b) before awarding a contract to a managed care system.
             7942          (4) (a) The department shall award contracts to responsive bidders if the department
             7943      determines that a bid is acceptable and meets the criteria of Subsections (2)(a) and (d).
             7944          (b) The department may contract with the Group Insurance Division within the Utah
             7945      State Retirement Office to provide services under Subsection (1) if:
             7946          (i) the executive director seeks the recommendation of the Health Advisory Council
             7947      under Subsection (3); and
             7948          (ii) the executive director determines that the bids were not acceptable to the
             7949      department.
             7950          (c) In accordance with Section 49-20-201 , a contract awarded under Subsection (4)(b)
             7951      is not subject to the risk sharing required by Subsection (2)(d).
             7952          (5) Title 63G, Chapter 6, Utah Procurement Code, shall apply to this section.
             7953          Section 204. Section 26-41-104 is amended to read:


             7954           26-41-104. Training in use of epinephrine auto-injector.
             7955          (1) (a) Each primary and secondary school in the state, both public and private, shall
             7956      make initial and annual refresher training, regarding the storage and emergency use of an
             7957      epinephrine auto-injector, available to any teacher or other school employee who volunteers to
             7958      become a qualified adult.
             7959          (b) The training described in Subsection (1)(a) may be provided by the school nurse, or
             7960      other person qualified to provide such training, designated by the school district physician, the
             7961      medical director of the local health department, or the local emergency medical services
             7962      director.
             7963          (2) A person who provides training under Subsection (1) or (6) shall include in the
             7964      training:
             7965          (a) techniques for recognizing symptoms of anaphylaxis;
             7966          (b) standards and procedures for the storage and emergency use of epinephrine
             7967      auto-injectors;
             7968          (c) emergency follow-up procedures, including calling the emergency 911 number and
             7969      contacting, if possible, the student's parent and physician; and
             7970          (d) written materials covering the information required under this Subsection (2).
             7971          (3) A qualified adult shall retain for reference the written materials prepared in
             7972      accordance with Subsection (2)(d).
             7973          (4) A public school shall permit a student to possess an epinephrine auto-injector or
             7974      possess and self-administer an epinephrine auto-injector if:
             7975          (a) the student's parent or guardian signs a statement:
             7976          (i) authorizing the student to possess or possess and self-administer an epinephrine
             7977      auto-injector; and
             7978          (ii) acknowledging that the student is responsible for, and capable of, possessing or
             7979      possessing and self-administering an epinephrine auto-injector; and
             7980          (b) the student's health care provider provides a written statement that states that:
             7981          (i) it is medically appropriate for the student to possess or possess and self-administer


             7982      an epinephrine auto-injector; and
             7983          (ii) the student should be in possession of the epinephrine auto-injector at all times.
             7984          (5) The Utah Department of Health, in cooperation with the state superintendent of
             7985      public instruction, shall design forms to be used by public schools for the parental and health
             7986      care providers statements described in Subsection (6).
             7987          (6) (a) The department:
             7988          (i) shall approve educational programs conducted by other persons, to train people
             7989      under Subsection (6)(b) of this section, regarding the use and storage of emergency epinephrine
             7990      auto-injectors; and
             7991          (ii) may, as funding is available, conduct educational programs to train people
             7992      regarding the use of and storage of emergency epinephrine auto-injectors.
             7993          (b) A person who volunteers to receive training to administer an epinephrine
             7994      auto-injector under the provisions of this Subsection (6) [must] shall demonstrate a need for the
             7995      training to the department, which may be based upon occupational, volunteer, or family
             7996      circumstances, and shall include:
             7997          (i) camp counselors;
             7998          (ii) scout leaders;
             7999          (iii) forest rangers;
             8000          (iv) tour guides; and
             8001          (v) other persons who have or reasonably expect to have responsibility for at least one
             8002      other person as a result of the person's occupational or volunteer status.
             8003          (7) The department shall adopt rules in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah
             8004      Administrative Rulemaking Act, to:
             8005          (a) establish and approve training programs in accordance with this section; and
             8006          (b) establish a procedure for determining the need for training under Subsection
             8007      (6)(b)(v).
             8008          Section 205. Section 26-47-103 is amended to read:
             8009           26-47-103. Department to award grants for assistance to persons with bleeding


             8010      disorders.
             8011          (1) For purposes of this section:
             8012          (a) "Hemophilia services" means a program for medical care, including the costs of
             8013      blood transfusions, and the use of blood derivatives and blood clotting factors.
             8014          (b) "Person with a bleeding disorder" means a person:
             8015          (i) who is medically diagnosed with hemophilia or a bleeding disorder;
             8016          (ii) who is not eligible for Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program; and
             8017          (iii) who has either:
             8018          (A) insurance coverage that excludes coverage for hemophilia services;
             8019          (B) exceeded the person's insurance plan's annual maximum benefits;
             8020          (C) exceeded the person's annual or lifetime maximum benefits payable under Title
             8021      31A, Chapter 29, Comprehensive Health Insurance Pool Act; or
             8022          (D) insurance coverage available under either private health insurance, Title 31A,
             8023      Chapter 29, Comprehensive Health Insurance Pool Act, Utah mini COBRA coverage under
             8024      Section 31A-22-722 , or federal COBRA coverage, but the premiums for that coverage are
             8025      greater than a percentage of the person's annual adjusted gross income as established by the
             8026      department by administrative rule.
             8027          (2) (a) Within appropriations specified by the Legislature for this purpose, the
             8028      department shall make grants to public and nonprofit entities who assist persons with bleeding
             8029      disorders with the cost of obtaining hemophilia services or the cost of insurance premiums for
             8030      coverage of hemophilia services.
             8031          (b) Applicants for grants under this section:
             8032          (i) [must] shall be submitted to the department in writing; and
             8033          (ii) [must] shall comply with Subsection (3).
             8034          (3) Applications for grants under this section shall include:
             8035          (a) a statement of specific, measurable objectives, and the methods to be used to assess
             8036      the achievement of those objectives;
             8037          (b) a description of the personnel responsible for carrying out the activities of the grant


             8038      along with a statement justifying the use of any grant funds for the personnel;
             8039          (c) letters and other forms of evidence showing that efforts have been made to secure
             8040      financial and professional assistance and support for the services to be provided under the
             8041      grant;
             8042          (d) a list of services to be provided by the applicant;
             8043          (e) the schedule of fees to be charged by the applicant; and
             8044          (f) other provisions as determined by the department.
             8045          (4) The department may accept grants, gifts, and donations of money or property for
             8046      use by the grant program.
             8047          (5) (a) The department shall establish rules in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3,
             8048      Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act, governing the application form, process, and criteria it
             8049      will use in awarding grants under this section.
             8050          (b) The department shall submit an annual report on the implementation of the grant
             8051      program:
             8052          (i) by no later than November 1; and
             8053          (ii) to the Health and Human Services Interim Committee and the Health and Human
             8054      Services Appropriations Subcommittee.
             8055          Section 206. Section 26-49-202 is amended to read:
             8056           26-49-202. Volunteer health practitioner registration systems.
             8057          (1) To qualify as a volunteer health practitioner registration system, the registration
             8058      system [must] shall:
             8059          (a) accept applications for the registration of volunteer health practitioners before or
             8060      during an emergency;
             8061          (b) include information about the licensure and good standing of health practitioners
             8062      that is accessible by authorized persons;
             8063          (c) be capable of confirming the accuracy of information concerning whether a health
             8064      practitioner is licensed and in good standing before health services or veterinary services are
             8065      provided under this chapter; and


             8066          (d) meet one of the following conditions:
             8067          (i) be an emergency system for advance registration of volunteer health practitioners
             8068      established by a state and funded through the United States Department of Health and Human
             8069      Services under Section 319I of the Public Health Services Act, 42 U.S.C. Sec. 247d-7b, as
             8070      amended;
             8071          (ii) be a local unit consisting of trained and equipped emergency response, public
             8072      health, and medical personnel formed under Section 2801 of the Public Health Services Act, 42
             8073      U.S.C. Sec. 300hh as amended;
             8074          (iii) be operated by a:
             8075          (A) disaster relief organization;
             8076          (B) licensing board;
             8077          (C) national or regional association of licensing boards or health practitioners;
             8078          (D) health facility that provides comprehensive inpatient and outpatient healthcare
             8079      services, including tertiary care; or
             8080          (E) governmental entity; or
             8081          (iv) be designated by the Department of Health as a registration system for purposes of
             8082      this chapter.
             8083          (2) (a) Subject to Subsection (2)(b), while an emergency declaration is in effect, the
             8084      Department of Health, a person authorized to act on behalf of the Department of Health, or a
             8085      host entity shall confirm whether a volunteer health practitioner in Utah is registered with a
             8086      registration system that complies with Subsection (1).
             8087          (b) The confirmation authorized under this Subsection (2) is limited to obtaining the
             8088      identity of the practitioner from the system and determining whether the system indicates that
             8089      the practitioner is licensed and in good standing.
             8090          (3) Upon request of a person authorized under Subsection (2), or a similarly authorized
             8091      person in another state, a registration system located in Utah shall notify the person of the
             8092      identity of a volunteer health practitioner and whether or not the volunteer health practitioner is
             8093      licensed and in good standing.


             8094          (4) A host entity is not required to use the services of a volunteer health practitioner
             8095      even if the volunteer health practitioner is registered with a registration system that indicates
             8096      that the practitioner is licensed and in good standing.
             8097          Section 207. Section 26-49-701 is amended to read:
             8098           26-49-701. Uniformity of application and construction.
             8099          In applying and construing this chapter, consideration [must] shall be given to the need
             8100      to promote uniformity of the law with respect to its subject matter among states that enact it.
             8101          Section 208. Section 26A-1-112 is amended to read:
             8102           26A-1-112. Appointment of personnel.
             8103          (1) All local health department personnel shall be hired by the local health officer or
             8104      [his] the local health officer's designee in accordance with the merit system, personnel policies,
             8105      and compensation plans approved by the board and ratified pursuant to Subsection (2). The
             8106      personnel shall have qualifications for their positions equivalent to those approved for
             8107      comparable positions in the Departments of Health and Environmental Quality.
             8108          (2) The merit system, personnel policies, and compensation plans approved under
             8109      Subsection (1) [must] shall be ratified by all the counties participating in the local health
             8110      department.
             8111          (3) Subject to the local merit system, employees of the local health department may be
             8112      removed by the local health officer for cause. A hearing shall be granted if requested by the
             8113      employee.
             8114          Section 209. Section 26A-1-126 is amended to read:
             8115           26A-1-126. Medical reserve corps.
             8116          (1) In addition to the duties listed in Section 26A-1-114 , a local health department may
             8117      establish a medical reserve corps in accordance with this section.
             8118          (2) The purpose of a medical reserve corps is to enable a local health authority to
             8119      respond with appropriate health care professionals to a national, state, or local emergency, a
             8120      public health emergency as defined in Section 26-23b-102 , or a declaration by the president of
             8121      the United States or other federal official requesting public health related activities.


             8122          (3) When an emergency has been declared in accordance with Subsection (2), a local
             8123      health department may activate a medical reserve corps for the duration of the emergency.
             8124          (4) For purposes of this section, a medical reserve corps may include persons who:
             8125          (a) are licensed under Title 58, Occupations and Professions, and who are operating
             8126      within the scope of their practice;
             8127          (b) are exempt from licensure, or operating under modified scope of practice
             8128      provisions in accordance with Subsections 58-1-307 (4) and (5); and
             8129          (c) within the 10 years preceding the declared emergency, held a valid license, in good
             8130      standing in Utah, for one of the occupations described in Subsection 58-13-2 (1), but the license
             8131      is not currently active.
             8132          (5) (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsections 58-1-307 (4)(a) and (5)(b) the
             8133      local health department may authorize a person described in Subsection (4) to operate in a
             8134      modified scope of practice as necessary to respond to the declared emergency.
             8135          (b) A person operating as a member of an activated medical reserve corps under this
             8136      section:
             8137          (i) [must] shall be volunteering for and supervised by the local health department;
             8138          (ii) [must] shall comply with the provisions of this section;
             8139          (iii) is exempt from the licensing laws of Title 58, Occupations and Professions; and
             8140          (iv) [must] shall carry a certificate issued by the local health department which
             8141      designates the individual as a member of the medical reserve corps during the duration of the
             8142      emergency.
             8143          (6) The local department of health may access the Division of Occupational and
             8144      Professional Licensing database for the purpose of determining if a person's current or expired
             8145      license to practice in the state was in good standing.
             8146          (7) The local department of health shall maintain a registry of persons who are
             8147      members of a medical reserve corps. The registry of the medical reserve corps shall be made
             8148      available to the public and to the Division of Occupational and Professional Licensing.
             8149          Section 210. Section 29-1-2 is amended to read:


             8150           29-1-2. Property worth more than $250 -- Limitation of liability -- Special
             8151      arrangements -- Theft by, or negligence of, innkeeper or servant.
             8152          An innkeeper, hotel keeper, boarding house or lodging house keeper [shall not be
             8153      obliged] is not required to receive from a guest for deposit in such safe or vault, property
             8154      described in the next preceding section exceeding a total value of $250, and [shall not be] is
             8155      not liable for such property exceeding such value whether received or not. Such innkeeper,
             8156      hotel keeper, boarding house or lodging house keeper, by special arrangement with a guest,
             8157      may receive for deposit in such safe or vault property upon such written terms as may be
             8158      agreed upon. [An] A person who is an innkeeper, hotel keeper, boarding house or lodging
             8159      house keeper shall be liable for a loss of any of such property of a guest in [his] the person's inn
             8160      caused by the theft or negligence of the innkeeper or [his] the innkeeper's servant.
             8161          Section 211. Section 29-1-3 is amended to read:
             8162           29-1-3. Other personal property -- Limitation of liability.
             8163          (1) The liability of a person who is an innkeeper, hotel keeper, boarding or lodging
             8164      house keeper, for loss of or injury to personal property placed in [his care by his] the person's
             8165      care by the person's guests other than that described in Section 29-1-1 , shall be that of a
             8166      depositary for hire. [Such liability shall not]
             8167          (2) The liability described in Subsection (1) may not exceed $150 for each trunk and its
             8168      contents, $50 for each valise, suitcase or other piece of hand luggage and its contents, and $10
             8169      for each box, bundle or package, and its contents, so placed in [his] the person's care, unless
             8170      [he] the person has consented in writing with [such] the guest to assume a greater liability.
             8171          Section 212. Section 30-1-4.5 is amended to read:
             8172           30-1-4.5. Validity of marriage not solemnized.
             8173          (1) A marriage which is not solemnized according to this chapter shall be legal and
             8174      valid if a court or administrative order establishes that it arises out of a contract between a man
             8175      and a woman who:
             8176          (a) are of legal age and capable of giving consent;
             8177          (b) are legally capable of entering a solemnized marriage under the provisions of this


             8178      chapter;
             8179          (c) have cohabited;
             8180          (d) mutually assume marital rights, duties, and obligations; and
             8181          (e) who hold themselves out as and have acquired a uniform and general reputation as
             8182      husband and wife.
             8183          (2) The determination or establishment of a marriage under this section [must] shall
             8184      occur during the relationship described in Subsection (1), or within one year following the
             8185      termination of that relationship. Evidence of a marriage recognizable under this section may be
             8186      manifested in any form, and may be proved under the same general rules of evidence as facts in
             8187      other cases.
             8188          Section 213. Section 30-1-5 is amended to read:
             8189           30-1-5. Marriage solemnization -- Before unauthorized person -- Validity.
             8190          (1) A marriage solemnized before a person professing to have authority to perform
             8191      marriages [shall not] may not be invalidated for lack of authority, if consummated in the belief
             8192      of the parties or either of them that [he] the person had authority and that they have been
             8193      lawfully married.
             8194          (2) This section may not be construed to validate a marriage that is prohibited or void
             8195      under Section 30-1-2 .
             8196          Section 214. Section 30-1-10 is amended to read:
             8197           30-1-10. Application by persons unknown to clerk -- Affidavit -- Penalty.
             8198          (1) When the parties are personally unknown to the clerk a license [shall not issue]
             8199      may not be issued until an affidavit is made before [him] the clerk, which shall be filed and
             8200      preserved by [him] the clerk, by a party applying for [such] the license, showing that there is no
             8201      lawful reason in the way of [such] the marriage. [The party making such affidavit or any
             8202      subscribing witness, if he falsely swears therein, is guilty of perjury.]
             8203          (2) A party who makes an affidavit described in Subsection (1) or a subscribing
             8204      witness to the affidavit who falsely swears in the affidavit is guilty of perjury.
             8205          Section 215. Section 30-1-32 is amended to read:


             8206           30-1-32. Master plan for counseling.
             8207          (1) It shall be the function and duty of the premarital counseling board, after holding
             8208      public hearings, to make, adopt, and certify to the county legislative body a master plan for
             8209      premarital counseling of marriage license applicants within the purposes and objectives of this
             8210      act.
             8211          (2) The master plan [shall include, but not be limited to,] described in Subsection (1)
             8212      shall include:
             8213          (a) counseling procedures [which] that:
             8214          (i) will make applicants aware of problem areas in their proposed marriage [and];
             8215          (ii) suggest ways of meeting problems [and which]; and
             8216          (iii) will induce reconsideration or postponement [where] when:
             8217          (A) the applicants are not sufficiently matured or are not financially capable of meeting
             8218      the responsibilities of marriage; or
             8219          (B) are marrying for reasons not conducive to a sound lasting marriage[. The plan shall
             8220      include]; and
             8221          (b) standards for evaluating premarital counseling received by the applicants, prior to
             8222      their application for a marriage license, which would justify issuance of certificate without
             8223      further counseling being given or required.
             8224          (3) The board may, from time to time, amend or extend the plan described in
             8225      Subsection (1).
             8226          (4) The premarital counseling board may, subject to Subsection (5):
             8227          (a) appoint a staff and employees as may be necessary for its work; and [may]
             8228          (b) contract with social service agencies or other consultants within the county or
             8229      counties for services it requires[, providing, its expenditures shall not].
             8230          (5) Expenditures for the appointments and contracts described in Subsection (4) may
             8231      not exceed the sums appropriated by the county legislative body plus sums placed at its
             8232      disposal through gift or otherwise.
             8233          Section 216. Section 30-1-33 is amended to read:


             8234           30-1-33. Conformity to master plan for counseling as prerequisite to marriage
             8235      license -- Exceptions.
             8236          Whenever the board of commissioners of a county has adopted a master plan for
             8237      premarital counseling no resident of the county may obtain a marriage license without
             8238      conforming to the plan, except that:
             8239          (1) Any person who applies for a marriage license shall have the right to secure the
             8240      license and to marry notwithstanding their failure to conform to the required premarital
             8241      counseling or their failure to obtain a certificate of authorization from the premarital counseling
             8242      board if they wait six months from the date of application for issuance of the license.
             8243          (2) This [act shall not] chapter does not apply to any application for a marriage license
             8244      where both parties are at least 19 years of age and neither has been previously divorced.
             8245          (3) This [act shall not] chapter does not apply to any application for a marriage license
             8246      unless both applicants have physically resided in [the state of] Utah for 60 days immediately
             8247      preceding their application.
             8248          (4) Premarital counseling required by this act shall be [deemed] considered fulfilled if
             8249      the applicants present a certificate verified by a clergyman that the applicants have completed a
             8250      course of premarital counseling approved by [his] a church and given by or under the
             8251      supervision of the clergyman.
             8252          Section 217. Section 30-1-35 is amended to read:
             8253           30-1-35. Persons performing counseling services designated by board --
             8254      Exemption from license requirements.
             8255          For the purposes of this [act] chapter the premarital counseling board of each county or
             8256      combination of counties may determine those persons who are to perform any services under
             8257      this [act] chapter and any person so acting [shall not be] is not subject to prosecution or other
             8258      sanctions for [his] the person's failure to hold any license for these services as may be required
             8259      by the laws of the state [of Utah].
             8260          Section 218. Section 30-1-37 is amended to read:
             8261           30-1-37. Confidentiality of information obtained under counseling provisions.


             8262          Except for the information required or to be required on the marriage license
             8263      application form, any information given by a marriage license applicant in compliance with this
             8264      [act] chapter shall be confidential information and [shall not] may not be released by any
             8265      person, board, commission, or other entity. However, the premarital counseling board or board
             8266      of commissioners may use the information, without identification of individuals, to compile
             8267      and release statistical data.
             8268          Section 219. Section 30-2-7 is amended to read:
             8269           30-2-7. Husband's liability for wife's torts.
             8270          For civil injuries committed by a married woman damages may be recovered from her
             8271      alone, and her husband [shall not] may not be held liable [therefor] for those civil injuries,
             8272      except in cases where he would be jointly liable with her if the marriage did not exist.
             8273          Section 220. Section 30-3-16.7 is amended to read:
             8274           30-3-16.7. Effect of petition -- Pendency of action.
             8275          (1) The filing of a petition for conciliation under this act shall, for a period of 60 days
             8276      thereafter, act as a bar to the filing by either spouse of an action for divorce, annulment of
             8277      marriage or separate maintenance unless the court otherwise orders.
             8278          (2) The pendency of an action for divorce, annulment of marriage or separate
             8279      maintenance [shall not] does not prevent either party to the action from filing a petition for
             8280      conciliation under this act, either on [his] the party's own or at the request and direction of the
             8281      court as authorized by Section 30-3-17 [; and the].
             8282          (3) The filing of a petition for conciliation shall stay for a period of 60 days, unless the
             8283      court otherwise orders, any trial or default hearing upon the complaint. [However,]
             8284          (4) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, when the judge of the family
             8285      court division is advised in writing by a marriage counselor to whom a petition for conciliation
             8286      has been referred that a reconciliation of the parties cannot be effected, the bar to filing an
             8287      action or the stay of trial or default hearing shall be removed.
             8288          Section 221. Section 30-3-17 is amended to read:
             8289           30-3-17. Power and jurisdiction of judge.


             8290          (1) The judge of a district court may:
             8291          (a) counsel either spouse or both [and may in his];
             8292          (b) in the judge's discretion require one or both [of them] spouses to appear before
             8293      [him and,] the judge;
             8294          (c) in those counties where a domestic relations counselor has been appointed pursuant
             8295      to this [act] chapter, require [them] the spouses to file a petition for conciliation and to appear
             8296      before [such] the counselor[,]; or [may]
             8297          (d) recommend the aid of:
             8298          (i) a physician, psychiatrist, psychologist, social service worker, or other specialists or
             8299      scientific expert[,]; or
             8300          (ii) the pastor, bishop, or presiding officer of any religious denomination to which the
             8301      parties may belong.
             8302          (2) The power and jurisdiction granted by this [act shall be] chapter is in addition to,
             8303      and not in limitation of, that presently exercised by the district courts [and shall not be in
             8304      limitation thereof].
             8305          Section 222. Section 30-3-17.1 is amended to read:
             8306           30-3-17.1. Proceedings considered confidential -- Written evaluation by
             8307      counselor.
             8308          (1) The petition for conciliation and all communications, verbal or written, from the
             8309      parties to the domestic relations counselors or other personnel of the conciliation department in
             8310      counseling or conciliation proceedings shall be [deemed] considered to be made in official
             8311      confidence within the meaning of Section 78B-1-137 and [shall not be] is not admissible or
             8312      usable for any purpose in any divorce hearing or other proceeding. [However,]
             8313          (2) Notwithstanding Subsection (1), the marriage counselor may submit to the
             8314      appropriate court a written evaluation of the prospects or prognosis of a particular marriage
             8315      without divulging facts or revealing confidential disclosures.
             8316          Section 223. Section 30-3-18 is amended to read:
             8317           30-3-18. Waiting period for hearing after filing for divorce -- Exemption -- Use of


             8318      counseling and education services not to be construed as condonation or promotion.
             8319          (1) Unless the court, for good cause shown and set forth in the findings, otherwise
             8320      orders, no hearing for decree of divorce shall be held by the court until 90 days shall have
             8321      elapsed from the filing of the complaint, [provided] but the court may make [such] interim
             8322      orders as may be just and equitable.
             8323          (2) The 90-day period as provided in Subsection (1) [shall not] does not apply in any
             8324      case where both parties have completed the mandatory educational course for divorcing parents
             8325      as provided in Section 30-3-11.3 .
             8326          (3) The use of counseling, mediation, and education services provided under this
             8327      chapter may not be construed as condoning the acts that may constitute grounds for divorce on
             8328      the part of either spouse nor of promoting divorce.
             8329          Section 224. Section 30-3-33 is amended to read:
             8330           30-3-33. Advisory guidelines.
             8331          In addition to the parent-time schedules provided in Sections 30-3-35 and 30-3-35.5 ,
             8332      the following advisory guidelines are suggested to govern all parent-time arrangements
             8333      between parents.
             8334          (1) Parent-time schedules mutually agreed upon by both parents are preferable to a
             8335      court-imposed solution.
             8336          (2) The parent-time schedule shall be utilized to maximize the continuity and stability
             8337      of the child's life.
             8338          (3) Special consideration shall be given by each parent to make the child available to
             8339      attend family functions including funerals, weddings, family reunions, religious holidays,
             8340      important ceremonies, and other significant events in the life of the child or in the life of either
             8341      parent which may inadvertently conflict with the parent-time schedule.
             8342          (4) The responsibility for the pick up, delivery, and return of the child shall be
             8343      determined by the court when the parent-time order is entered, and may be changed at any time
             8344      a subsequent modification is made to the parent-time order.
             8345          (5) If the noncustodial parent will be providing transportation, the custodial parent


             8346      shall have the child ready for parent-time at the time the child is to be picked up and shall be
             8347      present at the custodial home or shall make reasonable alternate arrangements to receive the
             8348      child at the time the child is returned.
             8349          (6) If the custodial parent will be transporting the child, the noncustodial parent shall
             8350      be at the appointed place at the time the noncustodial parent is to receive the child, and have
             8351      the child ready to be picked up at the appointed time and place, or have made reasonable
             8352      alternate arrangements for the custodial parent to pick up the child.
             8353          (7) Regular school hours may not be interrupted for a school-age child for the exercise
             8354      of parent-time by either parent.
             8355          (8) The court may make alterations in the parent-time schedule to reasonably
             8356      accommodate the work schedule of both parents and may increase the parent-time allowed to
             8357      the noncustodial parent but [shall not] may not diminish the standardized parent-time provided
             8358      in Sections 30-3-35 and 30-3-35.5 .
             8359          (9) The court may make alterations in the parent-time schedule to reasonably
             8360      accommodate the distance between the parties and the expense of exercising parent-time.
             8361          (10) Neither parent-time nor child support is to be withheld due to either parent's
             8362      failure to comply with a court-ordered parent-time schedule.
             8363          (11) The custodial parent shall notify the noncustodial parent within 24 hours of
             8364      receiving notice of all significant school, social, sports, and community functions in which the
             8365      child is participating or being honored, and the noncustodial parent shall be entitled to attend
             8366      and participate fully.
             8367          (12) The noncustodial parent shall have access directly to all school reports including
             8368      preschool and daycare reports and medical records and shall be notified immediately by the
             8369      custodial parent in the event of a medical emergency.
             8370          (13) Each parent shall provide the other with [his] the parent's current address and
             8371      telephone number, email address, and other virtual parent-time access information within 24
             8372      hours of any change.
             8373          (14) Each parent shall permit and encourage, during reasonable hours, reasonable and


             8374      uncensored communications with the child, in the form of mail privileges and virtual
             8375      parent-time if the equipment is reasonably available, provided that if the parties cannot agree
             8376      on whether the equipment is reasonably available, the court shall decide whether the equipment
             8377      for virtual parent-time is reasonably available, taking into consideration:
             8378          (a) the best interests of the child;
             8379          (b) each parent's ability to handle any additional expenses for virtual parent-time; and
             8380          (c) any other factors the court considers material.
             8381          (15) Parental care shall be presumed to be better care for the child than surrogate care
             8382      and the court shall encourage the parties to cooperate in allowing the noncustodial parent, if
             8383      willing and able to transport the children, to provide the child care. Child care arrangements
             8384      existing during the marriage are preferred as are child care arrangements with nominal or no
             8385      charge.
             8386          (16) Each parent shall provide all surrogate care providers with the name, current
             8387      address, and telephone number of the other parent and shall provide the noncustodial parent
             8388      with the name, current address, and telephone number of all surrogate care providers unless the
             8389      court for good cause orders otherwise.
             8390          (17) Each parent shall be entitled to an equal division of major religious holidays
             8391      celebrated by the parents, and the parent who celebrates a religious holiday that the other parent
             8392      does not celebrate shall have the right to be together with the child on the religious holiday.
             8393          (18) If the child is on a different parent-time schedule than a sibling, based on Sections
             8394      30-3-35 and 30-3-35.5 , the parents should consider if an upward deviation for parent-time with
             8395      all the minor children so that parent-time is uniform between school aged and nonschool aged
             8396      children, is appropriate.
             8397          Section 225. Section 30-8-3 is amended to read:
             8398           30-8-3. Writing -- Signature required.
             8399          A premarital agreement [must] shall be in writing and signed by both parties. It is
             8400      enforceable without consideration.
             8401          Section 226. Section 31A-2-301 is amended to read:


             8402           31A-2-301. Special hearing officers -- Witness and mileage fees.
             8403          (1) If the commissioner considers it necessary because of the technicality or complexity
             8404      of the subject, [he] the commissioner may appoint a special hearing officer from outside the
             8405      department staff and may contract for a reasonable professional fee for the services.
             8406          (2) (a) In hearings before the commissioner, witness fees and reimbursement for
             8407      mileage traveled, if claimed, shall be allowed at the same rate as in district courts.
             8408          (b) Witness fees and reimbursement for mileage, together with the actual expense
             8409      necessarily incurred in securing attendance of witnesses and their testimony, and the hearing
             8410      officer's fee and reasonable actual expenses, shall be paid by the Insurance Department.
             8411          (c) The commissioner shall be reimbursed for these costs as provided in Section
             8412      31A-2-205 if:
             8413          (i) the hearing is incident to an examination for which costs are payable under Section
             8414      31A-2-205 ; or
             8415          (ii) the commissioner orders the persons involved in the hearing to reimburse the
             8416      department for hearing costs, which the commissioner may do if [he] the commissioner had
             8417      reasonable cause to believe that the order which issued or might have issued was necessary.
             8418          (3) Whenever the commissioner is reimbursed for costs under this section, the
             8419      expenditures [shall not] may not be charged against the department budget.
             8420          Section 227. Section 31A-2-302 is amended to read:
             8421           31A-2-302. Commissioner's disapproval.
             8422          (1) When the law requires the commissioner's approval for a certain action without a
             8423      deemer clause, that approval [must] shall be express. The commissioner's disapproval of an
             8424      action is assumed if the commissioner does not act within 60 days after receiving the
             8425      application for approval or give notice of the commissioner's reasonable extension of that time
             8426      period with the commissioner's reasons for the extension. Assumed disapproval under this
             8427      subsection entitles the aggrieved person to request agency action under Section 63G-4-201 .
             8428          (2) When the law provides that a certain action is not effective if disapproved by the
             8429      commissioner within a certain period, the affirmative approval by the commissioner may make


             8430      the action effective at a designated earlier date, but not earlier than the date of the
             8431      commissioner's affirmative approval.
             8432          (3) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to the extent that the law specifically provides
             8433      otherwise.
             8434          Section 228. Section 31A-5-208 is amended to read:
             8435           31A-5-208. Deposit of proceeds of subscriptions.
             8436          (1) All funds, and the securities and documents representing interests in property,
             8437      received by a stock corporation for stock subscriptions or by a mutual for applications for
             8438      insurance policies or for mutual bond or contribution note subscriptions, shall be deposited in
             8439      the name of the corporation with a custodian financial institution qualified under Subsection
             8440      31A-2-206 (1). This deposit is subject to an escrow agreement approved by the commissioner
             8441      under which withdrawals may be made only in accordance with conditions specified in the
             8442      agreement, and with the commissioner's approval. Securities may be held as authorized in
             8443      Subsection 31A-2-206 (2) and [must] are required to be approved by the commissioner.
             8444          (2) This section does not apply to stock or mutual insurance corporations already in
             8445      existence on July 1, 1986.
             8446          Section 229. Section 31A-5-305 is amended to read:
             8447           31A-5-305. Authorized securities.
             8448          (1) (a) The articles of incorporation of a stock corporation may authorize the kind of
             8449      shares permitted by Sections 16-10a-601 and 16-10a-602 , and stock rights and options, except
             8450      that:
             8451          (i) nonvoting common stock may not be issued;
             8452          (ii) all classes of common stock [must] shall have equal voting rights;
             8453          (iii) all common stock [must] shall have a stated par value; and
             8454          (iv) except with the commissioner's approval, for two years after the initial issuance of
             8455      a certificate of authority, the corporation may issue no shares and no other securities
             8456      convertible into shares except a single class of common stock.
             8457          (b) Section 16-10a-604 applies to the issuance of certificates for fractional shares or


             8458      scrip.
             8459          (c) The consideration and payment for shares and certificates representing shares is
             8460      governed by Subsection 31A-5-207 (1)(a).
             8461          (d) The liability of subscribers and shareholders for unpaid subscriptions and the status
             8462      of stock is governed by Section 16-10a-622 .
             8463          (e) A shareholder's preemptive rights is governed by Section 16-10a-630 .
             8464          (f) Stock corporations may issue bonds and contribution notes on the same basis as
             8465      mutuals under Subsections (2)(a) and (b).
             8466          (2) (a) The articles of incorporation of a nonassessable mutual may authorize bonds of
             8467      one or more classes. The articles of incorporation shall specify the amount of each class of
             8468      bonds the corporation is authorized to issue, their designations, preferences, limitations, rates
             8469      of interest, relative rights, and other terms, subject to all of the following provisions:
             8470          (i) During the first year after the initial issuance of a certificate of authority, the
             8471      corporation may issue only a single class of bonds with identical rights.
             8472          (ii) After the first year, but within five years after the initial issuance of a certificate of
             8473      authority, additional classes of bonds may be authorized after receiving the approval of the
             8474      commissioner. The commissioner shall approve the issuance if the commissioner finds that
             8475      policyholders and prior bondholders will not be prejudiced.
             8476          (iii) The rate of interest shall be fair.
             8477          (iv) The bonds shall bear a maturity date not later than 10 years from the date of
             8478      issuance, when principal and accrued interest shall be due and payable, subject to Subsection
             8479      (2)(d).
             8480          (b) A mutual may issue contribution notes with the commissioner's approval. The
             8481      contribution notes may be denominated by any name that is not misleading. The contribution
             8482      notes are subject to this subsection. The commissioner may approve the issuance only if the
             8483      commissioner finds that:
             8484          (i) the notes will not be issued in denominations of less than $2,500, and no single
             8485      issue will be sold to more than 15 persons;


             8486          (ii) no discount, commission, or other fee will be paid or allowed;
             8487          (iii) the notes will not be the subject of a public offering;
             8488          (iv) the terms of the notes are not prejudicial to policyholders, holders of mutual bonds,
             8489      or prior contribution notes; and
             8490          (v) the mutual's articles or bylaws do not forbid their issuance.
             8491          (c) A mutual may not:
             8492          (i) if it has any outstanding obligations on bonds or contribution notes, borrow on
             8493      contribution notes from, or sell bonds to, any other insurer without the approval of the
             8494      commissioner; or
             8495          (ii) make a loan to another insurer except a fully secured loan at usual market rates of
             8496      interest.
             8497          (d) Payment of the principal or interest on bonds or contribution notes may be made in
             8498      whole or in part only after approval by the commissioner. The commissioner's approval shall
             8499      be given if all the financial requirements of the issuer to do the insurance business it is then
             8500      doing will continue to be satisfied after that payment, and if the interests of its insureds and the
             8501      public are not endangered by the payment. In the event of liquidation under Chapter 27a,
             8502      Insurer Receivership Act, unpaid amounts of principal and interest on contribution notes are
             8503      subordinate to the payment of principal and interest on any bonds issued by the corporation.
             8504          (e) This section does not prevent a mutual from borrowing money on notes which are
             8505      its general obligations, nor from pledging any part of its disposable assets.
             8506          (3) This section does not apply to securities issued prior to July 1, 1986.
             8507          Section 230. Section 31A-6a-104 is amended to read:
             8508           31A-6a-104. Required disclosures.
             8509          (1) A service contract reimbursement insurance policy insuring a service contract that
             8510      is issued, sold, or offered for sale in this state [must] shall conspicuously state that, upon failure
             8511      of the service contract provider to perform under the contract, the issuer of the policy shall:
             8512          (a) pay on behalf of the service contract provider any sums the service contract
             8513      provider is legally obligated to pay according to the service contract provider's contractual


             8514      obligations under the service contract issued or sold by the service contract provider; or
             8515          (b) provide the service which the service contract provider is legally obligated to
             8516      perform, according to the service contract provider's contractual obligations under the service
             8517      contract issued or sold by the service contract provider.
             8518          (2) (a) A service contract may not be issued, sold, or offered for sale in this state unless
             8519      the service contract contains the following statements in substantially the following form:
             8520          (i) "Obligations of the provider under this service contract are guaranteed under a
             8521      service contract reimbursement insurance policy. Should the provider fail to pay or provide
             8522      service on any claim within 60 days after proof of loss has been filed, the contract holder is
             8523      entitled to make a claim directly against the Insurance Company."; and
             8524          (ii) "This service contract or warranty is subject to limited regulation by the Utah
             8525      Insurance Department. To file a complaint, contact the Utah Insurance Department."
             8526          (b) A service contract or reimbursement insurance policy may not be issued, sold, or
             8527      offered for sale in this state unless the contract contains a statement in substantially the
             8528      following form, "Coverage afforded under this contract is not guaranteed by the Property and
             8529      Casualty Guaranty Association."
             8530          (3) A service contract shall:
             8531          (a) conspicuously state the name, address, and a toll free claims service telephone
             8532      number of the reimbursement insurer;
             8533          (b) identify the service contract provider, the seller, and the service contract holder;
             8534          (c) conspicuously state the total purchase price and the terms under which the service
             8535      contract is to be paid;
             8536          (d) conspicuously state the existence of any deductible amount;
             8537          (e) specify the merchandise, service to be provided, and any limitation, exception, or
             8538      exclusion;
             8539          (f) state a term, restriction, or condition governing the transferability of the service
             8540      contract; and
             8541          (g) state a term, restriction, or condition that governs cancellation of the service


             8542      contract as provided in Sections 31A-21-303 through 31A-21-305 by either the contract holder
             8543      or service contract provider.
             8544          (4) If prior approval of repair work is required, a service contract [must] shall
             8545      conspicuously state the procedure for obtaining prior approval and for making a claim,
             8546      including:
             8547          (a) a toll free telephone number for claim service; and
             8548          (b) a procedure for obtaining reimbursement for emergency repairs performed outside
             8549      of normal business hours.
             8550          (5) A preexisting condition clause in a service contract [must] shall specifically state
             8551      which preexisting condition is excluded from coverage.
             8552          (6) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (6)(c), a service contract [must] shall state the
             8553      conditions upon which the use of a nonmanufacturers' part is allowed.
             8554          (b) A condition described in Subsection (6)(a) [must] shall comply with applicable
             8555      state and federal laws.
             8556          (c) This Subsection (6) does not apply to a home warranty contract.
             8557          Section 231. Section 31A-8a-201 is amended to read:
             8558           31A-8a-201. License required.
             8559          (1) Except as provided in Subsection 31A-8a-103 (3), prior to operating a health
             8560      discount program, a person [must] shall:
             8561          (a) be authorized to transact business in this state; and
             8562          (b) be licensed by the commissioner.
             8563          (2) (a) An application for licensure under this chapter [must] shall be filed with the
             8564      commissioner on a form prescribed by the commissioner.
             8565          (b) The application shall be sworn to by an officer or authorized representative of the
             8566      health discount program and shall include:
             8567          (i) articles of incorporation with bylaws or other enabling documents that establish the
             8568      organizational structure;
             8569          (ii) information required by the commissioner by administrative rule which the


             8570      commissioner determines is necessary to:
             8571          (A) identify and locate principals, operators, and marketers involved with the health
             8572      discount program; and
             8573          (B) protect the interests of enrollees of health discount programs, health care providers,
             8574      and consumers;
             8575          (iii) biographical information, and when requested by the commissioner, a criminal
             8576      background check, under the provisions of Subsection 31A-23a-105 (3);
             8577          (iv) the disclosures required in Section 31A-8a-203 ; and
             8578          (v) the fee established in accordance with Section 31A-3-103 .
             8579          Section 232. Section 31A-8a-203 is amended to read:
             8580           31A-8a-203. Information filed with the department.
             8581          (1) Prior to operating a health discount program, a person [must] shall submit the
             8582      following to the commissioner:
             8583          (a) a copy of contract forms used by the health discount program for:
             8584          (i) health care providers or health care provider networks participating in the health
             8585      discount program, including the discounts for medical services provided to enrollees;
             8586          (ii) marketing;
             8587          (iii) administration of the health discount program;
             8588          (iv) enrollment;
             8589          (v) investment management for the health discount programs; and
             8590          (vi) subcontracts for any services;
             8591          (b) the program's proposed marketing plan; and
             8592          (c) dispute resolution procedures for program holders.
             8593          (2) The company [must] shall file prior to use:
             8594          (a) the form of contracts used by the health discount program operator;
             8595          (b) the marketing plan; and
             8596          (c) dispute resolution procedures.
             8597          (3) The commissioner may adopt rules in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah


             8598      Administrative Rulemaking Act, to implement this section.
             8599          Section 233. Section 31A-8a-204 is amended to read:
             8600           31A-8a-204. Advertising restrictions and requirements.
             8601          (1) An operator of a health discount program may not:
             8602          (a) use any form of words or terms that may confuse health discount programs with
             8603      other types of health insurance in advertising or marketing such as "health plan," "health
             8604      benefit plan," "coverage," "copay," "copayments," "preexisting conditions," "guaranteed issue,"
             8605      "premium," and "preferred provider";
             8606          (b) use other terms as designated by the commissioner by administrative rule in
             8607      advertisement or marketing that could reasonably mislead a consumer to believe that a discount
             8608      health program is any other form of health insurance; or
             8609          (c) refer to sales representatives as "agents," "producers," or "consultants."
             8610          (2) A health discount program operator:
             8611          (a) [must] shall have a written agreement with any marketer of the health discount
             8612      program prior to marketing, selling, promoting, or distributing the health discount programs;
             8613          (b) [must] shall file with the commissioner all advertisement, marketing materials,
             8614      brochures, and discount programs prior to their use or distribution; and
             8615          (c) [must] shall make the following disclosures:
             8616          (i) in writing in at least 10-point type and bolded; and
             8617          (ii) with any marketing or advertising to the public and with any enrollment forms
             8618      given to an enrollee:
             8619          (A) the program is not a health insurance policy;
             8620          (B) the program provides discounts only at certain health care providers for health care
             8621      services;
             8622          (C) the program holder is obligated to pay for all health care services but will receive a
             8623      discount from those health care providers who have contracted with the health discount
             8624      program; and
             8625          (D) the corporate name and the location of the health discount program operator.


             8626          (3) A health discount program operator or marketer who sells the health discount
             8627      program with another product [must] shall provide the consumer a written itemization of the
             8628      fees of the health discount program separate from any fees or charges for the other product,
             8629      which can be purchased separately.
             8630          Section 234. Section 31A-8a-205 is amended to read:
             8631           31A-8a-205. Disclosure of health discount program terms.
             8632          (1) (a) Health discount program operators [must] shall provide to each purchaser or
             8633      potential purchaser a copy of the terms of the discount program at the time of purchase.
             8634          (b) For purposes of this section "purchaser" means the employer in an employer
             8635      sponsored plan, or an individual purchasing outside of an employer relationship.
             8636          (2) The disclosure required by Subsection (1) should be clear and thorough and should
             8637      include any administrative or monthly fees, trial periods, procedures for securing discounts,
             8638      cancellation procedures and corresponding refund requests, and procedures for filing disputes.
             8639          (3) (a) A contract [must] shall be signed by the purchaser acknowledging the terms
             8640      before any fees are collected and [must] shall include notice of the purchaser's 10-day recision
             8641      rights.
             8642          (b) For purposes of this Subsection (3) and Section 46-4-201 , when a contract is
             8643      entered into via telephone, facsimile transmission or the Internet, the following is considered a
             8644      signing of the contract:
             8645          (i) if via the Internet, the online application form is completed and sent by the
             8646      purchaser to the health discount program operator;
             8647          (ii) if via facsimile transmission, the application is completed, signed and faxed to the
             8648      health discount program operator; or
             8649          (iii) if via telephone, the script used by the health discount program operator to solicit
             8650      the purchaser [must] shall include any limitations or exclusions to the program, and the
             8651      contract [must] shall be provided to the purchaser via facsimile, mail, or email within 10
             8652      working days of the purchaser consenting to enrolling over the telephone.
             8653          Section 235. Section 31A-8a-206 is amended to read:


             8654           31A-8a-206. Provider agreements -- Record keeping.
             8655          (1) A health discount program operator may not place any restrictions on an enrollee's
             8656      access to health care providers such as waiting periods or notification periods.
             8657          (2) A health discount program operator may not reimburse health care providers for
             8658      services rendered to an enrollee, unless the health discount program operator is a licensed third
             8659      party administrator.
             8660          (3) (a) A health discount program operator [must] shall have a written agreement with
             8661      a health care provider who agrees to provide discounts to health discount program enrollees.
             8662          (b) If the written agreement is with a provider network, the health discount plan [must]
             8663      shall require the provider network to have written agreements with each of its health care
             8664      providers.
             8665          (4) The health discount program operator shall maintain a copy of each active health
             8666      care provider agreement.
             8667          Section 236. Section 31A-8a-207 is amended to read:
             8668           31A-8a-207. Notice of change.
             8669          (1) A health discount program operator [must] shall provide the commissioner notice
             8670      of:
             8671          (a) any change in the health discount program's organizational name, change of
             8672      business or mailing address, or change in ownership or principals; and
             8673          (b) any change in the information submitted in accordance with Section 31A-8a-203 .
             8674          (2) (a) The notice required by Subsection (1) [should] shall be submitted 30 days prior
             8675      to any change.
             8676          (b) [The] Approval by the commissioner [must approve] is required for any changes in
             8677      forms that required approval under Section 31A-8a-203 .
             8678          (3) A health insurer or health maintenance organization licensed under this title shall
             8679      annually file with the Accident and Health Data Survey, a list of all value-added benefits
             8680      offered at no cost to its enrollees.
             8681          Section 237. Section 31A-9-503 is amended to read:


             8682           31A-9-503. Conversion of a fraternal to a mutual.
             8683          A domestic fraternal may be converted into a mutual, as follows:
             8684          (1) In addition to complying with the requirements of Chapter 16, Insurance Holding
             8685      Companies, the board or the supreme governing body shall adopt a plan of conversion stating:
             8686          (a) the reasons for and purposes of the proposed action;
             8687          (b) the proposed terms, conditions, and procedures and the estimated expenses of
             8688      implementing the conversion;
             8689          (c) the proposed name of the corporation; and
             8690          (d) the proposed articles and bylaws.
             8691          (2) If the board and the supreme governing body disagree on the conversion plan, the
             8692      decision of the supreme governing body prevails.
             8693          (3) The plan shall be filed with the commissioner for approval, together with any
             8694      information under Subsection 31A-5-204 (2) the commissioner reasonably requires. The
             8695      commissioner shall approve the plan unless [he] the commissioner finds, after a hearing, that it
             8696      would be contrary to the law, that the new mutual would not satisfy the requirements for a
             8697      certificate of authority under Section 31A-5-212 , that the plan would be contrary to the
             8698      interests of members or the public, or that the applicable requirements of Chapter 16, Insurance
             8699      Holding Companies, have not been satisfied.
             8700          (4) After being approved by the commissioner, the plan shall be submitted for approval
             8701      to the persons who were voting members on the date of the commissioner's approval under
             8702      Subsection (3). For approval of the plan, at least a majority of the votes cast [must] shall be in
             8703      favor of the plan, or a larger number if required by the laws of the fraternal.
             8704          (5) The officers and directors of the fraternal shall be the initial officers and directors
             8705      of the mutual.
             8706          (6) A copy of the resolution adopted under Subsection (4) shall be filed with the
             8707      commissioner, stating the number of members entitled to vote, the number voting, the method
             8708      of voting, and the number of votes cast in favor of the plan, stating separately the votes cast by
             8709      mail and the votes cast in person.


             8710          (7) If the requirements of the law are met, the commissioner shall issue a certificate of
             8711      authority to the new mutual. The fraternal then ceases its legal existence and the corporate
             8712      existence of the new mutual begins. However, the new mutual is considered to have been
             8713      incorporated as of the date the converted fraternal was incorporated. The new mutual has all
             8714      the assets and is liable for all of the obligations of the converted fraternal. The commissioner
             8715      may grant a period not exceeding one year for adjustment to the requirements of Chapter 5,
             8716      Domestic Stock and Mutual Insurance Corporations, specifying the extent to which particular
             8717      provisions of Chapter 5 do not apply.
             8718          (8) The corporation may not pay compensation other than regular salaries to existing
             8719      personnel in connection with the proposed conversion. With the commissioner's approval,
             8720      payment may be made at reasonable rates for printing costs and for legal and other professional
             8721      fees for services actually rendered in connection with the conversion. All expenses of the
             8722      conversion, including the expenses incurred by the commissioner and the prorated salaries of
             8723      any insurance office staff members involved, shall be paid by the corporation being converted.
             8724          Section 238. Section 31A-11-107 is amended to read:
             8725           31A-11-107. Issuance of certificate of authority -- Reinsurance of excess services.
             8726          (1) The commissioner shall issue a certificate applied for under Section 31A-11-106 if
             8727      [he] the commissioner finds that:
             8728          (a) the corporation is able to negotiate, execute, and carry out the motor club business
             8729      in a sound, reliable, and ongoing manner;
             8730          (b) the reinsurance requirements of Subsection (2) are satisfied; and
             8731          (c) all other applicable requirements of law are satisfied.
             8732          (2) If a motor club provides legal expense service other than that authorized in
             8733      Subsection 31A-11-102 (1)(b), or other trip reimbursement service than that authorized in
             8734      Subsection 31A-11-102 (1)(d), or bail service other than that authorized under Section
             8735      31A-11-112 , it [must] shall fully reinsure the excess service with an insurer authorized under
             8736      Chapter 5, Domestic Stock and Mutual Insurance Corporations, or 14, Foreign Insurers. That
             8737      insurer [must] shall assume direct liability to the insured, and [must] shall fully comply with


             8738      Chapter 23a, Insurance Marketing - Licensing Producers, Consultants, and Reinsurance
             8739      Intermediaries.
             8740          Section 239. Section 31A-15-203 is amended to read:
             8741           31A-15-203. Risk retention groups chartered in this state.
             8742          (1) (a) A risk retention group under this part shall be chartered and licensed to write
             8743      only liability insurance pursuant to this part and, except as provided elsewhere in this part,
             8744      [must] shall comply with all of the laws, rules, and requirements that apply to liability insurers
             8745      chartered and licensed in this state, and with Section 31A-15-204 to the extent the requirements
             8746      are not a limitation on other laws, rules, or requirements of this state.
             8747          (b) Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, all risk retention groups
             8748      chartered in this state shall file an annual statement with the department and the NAIC in a
             8749      form prescribed by the commissioner, and completed in diskette form if required by the
             8750      commissioner, completed in accordance with the statement instructions and the NAIC
             8751      Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual.
             8752          (2) Before it may offer insurance in any state, each risk retention group shall also
             8753      submit for approval to the commissioner a plan of operation or feasibility study. The risk
             8754      retention group shall submit an appropriate revision of the plan or study in the event of any
             8755      subsequent material change in any item of the plan or study within 10 days of any such change.
             8756      The group may not offer any additional kinds of liability insurance, in this state or in any other
             8757      state, until any revision of the plan or study is approved by the commissioner.
             8758          (3) (a) At the time of filing its application for charter, the risk retention group shall
             8759      provide to the commissioner in summary form the following information:
             8760          (i) the identity of the initial members of the group;
             8761          (ii) the identity of those individuals who organized the group or who will provide
             8762      administrative services or otherwise influence or control the activities of the group;
             8763          (iii) the amount and nature of initial capitalization;
             8764          (iv) the coverages to be afforded; and
             8765          (v) the states in which the group intends to operate.


             8766          (b) Upon receipt of this information the commissioner shall forward the information to
             8767      the NAIC. Providing notification to the NAIC is in addition to, and may not be sufficient to
             8768      satisfy, the requirements of Section 31A-15-204 or any other sections of this part.
             8769          Section 240. Section 31A-15-207 is amended to read:
             8770           31A-15-207. Purchasing groups -- Exemption from certain laws.
             8771          A purchasing group and its insurers are subject to all applicable laws of this state,
             8772      except that a purchasing group and its insurers are exempt, in regard to liability insurance for
             8773      the purchasing group, from any law that would:
             8774          (1) prohibit the establishment of a purchasing group;
             8775          (2) make it unlawful for an insurer to provide, or offer to provide, to a purchasing
             8776      group or its members insurance on a basis providing advantages based on their loss and
             8777      expense experience not afforded to other persons with respect to rates, policy forms, coverages,
             8778      or other matters;
             8779          (3) prohibit a purchasing group or its members from purchasing insurance on a group
             8780      basis described in Subsection (2);
             8781          (4) prohibit a purchasing group from obtaining insurance on a group basis because the
             8782      group has not been in existence for a minimum period of time or because any member has not
             8783      belonged to the group for a minimum period of time;
             8784          (5) require that a purchasing group [must] have a minimum number of members,
             8785      common ownership or affiliation, or certain legal form;
             8786          (6) require that a certain percentage of a purchasing group [must] obtain insurance on a
             8787      group basis;
             8788          (7) otherwise discriminate against a purchasing group or any of its members; or
             8789          (8) require that any insurance policy issued to a purchasing group or any of its
             8790      members be countersigned by an insurance producer residing in this state.
             8791          Section 241. Section 31A-15-210 is amended to read:
             8792           31A-15-210. Purchasing group taxation.
             8793          Premium taxes and taxes on premiums paid for coverage of risks resident or located in


             8794      this state by a purchasing group or any members of the purchasing groups are imposed and
             8795      [must] shall be paid as follows:
             8796          (1) If the insurer is an admitted insurer, taxes are imposed on the insurer at the same
             8797      rate and in the same manner and subject to the same procedures, interest, and penalties that
             8798      apply to premium taxes and other taxes imposed on other admitted liability insurers relative to
             8799      coverage of risks resident or located in this state.
             8800          (2) If the insurer is an approved, nonadmitted surplus lines insurer, taxes are imposed
             8801      on the licensed producer who effected coverage on risks resident or located in this state at the
             8802      same rate and in the same manner and subject to the same procedures, interest, and penalties
             8803      that apply to taxes imposed on other licensed producers effecting coverage with approved,
             8804      nonadmitted surplus lines insurers on risks resident or located in this state.
             8805          Section 242. Section 31A-17-503 is amended to read:
             8806           31A-17-503. Actuarial opinion of reserves.
             8807          (1) This section becomes operative on December 31, 1993.
             8808          (2) General: Every life insurance company doing business in this state shall annually
             8809      submit the opinion of a qualified actuary as to whether the reserves and related actuarial items
             8810      held in support of the policies and contracts specified by the commissioner by rule are
             8811      computed appropriately, are based on assumptions which satisfy contractual provisions, are
             8812      consistent with prior reported amounts, and comply with applicable laws of this state. The
             8813      commissioner by rule shall define the specifics of this opinion and add any other items
             8814      considered to be necessary to its scope.
             8815          (3) Actuarial analysis of reserves and assets supporting reserves:
             8816          (a) Every life insurance company, except as exempted by or pursuant to rule, shall also
             8817      annually include in the opinion required by Subsection (2), an opinion of the same qualified
             8818      actuary as to whether the reserves and related actuarial items held in support of the policies and
             8819      contracts specified by the commissioner by rule, when considered in light of the assets held by
             8820      the company with respect to the reserves and related actuarial items, including [but not limited
             8821      to] the investment earnings on the assets and the considerations anticipated to be received and


             8822      retained under the policies and contracts, make adequate provision for the company's
             8823      obligations under the policies and contracts, including [but not limited to] the benefits under
             8824      the expenses associated with the policies and contracts.
             8825          (b) The commissioner may provide by rule for a transition period for establishing any
             8826      higher reserves which the qualified actuary may consider necessary in order to render the
             8827      opinion required by this section.
             8828          (4) Requirement for opinion under Subsection (3): Each opinion required by
             8829      Subsection (3) shall be governed by the following provisions:
             8830          (a) A memorandum, in form and substance acceptable to the commissioner as specified
             8831      by rule, shall be prepared to support each actuarial opinion.
             8832          (b) If the insurance company fails to provide a supporting memorandum at the request
             8833      of the commissioner within a period specified by rule or the commissioner determines that the
             8834      supporting memorandum provided by the insurance company fails to meet the standards
             8835      prescribed by the rule or is otherwise unacceptable to the commissioner, the commissioner may
             8836      engage a qualified actuary at the expense of the company to review the opinion and the basis
             8837      for the opinion and prepare such supporting memorandum as is required by the commissioner.
             8838          (5) Requirement for all opinions: Every opinion shall be governed by the following
             8839      provisions:
             8840          (a) The opinion shall be submitted with the annual statement reflecting the valuation of
             8841      the reserve liabilities for each year ending on or after December 31, 1993.
             8842          (b) The opinion shall apply to all business in force including individual and group
             8843      health insurance plans, in form and substance acceptable to the commissioner as specified by
             8844      rule.
             8845          (c) The opinion shall be based on standards adopted from time to time by the Actuarial
             8846      Standards Board and on such additional standards as the commissioner may by rule prescribe.
             8847          (d) In the case of an opinion required to be submitted by a foreign or alien company,
             8848      the commissioner may accept the opinion filed by that company with the insurance supervisory
             8849      official of another state if the commissioner determines that the opinion reasonably meets the


             8850      requirements applicable to a company domiciled in this state.
             8851          (e) For the purposes of this section, "qualified actuary" means a member in good
             8852      standing of the American Academy of Actuaries who meets the requirements set forth by
             8853      department rule.
             8854          (f) Except in cases of fraud or willful misconduct, the qualified actuary is not liable for
             8855      damages to any person, other than the insurance company and the commissioner, for any act,
             8856      error, omission, decision, or conduct with respect to the actuary's opinion.
             8857          (g) Disciplinary action by the commissioner against the company or the qualified
             8858      actuary shall be defined in rules by the commissioner.
             8859          (h) Any memorandum in support of the opinion, and any other material provided by the
             8860      company to the commissioner in connection therewith, are considered protected records under
             8861      Section 63G-2-305 and may not be made public and are not subject to subpoena under
             8862      Subsection 63G-2-202 (7), other than for the purpose of defending an action seeking damages
             8863      from any person by reason of any action required by this section or rules promulgated under
             8864      this section. However, the memorandum or other material may otherwise be released by the
             8865      commissioner (i) with the written consent of the company or (ii) to the American Academy of
             8866      Actuaries upon request stating that the memorandum or other material is required for the
             8867      purpose of professional disciplinary proceedings and setting forth procedures satisfactory to the
             8868      commissioner for preserving the confidentiality of the memorandum or other material. Once
             8869      any portion of the confidential memorandum is cited in its marketing or is cited before any
             8870      governmental agency other than the department or is released to the news media, all portions of
             8871      the memorandum are no longer confidential.
             8872          Section 243. Section 31A-17-506 is amended to read:
             8873           31A-17-506. Computation of minimum standard by calendar year of issue.
             8874          (1) Applicability of Section 31A-17-506 : The interest rates used in determining the
             8875      minimum standard for the valuation shall be the calendar year statutory valuation interest rates
             8876      as defined in this section for:
             8877          (a) all life insurance policies issued in a particular calendar year, on or after the


             8878      operative date of Subsection 31A-22-408 (6)(d);
             8879          (b) all individual annuity and pure endowment contracts issued in a particular calendar
             8880      year on or after January 1, 1982;
             8881          (c) all annuities and pure endowments purchased in a particular calendar year on or
             8882      after January 1, 1982, under group annuity and pure endowment contracts; and
             8883          (d) the net increase, if any, in a particular calendar year after January 1, 1982, in
             8884      amounts held under guaranteed interest contracts.
             8885          (2) Calendar year statutory valuation interest rates:
             8886          (a) The calendar year statutory valuation interest rates, "I," shall be determined as
             8887      follows and the results rounded to the nearer 1/4 of 1%:
             8888          (i) for life insurance:
             8889          I = .03 + W(R1 - .03) + (W/2)(R2 - .09);
             8890          (ii) for single premium immediate annuities and for annuity benefits involving life
             8891      contingencies arising from other annuities with cash settlement options and from guaranteed
             8892      interest contracts with cash settlement options:
             8893          I = .03 + W(R - .03),
             8894          where R1 is the lesser of R and .09,
             8895          R2 is the greater of R and .09,
             8896          R is the reference interest rate defined in Subsection (4), and
             8897          W is the weighting factor defined in this section;
             8898          (iii) for other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts
             8899      with cash settlement options, valued on an issue year basis, except as stated in Subsection
             8900      (2)(a)(ii), the formula for life insurance stated in Subsection (2)(a)(i) shall apply to annuities
             8901      and guaranteed interest contracts with guarantee durations in excess of 10 years, and the
             8902      formula for single premium immediate annuities stated in Subsection (2)(a)(ii) shall apply to
             8903      annuities and guaranteed interest contracts with guarantee duration of 10 years or less;
             8904          (iv) for other annuities with no cash settlement options and for guaranteed interest
             8905      contracts with no cash settlement options, the formula for single premium immediate annuities


             8906      stated in Subsection (2)(a)(ii) shall apply; and
             8907          (v) for other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts
             8908      with cash settlement options, valued on a change in fund basis, the formula for single premium
             8909      immediate annuities stated in Subsection (2)(a)(ii) shall apply.
             8910          (b) However, if the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for any life insurance
             8911      policies issued in any calendar year determined without reference to this sentence differs from
             8912      the corresponding actual rate for similar policies issued in the immediately preceding calendar
             8913      year by less than [1/2] one-half of 1% the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for such
             8914      life insurance policies shall be equal to the corresponding actual rate for the immediately
             8915      preceding calendar year. For purposes of applying the immediately preceding sentence, the
             8916      calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for life insurance policies issued in a calendar
             8917      year shall be determined for 1980, using the reference interest rate defined in 1979, and shall be
             8918      determined for each subsequent calendar year regardless of when Subsection 31A-22-408 (6)(d)
             8919      becomes operative.
             8920          (3) Weighting factors:
             8921          (a) The weighting factors referred to in the formulas stated in Subsection (2) are given
             8922      in the following tables:
             8923          (i) (A) Weighting factors for life insurance:
             8924     
             8925      Guarantee Duration (Years)     Weighting Factors
             8926      10 or less: .50
             8927      More than 10, but less than 20: .45
             8928      More than 20: .35
             8929          (B) For life insurance, the guarantee duration is the maximum number of years the life
             8930      insurance can remain in force on a basis guaranteed in the policy or under options to convert to
             8931      plans of life insurance with premium rates or nonforfeiture values or both which are guaranteed
             8932      in the original policy;


             8933          (ii) Weighting factor for single premium immediate annuities and for annuity benefits
             8934      involving life contingencies arising from other annuities with cash settlement options and
             8935      guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement options: .80
             8936          (iii) Weighting factors for other annuities and for guaranteed interest contracts, except
             8937      as stated in Subsection (3)(a)(ii), shall be as specified in the tables in Subsections (3)(a)(iii)(A),
             8938      (B), and (C), according to the rules and definitions in Subsection (3)(b):
             8939          (A) For annuities and guaranteed interest contracts valued on an issue year basis:
             8940      Guarantee Duration (Years)     Weighting Factors for Plan Type
             8941      A B C
             8942      5 or less: .80 .60 .50
             8943      More than 5, but not more than 10: .75 .60 .50
             8944      More than 10, but not more than 20: .65 .50 .45
             8945      More than 20: .45 .35 .35
             8946      Plan Type
             8947      A B C
             8948          (B) For annuities and guaranteed interest
             8949      contracts valued on a change in fund basis, the
             8950      factors shown in Subsection (3)(a)(iii)(A)
             8951      increased by:

             8952      .15 .25 .05
             8953      Plan Type
             8954      A B C
             8955          (C) For annuities and guaranteed interest
             8956      contracts valued on an issue year basis, other than
             8957      those with no cash settlement options, which do
             8958      not guarantee interest on considerations received


             8959      more than one year after issue or purchase and for
             8960      annuities and guaranteed interest contracts valued
             8961      on a change in fund basis which do not guarantee
             8962      interest rates on considerations received more
             8963      than 12 months beyond the valuation date, the
             8964      factors shown in Subsection (3)(a)(iii)(A) or
             8965      derived in Subsection (3)(a)(iii)(B) increased by:            .05    .05    .05.
             8966          (b) (i) For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest
             8967      contracts with cash settlement options, the guarantee duration is the number of years for which
             8968      the contract guarantees interest rates in excess of the calendar year statutory valuation interest
             8969      rate for life insurance policies with guarantee duration in excess of 20 years. For other annuities
             8970      with no cash settlement options and for guaranteed interest contracts with no cash settlement
             8971      options, the guaranteed duration is the number of years from the date of issue or date of
             8972      purchase to the date annuity benefits are scheduled to commence.
             8973          (ii) Plan type as used in the above tables is defined as follows:
             8974          (A) Plan Type A: At any time policyholder may withdraw funds only:
             8975          (I) with an adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates or asset values since receipt of
             8976      the funds by the insurance company;
             8977          (II) without such adjustment but installments over five years or more;
             8978          (III) as an immediate life annuity; or
             8979          (IV) no withdrawal permitted.
             8980          (B) (I) Plan Type B: Before expiration of the interest rate guarantee, policyholder
             8981      withdraw funds only:
             8982          (Aa) with an adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates or asset values since receipt
             8983      of the funds by the insurance company;
             8984          (Bb) without such adjustment but in installments over five years or more; or
             8985          (Cc) no withdrawal permitted.
             8986          (II) At the end of interest rate guarantee, funds may be withdrawn without such


             8987      adjustment in a single sum or installments over less than five years.
             8988          (C) Plan Type C: Policyholder may withdraw funds before expiration of interest rate
             8989      guarantee in a single sum or installments over less than five years either:
             8990          (I) without adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates or asset values since receipt of
             8991      the funds by the insurance company; or
             8992          (II) subject only to a fixed surrender charge stipulated in the contract as a percentage of
             8993      the fund.
             8994          (iii) A company may elect to value guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement
             8995      options and annuities with cash settlement options on either an issue year basis or on a change
             8996      in fund basis. Guaranteed interest contracts with no cash settlement options and other annuities
             8997      with no cash settlement options [must] shall be valued on an issue year basis. As used in this
             8998      section, an issue year basis of valuation refers to a valuation basis under which the interest rate
             8999      used to determine the minimum valuation standard for the entire duration of the annuity or
             9000      guaranteed interest contract is the calendar year valuation interest rate for the year of issue or
             9001      year of purchase of the annuity or guaranteed interest contract, and the change in fund basis of
             9002      valuation refers to a valuation basis under which the interest rate used to determine the
             9003      minimum valuation standard applicable to each change in the fund held under the annuity or
             9004      guaranteed interest contract is the calendar year valuation interest rate for the year of the
             9005      change in the fund.
             9006          (4) Reference interest rate: "Reference interest rate" referred to in Subsection (2)(a) is
             9007      defined as follows:
             9008          (a) For all life insurance, the lesser of the average over a period of 36 months and the
             9009      average over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year next preceding the
             9010      year of issue, of the Monthly Average of the composite Yield on Seasoned Corporate Bonds, as
             9011      published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
             9012          (b) For single premium immediate annuities and for annuity benefits involving life
             9013      contingencies arising from other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest
             9014      contracts with cash settlement options, the average over a period of 12 months, ending on June


             9015      30 of the calendar year of issue or year of purchase, of the Monthly Average of the Composite
             9016      Yield on Seasoned Corporate Bonds, as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
             9017          (c) For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts
             9018      with cash settlement options, valued on a year of issue basis, except as stated in Subsection
             9019      (4)(b), with guarantee duration in excess of 10 years, the lesser of the average over a period of
             9020      36 months and the average over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year
             9021      of issue or purchase, of the Monthly Average of the Composite Yield on Seasoned Corporate
             9022      Bonds, as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
             9023          (d) For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts
             9024      with cash settlement options, valued on a year of issue basis, except as stated in Subsection
             9025      (4)(b), with guarantee duration of 10 years or less, the average over a period of 12 months,
             9026      ending on June 30 of the calendar year of issue or purchase, of the Monthly Average of the
             9027      Composite Yield on Seasoned Corporate Bonds, as published by Moody's Investors Service,
             9028      Inc.
             9029          (e) For other annuities with no cash settlement options and for guaranteed interest
             9030      contracts with no cash settlement options, the average over a period of 12 months, ending on
             9031      June 30 of the calendar year of issue or purchase, of the Monthly Average of the Composite
             9032      Yield on Seasoned Corporate Bonds, as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
             9033          (f) For other annuities with cash settlement options and guaranteed interest contracts
             9034      with cash settlement options, valued on a change in fund basis, except as stated in Subsection
             9035      (4)(b), the average over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30 of the calendar year of the
             9036      change in the fund, of the Monthly Average of the Composite Yield on Seasoned Corporate
             9037      Bonds, as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
             9038          (5) Alternative method for determining reference interest rates: In the event that the
             9039      Monthly Average of the Composite Yield on Seasoned Corporate Bonds is no longer published
             9040      by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or in the event that the National Association of Insurance
             9041      Commissioners determines that the Monthly Average of the Composite Yield on Seasoned
             9042      Corporate Bonds as published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. is no longer appropriate for


             9043      the determination of the reference interest rate, then an alternative method for determination of
             9044      the reference interest rate, which is adopted by the National Association of Insurance
             9045      Commissioners and approved by rule promulgated by the commissioner, may be substituted.
             9046          Section 244. Section 31A-17-507 is amended to read:
             9047           31A-17-507. Reserve valuation method -- Life insurance and endowment benefits.
             9048          (1) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 31A-17-508 , 31A-17-511 , and
             9049      31A-17-513 , reserves according to the commissioner's reserve valuation method, for the life
             9050      insurance and endowment benefits of policies providing for a uniform amount of insurance and
             9051      requiring the payment of uniform premiums shall be the excess, if any, of the present value, at
             9052      the date of valuation, of such future guaranteed benefits provided for by such policies, over the
             9053      then present value of any future modified net premiums therefor. The modified net premiums
             9054      for any such policy shall be such uniform percentage of the respective contract premiums for
             9055      such benefits that the present value, at the date of issue of the policy, of all such modified net
             9056      premiums shall be equal to the sum of the then present value of such benefits provided for by
             9057      the policy and the excess of Subsection (1)(a) over Subsection (1)(b), as follows:
             9058          (a) A net level annual premium equal to the present value, at the date of issue, of such
             9059      benefits provided for after the first policy year, divided by the present value, at the date of
             9060      issue, of an annuity of one per annum payable on the first and each subsequent anniversary of
             9061      such policy on which a premium falls due; provided, however, that such net level annual
             9062      premium [shall not] may not exceed the net level annual premium on the 19 year premium
             9063      whole life plan for insurance of the same amount at an age one year higher than the age at issue
             9064      of such policy.
             9065          (b) A net one year term premium for such benefits provided for in the first policy year.
             9066          (2) Provided that for any life insurance policy issued on or after January 1, 1997, for
             9067      which the contract premium in the first policy year exceeds that of the second year and for
             9068      which no comparable additional benefit is provided in the first year for such excess and which
             9069      provides an endowment benefit or a cash surrender value or a combination thereof in an
             9070      amount greater than such excess premium, the reserve according to the commissioner's reserve


             9071      valuation method as of any policy anniversary occurring on or before the assumed ending date
             9072      defined herein as the first policy anniversary on which the sum of any endowment benefit and
             9073      any cash surrender value then available is greater than such excess premium shall, except as
             9074      otherwise provided in Section 31A-17-511 , be the greater of the reserve as of such policy
             9075      anniversary calculated as described in Subsection (1) and the reserve as of such policy
             9076      anniversary calculated as described in that subsection, but with:
             9077          (a) the value defined in Subsection (1)(a) being reduced by 15% of the amount of such
             9078      excess first year premium;
             9079          (b) all present values of benefits and premiums being determined without reference to
             9080      premiums or benefits provided for by the policy after the assumed ending date;
             9081          (c) the policy being assumed to mature on such date as an endowment; and
             9082          (d) the cash surrender value provided on such date being considered as an endowment
             9083      benefit. In making the above comparison the mortality and interest bases stated in Sections
             9084      31A-17-504 and 31A-17-506 shall be used.
             9085          (3) Reserves according to the commissioner's reserve valuation method for:
             9086          (a) life insurance policies providing for a varying amount of insurance or requiring the
             9087      payment of varying premiums;
             9088          (b) group annuity and pure endowment contracts purchased under a retirement plan or
             9089      plan of deferred compensation, established or maintained by an employer, including a
             9090      partnership or sole proprietorship, or by an employee organization, or by both, other than a plan
             9091      providing individual retirement accounts or individual retirement annuities under Section 408,
             9092      Internal Revenue Code;
             9093          (c) accident and health and accidental death benefits in all policies and contracts; and
             9094          (d) all other benefits, except life insurance and endowment benefits in life insurance
             9095      policies and benefits provided by all other annuity and pure endowment contracts, shall be
             9096      calculated by a method consistent with the principles of Subsections (1) and (2).
             9097          Section 245. Section 31A-17-510 is amended to read:
             9098           31A-17-510. Optional reserve calculation.


             9099          (1) Reserves for all policies and contracts issued prior to January 1, 1994, may be
             9100      calculated, at the option of the company, according to any standards which produce greater
             9101      aggregate reserves for all such policies and contracts than the minimum reserves required by
             9102      the laws in effect immediately prior to that date. Reserves for any category of policies,
             9103      contracts, or benefits as established by the commissioner, issued on or after January 1, 1994,
             9104      may be calculated, at the option of the company, according to any standards which produce
             9105      greater aggregate reserves for such category than those calculated according to the minimum
             9106      standard herein provided, but the rate or rates of interest used for policies and contracts, other
             9107      than annuity and pure endowment contracts, [shall not] may not be higher than the
             9108      corresponding rate or rates of interest used in calculating any nonforfeiture benefits provided
             9109      therein.
             9110          (2) Any such company which at any time shall have adopted any standard of valuation
             9111      producing greater aggregate reserves than those calculated according to the minimum standard
             9112      herein provided may, with the approval of the commissioner, adopt any lower standard of
             9113      valuation, but not lower than the minimum herein provided; provided, however, that, for the
             9114      purposes of this section, the holding of additional reserves previously determined by a qualified
             9115      actuary to be necessary to render the opinion required by Section 31A-17-502 [shall not] may
             9116      not be considered to be the adoption of a higher standard of valuation.
             9117          Section 246. Section 31A-17-512 is amended to read:
             9118           31A-17-512. Reserve calculation -- Indeterminate premium plans.
             9119          (1) In the case of any plan of life insurance which provides for future premium
             9120      determination, the amounts of which are to be determined by the insurance company based on
             9121      then estimates of future experience, or in the case of any plan of life insurance or annuity which
             9122      is of such a nature that the minimum reserves cannot be determined by the methods described
             9123      in Sections 31A-17-507 , 31A-17-508 , and 31A-17-511 , the reserves which are held under any
             9124      such plan [must] shall:
             9125          (a) be appropriate in relation to the benefits and the pattern of premiums for that plan;
             9126      and


             9127          (b) be computed by a method which is consistent with the principles of this part, as
             9128      determined by rules promulgated by the commissioner.
             9129          Section 247. Section 31A-18-106 is amended to read:
             9130           31A-18-106. Investment limitations generally applicable.
             9131          (1) The investment limitations listed in Subsections (1)(a) through (m) apply to an
             9132      insurer.
             9133          (a) For an investment authorized under Subsection 31A-18-105 (1) that is not
             9134      amortizable under applicable valuation rules, the limitation is 5% of assets.
             9135          (b) For an investment authorized under Subsection 31A-18-105 (2), the limitation is
             9136      10% of assets.
             9137          (c) For an investment authorized under Subsection 31A-18-105 (3), the limitation is
             9138      50% of assets.
             9139          (d) For an investment authorized under Subsection 31A-18-105 (4) that is considered to
             9140      be an investment in a kind of security or evidence of debt pledged, the investment is subject to
             9141      the class limitations applicable to the pledged security or evidence of debt.
             9142          (e) For an investment authorized under Subsection 31A-18-105 (5), the limitation is
             9143      35% of assets.
             9144          (f) For an investment authorized under Subsection 31A-18-105 (6), the limitation is:
             9145          (i) 20% of assets for a life insurer; and
             9146          (ii) 50% of assets for a nonlife insurer.
             9147          (g) For an investment authorized under Subsection 31A-18-105 (7), the limitation is:
             9148          (i) 5% of assets; or
             9149          (ii) for an insurer organized and operating under Chapter 7, Nonprofit Health Service
             9150      Insurance Corporations, 25% of assets.
             9151          (h) For an investment authorized under Subsection 31A-18-105 (8), the limitation is:
             9152          (i) 20% of assets, inclusive of home office and branch office properties; or
             9153          (ii) for an insurer organized and operating under Chapter 7, Nonprofit Health Service
             9154      Insurance Corporations, 35% of assets, inclusive of home office and branch office properties.


             9155          (i) For an investment authorized under Subsection 31A-18-105 (10), the limitation is
             9156      1% of assets.
             9157          (j) For an investment authorized under Subsection 31A-18-105 (11), the limitation is
             9158      the greater of that permitted or required for compliance with Section 31A-18-103 .
             9159          (k) Except as provided in Subsection (1)(l), an insurer's investments in subsidiaries is
             9160      limited to 50% of the insurer's total adjusted capital. An investment by an insurer in a
             9161      subsidiary includes:
             9162          (i) a loan, advance, or contribution to a subsidiary by an insurer; and
             9163          (ii) an insurer holding a bond, note, or stock of a subsidiary.
             9164          (l) Under a plan of merger approved by the commissioner, the commissioner may
             9165      allow an insurer any portion of its assets invested in an insurance subsidiary. The approved
             9166      plan of merger shall require the acquiring insurer to conform its accounting for investments in
             9167      subsidiaries to Subsection (1)(k) within a specified period that may not exceed five years.
             9168          (m) For an investment authorized under Subsections 31A-18-105 (13) and (14), the
             9169      aggregate limitation is 10% of assets.
             9170          (2) The limits on investments listed in Subsections (2)(a) through (e) apply to each
             9171      insurer.
             9172          (a) (i) For all investments in a single entity, its affiliates, and subsidiaries, the
             9173      limitation is 10% of assets, except that the limit imposed by this Subsection (2)(a) does not
             9174      apply to:
             9175          (A) an investment in the government of the United States or its agencies;
             9176          (B) an investment guaranteed by the government of the United States;
             9177          (C) an investment in the insurer's insurance subsidiaries; or
             9178          (D) a cash deposit that:
             9179          (I) is cash;
             9180          (II) is held by a depository institution, as defined in Section 7-1-103 , that:
             9181          (Aa) is solvent;
             9182          (Bb) is federally insured; and


             9183          (Cc) subject to Subsection (2)(a)(ii), has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%, if the
             9184      depository institution is a bank as defined in Section 7-1-103 , or a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total
             9185      assets of at least 5%, if the depository institution is not a bank; and
             9186          (III) does not exceed the greater of:
             9187          (Aa) .4 times the Tier 1 capital of the depository institution; or
             9188          (Bb) the amount insured by a federal deposit insurance agency.
             9189          (ii) The commissioner by rule made in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah
             9190      Administrative Rulemaking Act, shall:
             9191          (A) define "Tier 1 leverage ratio";
             9192          (B) define "Tier 1 capital"; and
             9193          (C) proscribe the method to calculate Tier 1 capital.
             9194          (b) An investment authorized by Subsection 31A-18-105 (3) shall comply with the
             9195      requirements listed in this Subsection (2)(b).
             9196          (i) (A) Except as provided in this Subsection (2)(b)(i), the amount of a loan secured by
             9197      a mortgage or deed of trust may not exceed 80% of the value of the real estate interest
             9198      mortgaged, unless the excess over 80%:
             9199          (I) is insured or guaranteed by:
             9200          (Aa) the United States;
             9201          (Bb) a state of the United States;
             9202          (Cc) an instrumentality, agency, or political subdivision of the United States or a state;
             9203      or
             9204          (Dd) a combination of entities described in this Subsection (2)(b)(i)(A)(I); or
             9205          (II) is insured by an insurer approved by the commissioner and qualified to insure that
             9206      type of risk in this state.
             9207          (B) A mortgage loan representing a purchase money mortgage acquired from the sale
             9208      of real estate is not subject to the limitation of Subsection (2)(b)(i)(A).
             9209          (ii) Subject to Subsection (2)(b)(v), a loan or evidence of debt secured by real estate
             9210      may only be secured by:


             9211          (A) unencumbered real property that is located in the United States; or
             9212          (B) an unencumbered interest in real property that is located in the United States.
             9213          (iii) Evidence of debt secured by a first mortgage or deed of trust upon a leasehold
             9214      estate shall require that:
             9215          (A) the leasehold estate exceed the maturity of the loan by not less than 10% of the
             9216      lease term;
             9217          (B) the real estate not be otherwise encumbered; and
             9218          (C) the mortgagee is entitled to be subrogated to all rights under the leasehold.
             9219          (iv) Subject to Subsection (2)(b)(v):
             9220          (A) participation in a mortgage loan [must] shall:
             9221          (I) be senior to other participants; and
             9222          (II) give the holder substantially the rights of a first mortgagee; or
             9223          (B) the interest of the insurer in the evidence of indebtedness [must] shall be of equal
             9224      priority, to the extent of the interest, with other interests in the real property.
             9225          (v) A fee simple or leasehold real estate or an interest in a fee simple or leasehold is
             9226      not considered to be encumbered within the meaning of this chapter by reason of a prior
             9227      mortgage or trust deed held or assumed by the insurer as a lien on the property, if:
             9228          (A) the total of the mortgages or trust deeds held does not exceed 70% of the value of
             9229      the property; and
             9230          (B) the security created by the prior mortgage or trust deed is a first lien.
             9231          (c) A loan permitted under Subsection 31A-18-105 (4) may not exceed 75% of the
             9232      market value of the collateral pledged, except that a loan upon the pledge of a United States
             9233      government bond may be equal to the market value of the pledge.
             9234          (d) For an equity interest in a single real estate property authorized under Subsection
             9235      31A-18-105 (8), the limitation is 5% of assets.
             9236          (e) An investment authorized under Subsection 31A-18-105 (10) shall be in connection
             9237      with a potential change in the value of specifically identified:
             9238          (i) asset that the insurer owns; or


             9239          (ii) liability that the insurer has incurred.
             9240          (3) The restrictions on investments listed in Subsections (3)(a) and (b) apply to each
             9241      insurer.
             9242          (a) Except for a financial futures contract and real property acquired and occupied by
             9243      the insurer for home and branch office purposes, a security or other investment is not eligible
             9244      for purchase or acquisition under this chapter unless it is:
             9245          (i) interest bearing or income paying; and
             9246          (ii) not then in default.
             9247          (b) A security is not eligible for purchase at a price above its market value.
             9248          (4) Computation of percentage limitations under this section:
             9249          (a) is based only upon the insurer's total qualified invested assets described in Section
             9250      31A-18-105 and this section, as these assets are valued under Section 31A-17-401 ; and
             9251          (b) excludes investments permitted under Section 31A-18-108 and Subsections
             9252      31A-17-203 (2) and (3).
             9253          (5) An insurer may not make an investment that, because the investment does not
             9254      conform to Section 31A-18-105 and this section, has the result of rendering the insurer, under
             9255      Chapter 17, Part 6, Risk-Based Capital, subject to proceedings under Chapter 27a, Insurer
             9256      Receivership Act.
             9257          (6) A pattern of persistent deviation from the investment diversification standards set
             9258      forth in Section 31A-18-105 and this section may be grounds for a finding that the one or more
             9259      persons with authority to make the insurer's investment decisions are "incompetent" as used in
             9260      Subsection 31A-5-410 (3).
             9261          (7) Section 77r-1 of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984 does
             9262      not apply to the purchase, holding, investment, or valuation limitations of assets of insurance
             9263      companies subject to this chapter.
             9264          Section 248. Section 31A-19a-206 is amended to read:
             9265           31A-19a-206. Disapproval of rates.
             9266          (1) (a) Except for a conflict with the requirements of Section 31A-19a-201 or


             9267      31A-19a-202 , the commissioner may disapprove a rate at any time that the rate directly
             9268      conflicts with:
             9269          (i) this title; or
             9270          (ii) any rule made under this title.
             9271          (b) The disapproval under Subsection (1)(a) shall:
             9272          (i) be in writing;
             9273          (ii) specify the statute or rule with which the filing conflicts; and
             9274          (iii) state when the rule is no longer effective.
             9275          (c) (i) If an insurer's or rate service organization's rate filing is disapproved under
             9276      Subsection (1)(a), the insurer or rate service organization may request a hearing on the
             9277      disapproval within 30 calendar days of the date on which the order described in Subsection
             9278      (1)(a) is issued.
             9279          (ii) If a hearing is requested under Subsection (1)(c)(i), the commissioner shall
             9280      schedule the hearing within 30 calendar days of the date on which the commissioner receives
             9281      the request for a hearing.
             9282          (iii) After the hearing, the commissioner shall issue an order:
             9283          (A) approving the rate filing; or
             9284          (B) disapproving the rate filing.
             9285          (2) (a) If within 90 calendar days of the date on which a rate filing is filed the
             9286      commissioner finds that the rate filing does not meet the requirements of Section 31A-19a-201
             9287      or 31A-19a-202 , the commissioner shall send a written order disapproving the rate filing to the
             9288      insurer or rate organization that made the filing.
             9289          (b) The order described in Subsection (2)(a) shall specify how the rate filing fails to
             9290      meet the requirements of Section 31A-19a-201 or 31A-19a-202 .
             9291          (c) (i) If an insurer's or rate service organization's rate filing is disapproved under
             9292      Subsection (2)(a), the insurer or rate service organization may request a hearing on the
             9293      disapproval within 30 calendar days of the date on which the order described in Subsection
             9294      (2)(a) is issued.


             9295          (ii) If a hearing is requested under Subsection (2)(c)(i), the commissioner shall
             9296      schedule the hearing within 30 calendar days of the date on which the commissioner receives
             9297      the request for a hearing.
             9298          (iii) After the hearing, the commissioner shall issue an order:
             9299          (A) approving the rate filing; or
             9300          (B) (I) disapproving the rate filing; and
             9301          (II) stating when, within a reasonable time from the date on which the order is issued,
             9302      the rate is no longer effective.
             9303          (d) In a hearing held under this Subsection (2), the insurer or rate service organization
             9304      bears the burden of proving compliance with the requirements of Section 31A-19a-201 or
             9305      31A-19a-202 .
             9306          (3) (a) If the order described in Subsection (2)(a) is issued after the implementation of
             9307      the rate filing, the commissioner may order that use of the rate filing be discontinued for any
             9308      policy issued or renewed on or after a date not less than 30 calendar days from the date the
             9309      order was issued.
             9310          (b) If an insurer or rate service organization requests a hearing under Subsection (2),
             9311      the order to discontinue use of the rate filing is stayed:
             9312          (i) beginning on the date the insurer or rate service organization requests a hearing; and
             9313          (ii) ending on the date the commissioner issues an order after the hearing that addresses
             9314      the stay.
             9315          (4) If the order described in Subsection (2)(a) is issued before the implementation of
             9316      the rate filing:
             9317          (a) an insurer or rate service organization may not implement the rate filing; and
             9318          (b) the rates of the insurer or rate service organization at the time of disapproval
             9319      continue to be in effect.
             9320          (5) (a) If after a hearing the commissioner finds that a rate that has been previously
             9321      filed and has been in effect for more than 90 calendar days no longer meets the requirements of
             9322      Section 31A-19a-201 or 31A-19a-202 , the commissioner may order that use of the rate by any


             9323      insurer or rate service organization be discontinued.
             9324          (b) The commissioner shall give any insurer that will be affected by an order that may
             9325      be issued under Subsection (5)(a) notice of the hearing at least 10 business days prior to the
             9326      hearing.
             9327          (c) The order issued under Subsection (5)(a) shall:
             9328          (i) be in writing;
             9329          (ii) state the grounds for the order; and
             9330          (iii) state when, within a reasonable time from the date on which the order is issued,
             9331      the rate is no longer effective.
             9332          (d) The order issued under Subsection (5)(a) [shall not] may not affect any contract or
             9333      policy made or issued prior to the expiration of the period set forth in the order.
             9334          (e) The order issued under Subsection (5)(a) may include a provision for a premium
             9335      adjustment for contracts or policies made or issued after the effective date of the order.
             9336          (6) (a) When an insurer has no legally effective rates as a result of the commissioner's
             9337      disapproval of rates or other act, the commissioner shall, on the insurer's request, specify
             9338      interim rates for the insurer.
             9339          (b) An interim rate described in Subsection (6)(a):
             9340          (i) shall be high enough to protect the interests of all parties; and
             9341          (ii) may, when necessary to protect the policyholders, order that a specified portion of
             9342      the premiums be placed in an escrow account approved by the commissioner.
             9343          (c) When the new rates become effective, the commissioner shall order the escrowed
             9344      funds or any overcharge in the interim rates to be distributed appropriately, except that minimal
             9345      refunds to policyholders need not be distributed.
             9346          Section 249. Section 31A-19a-208 is amended to read:
             9347           31A-19a-208. Special restrictions on individual insurers.
             9348          (1) The commissioner may require by order that a particular insurer file any or all of its
             9349      rates and supplementary rate information 30 calendar days prior to their effective date, if the
             9350      commissioner finds, after a hearing, that to protect the interests of the insurer's insureds and the


             9351      public in Utah, the commissioner [must] shall exercise closer supervision of the insurer's rates,
             9352      because of the insurer's financial condition or rating practices.
             9353          (2) The commissioner may extend the waiting period described in Subsection (1) for
             9354      any filing for not to exceed 30 additional calendar days, by written notice to the insurer before
             9355      the first 30-day period expires.
             9356          (3) A filing that has not been disapproved before the expiration of the waiting period is
             9357      considered to meet the requirements of this chapter, subject to the possibility of subsequent
             9358      disapproval under Section 31A-19a-206 .
             9359          Section 250. Section 31A-19a-309 is amended to read:
             9360           31A-19a-309. Recording and reporting of experience.
             9361          (1) (a) The commissioner may adopt rules for the development of statistical plans, for
             9362      use by all insurers in recording and reporting their loss and expense experience, in order that
             9363      the experience of those insurers may be made available to the commissioner.
             9364          (b) The rules provided for in Subsection (1) may include:
             9365          (i) the data that [must] shall be reported by an insurer;
             9366          (ii) definitions of data elements;
             9367          (iii) the timing and frequency of data reporting by an insurer;
             9368          (iv) data quality standards;
             9369          (v) data edit and audit requirements;
             9370          (vi) data retention requirements;
             9371          (vii) reports to be generated; and
             9372          (viii) the timing of reports to be generated.
             9373          (c) Except for workers' compensation insurance under Section 31A-19a-404 , an insurer
             9374      may not be required to record or report its experience on a classification basis that is
             9375      inconsistent with its own rating system.
             9376          (2) (a) The commissioner may designate one or more rate service organizations to
             9377      assist the commissioner in gathering that experience and making compilations of the
             9378      experience.


             9379          (b) The compilations developed under Subsection (2)(a) shall be made available to the
             9380      public.
             9381          (3) The commissioner may make rules and plans for the interchange of data necessary
             9382      for the application of rating plans.
             9383          (4) To further uniform administration of rate regulatory laws, the commissioner and
             9384      every insurer and rate service organization may:
             9385          (a) exchange information and experience data with insurance supervisory officials,
             9386      insurers, and rate service organizations in other states; and
             9387          (b) consult with the persons described in Subsection (4)(a) with respect to the
             9388      application of rating systems and the reporting of statistical data.
             9389          Section 251. Section 31A-21-101 is amended to read:
             9390           31A-21-101. Scope of Chapters 21 and 22.
             9391          (1) Except as provided in Subsections (2) through (6), this chapter and Chapter 22,
             9392      Contracts in Specific Lines, apply to all insurance policies, applications, and certificates:
             9393          (a) delivered or issued for delivery in this state;
             9394          (b) on property ordinarily located in this state;
             9395          (c) on persons residing in this state when the policy is issued; or
             9396          (d) on business operations in this state.
             9397          (2) This chapter and Chapter 22 do not apply to:
             9398          (a) an exemption provided in Section 31A-1-103 ;
             9399          (b) an insurance policy procured under Sections 31A-15-103 and 31A-15-104 ;
             9400          (c) an insurance policy on business operations in this state:
             9401          (i) if:
             9402          (A) the contract is negotiated primarily outside this state; and
             9403          (B) the operations in this state are incidental or subordinate to operations outside this
             9404      state; and
             9405          (ii) except that insurance required by a Utah statute [must] shall conform to the
             9406      statutory requirements; or


             9407          (d) other exemptions provided in this title.
             9408          (3) (a) Sections 31A-21-102 , 31A-21-103 , 31A-21-104 , Subsections 31A-21-107 (1)
             9409      and (3), and Sections 31A-21-306 , 31A-21-308 , 31A-21-312 , and 31A-21-314 apply to ocean
             9410      marine and inland marine insurance.
             9411          (b) Section 31A-21-201 applies to inland marine insurance that is written according to
             9412      manual rules or rating plans.
             9413          (4) A group or blanket policy is subject to this chapter and Chapter 22, except:
             9414          (a) a group or blanket policy outside the scope of this title under Subsection
             9415      31A-1-103 (3)(h); and
             9416          (b) other exemptions provided under Subsection (5).
             9417          (5) The commissioner may by rule exempt any class of insurance contract or class of
             9418      insurer from any or all of the provisions of this chapter and Chapter 22 if the interests of the
             9419      Utah insureds, creditors, or the public would not be harmed by the exemption.
             9420          (6) Workers' compensation insurance, including that written by the Workers'
             9421      Compensation Fund created under Chapter 33, Workers' Compensation Fund, is subject to this
             9422      chapter and Chapter 22.
             9423          (7) Unless clearly inapplicable, any provision of this chapter or Chapter 22 applicable
             9424      to either a policy or a contract is applicable to both.
             9425          Section 252. Section 31A-21-312 is amended to read:
             9426           31A-21-312. Notice and proof of loss.
             9427          (1) Every insurance policy shall provide that:
             9428          (a) when notice of loss is required separately from proof of loss, notice given by or on
             9429      behalf of the insured to any authorized agent of the insurer within this state, with particulars
             9430      sufficient to identify the policy, is notice to the insurer; and
             9431          (b) failure to give any notice or file any proof of loss required by the policy within the
             9432      time specified in the policy does not invalidate a claim made by the insured, if the insured
             9433      shows that it was not reasonably possible to give the notice or file the proof of loss within the
             9434      prescribed time and that notice was given or proof of loss filed as soon as reasonably possible.


             9435          (2) Failure to give notice or file proof of loss as required by Subsection (1)(b) does not
             9436      bar recovery under the policy if the insurer fails to show it was prejudiced by the failure. This
             9437      subsection may not be construed to extend the statute of limitations applicable under Section
             9438      31A-21-313 .
             9439          (3) The insurer shall, on request, promptly furnish an insured any forms or instructions
             9440      needed to make a proof of loss.
             9441          (4) As an alternative to giving notice directly under Subsection (1)(a), it is a sufficient
             9442      service of notice or of proof of loss if a first class postage prepaid envelope addressed to the
             9443      insurer and containing the proper notice or proof of loss is deposited in any United States post
             9444      office within the time prescribed.
             9445          (5) The commissioner shall adopt rules dealing with notice of loss and proof of loss
             9446      time limitations under insurance policies. Under Section 31A-21-202 , the commissioner's
             9447      express approval [must] shall be received before any contract clause requiring notice of loss or
             9448      proof of loss in a manner inconsistent with the rule may be used in an insurance contract.
             9449          (6) The acknowledgment by the insurer of the receipt of notice, the furnishing of forms
             9450      for filing proofs of loss, the acceptance of those proofs, or the investigation of any claim are
             9451      not alone sufficient to waive any of the rights of the insurer in defense of any claim arising
             9452      under the insurance policy.
             9453          Section 253. Section 31A-21-313 is amended to read:
             9454           31A-21-313. Limitation of actions.
             9455          (1) An action on a written policy or contract of first party insurance [must] shall be
             9456      commenced within three years after the inception of the loss.
             9457          (2) Except as provided in Subsection (1) or elsewhere in this title, the law applicable to
             9458      limitation of actions in Title 78B, Chapter 2, Statutes of Limitations, applies to actions on
             9459      insurance policies.
             9460          (3) An insurance policy may not:
             9461          (a) limit the time for beginning an action on the policy to a time less than that
             9462      authorized by statute;


             9463          (b) prescribe in what court an action may be brought on the policy; or
             9464          (c) provide that no action may be brought, subject to permissible arbitration provisions
             9465      in contracts.
             9466          (4) Unless by verified complaint it is alleged that prejudice to the complainant will
             9467      arise from a delay in bringing suit against an insurer, which prejudice is other than the delay
             9468      itself, no action may be brought against an insurer on an insurance policy to compel payment
             9469      under the policy until the earlier of:
             9470          (a) 60 days after proof of loss has been furnished as required under the policy;
             9471          (b) waiver by the insurer of proof of loss; or
             9472          (c) the insurer's denial of full payment.
             9473          (5) The period of limitation is tolled during the period in which the parties conduct an
             9474      appraisal or arbitration procedure prescribed by the insurance policy, by law, or as agreed to by
             9475      the parties.
             9476          Section 254. Section 31A-21-403 is amended to read:
             9477           31A-21-403. Orders terminating effectiveness of policies.
             9478          Upon the commissioner's order, no mass marketed life or accident and health insurance
             9479      issued by an insurer may continue to be effected on persons in this state. The commissioner
             9480      may issue an order under this section only if [he] the commissioner finds, after a hearing, that
             9481      the total charges for the insurance to the persons insured are unreasonable in relation to the
             9482      benefits provided. The commissioner's findings under this section [must] shall be in writing.
             9483      Orders under this section may direct the insurer to cease effecting the insurance until the total
             9484      charges for the insurance are found by the commissioner to be reasonable in relation to the
             9485      benefits provided.
             9486          Section 255. Section 31A-22-305 is amended to read:
             9487           31A-22-305. Uninsured motorist coverage.
             9488          (1) As used in this section, "covered persons" includes:
             9489          (a) the named insured;
             9490          (b) persons related to the named insured by blood, marriage, adoption, or guardianship,


             9491      who are residents of the named insured's household, including those who usually make their
             9492      home in the same household but temporarily live elsewhere;
             9493          (c) any person occupying or using a motor vehicle:
             9494          (i) referred to in the policy; or
             9495          (ii) owned by a self-insured; and
             9496          (d) any person who is entitled to recover damages against the owner or operator of the
             9497      uninsured or underinsured motor vehicle because of bodily injury to or death of persons under
             9498      Subsection (1)(a), (b), or (c).
             9499          (2) As used in this section, "uninsured motor vehicle" includes:
             9500          (a) (i) a motor vehicle, the operation, maintenance, or use of which is not covered
             9501      under a liability policy at the time of an injury-causing occurrence; or
             9502          (ii) (A) a motor vehicle covered with lower liability limits than required by Section
             9503      31A-22-304 ; and
             9504          (B) the motor vehicle described in Subsection (2)(a)(ii)(A) is uninsured to the extent of
             9505      the deficiency;
             9506          (b) an unidentified motor vehicle that left the scene of an accident proximately caused
             9507      by the motor vehicle operator;
             9508          (c) a motor vehicle covered by a liability policy, but coverage for an accident is
             9509      disputed by the liability insurer for more than 60 days or continues to be disputed for more than
             9510      60 days; or
             9511          (d) (i) an insured motor vehicle if, before or after the accident, the liability insurer of
             9512      the motor vehicle is declared insolvent by a court of competent jurisdiction; and
             9513          (ii) the motor vehicle described in Subsection (2)(d)(i) is uninsured only to the extent
             9514      that the claim against the insolvent insurer is not paid by a guaranty association or fund.
             9515          (3) (a) Uninsured motorist coverage under Subsection 31A-22-302 (1)(b) provides
             9516      coverage for covered persons who are legally entitled to recover damages from owners or
             9517      operators of uninsured motor vehicles because of bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death.
             9518          (b) For new policies written on or after January 1, 2001, the limits of uninsured


             9519      motorist coverage shall be equal to the lesser of the limits of the insured's motor vehicle
             9520      liability coverage or the maximum uninsured motorist coverage limits available by the insurer
             9521      under the insured's motor vehicle policy, unless the insured purchases coverage in a lesser
             9522      amount by signing an acknowledgment form that:
             9523          (i) is filed with the department;
             9524          (ii) is provided by the insurer;
             9525          (iii) waives the higher coverage;
             9526          (iv) reasonably explains the purpose of uninsured motorist coverage; and
             9527          (v) discloses the additional premiums required to purchase uninsured motorist
             9528      coverage with limits equal to the lesser of the limits of the insured's motor vehicle liability
             9529      coverage or the maximum uninsured motorist coverage limits available by the insurer under the
             9530      insured's motor vehicle policy.
             9531          (c) A self-insured, including a governmental entity, may elect to provide uninsured
             9532      motorist coverage in an amount that is less than its maximum self-insured retention under
             9533      Subsections (3)(b) and (4)(a) by issuing a declaratory memorandum or policy statement from
             9534      the chief financial officer or chief risk officer that declares the:
             9535          (i) self-insured entity's coverage level; and
             9536          (ii) process for filing an uninsured motorist claim.
             9537          (d) Uninsured motorist coverage may not be sold with limits that are less than the
             9538      minimum bodily injury limits for motor vehicle liability policies under Section 31A-22-304 .
             9539          (e) The acknowledgment under Subsection (3)(b) continues for that issuer of the
             9540      uninsured motorist coverage until the insured, in writing, requests different uninsured motorist
             9541      coverage from the insurer.
             9542          (f) (i) In conjunction with the first two renewal notices sent after January 1, 2001, for
             9543      policies existing on that date, the insurer shall disclose in the same medium as the premium
             9544      renewal notice, an explanation of:
             9545          (A) the purpose of uninsured motorist coverage; and
             9546          (B) the costs associated with increasing the coverage in amounts up to and including


             9547      the maximum amount available by the insurer under the insured's motor vehicle policy.
             9548          (ii) The disclosure required under this Subsection (3)(f) shall be sent to all insureds that
             9549      carry uninsured motorist coverage limits in an amount less than the insured's motor vehicle
             9550      liability policy limits or the maximum uninsured motorist coverage limits available by the
             9551      insurer under the insured's motor vehicle policy.
             9552          (4) (a) (i) Except as provided in Subsection (4)(b), the named insured may reject
             9553      uninsured motorist coverage by an express writing to the insurer that provides liability
             9554      coverage under Subsection 31A-22-302 (1)(a).
             9555          (ii) This rejection shall be on a form provided by the insurer that includes a reasonable
             9556      explanation of the purpose of uninsured motorist coverage.
             9557          (iii) This rejection continues for that issuer of the liability coverage until the insured in
             9558      writing requests uninsured motorist coverage from that liability insurer.
             9559          (b) (i) All persons, including governmental entities, that are engaged in the business of,
             9560      or that accept payment for, transporting natural persons by motor vehicle, and all school
             9561      districts that provide transportation services for their students, shall provide coverage for all
             9562      motor vehicles used for that purpose, by purchase of a policy of insurance or by self-insurance,
             9563      uninsured motorist coverage of at least $25,000 per person and $500,000 per accident.
             9564          (ii) This coverage is secondary to any other insurance covering an injured covered
             9565      person.
             9566          (c) Uninsured motorist coverage:
             9567          (i) is secondary to the benefits provided by Title 34A, Chapter 2, Workers'
             9568      Compensation Act;
             9569          (ii) may not be subrogated by the workers' compensation insurance carrier;
             9570          (iii) may not be reduced by any benefits provided by workers' compensation insurance;
             9571          (iv) may be reduced by health insurance subrogation only after the covered person has
             9572      been made whole;
             9573          (v) may not be collected for bodily injury or death sustained by a person:
             9574          (A) while committing a violation of Section 41-1a-1314 ;


             9575          (B) who, as a passenger in a vehicle, has knowledge that the vehicle is being operated
             9576      in violation of Section 41-1a-1314 ; or
             9577          (C) while committing a felony; and
             9578          (vi) notwithstanding Subsection (4)(c)(v), may be recovered:
             9579          (A) for a person under 18 years of age who is injured within the scope of Subsection
             9580      (4)(c)(v) but limited to medical and funeral expenses; or
             9581          (B) by a law enforcement officer as defined in Section 53-13-103 , who is injured
             9582      within the course and scope of the law enforcement officer's duties.
             9583          (d) As used in this Subsection (4), "motor vehicle" has the same meaning as under
             9584      Section 41-1a-102 .
             9585          (5) When a covered person alleges that an uninsured motor vehicle under Subsection
             9586      (2)(b) proximately caused an accident without touching the covered person or the motor
             9587      vehicle occupied by the covered person, the covered person [must] shall show the existence of
             9588      the uninsured motor vehicle by clear and convincing evidence consisting of more than the
             9589      covered person's testimony.
             9590          (6) (a) The limit of liability for uninsured motorist coverage for two or more motor
             9591      vehicles may not be added together, combined, or stacked to determine the limit of insurance
             9592      coverage available to an injured person for any one accident.
             9593          (b) (i) Subsection (6)(a) applies to all persons except a covered person as defined under
             9594      Subsection (7)(b)(ii).
             9595          (ii) A covered person as defined under Subsection (7)(b)(ii) is entitled to the highest
             9596      limits of uninsured motorist coverage afforded for any one motor vehicle that the covered
             9597      person is the named insured or an insured family member.
             9598          (iii) This coverage shall be in addition to the coverage on the motor vehicle the covered
             9599      person is occupying.
             9600          (iv) Neither the primary nor the secondary coverage may be set off against the other.
             9601          (c) Coverage on a motor vehicle occupied at the time of an accident shall be primary
             9602      coverage, and the coverage elected by a person described under Subsections (1)(a) and (b) shall


             9603      be secondary coverage.
             9604          (7) (a) Uninsured motorist coverage under this section applies to bodily injury,
             9605      sickness, disease, or death of covered persons while occupying or using a motor vehicle only if
             9606      the motor vehicle is described in the policy under which a claim is made, or if the motor
             9607      vehicle is a newly acquired or replacement motor vehicle covered under the terms of the policy.
             9608      Except as provided in Subsection (6) or this Subsection (7), a covered person injured in a
             9609      motor vehicle described in a policy that includes uninsured motorist benefits may not elect to
             9610      collect uninsured motorist coverage benefits from any other motor vehicle insurance policy
             9611      under which the person is a covered person.
             9612          (b) Each of the following persons may also recover uninsured motorist benefits under
             9613      any one other policy in which they are described as a "covered person" as defined in Subsection
             9614      (1):
             9615          (i) a covered person injured as a pedestrian by an uninsured motor vehicle; and
             9616          (ii) except as provided in Subsection (7)(c), a covered person injured while occupying
             9617      or using a motor vehicle that is not owned, leased, or furnished:
             9618          (A) to the covered person;
             9619          (B) to the covered person's spouse; or
             9620          (C) to the covered person's resident parent or resident sibling.
             9621          (c) (i) A covered person may recover benefits from no more than two additional
             9622      policies, one additional policy from each parent's household if the covered person is:
             9623          (A) a dependent minor of parents who reside in separate households; and
             9624          (B) injured while occupying or using a motor vehicle that is not owned, leased, or
             9625      furnished:
             9626          (I) to the covered person;
             9627          (II) to the covered person's resident parent; or
             9628          (III) to the covered person's resident sibling.
             9629          (ii) Each parent's policy under this Subsection (7)(c) is liable only for the percentage of
             9630      the damages that the limit of liability of each parent's policy of uninsured motorist coverage


             9631      bears to the total of both parents' uninsured coverage applicable to the accident.
             9632          (d) A covered person's recovery under any available policies may not exceed the full
             9633      amount of damages.
             9634          (e) A covered person in Subsection (7)(b) is not barred against making subsequent
             9635      elections if recovery is unavailable under previous elections.
             9636          (f) (i) As used in this section, "interpolicy stacking" means recovering benefits for a
             9637      single incident of loss under more than one insurance policy.
             9638          (ii) Except to the extent permitted by Subsection (6) and this Subsection (7),
             9639      interpolicy stacking is prohibited for uninsured motorist coverage.
             9640          (8) (a) When a claim is brought by a named insured or a person described in
             9641      Subsection (1) and is asserted against the covered person's uninsured motorist carrier, the
             9642      claimant may elect to resolve the claim:
             9643          (i) by submitting the claim to binding arbitration; or
             9644          (ii) through litigation.
             9645          (b) Unless otherwise provided in the policy under which uninsured benefits are
             9646      claimed, the election provided in Subsection (8)(a) is available to the claimant only.
             9647          (c) Once the claimant has elected to commence litigation under Subsection (8)(a)(ii),
             9648      the claimant may not elect to resolve the claim through binding arbitration under this section
             9649      without the written consent of the uninsured motorist carrier.
             9650          (d) (i) Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties, a claim that is submitted to
             9651      binding arbitration under Subsection (8)(a)(i) shall be resolved by a single arbitrator.
             9652          (ii) All parties shall agree on the single arbitrator selected under Subsection (8)(d)(i).
             9653          (iii) If the parties are unable to agree on a single arbitrator as required under Subsection
             9654      (8)(d)(ii), the parties shall select a panel of three arbitrators.
             9655          (e) If the parties select a panel of three arbitrators under Subsection (8)(d)(iii):
             9656          (i) each side shall select one arbitrator; and
             9657          (ii) the arbitrators appointed under Subsection (8)(e)(i) shall select one additional
             9658      arbitrator to be included in the panel.


             9659          (f) Unless otherwise agreed to in writing:
             9660          (i) each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and costs of the arbitrator selected
             9661      under Subsection (8)(d)(i); or
             9662          (ii) if an arbitration panel is selected under Subsection (8)(d)(iii):
             9663          (A) each party shall pay the fees and costs of the arbitrator selected by that party; and
             9664          (B) each party shall pay an equal share of the fees and costs of the arbitrator selected
             9665      under Subsection (8)(e)(ii).
             9666          (g) Except as otherwise provided in this section or unless otherwise agreed to in
             9667      writing by the parties, an arbitration proceeding conducted under this section shall be governed
             9668      by Title 78B, Chapter 11, Utah Uniform Arbitration Act.
             9669          (h) The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with Rules 26 through 37, 54, and
             9670      68 of the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure.
             9671          (i) All issues of discovery shall be resolved by the arbitrator or the arbitration panel.
             9672          (j) A written decision by a single arbitrator or by a majority of the arbitration panel
             9673      shall constitute a final decision.
             9674          (k) (i) The amount of an arbitration award may not exceed the uninsured motorist
             9675      policy limits of all applicable uninsured motorist policies, including applicable uninsured
             9676      motorist umbrella policies.
             9677          (ii) If the initial arbitration award exceeds the uninsured motorist policy limits of all
             9678      applicable uninsured motorist policies, the arbitration award shall be reduced to an amount
             9679      equal to the combined uninsured motorist policy limits of all applicable uninsured motorist
             9680      policies.
             9681          (l) The arbitrator or arbitration panel may not decide the issues of coverage or
             9682      extra-contractual damages, including:
             9683          (i) whether the claimant is a covered person;
             9684          (ii) whether the policy extends coverage to the loss; or
             9685          (iii) any allegations or claims asserting consequential damages or bad faith liability.
             9686          (m) The arbitrator or arbitration panel may not conduct arbitration on a class-wide or


             9687      class-representative basis.
             9688          (n) If the arbitrator or arbitration panel finds that the action was not brought, pursued,
             9689      or defended in good faith, the arbitrator or arbitration panel may award reasonable attorney fees
             9690      and costs against the party that failed to bring, pursue, or defend the claim in good faith.
             9691          (o) An arbitration award issued under this section shall be the final resolution of all
             9692      claims not excluded by Subsection (8)(l) between the parties unless:
             9693          (i) the award was procured by corruption, fraud, or other undue means; or
             9694          (ii) either party, within 20 days after service of the arbitration award:
             9695          (A) files a complaint requesting a trial de novo in the district court; and
             9696          (B) serves the nonmoving party with a copy of the complaint requesting a trial de novo
             9697      under Subsection (8)(o)(ii)(A).
             9698          (p) (i) Upon filing a complaint for a trial de novo under Subsection (8)(o), the claim
             9699      shall proceed through litigation pursuant to the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure and Utah Rules
             9700      of Evidence in the district court.
             9701          (ii) In accordance with Rule 38, Utah Rules of Civil Procedure, either party may
             9702      request a jury trial with a complaint requesting a trial de novo under Subsection (8)(o)(ii)(A).
             9703          (q) (i) If the claimant, as the moving party in a trial de novo requested under
             9704      Subsection (8)(o), does not obtain a verdict that is at least $5,000 and is at least 20% greater
             9705      than the arbitration award, the claimant is responsible for all of the nonmoving party's costs.
             9706          (ii) If the uninsured motorist carrier, as the moving party in a trial de novo requested
             9707      under Subsection (8)(o), does not obtain a verdict that is at least 20% less than the arbitration
             9708      award, the uninsured motorist carrier is responsible for all of the nonmoving party's costs.
             9709          (iii) Except as provided in Subsection (8)(q)(iv), the costs under this Subsection (8)(q)
             9710      shall include:
             9711          (A) any costs set forth in Rule 54(d), Utah Rules of Civil Procedure; and
             9712          (B) the costs of expert witnesses and depositions.
             9713          (iv) An award of costs under this Subsection (8)(q) may not exceed $2,500.
             9714          (r) For purposes of determining whether a party's verdict is greater or less than the


             9715      arbitration award under Subsection (8)(q), a court may not consider any recovery or other relief
             9716      granted on a claim for damages if the claim for damages:
             9717          (i) was not fully disclosed in writing prior to the arbitration proceeding; or
             9718          (ii) was not disclosed in response to discovery contrary to the Utah Rules of Civil
             9719      Procedure.
             9720          (s) If a district court determines, upon a motion of the nonmoving party, that the
             9721      moving party's use of the trial de novo process was filed in bad faith in accordance with
             9722      Section 78B-5-825 , the district court may award reasonable attorney fees to the nonmoving
             9723      party.
             9724          (t) Nothing in this section is intended to limit any claim under any other portion of an
             9725      applicable insurance policy.
             9726          (u) If there are multiple uninsured motorist policies, as set forth in Subsection (7), the
             9727      claimant may elect to arbitrate in one hearing the claims against all the uninsured motorist
             9728      carriers.
             9729          (9) (a) Within 30 days after a covered person elects to submit a claim for uninsured
             9730      motorist benefits to binding arbitration or files litigation, the covered person shall provide to
             9731      the uninsured motorist carrier:
             9732          (i) a written demand for payment of uninsured motorist coverage benefits, setting forth:
             9733          (A) the specific monetary amount of the demand; and
             9734          (B) the factual and legal basis and any supporting documentation for the demand;
             9735          (ii) a written statement under oath disclosing:
             9736          (A) (I) the names and last known addresses of all health care providers who have
             9737      rendered health care services to the covered person that are material to the claims for which
             9738      uninsured motorist benefits are sought for a period of five years preceding the date of the event
             9739      giving rise to the claim for uninsured motorist benefits up to the time the election for
             9740      arbitration or litigation has been exercised; and
             9741          (II) whether the covered person has seen other health care providers who have rendered
             9742      health care services to the covered person, which the covered person claims are immaterial to


             9743      the claims for which uninsured motorist benefits are sought, for a period of five years
             9744      preceding the date of the event giving rise to the claim for uninsured motorist benefits up to the
             9745      time the election for arbitration or litigation has been exercised that have not been disclosed
             9746      under Subsection (9)(a)(ii)(A)(I);
             9747          (B) (I) the names and last known addresses of all health insurers or other entities to
             9748      whom the covered person has submitted claims for health care services or benefits material to
             9749      the claims for which uninsured motorist benefits are sought, for a period of five years
             9750      preceding the date of the event giving rise to the claim for uninsured motorist benefits up to the
             9751      time the election for arbitration or litigation has been exercised; and
             9752          (II) whether the identity of any health insurers or other entities to whom the covered
             9753      person has submitted claims for health care services or benefits, which the covered person
             9754      claims are immaterial to the claims for which uninsured motorist benefits are sought, for a
             9755      period of five years preceding the date of the event giving rise to the claim for uninsured
             9756      motorist benefits up to the time the election for arbitration or litigation have not been disclosed;
             9757          (C) if lost wages, diminished earning capacity, or similar damages are claimed, all
             9758      employers of the covered person for a period of five years preceding the date of the event
             9759      giving rise to the claim for uninsured motorist benefits up to the time the election for
             9760      arbitration or litigation has been exercised;
             9761          (D) other documents to reasonably support the claims being asserted; and
             9762          (E) all state and federal statutory lienholders including a statement as to whether the
             9763      covered person is a recipient of Medicare or Medicaid benefits or Utah Children's Health
             9764      Insurance Program benefits under Title 26, Chapter 40, Utah Children's Health Insurance Act,
             9765      or if the claim is subject to any other state or federal statutory liens; and
             9766          (iii) signed authorizations to allow the uninsured motorist carrier to only obtain records
             9767      and billings from the individuals or entities disclosed.
             9768          (b) (i) If the uninsured motorist carrier determines that the disclosure of undisclosed
             9769      health care providers or health care insurers under Subsection (9)(a)(ii) is reasonably necessary,
             9770      the uninsured motorist carrier may:


             9771          (A) make a request for the disclosure of the identity of the health care providers or
             9772      health care insurers; and
             9773          (B) make a request for authorizations to allow the uninsured motorist carrier to only
             9774      obtain records and billings from the individuals or entities not disclosed.
             9775          (ii) If the covered person does not provide the requested information within 10 days:
             9776          (A) the covered person shall disclose, in writing, the legal or factual basis for the
             9777      failure to disclose the health care providers or health care insurers; and
             9778          (B) either the covered person or the uninsured motorist carrier may request the
             9779      arbitrator or arbitration panel to resolve the issue of whether the identities or records are to be
             9780      provided if the covered person has elected arbitration.
             9781          (iii) The time periods imposed by Subsection (9)(c)(i) are tolled pending resolution of
             9782      the dispute concerning the disclosure and production of records of the health care providers or
             9783      health care insurers.
             9784          (c) (i) An uninsured motorist carrier that receives an election for arbitration or a notice
             9785      of filing litigation and the demand for payment of uninsured motorist benefits under Subsection
             9786      (9)(a)(i) shall have a reasonable time, not to exceed 60 days from the date of the demand and
             9787      receipt of the items specified in Subsections (9)(a)(i) through (iii), to:
             9788          (A) provide a written response to the written demand for payment provided for in
             9789      Subsection (9)(a)(i);
             9790          (B) except as provided in Subsection (9)(c)(i)(C), tender the amount, if any, of the
             9791      uninsured motorist carrier's determination of the amount owed to the covered person; and
             9792          (C) if the covered person is a recipient of Medicare or Medicaid benefits or Utah
             9793      Children's Health Insurance Program benefits under Title 26, Chapter 40, Utah Children's
             9794      Health Insurance Act, or if the claim is subject to any other state or federal statutory liens,
             9795      tender the amount, if any, of the uninsured motorist carrier's determination of the amount owed
             9796      to the covered person less:
             9797          (I) if the amount of the state or federal statutory lien is established, the amount of the
             9798      lien; or


             9799          (II) if the amount of the state or federal statutory lien is not established, two times the
             9800      amount of the medical expenses subject to the state or federal statutory lien until such time as
             9801      the amount of the state or federal statutory lien is established.
             9802          (ii) If the amount tendered by the uninsured motorist carrier under Subsection (9)(c)(i)
             9803      is the total amount of the uninsured motorist policy limits, the tendered amount shall be
             9804      accepted by the covered person.
             9805          (d) A covered person who receives a written response from an uninsured motorist
             9806      carrier as provided for in Subsection (9)(c)(i), may:
             9807          (i) elect to accept the amount tendered in Subsection (9)(c)(i) as payment in full of all
             9808      uninsured motorist claims; or
             9809          (ii) elect to:
             9810          (A) accept the amount tendered in Subsection (9)(c)(i) as partial payment of all
             9811      uninsured motorist claims; and
             9812          (B) litigate or arbitrate the remaining claim.
             9813          (e) If a covered person elects to accept the amount tendered under Subsection (9)(c)(i)
             9814      as partial payment of all uninsured motorist claims, the final award obtained through
             9815      arbitration, litigation, or later settlement shall be reduced by any payment made by the
             9816      uninsured motorist carrier under Subsection (9)(c)(i).
             9817          (f) In an arbitration proceeding on the remaining uninsured claims:
             9818          (i) the parties may not disclose to the arbitrator or arbitration panel the amount paid
             9819      under Subsection (9)(c)(i) until after the arbitration award has been rendered; and
             9820          (ii) the parties may not disclose the amount of the limits of uninsured motorist benefits
             9821      provided by the policy.
             9822          (g) If the final award obtained through arbitration or litigation is greater than the
             9823      average of the covered person's initial written demand for payment provided for in Subsection
             9824      (9)(a)(i) and the uninsured motorist carrier's initial written response provided for in Subsection
             9825      (9)(c)(i), the uninsured motorist carrier shall pay:
             9826          (i) the final award obtained through arbitration or litigation, except that if the award


             9827      exceeds the policy limits of the subject uninsured motorist policy by more than $15,000, the
             9828      amount shall be reduced to an amount equal to the policy limits plus $15,000; and
             9829          (ii) any of the following applicable costs:
             9830          (A) any costs as set forth in Rule 54(d), Utah Rules of Civil Procedure;
             9831          (B) the arbitrator or arbitration panel's fee; and
             9832          (C) the reasonable costs of expert witnesses and depositions used in the presentation of
             9833      evidence during arbitration or litigation.
             9834          (h) (i) The covered person shall provide an affidavit of costs within five days of an
             9835      arbitration award.
             9836          (ii) (A) Objection to the affidavit of costs shall specify with particularity the costs to
             9837      which the uninsured motorist carrier objects.
             9838          (B) The objection shall be resolved by the arbitrator or arbitration panel.
             9839          (iii) The award of costs by the arbitrator or arbitration panel under Subsection (9)(g)(ii)
             9840      may not exceed $5,000.
             9841          (i) (i) A covered person shall disclose all material information, other than rebuttal
             9842      evidence, as specified in Subsection (9)(a).
             9843          (ii) If the information under Subsection (9)(i)(i) is not disclosed, the covered person
             9844      may not recover costs or any amounts in excess of the policy under Subsection (9)(g).
             9845          (j) This Subsection (9) does not limit any other cause of action that arose or may arise
             9846      against the uninsured motorist carrier from the same dispute.
             9847          (k) The provisions of this Subsection (9) only apply to motor vehicle accidents that
             9848      occur on or after March 30, 2010.
             9849          Section 256. Section 31A-22-408 is amended to read:
             9850           31A-22-408. Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Life Insurance.
             9851          (1) This section is known as the "Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Life Insurance." It
             9852      does not apply to group life insurance.
             9853          (2) In the case of policies issued on or after July 1, 1961, no policy of life insurance,
             9854      except as stated in Subsection (8), may be delivered or issued for delivery in this state unless it


             9855      contains in substance the following provisions, or corresponding provisions which in the
             9856      opinion of the commissioner are at least as favorable to the defaulting or surrendering
             9857      policyholder as are the minimum requirements hereinafter specified, and are essentially in
             9858      compliance with Subsection (8):
             9859          (a) That, in the event of default in any premium payment, after premiums have been
             9860      paid for at least one full year the company will grant, upon proper request not later than 60 days
             9861      after the due date of the premium in default, a paid-up nonforfeiture benefit on a plan stipulated
             9862      in the policy, effective as of such due date, of such amount as is specified in this section. In
             9863      lieu of that stipulated paid-up nonforfeiture benefit, the company may substitute, upon proper
             9864      request not later than 60 days after the due date of the premium in default, an actuarially
             9865      equivalent alternative paid-up nonforfeiture benefit which provides a greater amount or longer
             9866      period of death benefits or, if applicable, a greater amount or earlier payment of endowment
             9867      benefits.
             9868          (b) That, upon surrender of the policy within 60 days after the due date of any premium
             9869      payment in default after premiums have been paid for at least three full years in the case of
             9870      ordinary insurance or five full years in the case of industrial insurance, the company will pay,
             9871      in lieu of any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit, a cash surrender value of such amount as is
             9872      specified in this section.
             9873          (c) That a specified paid-up nonforfeiture benefit shall become effective as specified in
             9874      the policy unless the person entitled to make such election elects another available option not
             9875      later than 60 days after the due date of the premium in default.
             9876          (d) That, if the policy shall have been paid by the completion of all premium payments
             9877      or if it is continued under any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit which became effective on or after
             9878      the third policy anniversary in the case of ordinary insurance or the fifth policy anniversary in
             9879      the case of industrial insurance, the company will pay upon surrender of the policy within 30
             9880      days after any policy anniversary, a cash surrender value in the amount specified in this section.
             9881          (e) In the case of policies which cause, on a basis guaranteed in the policy, unscheduled
             9882      changes in benefits or premiums, or which provide an option for changes in benefits or


             9883      premiums other than a change to a new policy, a statement of the mortality table, interest rate,
             9884      and method used in calculating cash surrender values and the paid-up nonforfeiture benefits
             9885      available under the policy. In the case of all other policies, a statement of the mortality table
             9886      and interest rate used in calculating the cash surrender values and the paid-up nonforfeiture
             9887      benefit, if any, available under the policy on each policy anniversary either during the first 20
             9888      policy years or during the term of the policy, whichever is shorter, such values and benefits to
             9889      be calculated upon the assumption that there are no dividends or paid-up additions credited to
             9890      the policy and that there is no indebtedness to the company on the policy.
             9891          (f) A statement that the cash surrender values and the paid-up nonforfeiture benefits
             9892      available under the policy are not less than the minimum values and benefits required by or
             9893      pursuant to the insurance law of the state in which the policy is delivered; an explanation of the
             9894      manner in which the cash surrender values and the paid-up nonforfeiture benefits are altered by
             9895      the existence of any paid-up additions credited to the policy or any indebtedness to the
             9896      company on the policy; if a detailed statement of the method of computation of the values and
             9897      benefits shown in the policy is not stated therein, a statement that such method of computation
             9898      has been filed with the insurance supervisory official of the state in which the policy is
             9899      delivered; and a statement of the method to be used in calculating the cash surrender value and
             9900      paid-up nonforfeiture benefit available under the policy on any policy anniversary beyond the
             9901      last anniversary for which such values and benefits are consecutively shown in the policy.
             9902          Any of the foregoing provisions or portions thereof not applicable by reason of the plan
             9903      of insurance may, to the extent inapplicable, be omitted from the policy.
             9904          The company shall reserve the right to defer the payment of any cash surrender value
             9905      for a period of six months after demand therefor with surrender of the policy with the consent
             9906      of the commissioner; provided, however, that the policy shall remain in full force and effect
             9907      until the insurer has made the payment.
             9908          (3) Any cash surrender value available under the policy in the event of default in a
             9909      premium payment due on any policy anniversary, whether or not required by Subsection (2),
             9910      shall be an amount not less than the excess, if any, of the present value, on such anniversary, of


             9911      the future guaranteed benefits which would have been provided for by the policy, including any
             9912      existing paid-up additions, if there had been no default, over the sum of: (a) the then present
             9913      value of the adjusted premiums as defined in Subsections (5) and (6), corresponding to
             9914      premiums which would have fallen due on and after such anniversary, and (b) the amount of
             9915      any indebtedness to the company on the policy.
             9916          Provided, however, that for any policy issued on or after the operative date of
             9917      Subsection (6)(d) as defined therein, which provides supplemental life insurance or annuity
             9918      benefits at the option of the insured and for an identifiable additional premium by rider or
             9919      supplemental policy provision, the cash surrender value referred to in the first paragraph of this
             9920      subsection shall be an amount not less than the sum of the cash surrender value as defined in
             9921      such paragraph for an otherwise similar policy issued at the same age without such rider or
             9922      supplemental policy provision and the cash surrender value as defined in such paragraph for a
             9923      policy which provides only the benefits otherwise provided by such rider or supplemental
             9924      policy provision.
             9925          Provided, further, that for any family policy issued on or after the operative date of
             9926      Subsection (6)(d) as defined therein, which defines a primary insured and provides term
             9927      insurance on the life of the spouse of the primary insured expiring before the spouse's age 71,
             9928      the cash surrender value referred to in the first paragraph of this subsection shall be an amount
             9929      not less than the sum of the cash surrender value as defined in such paragraph for an otherwise
             9930      similar policy issued at the same age without such term insurance on the life of the spouse and
             9931      the cash surrender value as defined in such paragraph for a policy which provides only the
             9932      benefits otherwise provided by such term insurance on the life of the spouse. Any cash
             9933      surrender value available within 30 days after any policy anniversary under any policy paid-up
             9934      by completion of all premium payments or any policy continued under any paid-up
             9935      nonforfeiture benefit, whether or not required by Subsection (2) shall be an amount not less
             9936      than the present value, on such anniversary, of the future guaranteed benefits provided for by
             9937      the policy, including any existing paid-up additions, decreased by any indebtedness to the
             9938      company on the policy.


             9939          (4) Any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit available under the policy in the event of default
             9940      in a premium payment due on any policy anniversary shall be such that its present value as of
             9941      such anniversary shall be at least equal to the cash surrender value then provided for by the
             9942      policy or, if none is provided for, that cash surrender value which would have been required by
             9943      this section in the absence of the condition that premiums shall have been paid for at least a
             9944      specified period.
             9945          (5) (a) This Subsection (5)(a) does not apply to policies issued on or after the operative
             9946      date of Subsection (6)(d) as defined therein. Except as provided in Subsection (5)(c), the
             9947      adjusted premiums for any policy shall be calculated on an annual basis and shall be such
             9948      uniform percentage of the respective premiums specified in the policy for each policy year,
             9949      excluding any extra premiums charged because of impairments or special hazards, that the
             9950      present value, at the date of issue of the policy, of all such adjusted premiums shall be equal to
             9951      the sum of: (i) the then present value of the future guaranteed benefits provided for by the
             9952      policy; (ii) 2% of the amount of insurance, if the insurance be uniform in amount, or of the
             9953      equivalent uniform amount if the amount of insurance varies with duration of the policy; (iii)
             9954      40% of the adjusted premium for the first policy year; and (iv) 25% of either the adjusted
             9955      premium for the first policy year or the adjusted premium for a whole life policy of the same
             9956      uniform or equivalent uniform amount with uniform premiums for the whole of life issued at
             9957      the same age for the same amount of insurance, whichever is less. Provided, however, that in
             9958      applying the percentages specified in Subsections (5)(a)(iii) and (iv), no adjusted premium
             9959      shall be considered to exceed 4% of the amount of insurance or uniform amount equivalent
             9960      thereto. The date of issue of a policy for the purpose of this section shall be the date as of
             9961      which the rated age of the insured is determined.
             9962          (b) In the case of a policy providing an amount of insurance varying with duration of
             9963      the policy, the equivalent uniform amount thereof for the purpose of this section shall be
             9964      considered to be the uniform amount of insurance provided by an otherwise similar policy,
             9965      containing the same endowment benefit or benefits, if any, issued at the same age and for the
             9966      same term, the amount of which does not vary with duration and the benefits under which have


             9967      the same present value at the date of issue as the benefits under the policy; provided, however,
             9968      that in the case of a policy providing a varying amount of insurance issued on the life of a child
             9969      under age 10, the equivalent uniform amount may be computed as though the amount of
             9970      insurance provided by the policy prior to the attainment of age 10 were the amount provided by
             9971      such policy at age 10.
             9972          (c) The adjusted premiums for any policy providing term insurance benefits by rider or
             9973      supplemental policy provision shall be equal to: (i) the adjusted premiums for an otherwise
             9974      similar policy issued at the same age without such term insurance benefits, increased, during
             9975      the period for which premiums for such term insurance benefits are payable, by (ii) the adjusted
             9976      premiums for such term insurance, the foregoing items (i) and (ii) of this [paragraph]
             9977      Subsection (5)(c) being calculated separately and as specified in Subsections (5)(a) and (b)
             9978      except that, for the purposes of (ii), (iii), and (iv) of Subsection (5)(a), the amount of insurance
             9979      or equivalent uniform amount of insurance used in calculation of the adjusted premiums
             9980      referred to in (ii) of this [paragraph] Subsection (5)(c) shall be equal to the excess of the
             9981      corresponding amount determined for the entire policy over the amount used in the calculation
             9982      of the adjusted premiums in (i) of this [paragraph] Subsection (5)(c).
             9983          (d) Except as otherwise provided in Subsection (6), all adjusted premiums and present
             9984      values referred to in this section shall for all policies of ordinary insurance be calculated on the
             9985      basis of the Commissioner's 1941 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table, provided that for any
             9986      category of ordinary insurance issued on female risks, adjusted premiums and present values
             9987      may be calculated according to an age not more than three years younger than the actual age of
             9988      the insured and such calculations for all policies of industrial insurance shall be made on the
             9989      basis of the 1941 Standard Industrial Mortality Table. All calculations shall be made on the
             9990      basis of the rate of interest, not exceeding 3-1/2% per annum, specified in the policy for
             9991      calculating cash surrender values and paid-up nonforfeiture benefits. Provided, however, that
             9992      in calculating the present value of any paid-up term insurance with accompanying pure
             9993      endowment, if any, offered as a nonforfeiture benefit, the rates of mortality assumed may be
             9994      not more than 130% of the rates of mortality according to such applicable table. Provided,


             9995      further, that for insurance issued on a substandard basis, the calculation of any such adjusted
             9996      premiums and present values may be based on such other table of mortality as may be specified
             9997      by the company and approved by the commissioner.
             9998          (6) (a) This Subsection (6)(a) does not apply to ordinary policies issued on or after the
             9999      operative date of Subsection (6)(d) as defined therein. In the case of ordinary policies issued
             10000      on or after the operative date of Subsection (6)(a) as defined in Subsection (6)(b), all adjusted
             10001      premiums and present values referred to in this section shall be calculated on the basis of the
             10002      Commissioner's 1958 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table and the rate of interest as specified in
             10003      the policy for calculating cash surrender values and paid-up nonforfeiture benefits, provided
             10004      that such rate of interest [shall not] may not exceed 3-1/2% per annum for policies issued
             10005      before June 1, 1973, 4% per annum for policies issued on or after May 31, 1973, and before
             10006      April 2, 1980, and the rate of interest [shall not] may not exceed 5-1/2% per annum for policies
             10007      issued after April 2, 1980, except that for any single premium whole life or endowment
             10008      insurance policy a rate of interest not exceeding 6-1/2% per annum may be used, and provided
             10009      that for any category of ordinary insurance issued on female risks, adjusted premiums and
             10010      present values may be calculated according to an age not more than six years younger than the
             10011      actual age of the insured. Provided, however, that in calculating the present value of any
             10012      paid-up term insurance with accompanying pure endowment, if any, offered as a nonforfeiture
             10013      benefit, the rates of mortality assumed may be not more than those shown in the
             10014      Commissioner's 1958 Extended Term Insurance Table. Provided, further, that for insurance
             10015      issued on a substandard basis, the calculation of any such adjusted premiums and present
             10016      values may be based on such other table of mortality as may be specified by the company and
             10017      approved by the commissioner.
             10018          (b) Any company may file with the commissioner a written notice of its election to
             10019      comply with the provisions of Subsection (6)(a) after a specified date before January 1, 1966.
             10020      After filing such notice, then upon such specified date, which is the operative date of
             10021      Subsection (6)(a) for such company, this Subsection (6)(a) shall become operative with respect
             10022      to the ordinary policies thereafter issued by such company. If a company makes no such


             10023      election, the operative date of Subsection (6)(a) for such company is January 1, 1966.
             10024          (c) This Subsection (6)(c) does not apply to industrial policies issued after the
             10025      operative date of Subsection (6)(d) as defined therein. In the case of industrial policies issued
             10026      on or after the operative date of this Subsection (6)(c) as defined herein, all adjusted premiums
             10027      and present values referred to in this section shall be calculated on the basis of the
             10028      Commissioner's 1961 Standard Industrial Mortality Table and the rate of interest specified in
             10029      the policy for calculating cash surrender values and paid-up nonforfeiture benefits, provided
             10030      that such rate of interest [shall not] may not exceed 3-1/2% per annum for policies issued
             10031      before June 1, 1973, 4% per annum for policies issued after May 31, 1973, and before April 2,
             10032      1980, and 5-1/2% per annum for policies issued after April 2, 1980, except that for any single
             10033      premium whole life or endowment insurance policy issued after April 2, 1980, a rate of interest
             10034      not exceeding 6-1/2% per annum may be used. Provided, however, that in calculating the
             10035      present value of any paid-up term insurance with accompanying pure endowment, if any,
             10036      offered as a nonforfeiture benefit, the rates of mortality assumed may be not more than those
             10037      shown in the Commissioner's 1961 Industrial Extended Term Insurance Table. Provided,
             10038      further, that for insurance issued on a substandard basis, the calculation of any such adjusted
             10039      premiums and present values may be based on such other table of mortality as may be specified
             10040      by the company and approved by the commissioner.
             10041          Any company may file with the commissioner a written notice of its election to comply
             10042      with the provisions of this Subsection (6)(c) after a specified date before January 1, 1968.
             10043      After filing such notice, then upon that specified date, which is the operative date of this
             10044      Subsection (6) (c) for such company, this Subsection (6)(c) shall become operative with respect
             10045      to the industrial policies thereafter issued by such company. If a company makes no such
             10046      election, the operative date of this [paragraph] Subsection (6)(c) for such company shall be
             10047      January 1, 1968.
             10048          (d) (i) This Subsection (6)(d) applies to all policies issued on or after the operative date
             10049      of this subsection as defined herein. Except as provided in Subsection (6)(d)(vii), the adjusted
             10050      premiums for any policy shall be calculated on an annual basis and shall be such uniform


             10051      percentage of the respective premiums specified in the policy for each policy year, excluding
             10052      amounts payable as extra premiums to cover impairments or special hazards and also excluding
             10053      any uniform annual contract charge or policy fee specified in the policy in a statement of the
             10054      method to be used in calculating the cash surrender values and paid-up nonforfeiture benefits,
             10055      that the present value, at the date of issue of policy, of all adjusted premiums shall be equal to
             10056      the sum of: (A) the then present value of the future guaranteed benefits provided for by the
             10057      policy; (B) 1% of either the amount of insurance, if the insurance be uniform in amount, or the
             10058      average amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the first 10 policy years; and (C) 125%
             10059      of the nonforfeiture net level premium as hereinafter defined. Provided, however, that in
             10060      applying the percentage specified in (C), no nonforfeiture net level premium shall be
             10061      considered to exceed 4% of either the amount of insurance, if the insurance be uniform in
             10062      amount, or the average amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the first 10 policy
             10063      years. The date of issue of a policy for the purpose of this subsection shall be the date as of
             10064      which the rated age of the insured is determined.
             10065          (ii) The nonforfeiture net level premium shall be equal to the present value, at the date
             10066      of issue of the policy, of the guaranteed benefits provided for by the policy divided by the
             10067      present value, at the date of issue of the policy, of an annuity of one per annum payable on the
             10068      date of issue of the policy and on each anniversary of such policy on which a premium falls
             10069      due.
             10070          (iii) In the case of policies which cause on a basis guaranteed in the policy unscheduled
             10071      changes in benefits or premiums, or which provide an option for changes in benefits or
             10072      premiums other than change to a new policy, the adjusted premiums and present values shall
             10073      initially be calculated on the assumption that future benefits and premiums do not change from
             10074      those stipulated at the date of issue of the policy. At the time of any such change in the
             10075      benefits or premiums the future adjusted premiums, nonforfeiture net level premiums, and
             10076      present values shall be recalculated on the assumption that future benefits and premiums do not
             10077      change from those stipulated by the policy immediately after the change.
             10078          (iv) Except as otherwise provided in Subsection (6)(d)(vii), the recalculated future


             10079      adjusted premiums for any such policy shall be such uniform percentage of the respective
             10080      future premiums specified in the policy for each policy year, excluding amounts specified in
             10081      the policy for each policy year, excluding amounts payable as extra premiums to cover
             10082      impairments and special hazards, and also excluding any uniform annual contract charge or
             10083      policy fee specified in the policy in a statement of the method to be used in calculating the cash
             10084      surrender values and paid-up nonforfeiture benefits, that the present value, at the time of
             10085      change to the newly defined benefits or premiums, of all such future adjusted premiums shall
             10086      be equal to the excess of (A) the sum of: (I) the then present value of the then future guaranteed
             10087      benefits provided for by the policy and (II) the additional expense allowance, if any, over (B)
             10088      the then cash surrender value, if any, or present value of any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit
             10089      under the policy.
             10090          (v) The additional expense allowance, at the time of the change to the newly defined
             10091      benefits or premiums, shall be the sum of: (A) 1% of the excess, if positive, of the average
             10092      amount of insurance at the beginning of each of the first 10 policy years subsequent to the
             10093      change over the average amount of insurance prior to the change at the beginning of each of the
             10094      first 10 policy years subsequent to the time of the most recent previous change, or, if there has
             10095      been no previous change, the date of issue of the policy; and (B) 125% of the increase, if
             10096      positive, in the nonforfeiture net level premium.
             10097          (vi) The recalculated nonforfeiture net level premium shall be equal to the result
             10098      obtained by dividing (A) by (B) where
             10099          (A) equals the sum of:
             10100          (I) the nonforfeiture net level premium applicable prior to the change times the present
             10101      value of an annuity of one per annum payable on each anniversary of the policy on or
             10102      subsequent to the date of the change on which a premium would have fallen due had the
             10103      change not occurred; and
             10104          (II) the present value of the increase in future guaranteed benefits provided for by the
             10105      policy; and
             10106          (B) equals the present value of an annuity of one per annum payable on each


             10107      anniversary of the policy on or subsequent to the date of change on which a premium falls due.
             10108          (vii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection (6)(d) to the contrary, in
             10109      the case of a policy issued on a substandard basis which provides reduced graded amounts of
             10110      insurance so that, in each policy year, such policy has the same tabular mortality cost as an
             10111      otherwise similar policy issued on the standard basis which provides higher uniform amounts
             10112      of insurance, adjusted premiums and present values for such substandard policy may be
             10113      calculated as if it were issued to provide such higher uniform amounts of insurance on the
             10114      standard basis.
             10115          (viii) All adjusted premiums and present values referred to in this section shall for all
             10116      policies of ordinary insurance be calculated on the basis of: (A) the Commissioner's 1980
             10117      Standard Ordinary Mortality Table; or (B) at the election of the company for any one or more
             10118      specified plans of life insurance, the Commissioner's 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
             10119      with Ten-Year Select Mortality Factors; shall for all policies of industrial insurance be
             10120      calculated on the basis of the Commissioner's 1961 Standard Industrial Mortality Table; and
             10121      shall for all policies issued in a particular calendar year be calculated on the basis of a rate of
             10122      interest not exceeding the nonforfeiture interest rate as defined in this subsection, for policies
             10123      issued in that calendar year. Provided, however, that:
             10124          (I) At the option of the company, calculations for all policies issued in a particular
             10125      calendar year may be made on the basis of a rate of interest not exceeding the nonforfeiture
             10126      interest rate, as defined in this subsection, for policies issued in the immediately preceding
             10127      calendar year.
             10128          (II) Under any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit, including any paid-up dividend additions,
             10129      any cash surrender value available, whether or not required by Subsection (2), shall be
             10130      calculated on the basis of the mortality table and rate of interest used in determining the
             10131      amount of such paid-up nonforfeiture benefit and paid-up dividend additions, if any.
             10132          (III) A company may calculate the amount of any guaranteed paid-up nonforfeiture
             10133      benefit, including paid-up additions under the policy, on the basis of an interest rate no lower
             10134      than that specified in the policy for calculating cash surrender values.


             10135          (IV) In calculating the present value of any paid-up term insurance with accompanying
             10136      pure endowment, if any, offered as a nonforfeiture benefit, the rates of mortality assumed may
             10137      be not more than those shown in the Commissioner's 1980 Extended Term Insurance Table for
             10138      policies of ordinary insurance and not more than the Commissioner's 1961 Industrial Extended
             10139      Term Insurance Table for policies of industrial insurance.
             10140          (V) For insurance issued on a substandard basis, the calculation of any such adjusted
             10141      premiums and present values may be based on appropriate modifications of the aforementioned
             10142      tables.
             10143          (VI) Any ordinary mortality tables, adopted after 1980 by the National Association of
             10144      Insurance Commissioners, that are approved by rules adopted by the commissioner for use in
             10145      determining the minimum nonforfeiture standard, may be substituted for the Commissioner's
             10146      1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table with or without Ten-Year Select Mortality Factors or
             10147      for the Commissioner's 1980 Extended Term Insurance Table.
             10148          (VII) Any industrial mortality tables, adopted after 1980 by the National Association of
             10149      Insurance Commissioners, that are approved by rules adopted by the commissioner for use in
             10150      determining the minimum nonforfeiture standard may be substituted for the Commissioner's
             10151      1961 Industrial Extended Term Insurance Table.
             10152          (ix) The nonforfeiture interest rate per annum for any policy issued in a particular
             10153      calendar year shall be equal to 125% of the calendar year statutory valuation interest rate for
             10154      such policy as defined in the Standard Valuation Law, rounded to the nearest [1/4] one-fourth
             10155      of 1%.
             10156          (x) Notwithstanding any other provision in this title to the contrary, any refiling of
             10157      nonforfeiture values or their methods of computation for any previously approved policy form
             10158      which involves only a change in the interest rate or mortality table used to compute
             10159      nonforfeiture values does not require refiling of any other provisions of that policy form.
             10160          (xi) After the effective date of this Subsection (6)(d), any company may, at any time
             10161      before January 1, 1989, file with the commissioner a written notice of its election to comply
             10162      with the provisions of this subsection with regard to any number of plans of insurance after a


             10163      specified date before January 1, 1989, which specified date shall be the operative date of this
             10164      Subsection (6)(d) for the plan or plans, but if a company elects to make the provisions of this
             10165      subsection operative before January 1, 1989, for fewer than all plans, the company [must] shall
             10166      comply with rules adopted by the commissioner. There is no limit to the number of times this
             10167      election may be made. If the company makes no such election, the operative date of this
             10168      subsection for such company shall be January 1, 1989.
             10169          (7) In the case of any plan of life insurance which provides for future premium
             10170      determination, the amounts of which are to be determined by the insurance company based on
             10171      the estimates of future experience, or in the case of any plan of life insurance which is of such
             10172      nature that minimum values cannot be determined by the methods described in Subsection (2),
             10173      (3), (4), (5), (6)(a), (6)(b), (6)(c), or (6)(d) herein, then:
             10174          (a) the insurer shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the commissioner [must be
             10175      satisfied] that the benefits provided under the plan are substantially as favorable to
             10176      policyholders and insureds as the minimum benefits otherwise required by Subsection (2), (3),
             10177      (4), (5), (6)(a), (6)(b), (6)(c), or (6)(d);
             10178          (b) the plan of life insurance shall satisfy the commissioner [must be satisfied] that the
             10179      benefits and the pattern of premiums of that plan are not such as to mislead prospective
             10180      policyholders or insureds; and
             10181          (c) the cash surrender values and paid-up nonforfeiture benefits provided by [such] the
             10182      plan [must not] may not be less than the minimum values and benefits required for the plan
             10183      computed by a method consistent with the principles of this Standard Nonforfeiture Law for
             10184      Life Insurance, as determined by rules adopted by the commissioner.
             10185          (8) Any cash surrender value and any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit, available under the
             10186      policy in the event of default in a premium payment due at any time other than on the policy
             10187      anniversary, shall be calculated with allowance for the lapse of time and the payment of
             10188      fractional premiums beyond the last preceding policy anniversary. All values referred to in
             10189      Subsections (3), (4), (5), and (6) of this section may be calculated upon the assumption that any
             10190      death benefit is payable at the end of the policy year of death. The net value of any paid-up


             10191      additions, other than paid-up term additions, may not be less than the amounts used to provide
             10192      such additions. Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection (3), additional benefits payable:
             10193      (a) in the event of death or dismemberment by accident or accidental means, (b) in the event of
             10194      total and permanent disability, (c) as reversionary annuity or deferred reversionary annuity
             10195      benefits, (d) as term insurance benefits provided by a rider or supplemental policy provision to
             10196      which, if issued as a separate policy, this section would not apply, (e) as term insurance on the
             10197      life of a child or on the lives of children provided in a policy on the life of a parent of the child,
             10198      if such term insurance expires before the child's age is 26, if uniform in amount after the child's
             10199      age is one, and has not become paid-up by reason of the death of a parent of the child, and (f)
             10200      as other policy benefits additional to life insurance endowment benefits, and premiums for all
             10201      such additional benefits, shall be disregarded in ascertaining cash surrender values and
             10202      nonforfeiture benefits required by this section, and no such additional benefits shall be required
             10203      to be included in any paid-up nonforfeiture benefits.
             10204          (9) This Subsection (9), in addition to all other applicable subsections of this section,
             10205      applies to all policies issued on or after January 1, 1985. Any cash surrender value available
             10206      under the policy in the event of default in a premium payment due on any policy anniversary
             10207      shall be in an amount which does not differ by more than 2/10 of 1% of either the amount of
             10208      insurance, if the insurance be uniform in amount, or the average amount of insurance at the
             10209      beginning of each of the first 10 policy years, from the sum of: (a) the greater of zero and the
             10210      basic cash value hereinafter specified, and (b) the present value of any existing paid-up
             10211      additions less the amount of any indebtedness to the company under the policy.
             10212          The basic cash value shall be equal to the present value, on such anniversary of the
             10213      future guaranteed benefits which would have been provided for by the policy, excluding any
             10214      existing paid-up additions and before deduction of any indebtedness to the company, if there
             10215      had been no default, less the then present value of the nonforfeiture factors, as hereinafter
             10216      defined, corresponding to premiums which would have fallen due on and after such
             10217      anniversary. Provided, however, that the effects on the basic cash value of supplemental life
             10218      insurance or annuity benefits or of family coverage, as described in Subsection (3) or (5),


             10219      whichever is applicable, shall be the same as are the effects specified in Subsection (3) or (5),
             10220      whichever is applicable, on the cash surrender values defined in that subsection.
             10221          The nonforfeiture factor for each policy year shall be an amount equal to a percentage
             10222      of the adjusted premium for the policy year, as defined in Subsection (5) or (6)(d), whichever is
             10223      applicable. Except as is required by the next succeeding sentence of this paragraph, such
             10224      percentage:
             10225          (a) [must] shall be the same percentage for each policy year between the second policy
             10226      anniversary and the later of: (i) the fifth policy anniversary and (ii) the first policy anniversary
             10227      at which there is available under the policy a cash surrender value in an amount, before
             10228      including any paid-up additions and before deducting any indebtedness, of at least 2/10 of 1%
             10229      of either the amount of insurance, if the insurance be uniform in amount, or the average amount
             10230      of insurance at the beginning of each of the first 10 policy years; and
             10231          (b) [must] shall be such that no percentage after the later of the two policy
             10232      anniversaries specified in Subsection (9)(a) may apply to fewer than five consecutive policy
             10233      years.
             10234          Provided, that no basic cash value may be less than the value which would be obtained
             10235      if the adjusted premiums for the policy, as defined in Subsection (5) or Subsection (6)(d),
             10236      whichever is applicable, were substituted for the nonforfeiture factors in the calculation of the
             10237      basic value.
             10238          All adjusted premiums and present values referred to in this Subsection (9) shall for a
             10239      particular policy be calculated on the same mortality and interest bases as are used in
             10240      demonstrating the policy's compliance with the other subsections of this law. The cash
             10241      surrender values referred to in this subsection shall include any endowment benefits provided
             10242      for by the policy.
             10243          Any cash surrender value available other than in the event of default in a premium
             10244      payment due on a policy anniversary, and the amount of any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit
             10245      available under the policy in the event of default in a premium payment shall be determined in
             10246      manners consistent with the manners specified for determining the analogous minimum


             10247      amounts in Subsections (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (8). The amounts of any cash surrender
             10248      values and of any paid-up nonforfeiture benefits granted in connection with additional benefits
             10249      such as those listed as Subsections (8)(a) through (f) shall conform with the principles of this
             10250      Subsection (9).
             10251          (10) This section does not apply to any of the following:
             10252          (a) reinsurance;
             10253          (b) group insurance;
             10254          (c) pure endowment;
             10255          (d) an annuity or reversionary annuity contract;
             10256          (e) a term policy of uniform amount, which provides no guaranteed nonforfeiture or
             10257      endowment benefits, or renewal thereof, of 20 years or less expiring before age 71, for which
             10258      uniform premiums are payable during the entire term of the policy;
             10259          (f) a term policy of decreasing amount, which provides no guaranteed nonforfeiture or
             10260      endowment benefits, on which each adjusted premium, calculated as specified in Subsections
             10261      (5) and (6), is less than the adjusted premium so calculated, on a term policy of uniform
             10262      amount, or renewal thereof, which provides no guaranteed nonforfeiture or endowment
             10263      benefits, issued at the same age and for the same initial amount of insurance, and for a term of
             10264      20 years or less expiring before age 71, for which uniform premiums are payable during the
             10265      entire term of the policy;
             10266          (g) a policy, which provides no guaranteed nonforfeiture or endowment benefits, for
             10267      which no cash surrender value, if any, or present value of any paid-up nonforfeiture benefit, at
             10268      the beginning of any policy year, calculated as specified in Subsections (3), (4), (5), and (6)
             10269      exceeds 2-1/2% of the amount of insurance at the beginning of the same policy year; or
             10270          (h) a policy which shall be delivered outside this state through an agent or other
             10271      representative of the company issuing the policy.
             10272          For purposes of determining the applicability of this section, the age of expiry for a
             10273      joint term insurance policy shall be the age of expiry of the oldest life.
             10274          (11) The commissioner may adopt rules interpreting, describing, and clarifying the


             10275      application of this nonforfeiture law to any form of life insurance for which the interpretation,
             10276      description, or clarification is [deemed] considered necessary by the commissioner, including
             10277      [but not limited to,] unusual and new forms of life insurance.
             10278          Section 257. Section 31A-22-610.5 is amended to read:
             10279           31A-22-610.5. Dependent coverage.
             10280          (1) As used in this section, "child" has the same meaning as defined in Section
             10281      78B-12-102 .
             10282          (2) (a) Any individual or group accident and health insurance policy or health
             10283      maintenance organization contract that provides coverage for a policyholder's or certificate
             10284      holder's dependent may not terminate coverage of an unmarried dependent by reason of the
             10285      dependent's age before the dependent's 26th birthday and shall, upon application, provide
             10286      coverage for all unmarried dependents up to age 26.
             10287          (b) The cost of coverage for unmarried dependents 19 to 26 years of age shall be
             10288      included in the premium on the same basis as other dependent coverage.
             10289          (c) This section does not prohibit the employer from requiring the employee to pay all
             10290      or part of the cost of coverage for unmarried dependents.
             10291          (d) An individual health insurance policy, group health insurance policy, or health
             10292      maintenance organization shall continue in force coverage for a dependent through the last day
             10293      of the month in which the dependent ceases to be a dependent:
             10294          (i) if premiums are paid; and
             10295          (ii) notwithstanding Section 31A-8-402.3 , 31A-8-402.5 , 31A-22-721 , 31A-30-107.1 ,
             10296      or 31A-30-107.3 .
             10297          (3) An individual or group accident and health insurance policy or health maintenance
             10298      organization contract shall reinstate dependent coverage, and for purposes of all exclusions and
             10299      limitations, shall treat the dependent as if the coverage had been in force since it was
             10300      terminated; if:
             10301          (a) the dependent has not reached the age of 26 by July 1, 1995;
             10302          (b) the dependent had coverage prior to July 1, 1994;


             10303          (c) prior to July 1, 1994, the dependent's coverage was terminated solely due to the age
             10304      of the dependent; and
             10305          (d) the policy has not been terminated since the dependent's coverage was terminated.
             10306          (4) (a) When a parent is required by a court or administrative order to provide health
             10307      insurance coverage for a child, an accident and health insurer may not deny enrollment of a
             10308      child under the accident and health insurance plan of the child's parent on the grounds the
             10309      child:
             10310          (i) was born out of wedlock and is entitled to coverage under Subsection (5);
             10311          (ii) was born out of wedlock and the custodial parent seeks enrollment for the child
             10312      under the custodial parent's policy;
             10313          (iii) is not claimed as a dependent on the parent's federal tax return; or
             10314          (iv) does not reside with the parent or in the insurer's service area.
             10315          (b) A child enrolled as required under Subsection (4)(a)(iv) is subject to the terms of
             10316      the accident and health insurance plan contract pertaining to services received outside of an
             10317      insurer's service area. A health maintenance organization [must] shall comply with Section
             10318      31A-8-502 .
             10319          (5) When a child has accident and health coverage through an insurer of a noncustodial
             10320      parent, and when requested by the noncustodial or custodial parent, the insurer shall:
             10321          (a) provide information to the custodial parent as necessary for the child to obtain
             10322      benefits through that coverage, but the insurer or employer, or the agents or employees of either
             10323      of them, are not civilly or criminally liable for providing information in compliance with this
             10324      Subsection (5)(a), whether the information is provided pursuant to a verbal or written request;
             10325          (b) permit the custodial parent or the service provider, with the custodial parent's
             10326      approval, to submit claims for covered services without the approval of the noncustodial
             10327      parent; and
             10328          (c) make payments on claims submitted in accordance with Subsection (5)(b) directly
             10329      to the custodial parent, the child who obtained benefits, the provider, or the state Medicaid
             10330      agency.


             10331          (6) When a parent is required by a court or administrative order to provide health
             10332      coverage for a child, and the parent is eligible for family health coverage, the insurer shall:
             10333          (a) permit the parent to enroll, under the family coverage, a child who is otherwise
             10334      eligible for the coverage without regard to an enrollment season restrictions;
             10335          (b) if the parent is enrolled but fails to make application to obtain coverage for the
             10336      child, enroll the child under family coverage upon application of the child's other parent, the
             10337      state agency administering the Medicaid program, or the state agency administering 42 U.S.C.
             10338      Sec. 651 through 669, the child support enforcement program; and
             10339          (c) (i) when the child is covered by an individual policy, not disenroll or eliminate
             10340      coverage of the child unless the insurer is provided satisfactory written evidence that:
             10341          (A) the court or administrative order is no longer in effect; or
             10342          (B) the child is or will be enrolled in comparable accident and health coverage through
             10343      another insurer which will take effect not later than the effective date of disenrollment; or
             10344          (ii) when the child is covered by a group policy, not disenroll or eliminate coverage of
             10345      the child unless the employer is provided with satisfactory written evidence, which evidence is
             10346      also provided to the insurer, that Subsection (9)(c)(i), (ii) or (iii) has happened.
             10347          (7) An insurer may not impose requirements on a state agency that has been assigned
             10348      the rights of an individual eligible for medical assistance under Medicaid and covered for
             10349      accident and health benefits from the insurer that are different from requirements applicable to
             10350      an agent or assignee of any other individual so covered.
             10351          (8) Insurers may not reduce their coverage of pediatric vaccines below the benefit level
             10352      in effect on May 1, 1993.
             10353          (9) When a parent is required by a court or administrative order to provide health
             10354      coverage, which is available through an employer doing business in this state, the employer
             10355      shall:
             10356          (a) permit the parent to enroll under family coverage any child who is otherwise
             10357      eligible for coverage without regard to any enrollment season restrictions;
             10358          (b) if the parent is enrolled but fails to make application to obtain coverage of the child,


             10359      enroll the child under family coverage upon application by the child's other parent, by the state
             10360      agency administering the Medicaid program, or the state agency administering 42 U.S.C. Sec.
             10361      651 through 669, the child support enforcement program;
             10362          (c) not disenroll or eliminate coverage of the child unless the employer is provided
             10363      satisfactory written evidence that:
             10364          (i) the court order is no longer in effect;
             10365          (ii) the child is or will be enrolled in comparable coverage which will take effect no
             10366      later than the effective date of disenrollment; or
             10367          (iii) the employer has eliminated family health coverage for all of its employees; and
             10368          (d) withhold from the employee's compensation the employee's share, if any, of
             10369      premiums for health coverage and to pay this amount to the insurer.
             10370          (10) An order issued under Section 62A-11-326.1 may be considered a "qualified
             10371      medical support order" for the purpose of enrolling a dependent child in a group accident and
             10372      health insurance plan as defined in Section 609(a), Federal Employee Retirement Income
             10373      Security Act of 1974.
             10374          (11) This section does not affect any insurer's ability to require as a precondition of any
             10375      child being covered under any policy of insurance that:
             10376          (a) the parent continues to be eligible for coverage;
             10377          (b) the child shall be identified to the insurer with adequate information to comply with
             10378      this section; and
             10379          (c) the premium shall be paid when due.
             10380          (12) The provisions of this section apply to employee welfare benefit plans as defined
             10381      in Section 26-19-2 .
             10382          (13) The commissioner shall adopt rules interpreting and implementing this section
             10383      with regard to out-of-area court ordered dependent coverage.
             10384          Section 258. Section 31A-22-611 is amended to read:
             10385           31A-22-611. Coverage for children with a disability.
             10386          (1) For the purposes of this section:


             10387          (a) "Disabled dependent" means a child who is and continues to be both:
             10388          (i) unable to engage in substantial gainful employment to the degree that the child can
             10389      achieve economic independence due to a medically determinable physical or mental
             10390      impairment which can be expected to result in death, or which has lasted or can be expected to
             10391      last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; and
             10392          (ii) chiefly dependent upon an insured for support and maintenance since the child
             10393      reached the age specified in Subsection 31A-22-610.5 (2).
             10394          [(c)] (b) "Mental impairment" means a mental or psychological disorder such as:
             10395          (i) mental retardation;
             10396          (ii) organic brain syndrome;
             10397          (iii) emotional or mental illness; or
             10398          (iv) specific learning disabilities as determined by the insurer.
             10399          [(b)] (c) "Physical impairment" means a physiological disorder, condition, or
             10400      disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems:
             10401          (i) neurological;
             10402          (ii) musculoskeletal;
             10403          (iii) special sense organs;
             10404          (iv) respiratory organs;
             10405          (v) speech organs;
             10406          (vi) cardiovascular;
             10407          (vii) reproductive;
             10408          (viii) digestive;
             10409          (ix) genito-urinary;
             10410          (x) hemic and lymphatic;
             10411          (xi) skin; or
             10412          (xii) endocrine.
             10413          (2) The insurer may require proof of the incapacity and dependency be furnished by the
             10414      person insured under the policy within 30 days of the effective date or the date the child attains


             10415      the age specified in Subsection 31A-22-610.5 (2), and at any time thereafter, except that the
             10416      insurer may not require proof more often than annually after the two-year period immediately
             10417      following attainment of the limiting age by the disabled dependent.
             10418          (3) Any individual or group accident and health insurance policy or health maintenance
             10419      organization contract that provides coverage for a policyholder's or certificate holder's
             10420      dependent shall, upon application, provide coverage for all unmarried disabled dependents who
             10421      have been continuously covered, with no break of more than 63 days, under any accident and
             10422      health insurance since the age specified in Subsection 31A-22-610.5 (2).
             10423          (4) Every accident and health insurance policy or contract that provides coverage of a
             10424      disabled dependent [shall not] may not terminate the policy due to an age limitation.
             10425          Section 259. Section 31A-22-613.5 is amended to read:
             10426           31A-22-613.5. Price and value comparisons of health insurance -- Basic Health
             10427      Care Plan.
             10428          (1) (a) This section applies to all health benefit plans.
             10429          (b) Subsection (2) applies to:
             10430          (i) all health benefit plans; and
             10431          (ii) coverage offered to state employees under Subsection 49-20-202 (1)(a).
             10432          (2) (a) The commissioner shall promote informed consumer behavior and responsible
             10433      health benefit plans by requiring an insurer issuing a health benefit plan to:
             10434          (i) provide to all enrollees, prior to enrollment in the health benefit plan written
             10435      disclosure of:
             10436          (A) restrictions or limitations on prescription drugs and biologics including:
             10437          (I) the use of a formulary;
             10438          (II) co-payments and deductibles for prescription drugs; and
             10439          (III) requirements for generic substitution;
             10440          (B) coverage limits under the plan; and
             10441          (C) any limitation or exclusion of coverage including:
             10442          (I) a limitation or exclusion for a secondary medical condition related to a limitation or


             10443      exclusion from coverage; and
             10444          (II) easily understood examples of a limitation or exclusion of coverage for a secondary
             10445      medical condition; and
             10446          (ii) provide the commissioner with:
             10447          (A) the information described in Subsections 63M-1-2506 (3) through (6) in the
             10448      standardized electronic format required by Subsection 63M-1-2506 (1); and
             10449          (B) information regarding insurer transparency in accordance with Subsection (5).
             10450          (b) An insurer shall provide the disclosure required by Subsection (2)(a)(i) in writing to
             10451      the commissioner:
             10452          (i) upon commencement of operations in the state; and
             10453          (ii) anytime the insurer amends any of the following described in Subsection (2)(a)(i):
             10454          (A) treatment policies;
             10455          (B) practice standards;
             10456          (C) restrictions;
             10457          (D) coverage limits of the insurer's health benefit plan or health insurance policy; or
             10458          (E) limitations or exclusions of coverage including a limitation or exclusion for a
             10459      secondary medical condition related to a limitation or exclusion of the insurer's health
             10460      insurance plan.
             10461          (c) An insurer shall provide the enrollee with notice of an increase in costs for
             10462      prescription drug coverage due to a change in benefit design under Subsection (2)(a)(i)(A):
             10463          (i) either:
             10464          (A) in writing; or
             10465          (B) on the insurer's website; and
             10466          (ii) at least 30 days prior to the date of the implementation of the increase in cost, or as
             10467      soon as reasonably possible.
             10468          (d) If under Subsection (2)(a)(i)(A) a formulary is used, the insurer shall make
             10469      available to prospective enrollees and maintain evidence of the fact of the disclosure of:
             10470          (i) the drugs included;


             10471          (ii) the patented drugs not included;
             10472          (iii) any conditions that exist as a precedent to coverage; and
             10473          (iv) any exclusion from coverage for secondary medical conditions that may result
             10474      from the use of an excluded drug.
             10475          (e) (i) The department shall develop examples of limitations or exclusions of a
             10476      secondary medical condition that an insurer may use under Subsection (2)(a)(i)(C).
             10477          (ii) Examples of a limitation or exclusion of coverage provided under Subsection
             10478      (2)(a)(i)(C) or otherwise are for illustrative purposes only, and the failure of a particular fact
             10479      situation to fall within the description of an example does not, by itself, support a finding of
             10480      coverage.
             10481          (3) An insurer who offers a health benefit plan under Chapter 30, Individual, Small
             10482      Employer, and Group Health Insurance Act, shall offer a basic health care plan subject to the
             10483      open enrollment provisions of Chapter 30, Individual, Small Employer, and Group Health
             10484      Insurance Act, that:
             10485          (a) is a federally qualified high deductible health plan;
             10486          (b) has a deductible that is within $250 of the lowest deductible that qualifies under a
             10487      federally qualified high deductible health plan, as adjusted by federal law; and
             10488          (c) does not exceed an annual out of pocket maximum equal to three times the amount
             10489      of the annual deductible.
             10490          (4) The commissioner:
             10491          (a) shall forward the information submitted by an insurer under Subsection (2)(a)(ii) to
             10492      the Health Insurance Exchange created under Section 63M-1-2504 ; and
             10493          (b) may request information from an insurer to verify the information submitted by the
             10494      insurer under this section.
             10495          (5) The commissioner shall:
             10496          (a) convene a group of insurers, a member representing the Public Employees' Benefit
             10497      and Insurance Program, consumers, and an organization described in Subsection
             10498      31A-22-614.6 (3)(b), to develop information for consumers to compare health insurers and


             10499      health benefit plans on the Health Insurance Exchange, which shall include consideration of:
             10500          (i) the number and cost of an insurer's denied health claims;
             10501          (ii) the cost of denied claims that is transferred to providers;
             10502          (iii) the average out-of-pocket expenses incurred by participants in each health benefit
             10503      plan that is offered by an insurer in the Health Insurance Exchange;
             10504          (iv) the relative efficiency and quality of claims administration and other administrative
             10505      processes for each insurer offering plans in the Health Insurance Exchange; and
             10506          (v) consumer assessment of each insurer or health benefit plan;
             10507          (b) adopt an administrative rule that establishes:
             10508          (i) definition of terms;
             10509          (ii) the methodology for determining and comparing the insurer transparency
             10510      information;
             10511          (iii) the data, and format of the data, that an insurer [must] shall submit to the
             10512      department in order to facilitate the consumer comparison on the Health Insurance Exchange in
             10513      accordance with Section 63M-1-2506 ; and
             10514          (iv) the dates on which the insurer [must] shall submit the data to the department in
             10515      order for the department to transmit the data to the Health Insurance Exchange in accordance
             10516      with Section 63M-1-2506 ; and
             10517          (c) implement the rules adopted under Subsection (5)(b) in a manner that protects the
             10518      business confidentiality of the insurer.
             10519          Section 260. Section 31A-22-618.5 is amended to read:
             10520           31A-22-618.5. Health benefit plan offerings.
             10521          (1) The purpose of this section is to increase the range of health benefit plans available
             10522      in the small group, small employer group, large group, and individual insurance markets.
             10523          (2) A health maintenance organization that is subject to Chapter 8, Health Maintenance
             10524      Organizations and Limited Health Plans:
             10525          (a) shall offer to potential purchasers at least one health benefit plan that is subject to
             10526      the requirements of Chapter 8, Health Maintenance Organizations and Limited Health Plans;


             10527      and
             10528          (b) may offer to a potential purchaser one or more health benefit plans that:
             10529          (i) are not subject to one or more of the following:
             10530          (A) the limitations on insured indemnity benefits in Subsection 31A-8-105 (4);
             10531          (B) the limitation on point of service products in Subsections 31A-8-408 (3) through
             10532      (6);
             10533          (C) except as provided in Subsection (2)(b)(ii), basic health care services as defined in
             10534      Section 31A-8-101 ; or
             10535          (D) coverage mandates enacted after January 1, 2009 that are not required by federal
             10536      law, provided that the insurer offers one plan under Subsection (2)(a) that covers the mandate
             10537      enacted after January 1, 2009; and
             10538          (ii) when offering a health plan under this section, provide coverage for an emergency
             10539      medical condition as required by Section 31A-22-627 as follows:
             10540          (A) within the organization's service area, covered services shall include health care
             10541      services from non-affiliated providers when medically necessary to stabilize an emergency
             10542      medical condition; and
             10543          (B) outside the organization's service area, covered services shall include medically
             10544      necessary health care services for the treatment of an emergency medical condition that are
             10545      immediately required while the enrollee is outside the geographic limits of the organization's
             10546      service area.
             10547          (3) An insurer that offers a health benefit plan that is not subject to Chapter 8, Health
             10548      Maintenance Organizations and Limited Health Plans:
             10549          (a) notwithstanding Subsection 31A-22-617 (2), may offer a health benefit plan that
             10550      groups providers into the following reimbursement levels:
             10551          (i) tier one contracted providers;
             10552          (ii) tier two contracted providers who the insurer [must] shall reimburse at least 75% of
             10553      tier one providers; and
             10554          (iii) one or more tiers of non-contracted providers; and


             10555          (b) notwithstanding Subsection 31A-22-617 (9) may offer a health benefit plan that is
             10556      not subject to Section 31A-22-618 ;
             10557          (c) beginning July 1, 2012, may offer products under Subsection (3)(a) that:
             10558          (i) are not subject to Subsection 31A-22-617 (2); and
             10559          (ii) are subject to the reimbursement requirements in Section 31A-8-501 ;
             10560          (d) when offering a health plan under this Subsection (3), shall provide coverage of
             10561      emergency care services as required by Section 31A-22-627 by providing coverage at a
             10562      reimbursement level of at least 75% of tier one providers; and
             10563          (e) are not subject to coverage mandates enacted after January 1, 2009 that are not
             10564      required by federal law, provided that an insurer offers one plan that covers a mandate enacted
             10565      after January 1, 2009.
             10566          (4) Section 31A-8-106 does not prohibit the offer of a health benefit plan under
             10567      Subsection (2)(b).
             10568          (5) (a) Any difference in price between a health benefit plan offered under Subsections
             10569      (2)(a) and (b) shall be based on actuarially sound data.
             10570          (b) Any difference in price between a health benefit plan offered under Subsections
             10571      (3)(a) and (b) shall be based on actuarially sound data.
             10572          (6) Nothing in this section limits the number of health benefit plans that an insurer may
             10573      offer.
             10574          Section 261. Section 31A-22-625 is amended to read:
             10575           31A-22-625. Catastrophic coverage of mental health conditions.
             10576          (1) As used in this section:
             10577          (a) (i) "Catastrophic mental health coverage" means coverage in a health benefit plan
             10578      that does not impose a lifetime limit, annual payment limit, episodic limit, inpatient or
             10579      outpatient service limit, or maximum out-of-pocket limit that places a greater financial burden
             10580      on an insured for the evaluation and treatment of a mental health condition than for the
             10581      evaluation and treatment of a physical health condition.
             10582          (ii) "Catastrophic mental health coverage" may include a restriction on cost sharing


             10583      factors, such as deductibles, copayments, or coinsurance, before reaching a maximum
             10584      out-of-pocket limit.
             10585          (iii) "Catastrophic mental health coverage" may include one maximum out-of-pocket
             10586      limit for physical health conditions and another maximum out-of-pocket limit for mental health
             10587      conditions, except that if separate out-of-pocket limits are established, the out-of-pocket limit
             10588      for mental health conditions may not exceed the out-of-pocket limit for physical health
             10589      conditions.
             10590          (b) (i) "50/50 mental health coverage" means coverage in a health benefit plan that
             10591      pays for at least 50% of covered services for the diagnosis and treatment of mental health
             10592      conditions.
             10593          (ii) "50/50 mental health coverage" may include a restriction on:
             10594          (A) episodic limits;
             10595          (B) inpatient or outpatient service limits; or
             10596          (C) maximum out-of-pocket limits.
             10597          (c) "Large employer" is as defined in 42 U.S.C. Sec. 300gg-91.
             10598          (d) (i) "Mental health condition" means a condition or disorder involving mental illness
             10599      that falls under a diagnostic category listed in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, as
             10600      periodically revised.
             10601          (ii) "Mental health condition" does not include the following when diagnosed as the
             10602      primary or substantial reason or need for treatment:
             10603          (A) a marital or family problem;
             10604          (B) a social, occupational, religious, or other social maladjustment;
             10605          (C) a conduct disorder;
             10606          (D) a chronic adjustment disorder;
             10607          (E) a psychosexual disorder;
             10608          (F) a chronic organic brain syndrome;
             10609          (G) a personality disorder;
             10610          (H) a specific developmental disorder or learning disability; or


             10611          (I) mental retardation.
             10612          (e) "Small employer" is as defined in 42 U.S.C. Sec. 300gg-91.
             10613          (2) (a) At the time of purchase and renewal, an insurer shall offer to a small employer
             10614      that it insures or seeks to insure a choice between catastrophic mental health coverage and
             10615      50/50 mental health coverage.
             10616          (b) In addition to complying with Subsection (2)(a), an insurer may offer to provide:
             10617          (i) catastrophic mental health coverage, 50/50 mental health coverage, or both at levels
             10618      that exceed the minimum requirements of this section; or
             10619          (ii) coverage that excludes benefits for mental health conditions.
             10620          (c) A small employer may, at its option, choose either catastrophic mental health
             10621      coverage, 50/50 mental health coverage, or coverage offered under Subsection (2)(b),
             10622      regardless of the employer's previous coverage for mental health conditions.
             10623          (d) An insurer is exempt from the 30% index rating restriction in Section
             10624      31A-30-106.1 and, for the first year only that catastrophic mental health coverage is chosen, the
             10625      15% annual adjustment restriction in Section 31A-30-106.1 , for any small employer with 20 or
             10626      less enrolled employees who chooses coverage that meets or exceeds catastrophic mental
             10627      health coverage.
             10628          (3) An insurer shall offer a large employer mental health and substance use disorder
             10629      benefit in compliance with Section 2705 of the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. Sec.
             10630      300gg-5, and federal regulations adopted pursuant to that act.
             10631          (4) (a) An insurer may provide catastrophic mental health coverage to a small employer
             10632      through a managed care organization or system in a manner consistent with Chapter 8, Health
             10633      Maintenance Organizations and Limited Health Plans, regardless of whether the insurance
             10634      policy uses a managed care organization or system for the treatment of physical health
             10635      conditions.
             10636          (b) (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, an insurer may:
             10637          (A) establish a closed panel of providers for catastrophic mental health coverage; and
             10638          (B) refuse to provide a benefit to be paid for services rendered by a nonpanel provider


             10639      unless:
             10640          (I) the insured is referred to a nonpanel provider with the prior authorization of the
             10641      insurer; and
             10642          (II) the nonpanel provider agrees to follow the insurer's protocols and treatment
             10643      guidelines.
             10644          (ii) If an insured receives services from a nonpanel provider in the manner permitted by
             10645      Subsection (4)(b)(i)(B), the insurer shall reimburse the insured for not less than 75% of the
             10646      average amount paid by the insurer for comparable services of panel providers under a
             10647      noncapitated arrangement who are members of the same class of health care providers.
             10648          (iii) This Subsection (4)(b) may not be construed as requiring an insurer to authorize a
             10649      referral to a nonpanel provider.
             10650          (c) To be eligible for catastrophic mental health coverage, a diagnosis or treatment of a
             10651      mental health condition [must] shall be rendered:
             10652          (i) by a mental health therapist as defined in Section 58-60-102 ; or
             10653          (ii) in a health care facility:
             10654          (A) licensed or otherwise authorized to provide mental health services pursuant to:
             10655          (I) Title 26, Chapter 21, Health Care Facility Licensing and Inspection Act; or
             10656          (II) Title 62A, Chapter 2, Licensure of Programs and Facilities; and
             10657          (B) that provides a program for the treatment of a mental health condition pursuant to a
             10658      written plan.
             10659          (5) The commissioner may prohibit an insurance policy that provides mental health
             10660      coverage in a manner that is inconsistent with this section.
             10661          (6) The commissioner shall:
             10662          (a) adopt rules, in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative
             10663      Rulemaking Act, as necessary to ensure compliance with this section; and
             10664          (b) provide general figures on the percentage of insurance policies that include:
             10665          (i) no mental health coverage;
             10666          (ii) 50/50 mental health coverage;


             10667          (iii) catastrophic mental health coverage; and
             10668          (iv) coverage that exceeds the minimum requirements of this section.
             10669          (7) This section may not be construed as discouraging or otherwise preventing an
             10670      insurer from providing mental health coverage in connection with an individual insurance
             10671      policy.
             10672          (8) This section shall be repealed in accordance with Section 63I-1-231 .
             10673          Section 262. Section 31A-22-634 is amended to read:
             10674           31A-22-634. Prohibition against certain use of Social Security number --
             10675      Exceptions -- Applicability of section.
             10676          (1) As used in this section:
             10677          (a) "Insurer" means:
             10678          (i) insurers governed by this part as described in Section 31A-22-600 , and includes:
             10679          (A) a health maintenance organization; and
             10680          (B) a third-party administrator that is subject to this title; and
             10681          (ii) notwithstanding Subsection 31A-1-103 (3)(f) and Section 31A-22-600 , a health,
             10682      dental, medical, Medicare supplement, or conversion program offered under Title 49, Chapter
             10683      20, Public Employees' Benefit and Insurance Program Act.
             10684          (b) "Publicly display" or "publicly post" means to intentionally communicate or
             10685      otherwise make available to the general public.
             10686          (2) An insurer or its subcontractors, including a pharmacy benefit manager, [shall not]
             10687      may not do any of the following:
             10688          (a) publicly display or publicly post in any manner an individual's Social Security
             10689      number; or
             10690          (b) print an individual's Social Security number on any card required for the individual
             10691      to access products or services provided or covered by the insurer.
             10692          (3) This section does not prevent the collection, use, or release of a Social Security
             10693      number as required by state or federal law, or the use of a Social Security number for internal
             10694      verification or administrative purposes, or the release of a Social Security number to a health


             10695      care provider for claims administration purposes, or as part of the verification, eligibility, or
             10696      payment process.
             10697          (4) If a federal law takes effect requiring the United States Department of Health and
             10698      Human Services to establish a national unique patient health identifier program, an insurer that
             10699      complies with the federal law shall be considered in compliance with this section.
             10700          (5) An insurer [must] shall comply with the provisions of this section by July 1, 2004.
             10701          (6) (a) An insurer may obtain an extension for compliance with the requirements of this
             10702      section in accordance with Subsections (6)(b) and (c).
             10703          (b) The request for extension:
             10704          (i) [must] shall be submitted in writing to the department prior to July 1, 2004; and
             10705          (ii) [must] shall provide an explanation as to why the insurer cannot comply with the
             10706      requirements of this section by July 1, 2004.
             10707          (c) The commissioner shall grant a request for extension:
             10708          (i) for a period of time not to exceed March 1, 2005; and
             10709          (ii) if the commissioner finds that the explanation provided under Subsection (6)(b)(ii)
             10710      is a reasonable explanation.
             10711          Section 263. Section 31A-22-636 is amended to read:
             10712           31A-22-636. Standardized health benefit plan cards.
             10713          (1) As used in this section, "insurer" means:
             10714          (a) an insurer governed by this part as described in Section 31A-22-600 ;
             10715          (b) a health maintenance organization governed by Chapter 8, Health Maintenance
             10716      Organizations and Limited Health Benefit Plans;
             10717          (c) a third party administrator; and
             10718          (d) notwithstanding Subsection 31A-1-103 (3)(f) and Section 31A-22-600 , a health,
             10719      medical, or conversion policy offered under Title 49, Chapter 20, Public Employees' Benefit
             10720      and Insurance Program Act.
             10721          (2) In accordance with Subsection (3), an insurer [must] shall use and issue a health
             10722      benefit plan information card for the insurer's enrollees upon the purchase or renewal of, or


             10723      enrollment in, a health benefit plan on or after July 1, 2010.
             10724          (3) The health benefit plan card shall include:
             10725          (a) the covered person's name;
             10726          (b) the name of the carrier and the carrier network name;
             10727          (c) the contact information for the carrier or health benefit plan administrator;
             10728          (d) general information regarding copayments and deductibles; and
             10729          (e) an indication of whether the health benefit plan is regulated by the state.
             10730          (4) (a) The commissioner shall work with the Department of Health, the Health Data
             10731      Authority, health care providers groups, and with state and national organizations that are
             10732      developing uniform standards for the electronic exchange of health insurance claims or
             10733      uniform standards for the electronic exchange of clinical health records.
             10734          (b) When the commissioner determines that the groups described in Subsection (4)(a)
             10735      have reached a consensus regarding the electronic technology and standards necessary to
             10736      electronically exchange insurance enrollment and coverage information, the commissioner
             10737      shall begin the rulemaking process under Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative
             10738      Rulemaking Act, to adopt standardized electronic interchange technology.
             10739          (c) After rules are adopted under Subsection (4)(a), health care providers and their
             10740      licensing boards under Title 58, Occupations and Professions, and health facilities licensed
             10741      under Title 26, Chapter 21, Health Care Facility Licensing and Inspection Act, shall work
             10742      together to implement the adoption of card swipe technology.
             10743          Section 264. Section 31A-22-637 is amended to read:
             10744           31A-22-637. Health care provider payment information -- Notice of admissions.
             10745          (1) For purposes of this section, "insurer" is as defined in Section 31A-22-636 .
             10746          (2) (a) An insurer shall provide its health care providers who are under contract with
             10747      the insurer access to current information necessary for the health care provider to determine:
             10748          (i) the effect of procedure codes on payment or compensation before a claim is
             10749      submitted for a procedure;
             10750          (ii) the plans and carrier networks that the health care provider is subject to as part of


             10751      the contract with the carrier; and
             10752          (iii) in accordance with Subsection 31A-26-301.6 (10)(f), the specific rate and terms
             10753      under which the provider will be paid for health care services.
             10754          (b) The information required by Subsection (2)(a) may be provided through a website,
             10755      and if requested by the health care provider, notice of the updated website shall be provided by
             10756      the carrier.
             10757          (3) (a) An insurer [shall not] may not require a health care provider by contract,
             10758      reimbursement procedure, or otherwise to notify the insurer of a hospital in-patient emergency
             10759      admission within a period of time that is less than one business day of the hospital in-patient
             10760      admission, if compliance with the notification requirement would result in notification by the
             10761      health care provider on a weekend or federal holiday.
             10762          (b) Subsection (3)(a) does not prohibit the applicability or administration of other
             10763      contract provisions between an insurer and a health care provider that require pre-authorization
             10764      for scheduled in-patient admissions.
             10765          Section 265. Section 31A-22-716 is amended to read:
             10766           31A-22-716. Required provision for notice of termination.
             10767          (1) Every policy for group or blanket accident and health coverage issued or renewed
             10768      after July 1, 1990, shall include a provision that obligates the policyholder to give 30 days prior
             10769      written notice of termination to each employee or group member and to notify each employee
             10770      or group member of [his] the employee's or group member's rights to continue coverage upon
             10771      termination.
             10772          (2) An insurer's monthly notice to the policyholder of premium payments due shall
             10773      include a statement of the policyholder's obligations as set forth in Subsection (1). Insurers
             10774      shall provide a sample notice to the policyholder at least once a year.
             10775          (3) For the purpose of compliance with federal law and the Health Insurance Portability
             10776      and Accountability Act, P.L. No. 104-191, 110 Stat. 1960, all health benefit plans, health
             10777      insurers, and student health plans [must] shall provide a certificate of creditable coverage to
             10778      each covered person upon the person's termination from the plan as soon as reasonably


             10779      possible.
             10780          Section 266. Section 31A-22-722.5 is amended to read:
             10781           31A-22-722.5. Mini-COBRA election -- American Recovery and Reinvestment
             10782      Act.
             10783          (1) (a) If the provisions of Subsection (1)(b) are met, an individual has a right to
             10784      contact the individual's employer or the insurer for the employer to participate in a transition
             10785      period for mini-COBRA benefits under Section 31A-22-722 in accordance with Section 3001
             10786      of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Pub. L. 111-5), as amended.
             10787          (b) An individual has the right under Subsection (1)(a) if the individual:
             10788          (i) was involuntarily terminated from employment during the period of time identified
             10789      in Section 3001 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Pub. L. 111-5), as
             10790      amended;
             10791          (ii) is eligible for COBRA premium assistance under Section 3001 of the American
             10792      Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Pub. L. 111-5), as amended;
             10793          (iii) was eligible for Utah mini-COBRA as provided in Section 31A-22-722 at the time
             10794      of termination;
             10795          (iv) elected Utah mini-Cobra; and
             10796          (v) voluntarily dropped coverage, which includes dropping coverage through
             10797      non-payment of premiums, between December 1, 2009 and February 1, 2010.
             10798          (2) (a) An individual or the employer of the individual shall contact the insurer and
             10799      inform the insurer that the individual wants to maintain coverage and pay retroactive premiums
             10800      under a transition period for mini-COBRA coverage in accordance with the provisions of
             10801      Section 3001 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Pub. L. 111-5), as
             10802      amended.
             10803          (b) An individual or an employer on behalf of an eligible individual [must] shall
             10804      submit the applicable forms and premiums for coverage under Subsection (1) to the insurer in
             10805      accordance with the provisions of Section 3001 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment
             10806      Act of 2009 (Pub. L. 11-5), as amended.


             10807          (3) An insured has the right to extend the employee's coverage under mini-cobra with
             10808      the current employer's group policy beyond the 12 months to the period of time the insured is
             10809      eligible to receive assistance in accordance with Section 3001 of the American Recovery and
             10810      Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Pub. L. 111-5) as amended.
             10811          (4) An insurer that violates this section is subject to penalties in accordance with
             10812      Section 31A-2-308 .
             10813          Section 267. Section 31A-22-723 is amended to read:
             10814           31A-22-723. Group and blanket conversion coverage.
             10815          (1) Notwithstanding Subsection 31A-1-103 (3)(f), and except as provided in Subsection
             10816      (3), all policies of accident and health insurance offered on a group basis under this title, or
             10817      Title 49, Chapter 20, Public Employees' Benefit and Insurance Program Act, shall provide that
             10818      a person whose insurance under the group policy has been terminated is entitled to choose a
             10819      converted individual policy in accordance with this section and Section 31A-22-724 .
             10820          (2) A person who has lost group coverage may elect conversion coverage with the
             10821      insurer that provided prior group coverage if the person:
             10822          (a) has been continuously covered for a period of three months by the group policy or
             10823      the group's preceding policies immediately prior to termination;
             10824          (b) has exhausted either:
             10825          (i) Utah mini-COBRA coverage as required in Section 31A-22-722 ;
             10826          (ii) federal COBRA coverage; or
             10827          (iii) alternative coverage under Section 31A-22-724 ;
             10828          (c) has not acquired or is not covered under any other group coverage that covers all
             10829      preexisting conditions, including maternity, if the coverage exists; and
             10830          (d) resides in the insurer's service area.
             10831          (3) This section does not apply if the person's prior group coverage:
             10832          (a) is a stand alone policy that only provides one of the following:
             10833          (i) catastrophic benefits;
             10834          (ii) aggregate stop loss benefits;


             10835          (iii) specific stop loss benefits;
             10836          (iv) benefits for specific diseases;
             10837          (v) accidental injuries only;
             10838          (vi) dental; or
             10839          (vii) vision;
             10840          (b) is an income replacement policy;
             10841          (c) was terminated because the insured:
             10842          (i) failed to pay any required individual contribution;
             10843          (ii) performed an act or practice that constitutes fraud in connection with the coverage;
             10844      or
             10845          (iii) made intentional misrepresentation of material fact under the terms of coverage; or
             10846          (d) was terminated pursuant to Subsection 31A-8-402.3 (2)(a), 31A-22-721 (2)(a), or
             10847      31A-30-107 (2)(a).
             10848          (4) (a) The employer shall provide written notification of the right to an individual
             10849      conversion policy within 30 days of the insured's termination of coverage to:
             10850          (i) the terminated insured;
             10851          (ii) the ex-spouse; or
             10852          (iii) in the case of the death of the insured:
             10853          (A) the surviving spouse; and
             10854          (B) the guardian of any dependents, if different from a surviving spouse.
             10855          (b) The notification required by Subsection (4)(a) shall:
             10856          (i) be sent by first class mail;
             10857          (ii) contain the name, address, and telephone number of the insurer that will provide
             10858      the conversion coverage; and
             10859          (iii) be sent to the insured's last-known address as shown on the records of the
             10860      employer of:
             10861          (A) the insured;
             10862          (B) the ex-spouse; and


             10863          (C) if the policy terminates by reason of the death of the insured to:
             10864          (I) the surviving spouse; and
             10865          (II) the guardian of any dependents, if different from a surviving spouse.
             10866          (5) (a) An insurer is not required to issue a converted policy which provides benefits in
             10867      excess of those provided under the group policy from which conversion is made.
             10868          (b) Except as provided in Subsection (5)(c), if the conversion is made from a health
             10869      benefit plan, the employee or member shall be offered:
             10870          (i) at least the basic benefit plan as provided in Section 31A-22-613.5 through
             10871      December 31, 2009; and
             10872          (ii) beginning January 1, 2010, only the alternative coverage as provided in Subsection
             10873      31A-22-724 (1)(a).
             10874          (c) If the benefit levels required under Subsection (5)(b) exceed the benefit levels
             10875      provided under the group policy, the conversion policy may offer benefits which are
             10876      substantially similar to those provided under the group policy.
             10877          (6) Written application for the converted policy shall be made and the first premium
             10878      paid to the insurer no later than 60 days after termination of the group accident and health
             10879      insurance.
             10880          (7) The converted policy shall be issued without evidence of insurability.
             10881          (8) (a) The initial premium for the converted policy for the first 12 months and
             10882      subsequent renewal premiums shall be determined in accordance with premium rates
             10883      applicable to age, class of risk of the person, and the type and amount of insurance provided.
             10884          (b) The initial premium for the first 12 months may not be raised based on pregnancy
             10885      of a covered insured.
             10886          (c) The premium for converted policies shall be payable monthly or quarterly as
             10887      required by the insurer for the policy form and plan selected, unless another mode or premium
             10888      payment is mutually agreed upon.
             10889          (9) The converted policy becomes effective at the time the insurance under the group
             10890      policy terminates.


             10891          (10) (a) A newly issued converted policy covers the employee or the member and
             10892      [must] shall also cover all dependents covered by the group policy at the date of termination of
             10893      the group coverage.
             10894          (b) The only dependents that may be added after the policy has been issued are children
             10895      and dependents as required by Section 31A-22-610 and Subsections 31A-22-610.5 (6) and (7).
             10896          (c) At the option of the insurer, a separate converted policy may be issued to cover any
             10897      dependent.
             10898          (11) (a) To the extent the group policy provided maternity benefits, the conversion
             10899      policy shall provide maternity benefits equal to the lesser of the maternity benefits of the group
             10900      policy or the conversion policy until termination of a pregnancy that exists on the date of
             10901      conversion if one of the following is pregnant on the date of the conversion:
             10902          (i) the insured;
             10903          (ii) a spouse of the insured; or
             10904          (iii) a dependent of the insured.
             10905          (b) The requirements of this Subsection (11) do not apply to a pregnancy that occurs
             10906      after the date of conversion.
             10907          (12) Except as provided in this Subsection (12), a converted policy is renewable with
             10908      respect to all individuals or dependents at the option of the insured. An insured may be
             10909      terminated from a converted policy for the following reasons:
             10910          (a) a dependent is no longer eligible under the policy;
             10911          (b) for a network plan, if the individual no longer lives, resides, or works in:
             10912          (i) the insured's service area; or
             10913          (ii) the area for which the covered carrier is authorized to do business;
             10914          (c) the individual fails to pay premiums or contributions in accordance with the terms
             10915      of the converted policy, including any timeliness requirements;
             10916          (d) the individual performs an act or practice that constitutes fraud in connection with
             10917      the coverage;
             10918          (e) the individual makes an intentional misrepresentation of material fact under the


             10919      terms of the coverage; or
             10920          (f) coverage is terminated uniformly without regard to any health status-related factor
             10921      relating to any covered individual.
             10922          (13) Conditions pertaining to health may not be used as a basis for classification under
             10923      this section.
             10924          (14) An insurer is only required to offer a conversion policy that complies with
             10925      Subsection 31A-22-724 (1)(b) and, notwithstanding Sections 31A-8-402.5 and 31A-30-107.1 ,
             10926      may discontinue any other conversion policy if:
             10927          (a) the discontinued conversion policy is discontinued uniformly without regard to any
             10928      health related factor;
             10929          (b) any affected individual is provided with 90 days' advanced written notice of the
             10930      discontinuation of the existing conversion policy;
             10931          (c) the policy holder is offered the insurer's conversion policy that complies with
             10932      Subsection 31A-22-724 (1)(b); and
             10933          (d) the policy holder is not re-rated for purposes of premium calculation.
             10934          Section 268. Section 31A-22-806 is amended to read:
             10935           31A-22-806. Provisions of policies and certificates.
             10936          (1) All credit life insurance and credit accident and health insurance shall be evidenced
             10937      by an individual policy, or, in the case of group insurance, by a certificate of insurance
             10938      delivered to the debtor.
             10939          (2) Each of these types of policies or certificates shall, in addition to satisfying the
             10940      requirements of Chapter 21, Insurance Contracts in General, set forth:
             10941          (a) the name and home office address of the insurer;
             10942          (b) the identity, by name or otherwise, of the persons insured;
             10943          (c) the rate, premium, or amount of payment by the debtor, if any, given separately for
             10944      credit life insurance and credit accident and health insurance;
             10945          (d) a description of the amount, term, and coverage, including any exceptions,
             10946      limitations, and restrictions;


             10947          (e) that the benefits shall be paid to the creditor to reduce or extinguish the unpaid
             10948      indebtedness; and
             10949          (f) that whenever the amount of insurance exceeds the unpaid indebtedness, that excess
             10950      is payable to a beneficiary, other than the creditor, named by the debtor or to the debtor's estate.
             10951          (3) Except as provided in Subsection (4), the policy or certificate shall be delivered to
             10952      the debtor within 30 days after the date when the indebtedness is incurred.
             10953          (4) (a) If the policy or certificate is not delivered to the debtor within 30 days after the
             10954      date the indebtedness is incurred, a copy of the application for the policy or a notice of
             10955      proposed insurance shall be delivered to the debtor.
             10956          (b) The application or the notice shall be signed by the debtor and shall set forth:
             10957          (i) the name and home office address of the insurer;
             10958          (ii) the name of the debtor;
             10959          (iii) the premium or amount of payment by the debtor, if any, separately for credit life
             10960      insurance and credit accident and health insurance; and
             10961          (iv) the amount, term, and a brief description of the coverage provided.
             10962          (c) The copy of the application for or notice of proposed insurance, shall also refer
             10963      exclusively to insurance coverage, and shall be separate from the loan, sale, or other credit
             10964      statement of account or instrument, unless the information required by this Subsection (4)(c) is
             10965      prominently set forth therein.
             10966          (d) Upon acceptance of the insurance by the insurer and within 60 days after the later
             10967      of the date on which the indebtedness is incurred or the date on which the credit life or credit
             10968      accident and health policy was purchased, the insurer shall deliver the individual policy or
             10969      group certificate of insurance to the debtor.
             10970          (e) The application or notice shall state that upon acceptance by the insurer, the
             10971      insurance is effective as provided in Section 31A-22-805 .
             10972          (5) If the named insurer does not accept the risk, the debtor shall receive a policy or
             10973      certificate of insurance setting forth the name and home office address of the substituted
             10974      insurer and the amount of the premium to be charged. If the premium is less than that set forth


             10975      in the notice of proposed insurance, an appropriate refund shall be made.
             10976          (6) If a creditor makes available to the debtors more than one plan of credit life or
             10977      credit accident and health insurance, all debtors [must] shall be informed of the plans
             10978      applicable to the specific type of loan transaction for which the debtor is applying.
             10979          Section 269. Section 31A-22-1406 is amended to read:
             10980           31A-22-1406. Preexisting conditions.
             10981          (1) A long-term care insurance policy or certificate [shall not] may not use a definition
             10982      of a preexisting condition which is more restrictive than the following: "Preexisting condition
             10983      means a condition for which medical advice or treatment was recommended by or received
             10984      from a provider of health care services, within six months preceding the effective date of
             10985      coverage of an insured person."
             10986          (2) A long-term care insurance policy or certificate may not exclude coverage for a loss
             10987      or confinement which is the result of a preexisting condition unless such loss or confinement
             10988      begins within six months following the effective date of coverage of an insured person.
             10989          (3) The commissioner may extend the preexisting condition periods provided in
             10990      Subsections (1) and (2) as to specific age group categories in specific policy forms upon
             10991      finding that the extension is in the best interest of the public.
             10992          (4) (a) The definition of preexisting condition does not prohibit an insurer from using
             10993      an application form designed to elicit the complete health history of an applicant and from
             10994      underwriting in accordance with that insurer's established underwriting standards on the basis
             10995      of the answers on that application.
             10996          (b) Unless otherwise provided in the policy or certificate, a preexisting condition,
             10997      regardless of whether it is disclosed on the application, need not be covered until the waiting
             10998      period described in Subsection (2) expires.
             10999          (c) A long-term care insurance policy or certificate may not exclude or use waivers or
             11000      riders of any kind to exclude, limit, or reduce coverage or benefits for specifically named or
             11001      described preexisting diseases or physical condition beyond the waiting period described in
             11002      Subsection (2).


             11003          Section 270. Section 31A-22-1409 is amended to read:
             11004           31A-22-1409. Statements of coverage.
             11005          (1) An outline of coverage shall be delivered to a prospective applicant for long-term
             11006      care insurance at the time of initial solicitation through means which prominently direct the
             11007      attention of the applicant to the document and its purpose.
             11008          (2) The commissioner may prescribe a standard format of an outline of coverage,
             11009      including style, arrangement, and overall appearance, and the content.
             11010          (3) In the case of agent solicitations an agent [must] shall deliver the outline of
             11011      coverage prior to the presentation of any application or enrollment form.
             11012          (4) In the case of direct response solicitations, the outline of coverage [must] shall be
             11013      presented in conjunction with any application or enrollment form.
             11014          (5) An outline of coverage under this section shall include:
             11015          (a) a description of the principal benefits and coverage provided in the policy;
             11016          (b) a statement of the principal exclusions, reductions, and limitations contained in the
             11017      policy;
             11018          (c) a statement of the terms under which the policy or certificate, or both, may be
             11019      continued in force or discontinued, including any reservation in the policy of a right to change
             11020      premium;
             11021          (d) a specific description of continuation or conversion provisions of group coverage;
             11022          (e) a statement that the outline of coverage is not a contract of insurance but a summary
             11023      only and that the policy or group master policy contains governing contractual provisions;
             11024          (f) a description of the terms under which the policy or certificate may be returned and
             11025      premium refunded;
             11026          (g) a brief description of the relationship of cost of care and benefits; and
             11027          (h) a statement that discloses to the policyholder or certificate holder whether the
             11028      policy is intended to be a federally tax-qualified, long-term care insurance contract under
             11029      Section 7702B(b), Internal Revenue Code.
             11030          (6) A certificate issued pursuant to a group long-term care insurance policy, which


             11031      policy is delivered or issued for delivery in this state, shall include:
             11032          (a) a description of the principal benefits and coverage provided in the policy;
             11033          (b) a statement of the principal exclusions, reductions, and limitations contained in the
             11034      policy;
             11035          (c) a statement that the group master policy determines governing contractual
             11036      provisions; and
             11037          (d) a statement that any long-term care inflation protection option required by rule is
             11038      not available under the policy.
             11039          (7) If an application for a long-term care contract or certificate is approved, the issuer
             11040      shall deliver the contract or certificate of insurance to the applicant no later than 30 days after
             11041      the date of approval.
             11042          (8) At the time of policy delivery, a policy summary shall be delivered for an
             11043      individual life insurance policy which provides long-term care benefits within the policy or by
             11044      rider. In the case of direct response solicitations, the insurer shall deliver the policy summary
             11045      upon the applicant's request. However, the insurer shall deliver the summary to the applicant no
             11046      later than at the time of policy delivery regardless of request. In addition to complying with all
             11047      applicable requirements, the summary shall also include:
             11048          (a) an explanation of how the long-term care benefit interacts with other components of
             11049      the policy, including deductions from death benefits;
             11050          (b) an illustration for each covered person of the amount of benefits, the length of
             11051      benefit, and the guaranteed lifetime benefits if any;
             11052          (c) any exclusions, reductions, and limitations on benefits of long-term care; and
             11053          (d) if applicable to the policy type, the summary shall also include:
             11054          (i) a disclosure of the effects of exercising other rights under the policy;
             11055          (ii) a disclosure of guarantees related to long-term care costs of insurance charges; and
             11056          (iii) current and projected maximum lifetime benefits.
             11057          (9) The provisions of the policy summary required under Subsection (8) may be
             11058      incorporated into:


             11059          (a) a basic illustration; or
             11060          (b) the life insurance policy summary required to be delivered in accordance with rule.
             11061          Section 271. Section 31A-23a-501 is amended to read:
             11062           31A-23a-501. Licensee compensation.
             11063          (1) As used in this section:
             11064          (a) "Commission compensation" includes funds paid to or credited for the benefit of a
             11065      licensee from:
             11066          (i) commission amounts deducted from insurance premiums on insurance sold by or
             11067      placed through the licensee; or
             11068          (ii) commission amounts received from an insurer or another licensee as a result of the
             11069      sale or placement of insurance.
             11070          (b) (i) "Compensation from an insurer or third party administrator" means
             11071      commissions, fees, awards, overrides, bonuses, contingent commissions, loans, stock options,
             11072      gifts, prizes, or any other form of valuable consideration:
             11073          (A) whether or not payable pursuant to a written agreement; and
             11074          (B) received from:
             11075          (I) an insurer; or
             11076          (II) a third party to the transaction for the sale or placement of insurance.
             11077          (ii) "Compensation from an insurer or third party administrator" does not mean
             11078      compensation from a customer that is:
             11079          (A) a fee or pass-through costs as provided in Subsection (1)(e); or
             11080          (B) a fee or amount collected by or paid to the producer that does not exceed an
             11081      amount established by the commissioner by administrative rule.
             11082          (c) (i) "Customer" means:
             11083          (A) the person signing the application or submission for insurance; or
             11084          (B) the authorized representative of the insured actually negotiating the placement of
             11085      insurance with the producer.
             11086          (ii) "Customer" does not mean a person who is a participant or beneficiary of:


             11087          (A) an employee benefit plan; or
             11088          (B) a group or blanket insurance policy or group annuity contract sold, solicited, or
             11089      negotiated by the producer or affiliate.
             11090          (d) (i) "Noncommission compensation" includes all funds paid to or credited for the
             11091      benefit of a licensee other than commission compensation.
             11092          (ii) "Noncommission compensation" does not include charges for pass-through costs
             11093      incurred by the licensee in connection with obtaining, placing, or servicing an insurance policy.
             11094          (e) "Pass-through costs" include:
             11095          (i) costs for copying documents to be submitted to the insurer; and
             11096          (ii) bank costs for processing cash or credit card payments.
             11097          (2) A licensee may receive from an insured or from a person purchasing an insurance
             11098      policy, noncommission compensation if the noncommission compensation is stated on a
             11099      separate, written disclosure.
             11100          (a) The disclosure required by this Subsection (2) shall:
             11101          (i) include the signature of the insured or prospective insured acknowledging the
             11102      noncommission compensation;
             11103          (ii) clearly specify the amount or extent of the noncommission compensation; and
             11104          (iii) be provided to the insured or prospective insured before the performance of the
             11105      service.
             11106          (b) Noncommission compensation shall be:
             11107          (i) limited to actual or reasonable expenses incurred for services; and
             11108          (ii) uniformly applied to all insureds or prospective insureds in a class or classes of
             11109      business or for a specific service or services.
             11110          (c) A copy of the signed disclosure required by this Subsection (2) [must] shall be
             11111      maintained by any licensee who collects or receives the noncommission compensation or any
             11112      portion of the noncommission compensation.
             11113          (d) All accounting records relating to noncommission compensation shall be
             11114      maintained by the person described in Subsection (2)(c) in a manner that facilitates an audit.


             11115          (3) (a) A licensee may receive noncommission compensation when acting as a
             11116      producer for the insured in connection with the actual sale or placement of insurance if:
             11117          (i) the producer and the insured have agreed on the producer's noncommission
             11118      compensation; and
             11119          (ii) the producer has disclosed to the insured the existence and source of any other
             11120      compensation that accrues to the producer as a result of the transaction.
             11121          (b) The disclosure required by this Subsection (3) shall:
             11122          (i) include the signature of the insured or prospective insured acknowledging the
             11123      noncommission compensation;
             11124          (ii) clearly specify the amount or extent of the noncommission compensation and the
             11125      existence and source of any other compensation; and
             11126          (iii) be provided to the insured or prospective insured before the performance of the
             11127      service.
             11128          (c) The following additional noncommission compensation is authorized:
             11129          (i) compensation received by a producer of a compensated corporate surety who under
             11130      procedures approved by a rule or order of the commissioner is paid by surety bond principal
             11131      debtors for extra services;
             11132          (ii) compensation received by an insurance producer who is also licensed as a public
             11133      adjuster under Section 31A-26-203 , for services performed for an insured in connection with a
             11134      claim adjustment, so long as the producer does not receive or is not promised compensation for
             11135      aiding in the claim adjustment prior to the occurrence of the claim;
             11136          (iii) compensation received by a consultant as a consulting fee, provided the consultant
             11137      complies with the requirements of Section 31A-23a-401 ; or
             11138          (iv) other compensation arrangements approved by the commissioner after a finding
             11139      that they do not violate Section 31A-23a-401 and are not harmful to the public.
             11140          (4) (a) For purposes of this Subsection (4), "producer" includes:
             11141          (i) a producer;
             11142          (ii) an affiliate of a producer; or


             11143          (iii) a consultant.
             11144          (b) Beginning January 1, 2010, in addition to any other disclosures required by this
             11145      section, a producer may not accept or receive any compensation from an insurer or third party
             11146      administrator for the placement of a health benefit plan, other than a hospital confinement
             11147      indemnity policy, unless prior to the customer's purchase of the health benefit plan the
             11148      producer:
             11149          (i) except as provided in Subsection (4)(c), discloses in writing to the customer that the
             11150      producer will receive compensation from the insurer or third party administrator for the
             11151      placement of insurance, including the amount or type of compensation known to the producer
             11152      at the time of the disclosure; and
             11153          (ii) except as provided in Subsection (4)(c):
             11154          (A) obtains the customer's signed acknowledgment that the disclosure under
             11155      Subsection (4)(b)(i) was made to the customer; or
             11156          (B) (I) signs a statement that the disclosure required by Subsection (4)(b)(i) was made
             11157      to the customer; and
             11158          (II) keeps the signed statement on file in the producer's office while the health benefit
             11159      plan placed with the customer is in force.
             11160          (c) If the compensation to the producer from an insurer or third party administrator is
             11161      for the renewal of a health benefit plan, once the producer has made an initial disclosure that
             11162      complies with Subsection (4)(b), the producer does not have to disclose compensation received
             11163      for the subsequent yearly renewals in accordance with Subsection (4)(b) until the renewal
             11164      period immediately following 36 months after the initial disclosure.
             11165          (d) (i) A licensee who collects or receives any part of the compensation from an insurer
             11166      or third party administrator in a manner that facilitates an audit shall, while the health benefit
             11167      plan placed with the customer is in force, maintain a copy of:
             11168          (A) the signed acknowledgment described in Subsection (4)(b)(i); or
             11169          (B) the signed statement described in Subsection (4)(b)(ii).
             11170          (ii) The standard application developed in accordance with Section 31A-22-635 shall


             11171      include a place for a producer to provide the disclosure required by this Subsection (4), and if
             11172      completed, shall satisfy the requirement of Subsection (4)(d)(i).
             11173          (e) Subsection (4)(b)(ii) does not apply to:
             11174          (i) a person licensed as a producer who acts only as an intermediary between an insurer
             11175      and the customer's producer, including a managing general agent; or
             11176          (ii) the placement of insurance in a secondary or residual market.
             11177          (5) This section does not alter the right of any licensee to recover from an insured the
             11178      amount of any premium due for insurance effected by or through that licensee or to charge a
             11179      reasonable rate of interest upon past-due accounts.
             11180          (6) This section does not apply to bail bond producers or bail enforcement agents as
             11181      defined in Section 31A-35-102 .
             11182          Section 272. Section 31A-23a-602 is amended to read:
             11183           31A-23a-602. Required contract provisions.
             11184          A person, firm, association, or corporation acting in the capacity of a managing general
             11185      agent may not place business with an insurer unless there is in force a written contract between
             11186      the parties which sets forth the responsibilities of each party, and where both parties share
             11187      responsibility for a particular function, the contract specifies the division of shared
             11188      responsibilities. The written contract shall contain the following minimum provisions:
             11189          (1) The insurer may terminate the contract for cause upon written notice to the
             11190      managing general agent. The insurer may suspend the underwriting authority of the managing
             11191      general agent during the pendency of any dispute regarding the cause for termination.
             11192          (2) The managing general agent will render accounts to the insurer detailing all
             11193      transactions and remit all funds due under the contract to the insurer at least monthly.
             11194          (3) All funds collected for the account of an insurer will be held by the managing
             11195      general agent in a fiduciary capacity in a bank which is insured by the FDIC. This account
             11196      shall be used for all payments on behalf of the insurer. The managing general agent may retain
             11197      no more than three months estimated claims payments and allocated loss adjustment expenses.
             11198          (4) Separate records of business written by the managing general agent shall be


             11199      maintained. The insurer shall have access and the right to copy all accounts and records related
             11200      to its business and shall have access to all books, bank accounts, and records of the managing
             11201      general agent. The records shall be retained according to Section 31A-23a-412 and shall be
             11202      kept in a form usable by the insurer and the commissioner.
             11203          (5) The contract may not be assigned in whole or part by the managing general agent.
             11204          (6) The insurer shall have the right to cancel or nonrenew any policy of insurance
             11205      subject to the applicable laws and rules. The contract shall contain appropriate underwriting
             11206      guidelines including:
             11207          (a) the maximum annual premium volume;
             11208          (b) the basis of the rates to be charged;
             11209          (c) the types of risks which may be written;
             11210          (d) maximum limits of liability;
             11211          (e) applicable exclusions;
             11212          (f) territorial limitations;
             11213          (g) policy cancellation provisions; and
             11214          (h) the maximum policy period.
             11215          (7) If the contract permits the managing general agent to settle claims on behalf of the
             11216      insurer:
             11217          (a) All claims [must] shall be reported to the company in a timely manner.
             11218          (b) A copy of the claim file shall be sent to the insurer at its request, or as soon as it
             11219      becomes known that the claim:
             11220          (i) has the potential to exceed the lesser of an amount determined by the commissioner
             11221      or the limit set by the company;
             11222          (ii) involves a coverage dispute;
             11223          (iii) may exceed the managing general agent's claims settlement authority;
             11224          (iv) is open for more than six months; or
             11225          (v) is closed by payment the lesser of an amount set by the commissioner or an amount
             11226      set by the company.


             11227          (c) All claim files will be the joint property of the insurer and managing general agent.
             11228      However, upon an order of liquidation of the insurer, the files become the sole property of the
             11229      insurer or its estate. The managing general agent shall have reasonable access to and the right
             11230      to copy the files on a timely basis.
             11231          (d) Any settlement authority granted to the managing general agent may be terminated
             11232      for cause upon the insurer's written notice to the managing general agent or upon the
             11233      termination of the contract. The insurer may suspend the settlement authority during the
             11234      pendency of any dispute regarding the cause for termination.
             11235          (8) Where electronic claims files are in existence, the contract [must] shall address the
             11236      timely transmission of the data.
             11237          (9) If the contract provides for a sharing of interim profits by the managing general
             11238      agent, and the managing general agent has the authority to determine the amount of the interim
             11239      profits by establishing loss reserves, controlling claim payments, or in any other manner,
             11240      interim profits may not be paid to the managing general agent until one year after they are
             11241      earned for property insurance business, and five years after they are earned on casualty
             11242      business, but not until the profits have been verified by a review conducted pursuant to Section
             11243      31A-23a-603 .
             11244          (10) The managing general agent may not:
             11245          (a) bind reinsurance or retrocessions on behalf of the insurer, except that the managing
             11246      general agent may bind facultative reinsurance contracts pursuant to obligatory facultative
             11247      agreements if the contract with the insurer contains reinsurance underwriting guidelines
             11248      including, for both reinsurance assumed and ceded, a list of reinsurers with which the
             11249      automatic agreements are in effect, the coverages and amounts or percentages that may be
             11250      reinsured, and commission schedules;
             11251          (b) commit the insurer to participate in insurance or reinsurance syndicates;
             11252          (c) appoint any producer without assuring that the producer is lawfully licensed to
             11253      transact the type of insurance for which [he] the producer is appointed;
             11254          (d) without prior approval of the insurer, pay or commit the insurer to pay a claim over


             11255      a specified amount, net of reinsurance, which [shall not] may not exceed 1% of the insurer's
             11256      policyholder's surplus as of December 31 of the last completed calendar year;
             11257          (e) collect any payment from a reinsurer or commit the insurer to any claim settlement
             11258      with a reinsurer without prior approval of the insurer; if prior approval is given, a report [must]
             11259      shall be promptly forwarded to the insurer;
             11260          (f) permit its subproducer to serve on the insurer's board of directors;
             11261          (g) jointly employ an individual who is employed with the insurer; or
             11262          (h) appoint a submanaging general agent.
             11263          Section 273. Section 31A-23a-702 is amended to read:
             11264           31A-23a-702. Minimum standards.
             11265          (1) This section applies if, in any calendar year, the aggregate amount of gross written
             11266      premium on business placed with a controlled insurer by a controlling producer is equal to or
             11267      greater than 5% of the admitted assets of the controlled insurer, as reported in the controlled
             11268      insurer's quarterly statement filed as of September 30 of the prior year.
             11269          (2) Notwithstanding Subsection (1), this section does not apply if:
             11270          (a) the controlling producer places insurance only with the controlled insurer, or only
             11271      with the controlled insurer and members of the controlled insurer's holding company system, or
             11272      with the controlled insurer's parent, affiliate, or subsidiary and receives no compensation based
             11273      upon the amount of premiums written in connection with the insurance placed;
             11274          (b) the controlling producer accepts insurance placements only from nonaffiliated
             11275      producers who are not controlling producers, and not directly from insureds; and
             11276          (c) the controlled insurer, except for insurance business written through a residual
             11277      market facility, accepts insurance business only from a controlling producer, a producer
             11278      controlled by the controlled insurer, or a producer that is a subsidiary of the controlled insurer.
             11279          (3) A controlled insurer may not accept business from a controlling producer and a
             11280      controlling producer may not place business with a controlled insurer unless there is a written
             11281      contract between the controlling producer and the insurer that specifies the responsibilities of
             11282      each party and that has been approved by the board of directors of the insurer. The contract


             11283      shall contain the following minimum provisions:
             11284          (a) The controlled insurer may terminate the contract for cause, upon written notice to
             11285      the controlling producer. The controlled insurer shall suspend the authority of the controlling
             11286      producer to write business during the pendency of any dispute regarding the cause for the
             11287      termination.
             11288          (b) The controlling producer shall render accounts to the controlled insurer detailing all
             11289      material transactions, including information necessary to support all commissions, charges, and
             11290      other fees received by, or owing to, the controlling producer.
             11291          (c) The controlling producer shall remit all funds due under the terms of the contract to
             11292      the controlled insurer at least monthly. The due date shall be fixed so that premiums or
             11293      premium installments collected shall be remitted no later than 90 days after the effective date
             11294      of any policy placed with the controlled insurer under the contract.
             11295          (d) All funds collected for the controlled insurer's account shall be held by the
             11296      controlling producer in a fiduciary capacity, in one or more appropriately identified bank
             11297      accounts in banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System FDIC, in accordance with
             11298      applicable provisions of this title. However, funds of a controlling producer not required to be
             11299      licensed in this state shall be maintained in compliance with the requirements of the controlling
             11300      producer's domiciliary jurisdiction.
             11301          (e) The controlling producer shall maintain separately identifiable records of business
             11302      written for the controlled insurer.
             11303          (f) The contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the controlling producer.
             11304          (g) The controlled insurer shall provide the controlling producer with its underwriting
             11305      standards, rules, procedures, and manuals setting forth the rates to be charged, and the
             11306      conditions for the acceptance or rejection of risks. The controlling producer shall adhere to the
             11307      standards, rules, procedures, rates, and conditions. The standards, rules, procedures, rates, and
             11308      conditions shall be the same as those applicable to comparable business placed with the
             11309      controlled insurer by a producer other than the controlling producer.
             11310          (h) The contract shall state the rates and terms of the controlling producer's


             11311      commissions, charges, or other fees and the purposes for those charges or fees. The rates of the
             11312      commissions, charges, and other fees may not be greater than those applicable to comparable
             11313      business and services placed with the controlled insurer by producers other than controlling
             11314      producers. For purposes of Subsections (3)(g) and (h), examples of "comparable business and
             11315      services" include the same lines of insurance, same kinds of insurance, same kinds of risks,
             11316      similar policy limits, and similar quality of business.
             11317          (i) If the contract provides that the controlling producer, on insurance business placed
             11318      with the insurer, is to be compensated contingent upon the insurer's profits on that business,
             11319      then the compensation may not be determined and paid until at least five years after the
             11320      premiums on liability insurance are earned, and at least one year after the premiums are earned
             11321      on any other insurance. In no event may the commissions be paid until the adequacy of the
             11322      controlled insurer's reserves on remaining claims has been independently verified pursuant to
             11323      Subsection (5).
             11324          (j) The contract shall include a limit on the controlling producer's writings in relation to
             11325      the controlled insurer's surplus and total writings. The insurer may establish a different limit to
             11326      each line or subline of business. The controlled insurer shall notify the controlling producer
             11327      when the applicable limit is approached and [shall not] may not accept business from the
             11328      controlling producer if the limit is reached. The controlling producer may not place business
             11329      with the controlled insurer if it has been notified by the controlled insurer that the limit has
             11330      been reached.
             11331          (k) The controlling producer may negotiate but may not bind reinsurance on behalf of
             11332      the controlled insurer on business the controlling producer places with the controlled insurer.
             11333      However, the controlling producer may bind facultative reinsurance contracts pursuant to
             11334      obligatory facultative agreements if the contract with the controlled insurer contains
             11335      underwriting guidelines including, for both reinsurance assumed and ceded, a list of reinsurers
             11336      with which the automatic agreements are in effect, the coverages and amounts or percentages
             11337      that may be reinsured, and commission schedules.
             11338          (4) Each controlled insurer shall have an audit committee of the board of directors.


             11339      The audit committee shall annually meet to review the adequacy of the insurer's loss reserves.
             11340      The committee shall meet with management, the insurer's independent certified public
             11341      accountants, and an independent casualty actuary or any other independent loss reserve
             11342      specialists acceptable to the commissioner.
             11343          (5) (a) In addition to any other required loss reserve certification, the controlled insurer
             11344      shall file with the commissioner on April 1 of each year an opinion of an independent casualty
             11345      actuary, or any other independent loss reserve specialist acceptable to the commissioner. The
             11346      opinion shall report loss ratios for each line of business written and shall attest to the adequacy
             11347      of loss reserves established for losses incurred and outstanding as of year-end on business
             11348      placed by the producer including losses incurred but not reported.
             11349          (b) The controlled insurer shall annually report to the commissioner the amount of
             11350      commissions paid to the producer, the percentage that amount represents of the net premiums
             11351      written, and comparable amounts and percentage paid to noncontrolling producers for
             11352      placements of the same kinds of insurance.
             11353          Section 274. Section 31A-23a-806 is amended to read:
             11354           31A-23a-806. Prohibited acts.
             11355          (1) The reinsurance intermediary-manager may not cede retrocessions on behalf of the
             11356      reinsurer, except that the reinsurance intermediary-manager may cede facultative retrocessions
             11357      pursuant to obligatory facultative agreements if the contract with the reinsurer contains
             11358      reinsurance underwriting guidelines for facultative retrocessions. The guidelines shall include
             11359      a list of reinsurers with which automatic agreements are in effect, and for each listed reinsurer,
             11360      the coverages and amounts or percentages that may be reinsured, and commission schedules.
             11361          (2) The reinsurance intermediary-manager may not commit the reinsurer to participate
             11362      in reinsurance syndicates.
             11363          (3) The reinsurance intermediary-manager may not appoint any producer without
             11364      assuring that the producer is lawfully licensed to transact the type of reinsurance for which [he]
             11365      the producer is appointed.
             11366          (4) The reinsurance intermediary-manager may not, without prior approval of the


             11367      reinsurer, pay or commit the reinsurer to pay a claim, net of retrocessions, that exceeds the
             11368      lesser of an amount specified by the reinsurer or 1% of the reinsurer's policyholder's surplus as
             11369      of December 31 of the last complete calendar year.
             11370          (5) The reinsurance intermediary-manager may not collect any payment from a
             11371      retrocessionaire or commit the reinsurer to any claim settlement with a retrocessionaire,
             11372      without prior approval of the reinsurer. If prior approval is given, a report [must] shall be
             11373      promptly forwarded to the reinsurer.
             11374          (6) The reinsurance intermediary-manager may not jointly employ an individual who is
             11375      employed by the reinsurer unless the reinsurance intermediary-manager is under common
             11376      control with the reinsurer subject to Title 31A, Chapter 16, Insurance Holding Companies.
             11377          (7) The reinsurance intermediary-manager may not appoint a subreinsurance
             11378      intermediary-manager.
             11379          Section 275. Section 31A-27a-202 is amended to read:
             11380           31A-27a-202. Commencement of formal delinquency proceeding.
             11381          (1) A formal delinquency proceeding against a person shall be commenced by filing a
             11382      petition in the name of the commissioner or department.
             11383          (2) (a) The petition required by Subsection (1):
             11384          (i) shall state:
             11385          (A) the grounds upon which the proceeding is based; and
             11386          (B) the relief requested; and
             11387          (ii) may include a request for restraining orders and injunctive relief as described in
             11388      Section 31A-27a-108 .
             11389          (b) Upon the filing of a petition, the commissioner shall forward a notice of the petition
             11390      by first-class mail or electronic communication, as permitted by the receivership court, to the
             11391      commissioners and guaranty associations in states in which the insurer did business.
             11392          (3) (a) A petition that requests injunctive relief:
             11393          (i) shall be verified by the commissioner or the commissioner's designee; and
             11394          (ii) is not required to plead or prove irreparable harm or inadequate remedy at law.


             11395          (b) The commissioner shall provide only the notice the receivership court requires.
             11396          (4) If a temporary restraining order is requested:
             11397          (a) the receivership court may issue an initial order containing the relief requested;
             11398          (b) the order shall state the time and date of its issuance;
             11399          (c) the receivership court shall set a time and date for the return of summons:
             11400          (i) not more than 10 days from the time and date the initial order is issued; and
             11401          (ii) at which time the person proceeded against may appear before the receivership
             11402      court for a summary hearing; and
             11403          (d) the order may not continue in effect beyond the time and date set for the return of
             11404      summons, unless the receivership court expressly enters one or more orders extending the
             11405      restraining order.
             11406          (5) (a) If no temporary restraining order is requested, the receivership court shall cause
             11407      summons to be issued.
             11408          (b) The summons shall specify:
             11409          (i) a return date not more than 30 days after the day on which the summons is issued;
             11410      and
             11411          (ii) that an answer [must] shall be filed at or before the return date.
             11412          Section 276. Section 31A-27a-205 is amended to read:
             11413           31A-27a-205. Decision and appeals.
             11414          (1) The receivership court shall enter judgment on the petition to commence formal
             11415      delinquency proceeding within 15 days after the day on which the evidence is concluded.
             11416          (2) (a) An order entered pursuant to Subsection (1) is final when entered.
             11417          (b) An appeal shall be:
             11418          (i) handled on an expedited basis; and
             11419          (ii) taken within five days of the day on which judgment is entered.
             11420          (3) (a) Absent entry of an order staying the order pursuant to Subsection (4), the order
             11421      has full force and effect and the receiver shall carry out the order's terms and this chapter.
             11422          (b) A request for reconsideration, review, or appeal, or posting of a bond, may not


             11423      dissolve or stay the judgment.
             11424          (4) (a) The following motions [must] shall first be presented to the receivership court:
             11425          (i) a motion for a stay of a judgment;
             11426          (ii) a motion for approval of a supersedes bond; or
             11427          (iii) a motion for other relief pending appeal.
             11428          (b) Except for a grant of a petition for rehabilitation which shall remain in effect
             11429      pending a decision on appeal, during the pendency of an appeal the receivership court may do
             11430      any of the following in accordance with the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure:
             11431          (i) suspend an order entered under Subsection (1);
             11432          (ii) modify an order entered under Subsection (1); or
             11433          (iii) make any other appropriate order governing the enforceability of an order entered
             11434      under Subsection (1).
             11435          (c) The receivership court or an appellate court to which the matter is presented may
             11436      condition any relief it grants under this Subsection (4) on the filing of a bond or other
             11437      appropriate security with the receivership court.
             11438          (5) Section 31A-27a-114 applies to all acts taken during the pendency of an appeal
             11439      regardless of the appeal's ultimate disposition.
             11440          (6) The reversal or modification on appeal of an order of rehabilitation or liquidation
             11441      does not affect the validity of an act of the receiver pursuant to the order unless the order is
             11442      stayed pending appeal.
             11443          Section 277. Section 31A-27a-502 is amended to read:
             11444           31A-27a-502. Recovery from affiliates.
             11445          (1) (a) If a receivership order is entered under this chapter, the receiver appointed under
             11446      the receivership order may recover on behalf of the insurer from an affiliate as defined in
             11447      Subsection 31A-1-301 (5) the value received by the affiliate at any time during the five years
             11448      preceding the filing date of the delinquency proceedings.
             11449          (b) A person disputing that person's status as an affiliate [must] shall prove by clear
             11450      and convincing evidence the person's nonaffiliate status.


             11451          (c) Recovery from an affiliate is subject to the limitations of Subsections (2) and (6).
             11452          (2) If the insurer is a stock corporation, a stock dividend distribution to an affiliate is
             11453      not recoverable if the recipient shows by a preponderance of the evidence that:
             11454          (a) when paid, the stock dividend distribution to an affiliate is lawful and reasonable;
             11455          (b) the department had notice to and approved the stock dividend; and
             11456          (c) the insurer did not know and could not reasonably have known that the stock
             11457      dividend distribution to the affiliate might adversely affect the solvency of the insurer.
             11458          (3) The maximum amount recoverable under this section is the amount needed to pay
             11459      all claims under the receivership:
             11460          (a) in excess of all other available recoverable assets; and
             11461          (b) reduced for each recipient affiliate by any amount that the recipient affiliate pays to
             11462      any receiver under similar laws of other states.
             11463          (4) (a) A person who is an affiliate at the time value is received is liable up to the
             11464      amount of value received by the affiliate.
             11465          (b) If two or more affiliates are liable regarding the same value received, they are
             11466      jointly and severally liable.
             11467          (5) If any affiliate liable under Subsection (4) is insolvent or unable to pay within one
             11468      year, all affiliates at the time the value is received are jointly and severally liable for any
             11469      resulting deficiency in the amount that would have been recovered from the nonpaying
             11470      affiliate.
             11471          (6) This section does not enlarge the personal liability of a director under existing law.
             11472          (7) An action or proceeding under this section may not be commenced after the earlier
             11473      of:
             11474          (a) six years after the day on which a receiver is appointed; or
             11475          (b) the day on which the receivership is terminated.
             11476          Section 278. Section 31A-27a-701 is amended to read:
             11477           31A-27a-701. Priority of distribution.
             11478          (1) (a) The priority of payment of distributions on unsecured claims shall be in


             11479      accordance with the order in which each class of claim is set forth in this section except as
             11480      provided in Section 31A-27a-702 .
             11481          (b) All claims in each class shall be paid in full or adequate funds retained for the
             11482      claim's payment before a member of the next class receives payment.
             11483          (c) All claims within a class shall be paid substantially the same percentage.
             11484          (d) Except as provided in Subsections (2)(a)(i)(E), (2)(k), and (2)(m), subclasses may
             11485      not be established within a class.
             11486          (e) A claim by a shareholder, policyholder, or other creditor may not be permitted to
             11487      circumvent the priority classes through the use of equitable remedies.
             11488          (2) The order of distribution of claims shall be as follows:
             11489          (a) a Class 1 claim, which:
             11490          (i) is a cost or expense of administration expressly approved or ratified by the
             11491      liquidator, including the following:
             11492          (A) the actual and necessary costs of preserving or recovering the property of the
             11493      insurer;
             11494          (B) reasonable compensation for all services rendered on behalf of the administrative
             11495      supervisor or receiver;
             11496          (C) a necessary filing fee;
             11497          (D) the fees and mileage payable to a witness;
             11498          (E) an unsecured loan obtained by the receiver, which:
             11499          (I) unless its terms otherwise provide, has priority over all other costs of
             11500      administration; and
             11501          (II) absent agreement to the contrary, shares pro rata with all other claims described in
             11502      this Subsection (2)(a)(i)(E); and
             11503          (F) an expense approved by the rehabilitator of the insurer, if any, incurred in the
             11504      course of the rehabilitation that is unpaid at the time of the entry of the order of liquidation; and
             11505          (ii) except as expressly approved by the receiver, excludes any expense arising from a
             11506      duty to indemnify a director, officer, or employee of the insurer which expense, if allowed, is a


             11507      Class 7 claim;
             11508          (b) a Class 2 claim, which:
             11509          (i) is a reasonable expense of a guaranty association, including overhead, salaries, or
             11510      other general administrative expenses allocable to the receivership such as:
             11511          (A) an administrative or claims handling expense;
             11512          (B) an expense in connection with arrangements for ongoing coverage; and
             11513          (C) in the case of a property and casualty guaranty association, a loss adjustment
             11514      expense, including:
             11515          (I) an adjusting or other expense; and
             11516          (II) a defense or cost containment expense; and
             11517          (ii) excludes an expense incurred in the performance of duties under Section
             11518      31A-28-112 or similar duties under the statute governing a similar organization in another
             11519      state;
             11520          (c) a Class 3 claim, which:
             11521          (i) is:
             11522          (A) a claim under a policy of insurance including a third party claim;
             11523          (B) a claim under an annuity contract or funding agreement;
             11524          (C) a claim under a nonassessable policy for unearned premium;
             11525          (D) a claim of an obligee and, subject to the discretion of the receiver, a completion
             11526      contractor under a surety bond or surety undertaking, except for:
             11527          (I) a bail bond;
             11528          (II) a mortgage guaranty;
             11529          (III) a financial guaranty; or
             11530          (IV) other form of insurance offering protection against investment risk or warranties;
             11531          (E) a claim by a principal under a surety bond or surety undertaking for wrongful
             11532      dissipation of collateral by the insurer or its agents;
             11533          (F) an indemnity payment on:
             11534          (I) a covered claim;


             11535          (II) unearned premium; or
             11536          (III) a payment for the continuation of coverage made by an entity responsible for the
             11537      payment of a claim or continuation of coverage of an insolvent health maintenance
             11538      organization;
             11539          (G) a claim incurred during the extension of coverage provided for in Sections
             11540      31A-27a-402 and 31A-27a-403 ; or
             11541          (H) all other claims incurred in fulfilling the statutory obligations of a guaranty
             11542      association not included in Class 2, including:
             11543          (I) an indemnity payment on covered claims; and
             11544          (II) in the case of a life and health guaranty association, a claim:
             11545          (Aa) as a creditor of the impaired or insolvent insurer for a payment of and liabilities
             11546      incurred on behalf of a covered claim or covered obligation of the insurer; and
             11547          (Bb) for the funds needed to reinsure the obligations described under this Subsection
             11548      (2)(c)(i)(H)(II) with a solvent insurer; and
             11549          (ii) notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, excludes the following which
             11550      shall be paid under Class 7, except as provided in this section:
             11551          (A) an obligation of the insolvent insurer arising out of a reinsurance contract;
             11552          (B) an obligation that is incurred pursuant to an occurrence policy or reported pursuant
             11553      to a claims made policy after:
             11554          (I) the expiration date of the policy;
             11555          (II) the policy is replaced by the insured;
             11556          (III) the policy is canceled at the insured's request; or
             11557          (IV) the policy is canceled as provided in this chapter;
             11558          (C) an obligation to an insurer, insurance pool, or underwriting association and the
             11559      insurer's, insurance pool's, or underwriting association's claim for contribution, indemnity, or
             11560      subrogation, equitable or otherwise, except for direct claims under a policy where the insurer is
             11561      the named insured;
             11562          (D) an amount accrued as punitive or exemplary damages unless expressly covered


             11563      under the terms of the policy, which shall be paid as a claim in Class 9;
             11564          (E) a tort claim of any kind against the insurer;
             11565          (F) a claim against the insurer for bad faith or wrongful settlement practices; and
             11566          (G) a claim of a guaranty association for assessments not paid by the insurer, which
             11567      claims shall be paid as claims in Class 7; and
             11568          (iii) notwithstanding Subsection (2)(c)(ii)(B), does not exclude an unearned premium
             11569      claim on a policy, other than a reinsurance agreement;
             11570          (d) a Class 4 claim, which is a claim under a policy for mortgage guaranty, financial
             11571      guaranty, or other forms of insurance offering protection against investment risk or warranties;
             11572          (e) a Class 5 claim, which is a claim of the federal government not included in Class 3
             11573      or 4;
             11574          (f) a Class 6 claim, which is a debt due an employee for services or benefits:
             11575          (i) to the extent that the expense:
             11576          (A) does not exceed the lesser of:
             11577          (I) $5,000; or
             11578          (II) two months' salary; and
             11579          (B) represents payment for services performed within one year before the day on which
             11580      the initial order of receivership is issued; and
             11581          (ii) which priority is in lieu of any other similar priority that may be authorized by law
             11582      as to wages or compensation of employees;
             11583          (g) a Class 7 claim, which is a claim of an unsecured creditor not included in Classes 1
             11584      through 6, including:
             11585          (i) a claim under a reinsurance contract;
             11586          (ii) a claim of a guaranty association for an assessment not paid by the insurer; and
             11587          (iii) other claims excluded from Class 3 or 4, unless otherwise assigned to Classes 8
             11588      through 13;
             11589          (h) subject to Subsection (3), a Class 8 claim, which is:
             11590          (i) a claim of a state or local government, except a claim specifically classified


             11591      elsewhere in this section; or
             11592          (ii) a claim for services rendered and expenses incurred in opposing a formal
             11593      delinquency proceeding;
             11594          (i) a Class 9 claim, which is a claim for penalties, punitive damages, or forfeitures,
             11595      unless expressly covered under the terms of a policy of insurance;
             11596          (j) a Class 10 claim, which is, except as provided in Subsections 31A-27a-601 (2) and
             11597      31A-27a-601 (3), a late filed claim that would otherwise be classified in Classes 3 through 9;
             11598          (k) subject to Subsection (4), a Class 11 claim, which is:
             11599          (i) a surplus note;
             11600          (ii) a capital note;
             11601          (iii) a contribution note;
             11602          (iv) a similar obligation;
             11603          (v) a premium refund on an assessable policy; or
             11604          (vi) any other claim specifically assigned to this class;
             11605          (l) a Class 12 claim, which is a claim for interest on an allowed claim of Classes 1
             11606      through 11, according to the terms of a plan to pay interest on allowed claims proposed by the
             11607      liquidator and approved by the receivership court; and
             11608          (m) subject to Subsection (4), a Class 13 claim, which is a claim of a shareholder or
             11609      other owner arising out of:
             11610          (i) the shareholder's or owner's capacity as shareholder or owner or any other capacity;
             11611      and
             11612          (ii) except as the claim may be qualified in Class 3, 4, 7, or 12.
             11613          (3) To prove a claim described in Class 8, the claimant [must] shall show that:
             11614          (a) the insurer that is the subject of the delinquency proceeding incurred the fee or
             11615      expense on the basis of the insurer's best knowledge, information, and belief:
             11616          (i) formed after reasonable inquiry indicating opposition is in the best interests of the
             11617      insurer;
             11618          (ii) that is well grounded in fact; and


             11619          (iii) is warranted by existing law or a good faith argument for the extension,
             11620      modification, or reversal of existing law; and
             11621          (b) opposition is not pursued for any improper purpose, such as to harass, to cause
             11622      unnecessary delay, or to cause needless increase in the cost of the litigation.
             11623          (4) (a) A claim in Class 11 is subject to a subordination agreement related to other
             11624      claims in Class 11 that exist before the entry of a liquidation order.
             11625          (b) A claim in Class 13 is subject to a subordination agreement, related to other claims
             11626      in Class 13 that exist before the entry of a liquidation order.
             11627          Section 279. Section 31A-30-107.3 is amended to read:
             11628           31A-30-107.3. Discontinuance and nonrenewal limitations and conditions.
             11629          (1) (a) A carrier that elects to discontinue offering a health benefit plan under
             11630      Subsection 31A-30-107 (3)(e) or 31A-30-107.1 (3)(e) is prohibited from writing new business:
             11631          (i) in the small employer and individual market in this state; and
             11632          (ii) for a period of five years beginning on the date of discontinuation of the last
             11633      coverage that is discontinued.
             11634          (b) The prohibition described in Subsection (1)(a) may be waived if the commissioner
             11635      finds that waiver is in the public interest:
             11636          (i) to promote competition; or
             11637          (ii) to resolve inequity in the marketplace.
             11638          (2) (a) If the Comprehensive Health Insurance Pool as set forth under Title 31A,
             11639      Chapter 29, Comprehensive Health Insurance Pool Act, is dissolved or discontinued, or if
             11640      enrollment is capped or suspended, an individual carrier:
             11641          (i) may elect to discontinue offering new individual health benefit plans, except to
             11642      HIPAA eligibles, but [must] shall keep existing individual health benefit plans in effect, except
             11643      those individual plans that are not renewed under the provisions of Subsection 31A-30-107 (2)
             11644      or 31A-30-107.1 (2);
             11645          (ii) may elect to continue to offer new individual and small employer health benefit
             11646      plans; or


             11647          (iii) may elect to discontinue all of the covered carrier's health benefit plans in the
             11648      individual or small group market under the provisions of Subsection 31A-30-107 (3)(e) or
             11649      31A-30-107.1 (3)(e).
             11650          (b) A carrier that makes an election under Subsection (2)(a)(i):
             11651          (i) is prohibited from writing new business:
             11652          (A) in the individual market in this state; and
             11653          (B) for a period of five years beginning on the date of discontinuation;
             11654          (ii) may continue to write new business in the small employer market; and
             11655          (iii) [must] shall provide written notice of the election under Subsection (2)(a)(i) within
             11656      two calendar days of the election to the Utah Insurance Department.
             11657          (c) The prohibition described in Subsection (2)(b)(i) may be waived if the
             11658      commissioner finds that waiver is in the public interest:
             11659          (i) to promote competition; or
             11660          (ii) to resolve inequity in the marketplace.
             11661          (d) A carrier that makes an election under Subsection (2)(a)(iii) is subject to the
             11662      provisions of Subsection (1).
             11663          (3) If a carrier is doing business in one established geographic service area of the state,
             11664      Sections 31A-30-107 and 31A-30-107.1 apply only to the carrier's operations in that
             11665      geographic service area.
             11666          (4) If a small employer employs less than two eligible employees, a carrier may not
             11667      discontinue or not renew the health benefit plan until the first renewal date following the
             11668      beginning of a new plan year, even if the carrier knows as of the beginning of the plan year that
             11669      the employer no longer has at least two current employees.
             11670          Section 280. Section 31A-30-107.5 is amended to read:
             11671           31A-30-107.5. Preexisting condition exclusion -- Condition-specific exclusion
             11672      riders -- Limitation periods.
             11673          (1) A health benefit plan may impose a preexisting condition exclusion only if the
             11674      provision complies with Subsection 31A-22-605.1 (4).


             11675          (2) (a) In accordance with Subsection (2)(b), an individual carrier:
             11676          (i) may, when the individual carrier and the insured mutually agree in writing to a
             11677      condition-specific exclusion rider, offer to issue an individual policy that excludes all treatment
             11678      and prescription drugs related to:
             11679          (A) a specific physical condition;
             11680          (B) a specific disease or disorder; and
             11681          (C) any specific or class of prescription drugs; and
             11682          (ii) may offer an individual policy that may establish separate cost sharing
             11683      requirements including, deductibles and maximum limits that are specific to covered services
             11684      and supplies, including drugs, when utilized for the treatment and care of the conditions,
             11685      diseases, or disorders listed in Subsection (2)(b).
             11686          (b) (i) Except as provided in Section 31A-22-630 and Subsection (2)(b)(ii), the
             11687      following may be the subject of a condition-specific exclusion rider:
             11688          (A) conditions, diseases, and disorders of the bones or joints of the ankle, arm, elbow,
             11689      fingers, foot, hand, hip, knee, leg, mandible, mastoid, wrist, shoulder, spine, and toes, including
             11690      bone spurs, bunions, carpal tunnel syndrome, club foot, cubital tunnel syndrome, hammertoe,
             11691      syndactylism, and treatment and prosthetic devices related to amputation;
             11692          (B) anal fistula, anal fissure, anal stricture, breast implants, breast reduction, chronic
             11693      cystitis, chronic prostatitis, cystocele, rectocele, enuresis, hemorrhoids, hydrocele, hypospadius,
             11694      interstitial cystitis, kidney stones, uterine leiomyoma, varicocele, spermatocele, endometriosis;
             11695          (C) allergic rhinitis, nonallergic rhinitis, hay fever, dust allergies, pollen allergies,
             11696      deviated nasal septum, and sinus related conditions, diseases, and disorders;
             11697          (D) hemangioma, keloids, scar revisions, and other skin related conditions, diseases,
             11698      and disorders;
             11699          (E) goiter and other thyroid related conditions, diseases, or disorders;
             11700          (F) cataracts, cornea transplant, detached retina, glaucoma, keratoconus, macular
             11701      degeneration, strabismus and other eye related conditions, diseases, and disorders;
             11702          (G) otitis media, cholesteatoma, otosclerosis, and other internal/external ear conditions,


             11703      diseases, and disorders;
             11704          (H) Baker's cyst, ganglion cyst;
             11705          (I) abdominoplasty, esophageal reflux, hernia, Meniere's disease, migraines, TIC
             11706      Doulourex, varicose veins, vestibular disorders;
             11707          (J) sleep disorders and speech disorders; and
             11708          (K) any specific or class of prescription drugs.
             11709          (ii) Subsection (2)(b)(i) does not apply:
             11710          (A) for the treatment of asthma; or
             11711          (B) when the condition is due to cancer.
             11712          (iii) A condition-specific exclusion rider:
             11713          (A) shall be limited to the excluded condition, disease, or disorder and any
             11714      complications from that condition, disease, or disorder;
             11715          (B) may not extend to any secondary medical condition; and
             11716          (C) [must] shall include the following informed consent paragraph: "I agree by signing
             11717      below, to the terms of this rider, which excludes coverage for all treatment, including
             11718      medications, related to the specific condition(s), disease(s), and/or disorder(s) stated herein and
             11719      that if treatment or medications are received that I have the responsibility for payment for those
             11720      services and items. I further understand that this rider does not extend to any secondary
             11721      medical condition, disease, or disorder."
             11722          (c) If an individual carrier issues a condition-specific exclusion rider, the
             11723      condition-specific exclusion rider shall remain in effect for the duration of the policy at the
             11724      individual carrier's option.
             11725          (d) An individual policy issued in accordance with this Subsection (2) is not subject to
             11726      Subsection 31A-26-301.6 (7).
             11727          (3) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this section, a health benefit plan may
             11728      impose a limitation period if:
             11729          (a) each policy that imposes a limitation period under the health benefit plan specifies
             11730      the physical condition, disease, or disorder that is excluded from coverage during the limitation


             11731      period;
             11732          (b) the limitation period does not exceed 12 months;
             11733          (c) the limitation period is applied uniformly; and
             11734          (d) the limitation period is reduced in compliance with Subsections
             11735      31A-22-605.1 (4)(a) and (4)(b).
             11736          Section 281. Section 31A-30-110 is amended to read:
             11737           31A-30-110. Individual enrollment cap.
             11738          (1) The commissioner shall set the individual enrollment cap at .5% on July 1, 1997.
             11739          (2) The commissioner shall raise the individual enrollment cap by .5% at the later of
             11740      the following dates:
             11741          (a) six months from the last increase in the individual enrollment cap; or
             11742          (b) the date when CCI/TI is greater than .90, where:
             11743          (i) "CCI" is the total individual coverage count for all carriers certifying that their
             11744      uninsurable percentage has reached the individual enrollment cap; and
             11745          (ii) "TI" is the total individual coverage count for all carriers.
             11746          (3) The commissioner may establish a minimum number of uninsurable individuals
             11747      that a carrier entering the market who is subject to this chapter [must] shall accept under the
             11748      individual enrollment provisions of this chapter.
             11749          (4) Beginning July 1, 1997, an individual carrier may decline to accept individuals
             11750      applying for individual enrollment under Subsection 31A-30-108 (3), other than individuals
             11751      applying for coverage as set forth in P.L. 104-191, 110 Stat. 1979, Sec. 2741 (a)-(b), if:
             11752          (a) the uninsurable percentage for that carrier equals or exceeds the cap established in
             11753      Subsection (1); and
             11754          (b) the covered carrier has certified on forms provided by the commissioner that its
             11755      uninsurable percentage equals or exceeds the individual enrollment cap.
             11756          (5) The department may audit a carrier's records to verify whether the carrier's
             11757      uninsurable classification meets industry standards for underwriting criteria as established by
             11758      the commissioner in accordance with Subsection 31A-30-106 (1)(I).


             11759          (6) (a) If the commissioner determines that individual enrollment is causing a
             11760      substantial adverse effect on premiums, enrollment, or experience, the commissioner may
             11761      suspend, limit, or delay further individual enrollment for up to 12 months.
             11762          (b) The commissioner shall adopt rules to establish a uniform methodology for
             11763      calculating and reporting loss ratios for individual policies for determining whether the
             11764      individual enrollment provisions of Section 31A-30-108 should be waived for an individual
             11765      carrier experiencing significant and adverse financial impact as a result of complying with
             11766      those provisions.
             11767          Section 282. Section 31A-30-206 is amended to read:
             11768           31A-30-206. Minimum participation and contribution levels -- Premium
             11769      payments.
             11770          An insurer who offers a health benefit plan for which an employer has established a
             11771      defined contribution arrangement under the provisions of this part:
             11772          (1) [shall not] may not:
             11773          (a) establish an employer minimum contribution level for the health benefit plan
             11774      premium under Section 31A-30-112 , or any other law; or
             11775          (b) discontinue or non-renew a policy under Subsection 31A-30-107 (4) for failure to
             11776      maintain a minimum employer contribution level;
             11777          (2) shall accept premium payments for an enrollee from multiple sources through the
             11778      Internet portal, including:
             11779          (a) government assistance programs;
             11780          (b) contributions from a Section 125 Cafeteria plan, a health reimbursement
             11781      arrangement, or other qualified mechanism for pre-tax payments established by any employer
             11782      of the enrollee;
             11783          (c) contributions from a Section 125 Cafeteria plan, a health reimbursement
             11784      arrangement, or other qualified mechanism for pre-tax payments established by an employer of
             11785      a spouse or dependent of the enrollee; and
             11786          (d) contributions from private sources of premium assistance; and


             11787          (3) may require, as a condition of coverage, a minimum participation level for eligible
             11788      employees of an employer, which for purposes of the defined contribution arrangement market
             11789      may not exceed 75% participation.
             11790          Section 283. Section 31A-34-104 is amended to read:
             11791           31A-34-104. Alliance -- Required license.
             11792          (1) A person [must] shall be licensed as an alliance pursuant to this chapter to directly
             11793      or indirectly make available or otherwise arrange for health insurance through multiple
             11794      unaffiliated insurers through the use of coordinated actuarial models, coordinated underwriting,
             11795      or coordinated marketing methodologies.
             11796          (2) (a) A person may not hold itself out as a health insurance purchasing alliance,
             11797      purchasing alliance, health insurance purchasing cooperative, purchasing cooperative, or
             11798      otherwise use a similar name unless licensed by the commissioner as an alliance.
             11799          (b) Notwithstanding Subsection (2)(a), a person may hold itself out as a voluntary
             11800      health insurance purchasing association without being licensed by the commissioner as
             11801      provided in Section 31A-34-105 .
             11802          (3) To apply for licensure as an alliance, a person shall complete an application in a
             11803      form designated by the commissioner and file it with the commissioner, together with the
             11804      applicable filing fees determined by the commissioner under Section 63J-1-504 .
             11805          Section 284. Section 31A-34-107 is amended to read:
             11806           31A-34-107. Directors, trustees, and officers.
             11807          (1) To ensure representation of consumer interests, at least 25% of the board [must]
             11808      shall be enrollees, chosen under a plan proposed by the alliance and approved by the
             11809      commissioner.
             11810          (2) Those who sit as directors or trustees on the board or as officers or principals of the
             11811      corporation or trust [must] shall be trustworthy and collectively have the competence and
             11812      experience to carry out the activities of the alliance.
             11813          Section 285. Section 31A-36-107 is amended to read:
             11814           31A-36-107. Examinations and retention of records.


             11815          (1) The commissioner may conduct an examination of a life settlement provider or life
             11816      settlement producer in accordance with Sections 31A-2-203 , 31A-2-203.5 , 31A-2-204 , and
             11817      31A-2-205 .
             11818          (2) A life settlement provider or life settlement producer shall retain for five years
             11819      copies of:
             11820          (a) the following records, whether proposed, offered, or executed, from the later of the
             11821      date of the proposal, offer, or execution:
             11822          (i) contracts;
             11823          (ii) purchase agreements;
             11824          (iii) underwriting documents;
             11825          (iv) policy forms; and
             11826          (v) applications;
             11827          (b) checks, drafts, and other evidence or documentation relating to the payment,
             11828      transfer, or release of money, from the date of the transaction; and
             11829          (c) records and documents related to the requirements of this chapter.
             11830          (3) This section does not relieve a person of the obligation to produce a document
             11831      described in Subsection (2) to the commissioner after the expiration of the relevant period if
             11832      the person has retained the document.
             11833          (4) A record required by this section to be retained:
             11834          (a) [must] shall be legible and complete; and
             11835          (b) may be retained in any form or by any process that accurately reproduces or is a
             11836      durable medium for the reproduction of the record.
             11837          (5) An examiner may not be appointed by the commissioner if the examiner, either
             11838      directly or indirectly, has a conflict of interest or is affiliated with the management of or owns a
             11839      pecuniary interest in a person subject to examination under this chapter. This Subsection (5)
             11840      does not automatically preclude an examiner from being:
             11841          (a) an owner;
             11842          (b) an insured in a settled policy; or


             11843          (c) a beneficiary in a policy that is proposed to be settled.
             11844          (6) (a) An examinee under this section shall reimburse the cost of an examination to the
             11845      department consistent with Section 31A-2-205 .
             11846          (b) Notwithstanding Subsection (6)(a), an individual life settlement producer is not
             11847      subject to Section 31A-2-205 .
             11848          Section 286. Section 31A-36-109 is amended to read:
             11849           31A-36-109. General requirements.
             11850          (1) If a life settlement provider transfers ownership or changes the beneficiary of a
             11851      settled policy, the life settlement provider shall inform the insured of the transfer or change
             11852      within 20 calendar days.
             11853          (2) A life settlement provider that enters a life settlement shall first obtain:
             11854          (a) if the owner is the insured, a written statement from a licensed attending physician
             11855      that the owner is of sound mind and under no constraint or undue influence to enter a life
             11856      settlement;
             11857          (b) a witnessed document in which the owner represents that:
             11858          (i) the owner has a full and complete understanding of the life settlement and the
             11859      benefits of the policy;
             11860          (ii) the owner has entered the life settlement freely and voluntarily; and
             11861          (iii) if applicable, the insured is terminally ill or chronically ill and that the illness was
             11862      diagnosed after the policy was issued; and
             11863          (c) a document in which the insured consents to the release of the insured's medical
             11864      records to:
             11865          (i) a life settlement provider;
             11866          (ii) a life settlement producer; and
             11867          (iii) the insurer that issued the policy covering the insured.
             11868          (3) Within 20 calendar days after an owner executes documents necessary to transfer
             11869      rights under a policy, or enters into an agreement in any form, express or implied, to settle the
             11870      policy, the life settlement provider shall give written notice to the issuer of the policy that the


             11871      policy has or will become settled. The notice [must] shall be accompanied by a copy of the
             11872      documents required by Subsection (4).
             11873          (4) The life settlement provider shall deliver a copy of the following to the insurer that
             11874      issued the policy that is the subject of the life settlement:
             11875          (a) the medical release required under Subsection (2)(c);
             11876          (b) a copy of the owner's application for the life settlement; and
             11877          (c) the notice required under Subsection (3).
             11878          (5) (a) An insurer shall complete and return a request for verification of coverage not
             11879      later than 30 calendar days after the day on which the request is received. In its response, the
             11880      insurer shall indicate whether the insurer intends to pursue an investigation regarding the
             11881      validity of the insurance contract.
             11882          (b) An insurer may not require that a person making a request under Subsection (5)(a)
             11883      provide the insurer additional information in order for the insurer to comply with Subsection
             11884      (5)(a), if the person provides the insurer:
             11885          (i) a request for verification of coverage made on an original, facsimile, or electronic
             11886      copy of a verification of coverage for a policy document adopted by the commissioner by rule
             11887      made in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act; and
             11888          (ii) an authorization that accompanies the verification described in Subsection (5)(b)(i)
             11889      signed by the owner.
             11890          (6) Medical information solicited or obtained by a life settlement provider or life
             11891      settlement producer is subject to:
             11892          (a) other laws of this state relating to the confidentiality of the information; and
             11893          (b) a rule relating to privacy of medical or personal information promulgated by the
             11894      commissioner under Title V, Section 505 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, 15 U.S.C.
             11895      Sec. 6805.
             11896          (7) (a) (i) A life settlement entered into in this state [must] shall reserve to the owner
             11897      an unconditional right to rescind the life settlement within the rescission period provided for in
             11898      this Subsection (7).


             11899          (ii) The rescission period ends 15 calendar days after the day on which the owner
             11900      receives the proceeds of the life settlement.
             11901          (iii) Rescission by an owner may be conditioned on the owner giving notice and
             11902      repaying to the life settlement provider within the rescission period all proceeds of the life
             11903      settlement and any premium, loan, or loan interest paid by or on behalf of the life settlement
             11904      provider in connection with or as a consequence of the life settlement.
             11905          (b) If the insured dies during the rescission period, the life settlement is considered to
             11906      be rescinded if the proceeds, premiums, loans, and loan interest paid by the life settlement
             11907      provider or life settlement purchaser are repaid within 60 calendar days of the day on which the
             11908      insured dies.
             11909          (8) (a) Contact with an insured to determine the health status of the insured after a life
             11910      settlement may be made only by a life settlement provider or life settlement producer that is
             11911      licensed in this state, or its authorized representative, and no more than:
             11912          (i) once every three months if the insured has a life expectancy of one year or more; or
             11913          (ii) once every month if the insured has a life expectancy of less than one year.
             11914          (b) A life settlement provider or life settlement producer shall explain the procedure for
             11915      the contacts allowed under this Subsection (8) to the owner when the application for the life
             11916      settlement is signed by all participants in the life settlement.
             11917          (c) The limitations of this Subsection (8) do not apply to contacts for purposes other
             11918      than determining health status.
             11919          (d) A life settlement provider or life settlement producer is responsible for the acts of
             11920      its authorized representative in violation of this Subsection (8).
             11921          (9) The trustee of a related provider trust [must] shall agree in writing with the life
             11922      settlement provider that:
             11923          (a) the life settlement provider is responsible for ensuring compliance with all statutory
             11924      and regulatory requirements; and
             11925          (b) the trustee will make all records and files related to life settlements available to the
             11926      commissioner as if those records and files were maintained directly by the life settlement


             11927      provider.
             11928          (10) Regardless of the method of compensation, a life settlement producer:
             11929          (a) represents only the owner; and
             11930          (b) owes a fiduciary duty to the owner to act according to the owner's instructions and
             11931      in the best interest of the owner.
             11932          Section 287. Section 31A-36-110 is amended to read:
             11933           31A-36-110. Payment and document requirements.
             11934          (1) (a) A life settlement provider shall instruct the owner to send the executed
             11935      documents required to effect the change in ownership or assignment or change of beneficiary
             11936      of the affected policy to a designated independent escrow agent.
             11937          (b) Within three business days after the day on which the escrow agent receives the
             11938      documents, or within three business days after the day on which the life settlement provider
             11939      receives the documents if by mistake they are sent directly to the life settlement provider, the
             11940      life settlement provider shall deposit the proceeds of the life settlement into an escrow or trust
             11941      account of the escrow agent in a federally insured depository institution.
             11942          (2) (a) Upon completion of the requirements of Subsection (1), the escrow agent shall
             11943      deliver the original documents executed by the owner to:
             11944          (i) the life settlement provider; or
             11945          (ii) a related provider trust or other designated representative of the life settlement
             11946      provider.
             11947          (b) Upon the life settlement provider's receipt from the insurer of an acknowledgment
             11948      of the change in ownership or assignment or change of beneficiary of the affected policy, the
             11949      life settlement provider shall instruct the escrow agent to pay the proceeds of the life settlement
             11950      to the owner.
             11951          (3) Payment to the owner [must] shall be made within three business days after the day
             11952      on which the life settlement provider receives the acknowledgment from the insurer. Failure to
             11953      make the payment within that time makes the life settlement voidable by the owner for lack of
             11954      consideration until payment is tendered to and accepted by the owner.


             11955          Section 288. Section 31A-36-112 is amended to read:
             11956           31A-36-112. Advertising regulations.
             11957          (1) (a) A life settlement provider or life settlement producer shall establish and
             11958      continuously maintain a system of control over the content, form, and method of dissemination
             11959      of advertisements of the life settlement provider's or life settlement producer's contracts and
             11960      services.
             11961          (b) An advertisement is the responsibility of the life settlement provider or life
             11962      settlement producer as well as the person that creates or presents the advertisement.
             11963          (c) A system of control [must] shall include at least annual notification to persons
             11964      authorized by the life settlement provider or life settlement producer that disseminate
             11965      advertisements of the requirements and procedures for approval before use of any
             11966      advertisements not furnished by the life settlement provider or life settlement producer.
             11967          (2) An advertisement [must] shall be truthful and not misleading in fact or by
             11968      implication, as determined by the commissioner from the overall impression it may reasonably
             11969      be expected to create upon a person of average education or intelligence in the segment of the
             11970      public to which it is directed.
             11971          (3) A false or misleading statement is not remedied by:
             11972          (a) making a life settlement available for inspection before it is consummated; or
             11973          (b) offering to refund payment if the owner is not satisfied within the period prescribed
             11974      in Subsection 31A-36-109 (7).
             11975          Section 289. Section 31A-36-114 is amended to read:
             11976           31A-36-114. Reporting of fraud and immunity.
             11977          (1) A person engaged in the business of life settlements that knows or reasonably
             11978      suspects that a violation of Section 31A-36-113 is being, has been, or will be committed shall
             11979      provide to the commissioner the information required by, and in a manner prescribed by, the
             11980      commissioner.
             11981          (2) A person not engaged in the business of life settlements that knows or reasonably
             11982      believes that a violation of Section 31A-36-113 is being, has been, or will be committed may


             11983      furnish to the commissioner the information required by, and in a manner prescribed by, the
             11984      commissioner.
             11985          (3) Except as provided in Subsection (4), a person furnishing information of the kind
             11986      described in this section is immune from liability and civil action if the information is
             11987      furnished to or received from:
             11988          (a) the commissioner or the commissioner's employees, agents, or representatives;
             11989          (b) federal, state, or local law enforcement or regulatory officials or their employees,
             11990      agents, or representatives;
             11991          (c) another person involved in the prevention or detection of violations of Section
             11992      31A-36-113 or that person's employees, agents, or representatives;
             11993          (d) the following organizations or their employees, agents, or representatives:
             11994          (i) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners;
             11995          (ii) the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority;
             11996          (iii) the North American Securities Administrators Association; or
             11997          (iv) another regulatory body overseeing life insurance, life settlements, securities, or
             11998      investment fraud; or
             11999          (e) the insurer that issued the policy concerned in the information.
             12000          (4) The immunity provided in Subsection (3) does not extend to a statement made with
             12001      actual malice. In an action brought against a person for filing a report or furnishing other
             12002      information concerning a violation of this section, the plaintiff [must] shall plead specifically
             12003      that the defendant acted with actual malice.
             12004          (5) A person furnishing information as identified in Subsection (3) is entitled to an
             12005      award of attorney fees and costs if:
             12006          (a) the person is the prevailing party in a civil cause of action for libel, slander, or
             12007      another relevant tort arising out of activities in carrying out the provisions of this chapter; and
             12008          (b) the action did not have a reasonable basis in law or fact at the time it was initiated.
             12009          (6) This section does not supplant or modify any other privilege or immunity at
             12010      common law or under another statute.


             12011          Section 290. Section 31A-37-105 is amended to read:
             12012           31A-37-105. Operation of a branch captive insurance company.
             12013          Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, a branch captive insurance company
             12014      [must] shall be a pure captive insurance company with respect to operations in this state, unless
             12015      otherwise permitted by the commissioner under Section 31A-37-106 .
             12016          Section 291. Section 31A-37-106 is amended to read:
             12017           31A-37-106. Authority to make rules -- Authority to issue orders.
             12018          (1) In accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act, the
             12019      commissioner may adopt rules to:
             12020          (a) determine circumstances under which a branch captive insurance company is not
             12021      required to be a pure captive insurance company;
             12022          (b) require a statement, document, or information that a captive insurance company
             12023      [must] shall provide to the commissioner to obtain a certificate of authority;
             12024          (c) determine a factor a captive insurance company shall provide evidence of under
             12025      Subsection 31A-37-202 (4)(c);
             12026          (d) prescribe one or more capital requirements for a captive insurance company in
             12027      addition to those required under Section 31A-37-204 based on the type, volume, and nature of
             12028      insurance business transacted by the captive insurance company;
             12029          (e) establish:
             12030          (i) the amount of capital or surplus required to be retained under Subsection
             12031      31A-37-205 (4) at the payment of a dividend or other distribution by a captive insurance
             12032      company; or
             12033          (ii) a formula to determine the amount described in Subsection 31A-37-205 (4);
             12034          (f) waive or modify a requirement for public notice and hearing for the following by a
             12035      captive insurance company:
             12036          (i) merger;
             12037          (ii) consolidation;
             12038          (iii) conversion;


             12039          (iv) mutualization; or
             12040          (v) redomestication;
             12041          (g) approve the use of one or more reliable methods of valuation and rating for:
             12042          (i) an association captive insurance company;
             12043          (ii) a sponsored captive insurance company; or
             12044          (iii) an industrial insured group;
             12045          (h) prohibit or limit an investment that threatens the solvency or liquidity of:
             12046          (i) a pure captive insurance company; or
             12047          (ii) an industrial insured captive insurance company;
             12048          (i) determine the financial reports a sponsored captive insurance company shall
             12049      annually file with the commissioner;
             12050          (j) prescribe the required forms and reports under Section 31A-37-501 ; and
             12051          (k) establish one or more standards to ensure that:
             12052          (i) one of the following is able to exercise control of the risk management function of a
             12053      controlled unaffiliated business to be insured by a pure captive insurance company:
             12054          (A) a parent; or
             12055          (B) an affiliated company of a parent; or
             12056          (ii) one of the following is able to exercise control of the risk management function of
             12057      a controlled unaffiliated business to be insured by an industrial insured captive insurance
             12058      company:
             12059          (A) an industrial insured; or
             12060          (B) an affiliated company of the industrial insured.
             12061          (2) Notwithstanding Subsection (1)(k), until the commissioner adopts the rules
             12062      authorized under Subsection (1)(k), the commissioner may by temporary order grant authority
             12063      to insure risks to:
             12064          (a) a pure captive insurance company; or
             12065          (b) an industrial insured captive insurance company.
             12066          (3) The commissioner may issue prohibitory, mandatory, and other orders relating to a


             12067      captive insurance company as necessary to enable the commissioner to secure compliance with
             12068      this chapter.
             12069          Section 292. Section 31A-37-202 is amended to read:
             12070           31A-37-202. Permissive areas of insurance.
             12071          (1) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (1)(b), when permitted by its articles of
             12072      incorporation or charter, a captive insurance company may apply to the commissioner for a
             12073      certificate of authority to do all insurance authorized by this title except workers' compensation
             12074      insurance.
             12075          (b) Notwithstanding Subsection (1)(a):
             12076          (i) a pure captive insurance company may not insure a risk other than a risk of:
             12077          (A) its parent or affiliate;
             12078          (B) a controlled unaffiliated business; or
             12079          (C) a combination of Subsections (1)(b)(i)(A) and (B);
             12080          (ii) an association captive insurance company may not insure a risk other than a risk of:
             12081          (A) an affiliate;
             12082          (B) a member organization of its association; and
             12083          (C) an affiliate of a member organization of its association;
             12084          (iii) an industrial insured captive insurance company may not insure a risk other than a
             12085      risk of:
             12086          (A) an industrial insured that is part of the industrial insured group;
             12087          (B) an affiliate of an industrial insured that is part of the industrial insured group; and
             12088          (C) a controlled unaffiliated business of:
             12089          (I) an industrial insured that is part of the industrial insured group; or
             12090          (II) an affiliate of an industrial insured that is part of the industrial insured group;
             12091          (iv) a special purpose captive insurance company may only insure a risk of its parent;
             12092          (v) a captive insurance company may not provide:
             12093          (A) personal motor vehicle insurance coverage;
             12094          (B) homeowner's insurance coverage; or


             12095          (C) a component of a coverage described in this Subsection (1)(b)(v); and
             12096          (vi) a captive insurance company may not accept or cede reinsurance except as
             12097      provided in Section 31A-37-303 .
             12098          (c) Notwithstanding Subsection (1)(b)(iv), for a risk approved by the commissioner a
             12099      special purpose captive insurance company may provide:
             12100          (i) insurance;
             12101          (ii) reinsurance; or
             12102          (iii) both insurance and reinsurance.
             12103          (2) To conduct insurance business in this state a captive insurance company shall:
             12104          (a) obtain from the commissioner a certificate of authority authorizing it to conduct
             12105      insurance business in this state;
             12106          (b) hold at least once each year in this state:
             12107          (i) a board of directors meeting; or
             12108          (ii) in the case of a reciprocal insurer, a subscriber's advisory committee meeting;
             12109          (c) maintain in this state:
             12110          (i) the principal place of business of the captive insurance company; or
             12111          (ii) in the case of a branch captive insurance company, the principal place of business
             12112      for the branch operations of the branch captive insurance company; and
             12113          (d) except as provided in Subsection (3), appoint a resident registered agent to accept
             12114      service of process and to otherwise act on behalf of the captive insurance company in this state.
             12115          (3) Notwithstanding Subsection (2)(d), in the case of a captive insurance company
             12116      formed as a corporation or a reciprocal insurer, if the registered agent cannot with reasonable
             12117      diligence be found at the registered office of the captive insurance company, the commissioner
             12118      is the agent of the captive insurance company upon whom process, notice, or demand may be
             12119      served.
             12120          (4) (a) Before receiving a certificate of authority, a captive insurance company:
             12121          (i) formed as a corporation shall file with the commissioner:
             12122          (A) a certified copy of:


             12123          (I) articles of incorporation or the charter of the corporation; and
             12124          (II) bylaws of the corporation;
             12125          (B) a statement under oath of the president and secretary of the corporation showing
             12126      the financial condition of the corporation; and
             12127          (C) any other statement or document required by the commissioner under Section
             12128      31A-37-106 ;
             12129          (ii) formed as a reciprocal shall:
             12130          (A) file with the commissioner:
             12131          (I) a certified copy of the power of attorney of the attorney-in-fact of the reciprocal;
             12132          (II) a certified copy of the subscribers' agreement of the reciprocal;
             12133          (III) a statement under oath of the attorney-in-fact of the reciprocal showing the
             12134      financial condition of the reciprocal; and
             12135          (IV) any other statement or document required by the commissioner under Section
             12136      31A-37-106 ; and
             12137          (B) submit to the commissioner for approval a description of the:
             12138          (I) coverages;
             12139          (II) deductibles;
             12140          (III) coverage limits;
             12141          (IV) rates; and
             12142          (V) any other information the commissioner requires under Section 31A-37-106 .
             12143          (b) (i) If there is a subsequent material change in an item in the description required
             12144      under Subsection (4)(a)(ii)(B) for a reciprocal captive insurance company, the reciprocal
             12145      captive insurance company shall submit to the commissioner for approval an appropriate
             12146      revision to the description required under Subsection (4)(a)(ii)(B).
             12147          (ii) A reciprocal captive insurance company that is required to submit a revision under
             12148      Subsection (4)(b)(i) may not offer any additional types of insurance until the commissioner
             12149      approves a revision of the description.
             12150          (iii) A reciprocal captive insurance company shall inform the commissioner of a


             12151      material change in a rate within 30 days of the adoption of the change.
             12152          (c) In addition to the information required by Subsection (4)(a), an applicant captive
             12153      insurance company shall file with the commissioner evidence of:
             12154          (i) the amount and liquidity of the assets of the applicant captive insurance company
             12155      relative to the risks to be assumed by the applicant captive insurance company;
             12156          (ii) the adequacy of the expertise, experience, and character of the person who will
             12157      manage the applicant captive insurance company;
             12158          (iii) the overall soundness of the plan of operation of the applicant captive insurance
             12159      company;
             12160          (iv) the adequacy of the loss prevention programs for the following of the applicant
             12161      captive insurance company:
             12162          (A) a parent;
             12163          (B) a member organization; or
             12164          (C) an industrial insured; and
             12165          (v) any other factor the commissioner:
             12166          (A) adopts by rule under Section 31A-37-106 ; and
             12167          (B) considers relevant in ascertaining whether the applicant captive insurance company
             12168      will be able to meet the policy obligations of the applicant captive insurance company.
             12169          (d) In addition to the information required by Subsections (4)(a), (b), and (c), an
             12170      applicant sponsored captive insurance company shall file with the commissioner:
             12171          (i) a business plan at the level of detail required by the commissioner under Section
             12172      31A-37-106 demonstrating:
             12173          (A) the manner in which the applicant sponsored captive insurance company will
             12174      account for the losses and expenses of each protected cell; and
             12175          (B) the manner in which the applicant sponsored captive insurance company will report
             12176      to the commissioner the financial history, including losses and expenses, of each protected cell;
             12177          (ii) a statement acknowledging that the applicant sponsored captive insurance company
             12178      will make all financial records of the applicant sponsored captive insurance company,


             12179      including records pertaining to a protected cell, available for inspection or examination by the
             12180      commissioner;
             12181          (iii) a contract or sample contract between the applicant sponsored captive insurance
             12182      company and a participant; and
             12183          (iv) evidence that expenses will be allocated to each protected cell in an equitable
             12184      manner.
             12185          (5) (a) Information submitted pursuant to Subsection (4) is classified as a protected
             12186      record under Title 63G, Chapter 2, Government Records Access and Management Act.
             12187          (b) Notwithstanding Title 63G, Chapter 2, Government Records Access and
             12188      Management Act, the commissioner may disclose information submitted pursuant to
             12189      Subsection (4) to a public official having jurisdiction over the regulation of insurance in
             12190      another state if:
             12191          (i) the public official receiving the information agrees in writing to maintain the
             12192      confidentiality of the information; and
             12193          (ii) the laws of the state in which the public official serves require the information to be
             12194      confidential.
             12195          (c) This Subsection (5) does not apply to information provided by an industrial insured
             12196      captive insurance company insuring the risks of an industrial insured group.
             12197          (6) (a) A captive insurance company shall pay to the department the following
             12198      nonrefundable fees established by the department under Sections 31A-3-103 and 63J-1-504 :
             12199          (i) a fee for examining, investigating, and processing, by a department employee, of an
             12200      application for a certificate of authority made by a captive insurance company;
             12201          (ii) a fee for obtaining a certificate of authority for the year the captive insurance
             12202      company is issued a certificate of authority by the department; and
             12203          (iii) a certificate of authority renewal fee.
             12204          (b) The commissioner may:
             12205          (i) retain legal, financial, and examination services from outside the department to
             12206      perform the services described in:


             12207          (A) Subsection (6)(a); and
             12208          (B) Section 31A-37-502 ; and
             12209          (ii) charge the reasonable cost of services described in Subsection (6)(b)(i) to the
             12210      applicant captive insurance company.
             12211          (7) If the commissioner is satisfied that the documents and statements filed by the
             12212      applicant captive insurance company comply with this chapter, the commissioner may grant a
             12213      certificate of authority authorizing the company to do insurance business in this state.
             12214          (8) A certificate of authority granted under this section expires annually and [must]
             12215      shall be renewed by July 1 of each year.
             12216          Section 293. Section 31A-37-301 is amended to read:
             12217           31A-37-301. Incorporation.
             12218          (1) A pure captive insurance company or a sponsored captive insurance company shall
             12219      be incorporated as a stock insurer with the capital of the pure captive insurance company or
             12220      sponsored captive insurance company:
             12221          (a) divided into shares; and
             12222          (b) held by the stockholders of the pure captive insurance company or sponsored
             12223      captive insurance company.
             12224          (2) An association captive insurance company or an industrial insured captive
             12225      insurance company may be:
             12226          (a) incorporated as a stock insurer with the capital of the association captive insurance
             12227      company or industrial insured captive insurance company:
             12228          (i) divided into shares; and
             12229          (ii) held by the stockholders of the association captive insurance company or industrial
             12230      insured captive insurance company;
             12231          (b) incorporated as a mutual insurer without capital stock, with a governing body
             12232      elected by the member organizations of the association captive insurance company or industrial
             12233      insured captive insurance company; or
             12234          (c) organized as a reciprocal.


             12235          (3) A captive insurance company may not have fewer than three incorporators of whom
             12236      not fewer than two [must] shall be residents of this state.
             12237          (4) (a) Before a captive insurance company formed as a corporation files the
             12238      corporation's articles of incorporation with the Division of Corporations and Commercial
             12239      Code, the incorporators shall obtain from the commissioner a certificate finding that the
             12240      establishment and maintenance of the proposed corporation will promote the general good of
             12241      the state.
             12242          (b) In considering a request for a certificate under Subsection (4)(a), the commissioner
             12243      shall consider:
             12244          (i) the character, reputation, financial standing, and purposes of the incorporators;
             12245          (ii) the character, reputation, financial responsibility, insurance experience, business
             12246      qualifications of the officers and directors;
             12247          (iii) any information in:
             12248          (A) the application for a certificate of authority; or
             12249          (B) the department's files; and
             12250          (iv) other aspects the commissioner considers advisable.
             12251          (5) (a) A captive insurance company formed as a corporation shall file with the
             12252      Division of Corporations and Commercial Code:
             12253          (i) the captive insurance company's articles of incorporation;
             12254          (ii) the certificate issued pursuant to Subsection (4); and
             12255          (iii) the fees required by the Division of Corporations and Commercial Code.
             12256          (b) The Division of Corporations and Commercial Code shall file both the articles of
             12257      incorporation and the certificate described in Subsection (4) for a captive insurance company
             12258      that complies with this section.
             12259          (6) (a) The organizers of a captive insurance company formed as a reciprocal insurer
             12260      shall obtain from the commissioner a certificate finding that the establishment and maintenance
             12261      of the proposed association will promote the general good of the state.
             12262          (b) In considering a request for a certificate under Subsection (6)(a), the commissioner


             12263      shall consider:
             12264          (i) the character, reputation, financial standing, and purposes of the incorporators;
             12265          (ii) the character, reputation, financial responsibility, insurance experience, and
             12266      business qualifications of the officers and directors;
             12267          (iii) any information in:
             12268          (A) the application for a certificate of authority; or
             12269          (B) the department's files; and
             12270          (iv) other aspects the commissioner considers advisable.
             12271          (7) (a) An alien captive insurance company that has received a certificate of authority
             12272      to act as a branch captive insurance company shall obtain from the commissioner a certificate
             12273      finding that:
             12274          (i) the home state of the alien captive insurance company imposes statutory or
             12275      regulatory standards in a form acceptable to the commissioner on companies transacting the
             12276      business of insurance in that state; and
             12277          (ii) after considering the character, reputation, financial responsibility, insurance
             12278      experience, and business qualifications of the officers and directors of the alien captive
             12279      insurance company, and other relevant information, the establishment and maintenance of the
             12280      branch operations will promote the general good of the state.
             12281          (b) After the commissioner issues a certificate under Subsection (7)(a) to an alien
             12282      captive insurance company, the alien captive insurance company may register to do business in
             12283      this state.
             12284          (8) The capital stock of a captive insurance company incorporated as a stock insurer
             12285      may not be issued at less than par value.
             12286          (9) At least one of the members of the board of directors of a captive insurance
             12287      company formed as a corporation shall be a resident of this state.
             12288          (10) At least one of the members of the subscribers' advisory committee of a captive
             12289      insurance company formed as a reciprocal insurer shall be a resident of this state.
             12290          (11) (a) A captive insurance company formed as a corporation under this chapter has


             12291      the privileges and is subject to the provisions of the general corporation law as well as the
             12292      applicable provisions contained in this chapter.
             12293          (b) If a conflict exists between a provision of the general corporation law and a
             12294      provision of this chapter, this chapter shall control.
             12295          (c) Except as provided in Subsection (11)(d), the provisions of this title pertaining to a
             12296      merger, consolidation, conversion, mutualization, and redomestication apply in determining the
             12297      procedures to be followed by a captive insurance company in carrying out any of the
             12298      transactions described in those provisions.
             12299          (d) Notwithstanding Subsection (11)(c), the commissioner may waive or modify the
             12300      requirements for public notice and hearing in accordance with rules adopted under Section
             12301      31A-37-106 .
             12302          (e) If a notice of public hearing is required, but no one requests a hearing, the
             12303      commissioner may cancel the public hearing.
             12304          (12) (a) A captive insurance company formed as a reciprocal insurer under this chapter
             12305      has the powers set forth in Section 31A-4-114 in addition to the applicable provisions of this
             12306      chapter.
             12307          (b) If a conflict exists between the provisions of Section 31A-4-114 and the provisions
             12308      of this chapter with respect to a captive insurance company, this chapter shall control.
             12309          (c) To the extent a reciprocal insurer is made subject to other provisions of this title
             12310      pursuant to Section 31A-14-208 , the provisions are not applicable to a reciprocal insurer
             12311      formed under this chapter unless the provisions are expressly made applicable to a captive
             12312      insurance company under this chapter.
             12313          (d) In addition to the provisions of this Subsection (12), a captive insurance company
             12314      organized as a reciprocal insurer that is an industrial insured group has the privileges of Section
             12315      31A-4-114 in addition to applicable provisions of this title.
             12316          (13) The articles of incorporation or bylaws of a captive insurance company may not
             12317      authorize a quorum of a board of directors to consist of fewer than [1/3] one-third of the fixed
             12318      or prescribed number of directors as provided in Section 16-10a-824 .


             12319          Section 294. Section 31A-37-302 is amended to read:
             12320           31A-37-302. Investment requirements.
             12321          (1) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (1)(b), an association captive insurance
             12322      company, a sponsored captive insurance company, and an industrial insured group shall
             12323      comply with the investment requirements contained in this title.
             12324          (b) Notwithstanding Subsection (1)(a) and any other provision of this title, the
             12325      commissioner may approve the use of alternative reliable methods of valuation and rating
             12326      under Section 31A-37-106 for:
             12327          (i) an association captive insurance company;
             12328          (ii) a sponsored captive insurance company; or
             12329          (iii) an industrial insured group.
             12330          (2) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (2)(b), a pure captive insurance company or
             12331      industrial insured captive insurance company is not subject to any restrictions on allowable
             12332      investments contained in this title.
             12333          (b) Notwithstanding Subsection (2)(a), the commissioner may, under Section
             12334      31A-37-106 , prohibit or limit an investment that threatens the solvency or liquidity of:
             12335          (i) a pure captive insurance company; or
             12336          (ii) an industrial insured captive insurance company.
             12337          (3) (a) (i) Except as provided in Subsection (3)(a)(ii), a captive insurance company may
             12338      not make loans to:
             12339          (A) the parent company of the captive insurance company; or
             12340          (B) an affiliate of the captive insurance company.
             12341          (ii) Notwithstanding Subsection (3)(a)(i), a pure captive insurance company may make
             12342      loans to:
             12343          (A) the parent company of the pure captive insurance company; or
             12344          (B) an affiliate of the pure captive insurance company.
             12345          (b) A loan under Subsection (3)(a):
             12346          (i) may be made only on the prior written approval of the commissioner; and


             12347          (ii) [must] shall be evidenced by a note in a form approved by the commissioner.
             12348          (c) A pure captive insurance company may not make a loan from:
             12349          (i) the paid-in capital required under Subsection 31A-37-204 (1); or
             12350          (ii) the free surplus required under Subsection 31A-37-205 (1).
             12351          Section 295. Section 31A-37-306 is amended to read:
             12352           31A-37-306. Conversion or merger.
             12353          (1) An association captive insurance company or industrial insured group formed as a
             12354      stock or mutual corporation may be:
             12355          (a) converted to a reciprocal insurer in accordance with a plan and this section; or
             12356          (b) merged with and into a reciprocal insurer in accordance with a plan and this
             12357      section.
             12358          (2) A plan for a conversion or merger under this section:
             12359          (a) shall be fair and equitable to:
             12360          (i) the shareholders, in the case of a stock insurer; or
             12361          (ii) the policyholders, in the case of a mutual insurer; and
             12362          (b) shall provide for the purchase of:
             12363          (i) the shares of any nonconsenting shareholder of a stock insurer in substantially the
             12364      same manner and subject to the same rights and conditions as are provided a dissenting
             12365      shareholder; or
             12366          (ii) the policyholder interest of any nonconsenting policyholder of a mutual insurer in
             12367      substantially the same manner and subject to the same rights and conditions as are provided a
             12368      dissenting policyholder.
             12369          (3) In the case of a conversion authorized under Subsection (1):
             12370          (a) the conversion [must] shall be accomplished under a reasonable plan and procedure
             12371      that are approved by the commissioner;
             12372          (b) the commissioner may not approve the plan of conversion under this section unless
             12373      the plan:
             12374          (i) satisfies Subsections (2) and (6);


             12375          (ii) provides for the conversion of existing stockholder or policyholder interests into
             12376      subscriber interests in the resulting reciprocal insurer, proportionate to stockholder or
             12377      policyholder interests in the stock or mutual insurer; and
             12378          (iii) is approved:
             12379          (A) in the case of a stock insurer, by a majority of the shares entitled to vote
             12380      represented in person or by proxy at a duly called regular or special meeting at which a quorum
             12381      is present; or
             12382          (B) in the case of a mutual insurer, by a majority of the voting interests of
             12383      policyholders represented in person or by proxy at a duly called regular or special meeting at
             12384      which a quorum is present;
             12385          (c) the commissioner shall approve a plan of conversion if the commissioner finds that
             12386      the conversion will promote the general good of the state in conformity with the standards
             12387      under Subsection 31A-37-301 (4);
             12388          (d) if the commissioner approves a plan of conversion, the commissioner shall amend
             12389      the converting insurer's certificate of authority to reflect conversion to a reciprocal insurer and
             12390      issue the amended certificate of authority to the company's attorney-in-fact;
             12391          (e) upon issuance of an amended certificate of authority of a reciprocal insurer by the
             12392      commissioner, the conversion is effective; and
             12393          (f) upon the effectiveness of the conversion:
             12394          (i) the corporate existence of the converting insurer shall cease; and
             12395          (ii) the resulting reciprocal insurer shall notify the Division of Corporations and
             12396      Commercial Code of the conversion.
             12397          (4) A merger authorized under Subsection (1) shall be accomplished substantially in
             12398      accordance with the procedures set forth in this title except that, solely for purposes of the
             12399      merger:
             12400          (a) the plan or merger shall satisfy Subsection (2);
             12401          (b) the subscribers' advisory committee of a reciprocal insurer shall be equivalent to the
             12402      board of directors of a stock or mutual insurance company;


             12403          (c) the subscribers of a reciprocal insurer shall be the equivalent of the policyholders of
             12404      a mutual insurance company;
             12405          (d) if a subscribers' advisory committee does not have a president or secretary, the
             12406      officers of the committee having substantially equivalent duties are the president and secretary
             12407      of the committee;
             12408          (e) the commissioner shall approve the articles of merger if the commissioner finds that
             12409      the merger will promote the general good of the state in conformity with the standards under
             12410      Subsection 31A-37-301 (4);
             12411          (f) notwithstanding Sections 31A-37-204 and 31A-37-205 , the commissioner may
             12412      permit the formation, without capital and surplus, of a captive insurance company organized as
             12413      a reciprocal insurer, into which an existing captive insurance company may be merged to
             12414      facilitate a transaction under this section, if there is no more than one authorized insurance
             12415      company surviving the merger; and
             12416          (g) an alien insurer may be a party to a merger authorized under Subsection (1) if:
             12417          (i) the requirements for the merger between a domestic and a foreign insurer under
             12418      Chapter 16, Insurance Holding Companies, are applied to the merger; and
             12419          (ii) the alien insurer is treated as a foreign insurer under Chapter 16, Insurance Holding
             12420      Companies.
             12421          (5) If the commissioner approves the articles of merger under this section:
             12422          (a) the commissioner shall endorse the commissioner's approval on the articles; and
             12423          (b) the surviving insurer shall present the name to the Division of Corporations and
             12424      Commercial Code.
             12425          (6) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (6)(b), a conversion authorized under
             12426      Subsection (1) [must] shall provide for a hearing, of which notice has been given to the insurer,
             12427      its directors, officers and stockholders, in the case of a stock insurer, or policyholders, in the
             12428      case of a mutual insurer, all of whom have the right to appear at the hearing.
             12429          (b) Notwithstanding Subsection (6)(a), the commissioner may waive or modify the
             12430      requirements for the hearing.


             12431          (c) If a notice of hearing is required, but no hearing is requested, after notice has been
             12432      given under Subsection (6)(a), the commissioner may cancel the hearing.
             12433          Section 296. Section 31A-37-402 is amended to read:
             12434           31A-37-402. Sponsored captive insurance companies -- Certificate of authority
             12435      mandatory.
             12436          (1) A sponsor of a sponsored captive insurance company shall be:
             12437          (a) an insurer authorized or approved under the laws of a state;
             12438          (b) a reinsurer authorized or approved under the laws of a state;
             12439          (c) a captive insurance company holding a certificate of authority under this chapter;
             12440          (d) an insurance holding company that:
             12441          (i) controls an insurer licensed pursuant to the laws of a state; and
             12442          (ii) is subject to registration pursuant to the holding company system of laws of the
             12443      state of domicile of the insurer described in Subsection (1)(d)(i); or
             12444          (e) another person approved by the commissioner after finding that the approval of the
             12445      person as a sponsor is not inconsistent with the purposes of this chapter.
             12446          (2) (a) The business written by a sponsored captive insurance company with respect to
             12447      a protected cell shall be fronted by an insurer that is:
             12448          (i) authorized or approved:
             12449          (A) under the laws of a state; or
             12450          (B) under any jurisdiction if the insurance company is a wholly owned subsidiary of an
             12451      insurance company licensed pursuant to the laws of a state;
             12452          (ii) reinsured by a reinsurer authorized or approved by this state; or
             12453          (iii) subject to Subsection (2)(b), secured by a trust fund:
             12454          (A) in the United States;
             12455          (B) for the benefit of policyholders and claimants; and
             12456          (C) funded by an irrevocable letter of credit or other asset acceptable to the
             12457      commissioner.
             12458          (b) (i) The amount of security provided by the trust fund described in Subsection


             12459      (2)(a)(iii) may not be less than the reserves associated with the liabilities of the trust fund,
             12460      including:
             12461          (A) reserves for losses;
             12462          (B) allocated loss adjustment expenses;
             12463          (C) incurred but unreported losses; and
             12464          (D) unearned premiums for business written through the participant's protected cell.
             12465          (ii) The commissioner may require the sponsored captive insurance company to
             12466      increase the funding of a trust established pursuant to this Subsection (2).
             12467          (iii) If the form of security in the trust described in Subsection (2)(a)(iii) is a letter of
             12468      credit, the letter of credit [must] shall be established, issued, or confirmed by a bank that is:
             12469          (A) chartered in this state;
             12470          (B) a member of the federal reserve system; or
             12471          (C) chartered by another state if that state-chartered bank is acceptable to the
             12472      commissioner.
             12473          (iv) A trust and trust instrument maintained pursuant to this Subsection (2) shall be in a
             12474      form and upon terms approved by the commissioner.
             12475          (3) A risk retention group may not be either a sponsor or a participant of a sponsored
             12476      captive insurance company.
             12477          Section 297. Section 31A-37-601 is amended to read:
             12478           31A-37-601. Incorporation of a captive reinsurance company.
             12479          (1) A captive reinsurance company shall be incorporated as a stock insurer with its
             12480      capital:
             12481          (a) divided into shares; and
             12482          (b) held by the captive reinsurance company's shareholders.
             12483          (2) (a) A captive reinsurance company may not have fewer than three incorporators.
             12484          (b) At least two of the incorporators of a captive reinsurance company [must] shall be
             12485      residents of this state.
             12486          (3) (a) Before the articles of incorporation are filed with the Division of Corporations


             12487      and Commercial Code, the incorporators shall obtain from the commissioner a certificate of
             12488      finding that the establishment and maintenance of the proposed corporation promotes the
             12489      general good of this state.
             12490          (b) In considering a request for a certificate under Subsection (3)(a), the commissioner
             12491      shall consider:
             12492          (i) the character, reputation, financial standing, and purposes of the incorporators;
             12493          (ii) the character, reputation, financial responsibility, insurance experience, and
             12494      business qualifications of the officers and directors; and
             12495          (iii) other factors the commissioner considers advisable.
             12496          (4) The capital stock of a captive reinsurance company [must] shall be issued at par
             12497      value or greater.
             12498          (5) At least one of the members of the board of directors of a captive reinsurance
             12499      company incorporated in this state [must] shall be a resident of this state.
             12500          Section 298. Section 31A-37a-205 is amended to read:
             12501           31A-37a-205. Sponsored captives.
             12502          In addition to the other provisions of this chapter, this section applies to a sponsored
             12503      captive insurance company under Chapter 37, Captive Insurance Companies Act, that has a
             12504      certificate of authority as a special purpose financial captive insurance company pursuant to
             12505      this chapter.
             12506          (1) A sponsored captive insurance company may have a certificate of authority as a
             12507      special purpose financial captive insurance company under this chapter.
             12508          (2) (a) For purposes of a sponsored captive insurance company having a certificate of
             12509      authority as a special purpose financial captive insurance company, "general account" means
             12510      the assets and liabilities of the sponsored captive insurance company not attributable to a
             12511      protected cell.
             12512          (b) For purposes of applying Chapter 27a, Insurer Receivership Act, to a sponsored
             12513      captive insurance company having a certificate of authority as a special purpose financial
             12514      captive insurance company, the definition of "insolvency" and "insolvent" in Section


             12515      31A-37a-102 shall be applied separately to:
             12516          (i) each protected cell; and
             12517          (ii) the special purpose financial captive insurance company's general account.
             12518          (3) (a) A participant in a sponsored captive insurance company having a certificate of
             12519      authority as a special purpose financial captive insurance company [must] shall be a ceding
             12520      insurer, unless approved by the commissioner before a person becomes a participant.
             12521          (b) A change in a participant in a sponsored captive insurance company having a
             12522      certificate of authority as a special purpose financial captive insurance company is subject to
             12523      prior approval by the commissioner.
             12524          (4) Notwithstanding Section 31A-37-401 , a special purpose financial captive insurance
             12525      company that is a sponsored captive insurance company may issue a security to a person not
             12526      described in Section 31A-37-401 if the issuance to that person is approved by the
             12527      commissioner before the issuance of the security.
             12528          (5) Notwithstanding Section 31A-37a-302 , a sponsored captive insurance company
             12529      having a certificate of authority as a special purpose financial captive insurance company shall:
             12530          (a) at the time of initial application for a certificate of authority as a special purpose
             12531      financial captive insurance company, possess unimpaired paid-in capital and surplus of not less
             12532      than $500,000; and
             12533          (b) maintain at least $500,000 of unimpaired paid-in capital and surplus of not less
             12534      than $500,000 during the time that it holds a certificate of authority under this chapter.
             12535          (6) (a) For purposes of a sponsored captive insurance company having a certificate of
             12536      authority as a special purpose financial captive insurance company, this Subsection (6) applies
             12537      to:
             12538          (i) a security issued by the special purpose financial captive insurance company with
             12539      respect to a protected cell; or
             12540          (ii) a contract or obligation of the special purpose financial captive insurance company
             12541      with respect to a protected cell.
             12542          (b) A sponsored captive insurance company having a certificate of authority as a


             12543      special purpose financial captive insurance company shall include with a security, contract, or
             12544      obligation described in Subsection (6)(a):
             12545          (i) the designation of the protected cell; and
             12546          (ii) a disclosure in a form and content satisfactory to the commissioner to the effect that
             12547      the holder of the security or a counterparty to the contract or obligation has no right or recourse
             12548      against the special purpose financial captive insurance company and its assets other than
             12549      against an asset properly attributable to the protected cell.
             12550          (c) Notwithstanding the requirements of this Subsection (6) and subject to other
             12551      statutes or rules including this chapter and Chapter 37, Captive Insurance Companies Act, a
             12552      creditor, ceding insurer, or another person may not use a failure to include a disclosure
             12553      described in Subsection (6)(b), in whole or part, as the sole basis to have recourse against:
             12554          (i) the general account of the special purpose financial captive insurance company; or
             12555          (ii) the assets of another protected cell of the special financial captive insurance
             12556      company.
             12557          (7) In addition to Section 31A-37-401 , a sponsored captive insurance company having
             12558      a certificate of authority as a special purpose financial captive insurance company is subject to
             12559      the following with respect to a protected cell:
             12560          (a) (i) A sponsored captive insurance company having a certificate of authority as a
             12561      special purpose financial captive insurance company shall establish a protected cell only for the
             12562      purpose of insuring or reinsuring risks of one or more reinsurance contracts with a ceding
             12563      insurer with the intent of facilitating an insurance securitization.
             12564          (ii) Subject to Subsection (7)(a)(iii), a sponsored captive insurance company having a
             12565      certificate of authority as a special purpose financial captive insurance company shall establish
             12566      a separate protected cell with respect to a ceding insurer described in Subsection (7)(a)(i).
             12567          (iii) A sponsored captive insurance company having a certificate of authority as a
             12568      special purpose financial captive insurance company shall establish a separate protected cell
             12569      with respect to each reinsurance contract that is funded in whole or in part by a separate
             12570      insurance securitization transaction.


             12571          (b) A sponsored captive insurance company having a certificate of authority as a
             12572      special purpose financial captive insurance company may not sale, exchange, or transfer an
             12573      asset by, between, or among any of its protected cells without the prior approval of the
             12574      commissioner.
             12575          (8) (a) A sponsored captive insurance company having a certificate of authority as a
             12576      special purpose financial captive insurance company shall attribute an asset or liability to a
             12577      protected cell and to the general account in accordance with the plan of operation approved by
             12578      the commissioner.
             12579          (b) Except as provided by Subsection (8)(a), a sponsored captive insurance company
             12580      having a certificate of authority as a special purpose financial captive insurance company may
             12581      not attribute an asset or liability between:
             12582          (i) its general account and a protected cell; or
             12583          (ii) its protected cells.
             12584          (c) A sponsored captive insurance company having a certificate of authority as a
             12585      special purpose financial captive insurance company shall attribute:
             12586          (i) an insurance obligation, asset, or liability relating to a reinsurance contract entered
             12587      into with respect to a protected cell; and
             12588          (ii) an insurance securitization transaction related to the obligation, asset, or liability
             12589      described in Subsection (8)(c)(i), including a security issued by the special purpose financial
             12590      captive insurance company as part of the insurance securitization, to the protected cell.
             12591          (d) The following shall reflect an insurance obligation, asset, or liability relating to a
             12592      reinsurance contract and the insurance securitization transaction that are attributed to a
             12593      protected cell:
             12594          (i) a right, benefit, obligation, or a liability of a security attributable to a protected cell
             12595      described in Subsection (8)(c);
             12596          (ii) the performance under a reinsurance contract and the related insurance
             12597      securitization transaction; and
             12598          (iii) a tax benefit, loss, refund, or credit allocated pursuant to a tax allocation


             12599      agreement to which the special purpose financial captive insurance company is a party,
             12600      including a payment made by or due to be made to the special purpose financial captive
             12601      insurance company pursuant to the terms of the tax allocation agreement.
             12602          (9) In addition to Section 31A-37a-502 :
             12603          (a) Chapter 27a, Insurer Receivership Act, applies to each protected cell of a sponsored
             12604      captive insurance company having a certificate of authority as a special purpose financial
             12605      captive insurance company.
             12606          (b) A proceeding or action taken by the commissioner pursuant to Chapter 27a, Insurer
             12607      Receivership Act, with respect to a protected cell of a sponsored captive insurance company
             12608      having a certificate of authority as a special purpose financial captive insurance company may
             12609      not be the sole basis for a proceeding pursuant to Chapter 27a, Insurer Receivership Act, with
             12610      respect to:
             12611          (i) another protected cell of the special purpose financial captive insurance company;
             12612      or
             12613          (ii) the special purpose financial captive insurance company's general account.
             12614          (c) (i) Except as provided in Subsection (9)(c)(ii), the receiver of a special purpose
             12615      financial captive insurance company shall ensure that the assets attributable to one protected
             12616      cell are not applied to the liabilities attributable to:
             12617          (A) another protected cell; or
             12618          (B) the special purpose financial captive insurance company's general account.
             12619          (ii) Notwithstanding Subsection (9)(c)(i), if an asset or liability is attributable to more
             12620      than one protected cell, the receiver shall deal with the asset or liability in accordance with the
             12621      terms of a relevant governing instrument or contract.
             12622          (d) The insolvency of a protected cell of a sponsored captive insurance company
             12623      having a certificate of authority as a special purpose financial captive insurance company may
             12624      not be the sole basis for the commissioner to prohibit:
             12625          (i) a payment by the special purpose financial captive insurance company made
             12626      pursuant to a special purpose financial captive insurance company security or reinsurance


             12627      contract with respect to another protected cell; or
             12628          (ii) an action required to make a payment described in Subsection (9)(d)(i).
             12629          Section 299. Section 32B-1-407 (Effective 07/01/11) is amended to read:
             12630           32B-1-407 (Effective 07/01/11). Verification of proof of age by applicable
             12631      licensees.
             12632          (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, an applicable licensee shall
             12633      require that an authorized person under the applicable licensee verify proof of age as provided
             12634      in this section.
             12635          (2) An authorized person is required to verify proof of age under this section before an
             12636      individual who appears to be 35 years of age or younger:
             12637          (a) gains admittance to the premises of a social club licensee; or
             12638          (b) procures an alcoholic product on the premises of a dining club licensee.
             12639          (3) To comply with Subsection (2), an authorized person shall:
             12640          (a) request the individual present proof of age; and
             12641          (b) (i) verify the validity of the proof of age electronically under the verification
             12642      program created in Subsection (4); or
             12643          (ii) if the proof of age cannot be electronically verified as provided in Subsection
             12644      (3)(b)(i), request that the individual comply with a process established by the commission by
             12645      rule.
             12646          (4) The commission shall establish by rule an electronic verification program that
             12647      includes the following:
             12648          (a) the specifications for the technology used by the applicable licensee to
             12649      electronically verify proof of age, including that the technology display to the person described
             12650      in Subsection (1) no more than the following for the individual who presents the proof of age:
             12651          (i) the name;
             12652          (ii) the age;
             12653          (iii) the number assigned to the individual's proof of age by the issuing authority;
             12654          (iv) the birth date;


             12655          (v) the gender; and
             12656          (vi) the status and expiration date of the individual's proof of age; and
             12657          (b) the security measures that [must] shall be used by an applicable licensee to ensure
             12658      that information obtained under this section is:
             12659          (i) used by the applicable licensee only for purposes of verifying proof of age in
             12660      accordance with this section; and
             12661          (ii) retained by the applicable licensee for seven days after the day on which the
             12662      applicable licensee obtains the information.
             12663          (5) (a) An applicable licensee may not disclose information obtained under this section
             12664      except as provided under this title.
             12665          (b) Information obtained under this section is considered a record for any purpose
             12666      under Chapter 5, Part 3, Retail Licensee Operational Requirements.
             12667          Section 300. Section 32B-1-505 (Effective 07/01/11) is amended to read:
             12668           32B-1-505 (Effective 07/01/11). Sexually oriented entertainer.
             12669          (1) Subject to the requirements of this part, live entertainment is permitted on premises
             12670      or at an event regulated by the commission.
             12671          (2) Notwithstanding Subsection (1), a retail licensee or permittee may not permit a
             12672      person to:
             12673          (a) appear or perform in a state of nudity;
             12674          (b) perform or simulate an act of:
             12675          (i) sexual intercourse;
             12676          (ii) masturbation;
             12677          (iii) sodomy;
             12678          (iv) bestiality;
             12679          (v) oral copulation;
             12680          (vi) flagellation; or
             12681          (vii) a sexual act that is prohibited by Utah law; or
             12682          (c) touch, caress, or fondle the breast, buttocks, anus, or genitals.


             12683          (3) A sexually oriented entertainer may perform in a state of seminudity:
             12684          (a) only in:
             12685          (i) a tavern; or
             12686          (ii) a social club license premises; and
             12687          (b) only if:
             12688          (i) the windows, doors, and other apertures to the premises are darkened or otherwise
             12689      constructed to prevent anyone outside the premises from seeing the performance; and
             12690          (ii) the outside entrance doors of the premises remain unlocked.
             12691          (4) A sexually oriented entertainer may perform only upon a stage or in a designated
             12692      performance area that is:
             12693          (a) approved by the commission in accordance with rules made by the commission;
             12694          (b) configured so as to preclude a patron from:
             12695          (i) touching the sexually oriented entertainer; or
             12696          (ii) placing any money or object on or within the performance attire or the person of the
             12697      sexually oriented entertainer; and
             12698          (c) configured so as to preclude the sexually oriented entertainer from touching a
             12699      patron.
             12700          (5) A sexually oriented entertainer may not touch a patron:
             12701          (a) during the sexually oriented entertainer's performance; or
             12702          (b) while the sexually oriented entertainer is dressed in performance attire.
             12703          (6) A sexually oriented entertainer, while in the portion of the premises used by
             12704      patrons, [must] shall be dressed in opaque clothing which covers and conceals the sexually
             12705      oriented entertainer's performance attire from the top of the breast to the knee.
             12706          (7) A patron may not be on the stage or in the performance area while a sexually
             12707      oriented entertainer is appearing or performing on the stage or in the performance area.
             12708          (8) A patron may not:
             12709          (a) touch a sexually oriented entertainer:
             12710          (i) during the sexually oriented entertainer's performance; or


             12711          (ii) while the sexually oriented entertainer is dressed in performance attire; or
             12712          (b) place money or any other object on or within the performance attire or the person of
             12713      the sexually oriented entertainer.
             12714          (9) A minor may not be on premises described in Subsection (3).
             12715          (10) A person who appears or performs for the entertainment of patrons on premises or
             12716      at an event regulated by the commission that is not a tavern or social club licensee:
             12717          (a) may not appear or perform in a state of nudity or a state of seminudity; and
             12718          (b) may appear or perform in opaque clothing that completely covers the person's
             12719      genitals, pubic area, and anus if the covering:
             12720          (i) is not less than the following at its widest point:
             12721          (A) four inches coverage width in the front of the human body; and
             12722          (B) five inches coverage width in the back of the human body;
             12723          (ii) does not taper to less than one inch wide at the narrowest point; and
             12724          (iii) if covering a female, completely covers the breast below the top of the areola.
             12725          Section 301. Section 32B-6-407 (Effective 07/01/11) is amended to read:
             12726           32B-6-407 (Effective 07/01/11). Specific operational requirements for equity club
             12727      license or fraternal club license.
             12728          (1) For purposes of this section only:
             12729          (a) "Club licensee" means an equity club licensee or fraternal club licensee.
             12730          (b) "Club licensee" does not include a dining club licensee or social club licensee.
             12731          (2) (a) A club licensee shall have a governing body that:
             12732          (i) consists of three or more members of the club; and
             12733          (ii) holds regular meetings to:
             12734          (A) review membership applications; and
             12735          (B) conduct other business as required by the bylaws or house rules of the club.
             12736          (b) (i) A club licensee shall maintain a minute book that is posted currently by the club
             12737      licensee.
             12738          (ii) The minute book required by this Subsection (2) shall contain the minutes of a


             12739      regular or special meeting of the governing body.
             12740          (3) A club licensee may admit an individual as a member only on written application
             12741      signed by the person, subject to:
             12742          (a) the person paying an application fee; and
             12743          (b) investigation, vote, and approval of a quorum of the governing body.
             12744          (4) A club licensee shall:
             12745          (a) record an admission of a member in the official minutes of a regular meeting of the
             12746      governing body; and
             12747          (b) whether approved or disapproved, file an application as a part of the official records
             12748      of the club licensee.
             12749          (5) The spouse of a member of a club licensee has the rights and privileges of the
             12750      member:
             12751          (a) to the extent permitted by the bylaws or house rules of the club licensee; and
             12752          (b) except to the extent restricted by this title.
             12753          (6) A minor child of a member of a club licensee has the rights and privileges of the
             12754      member:
             12755          (a) to the extent permitted by the bylaws or house rules of the club licensee; and
             12756          (b) except to the extent restricted by this title.
             12757          (7) A club licensee shall maintain:
             12758          (a) a current and complete membership record showing:
             12759          (i) the date of application of a proposed member;
             12760          (ii) a member's address;
             12761          (iii) the date the governing body approved a member's admission;
             12762          (iv) the date initiation fees and dues are assessed and paid; and
             12763          (v) the serial number of the membership card issued to a member;
             12764          (b) a membership list; and
             12765          (c) a current record indicating when a member is removed as a member or resigns.
             12766          (8) (a) A club licensee shall have bylaws or house rules that include provisions


             12767      respecting the following:
             12768          (i) standards of eligibility for members;
             12769          (ii) limitation of members, consistent with the nature and purpose of the club;
             12770          (iii) the period for which dues are paid, and the date upon which the period expires;
             12771          (iv) provisions for removing a member from the club membership for the nonpayment
             12772      of dues or other cause;
             12773          (v) provisions for guests; and
             12774          (vi) application fees and membership dues.
             12775          (b) A club licensee shall maintain a current copy of the club licensee's current bylaws
             12776      and current house rules.
             12777          (c) A club licensee shall maintain its bylaws or house rules, and any amendments to
             12778      those records, on file with the department at all times.
             12779          (9) A club licensee may, in its discretion, allow an individual to be admitted to or use
             12780      the club licensed premises as a guest subject to the following conditions:
             12781          (a) the individual is allowed to use the club licensee premises only to the extent
             12782      permitted by the club licensee's bylaws or house rules;
             12783          (b) the individual [must] shall be previously authorized by a member of the club who
             12784      agrees to host the individual as a guest into the club;
             12785          (c) the individual has only those privileges derived from the individual's host for the
             12786      duration of the individual's visit to the club licensee premises; and
             12787          (d) a club licensee or staff of the club licensee may not enter into an agreement or
             12788      arrangement with a club member to indiscriminately host a member of the general public into
             12789      the club licensee premises as a guest.
             12790          (10) Notwithstanding Subsection (9), an individual may be allowed as a guest in a club
             12791      licensed premises without a host if:
             12792          (a) (i) the club licensee is an equity club licensee; and
             12793          (ii) the individual is a member of an equity club licensee that has reciprocal guest
             12794      privileges with the equity club licensee for which the individual is a guest; or


             12795          (b) (i) the club licensee is a fraternal club licensee; and
             12796          (ii) the individual is a member of the same fraternal organization as the fraternal club
             12797      licensee for which the individual is a guest.
             12798          (11) Unless the patron is a member or guest, a club licensee may not:
             12799          (a) sell, offer for sale, or furnish an alcoholic product to the patron; or
             12800          (b) allow the patron to be admitted to or use the licensed premises.
             12801          (12) A minor may not be a member, officer, director, or trustee of a club licensee.
             12802          (13) Public advertising related to a club licensee by the following shall clearly identify
             12803      a club as being "a club for members":
             12804          (a) the club licensee;
             12805          (b) staff of the club licensee; or
             12806          (c) a person under a contract or agreement with the club licensee.
             12807          Section 302. Section 32B-8-304 (Effective 07/01/11) is amended to read:
             12808           32B-8-304 (Effective 07/01/11). Specific operational requirements for resort spa
             12809      sublicense.
             12810          (1) (a) In addition to complying with Chapter 5, Part 3, Retail Licensee Operational
             12811      Requirements, a resort licensee, staff of the resort licensee, or a person otherwise related to a
             12812      resort spa sublicense shall comply with this section.
             12813          (b) Subject to Section 32B-8-502 , failure to comply as provided in Subsection (1)(a)
             12814      may result in disciplinary action in accordance with Chapter 3, Disciplinary Actions and
             12815      Enforcement Act, against:
             12816          (i) a retail licensee;
             12817          (ii) staff of the retail licensee;
             12818          (iii) a person otherwise related to a resort spa sublicense; or
             12819          (iv) any combination of the persons listed in this Subsection (1)(b).
             12820          (2) A person operating under a resort spa sublicense shall display in a prominent place
             12821      in the resort spa a list of the types and brand names of liquor being furnished through its
             12822      calibrated metered dispensing system.


             12823          (3) (a) For purposes of the resort spa sublicense, the resort licensee shall ensure that a
             12824      record required by this title is maintained, and a record is maintained or used for the resort spa
             12825      sublicense:
             12826          (i) as the department requires; and
             12827          (ii) for a minimum period of three years.
             12828          (b) A record is subject to inspection by an authorized representative of the commission
             12829      and the department.
             12830          (c) A resort licensee shall allow the department, through an auditor or examiner of the
             12831      department, to audit the records for a resort spa sublicense at the times the department
             12832      considers advisable.
             12833          (d) The department shall audit the records for a resort spa sublicense at least once
             12834      annually.
             12835          (e) Section 32B-1-205 applies to a record required to be made, maintained, or used in
             12836      accordance with this Subsection (3).
             12837          (4) (a) A person operating under a resort spa sublicense may not sell, offer for sale, or
             12838      furnish liquor at a resort spa during a period that:
             12839          (i) begins at 1 a.m.; and
             12840          (ii) ends at 9:59 a.m.
             12841          (b) A person operating under a resort spa sublicense may sell, offer for sale, or furnish
             12842      beer during the hours specified in Chapter 6, Part 7, On-premise Beer Retailer License, for an
             12843      on-premise beer retailer.
             12844          (c) (i) Notwithstanding Subsections (4)(a) and (b), a resort spa shall remain open for
             12845      one hour after the resort spa ceases the sale and furnishing of an alcoholic product during
             12846      which time a person at the resort spa may finish consuming:
             12847          (A) a single drink containing spirituous liquor;
             12848          (B) a single serving of wine not exceeding five ounces;
             12849          (C) a single serving of heavy beer;
             12850          (D) a single serving of beer not exceeding 26 ounces; or


             12851          (E) a single serving of a flavored malt beverage.
             12852          (ii) A resort spa is not required to remain open:
             12853          (A) after all persons have vacated the resort spa sublicense premises; or
             12854          (B) during an emergency.
             12855          (d) A person operating under a resort spa sublicense may not allow a person to remain
             12856      on the resort spa sublicense premises to consume an alcoholic product on the resort spa
             12857      sublicense premises during a period that:
             12858          (i) begins at 2 a.m.; and
             12859          (ii) ends at 9:59 a.m.
             12860          (5) A minor may not be admitted into, use, or be on:
             12861          (a) the sublicense premises of a resort spa unless accompanied by a person 21 years of
             12862      age or older; or
             12863          (b) a lounge or bar area of the resort spa sublicense premises.
             12864          (6) A resort spa shall have food available at all times when an alcoholic product is sold,
             12865      offered for sale, furnished, or consumed on the resort spa sublicense premises.
             12866          (7) (a) Subject to the other provisions of this Subsection (7), a patron may not have
             12867      more than two alcoholic products of any kind at a time before the patron.
             12868          (b) A resort spa patron may not have two spirituous liquor drinks before the resort spa
             12869      patron if one of the spirituous liquor drinks consists only of the primary spirituous liquor for
             12870      the other spirituous liquor drink.
             12871          (c) An individual portion of wine is considered to be one alcoholic product under this
             12872      Subsection (7).
             12873          (8) (a) An alcoholic product may only be consumed at a table or counter.
             12874          (b) An alcoholic product may not be served to or consumed by a patron at a bar.
             12875          (9) (a) A person operating under a resort spa sublicense shall have available on the
             12876      resort spa sublicense premises for a patron to review at the time that the patron requests it, a
             12877      written alcoholic product price list or a menu containing the price of an alcoholic product sold
             12878      or furnished by the resort spa including:


             12879          (i) a set-up charge;
             12880          (ii) a service charge; or
             12881          (iii) a chilling fee.
             12882          (b) A charge or fee made in connection with the sale, service, or consumption of liquor
             12883      may be stated in food or alcoholic product menus including:
             12884          (i) a set-up charge;
             12885          (ii) a service charge; or
             12886          (iii) a chilling fee.
             12887          (10) (a) A resort licensee shall own or lease premises suitable for the resort spa's
             12888      activities.
             12889          (b) A resort licensee may not maintain premises in a manner that barricades or conceals
             12890      the resort spa sublicense's operation.
             12891          (11) Subject to the other provisions of this section, a person operating under a resort
             12892      spa sublicense may not sell an alcoholic product to or allow a person to be admitted to or use
             12893      the resort spa sublicense premises other than:
             12894          (a) a resident;
             12895          (b) a public customer who holds a valid customer card issued under Subsection (13); or
             12896          (c) an invitee.
             12897          (12) A person operating under a resort spa sublicense may allow an individual to be
             12898      admitted to or use the resort spa sublicense premises as an invitee subject to the following
             12899      conditions:
             12900          (a) the individual [must] shall be previously authorized by one of the following who
             12901      agrees to host the individual as an invitee into the resort spa:
             12902          (i) a resident; or
             12903          (ii) a public customer as described in Subsection (11);
             12904          (b) the individual has only those privileges derived from the individual's host for the
             12905      duration of the invitee's visit to the resort spa; and
             12906          (c) a resort licensee, resort spa, or staff of the resort licensee or resort spa may not enter


             12907      into an agreement or arrangement with a resident or public customer to indiscriminately host a
             12908      member of the general public into the resort spa as an invitee.
             12909          (13) A person operating under a resort spa sublicense may issue a customer card to
             12910      allow an individual to enter and use the resort spa sublicense premises on a temporary basis
             12911      under the following conditions:
             12912          (a) the resort spa may not issue a customer card for a time period that exceeds three
             12913      weeks;
             12914          (b) the resort spa shall assess a fee to a public customer for a customer card;
             12915          (c) the resort spa may not issue a customer card to a minor; and
             12916          (d) a public customer may not host more than seven invitees at one time.
             12917          Section 303. Section 34-19-1 is amended to read:
             12918           34-19-1. Declaration of policy.
             12919          In the interpretation and application of this chapter, the public policy of this state is
             12920      declared as follows:
             12921          (1) It [shall not be] is not unlawful for employees to organize themselves into or carry
             12922      on labor unions for the purpose of lessening hours of labor, increasing wages, bettering the
             12923      conditions of members, or carrying out the legitimate purposes of such organizations as freely
             12924      as they could do if acting singly.
             12925          (2) The labor of a human being is not a commodity or article of commerce. Nothing
             12926      contained in the antitrust laws shall be construed to forbid the existence and operation of labor,
             12927      agricultural or horticultural organizations, instituted for the purpose of mutual help and not
             12928      having capital stock or conducted for profit, or to forbid or restrain individual members of such
             12929      organizations from lawfully carrying out the legitimate object thereof; nor shall such
             12930      organizations or membership in them be held to be illegal combinations or conspiracies in
             12931      restraint of trade under the antitrust laws.
             12932          (3) Negotiations of terms and conditions of labor should result from voluntary
             12933      agreement between employer and employee. Governmental authority has permitted and
             12934      encouraged employers to organize in the corporate and other forms of capital control. In


             12935      dealing with such employers the individual unorganized worker is helpless to exercise actual
             12936      liberty of contract and to protect [his] the individual unorganized worker's freedom of labor and
             12937      thereby to obtain acceptable terms and conditions of employment. Therefore, it is necessary
             12938      that the individual employee have full freedom of association, self-organization, and
             12939      designation of representatives of [his] the individual employee's own choosing to negotiate the
             12940      terms and conditions of [his] the individual employee's employment, and that [he] the
             12941      individual employee shall be free from the interference, restraint or coercion of employers of
             12942      labor, or their agents, in the designation of such representatives or in self-organization or in
             12943      other concerted activities for the purpose of collective bargaining or their mutual aid or
             12944      protection.
             12945          Section 304. Section 34-19-9 is amended to read:
             12946           34-19-9. Injunctive relief -- Contempt -- Rights of accused.
             12947          In all cases where a person shall be charged with indirect criminal contempt for
             12948      violation of a restraining order or injunction issued by a court, or judge or judges of it, the
             12949      accused shall enjoy:
             12950          (1) the rights as to admission to bail that are accorded to persons accused of crime;
             12951          (2) the right to be notified of the accusation and a reasonable time to make a defense,
             12952      provided the alleged contempt is not committed in the immediate view of or in the presence of
             12953      the court;
             12954          (3) upon demand, the right to a speedy and public trial by an impartial jury of the
             12955      judicial district in which the contempt shall have been committed. This requirement [shall not]
             12956      may not be construed to apply to contempts committed in the presence of the court or so near to
             12957      it as to interfere directly with the administration of justice or to apply to the misbehavior,
             12958      misconduct, or disobedience of any officer of the court in respect to the writs, orders or process
             12959      of the court; and
             12960          (4) the right to file with the court a demand for the retirement of the judge sitting in the
             12961      proceeding, if the contempt arises from an attack upon the character or conduct of such judge
             12962      and if the attack occurred otherwise than in open court. Upon the filing of any such demand the


             12963      judge shall proceed no further, but another judge shall be designated by the presiding judge of
             12964      the court. The demand shall be filed prior to the hearing in the contempt proceeding.
             12965          Section 305. Section 34-19-10 is amended to read:
             12966           34-19-10. Injunctive relief -- Contempt -- Penalty.
             12967          Punishment for a contempt, specified in Section 34-19-9 , may be by fine, not exceeding
             12968      $100, or by imprisonment not exceeding 15 days in the jail of the county where the court is
             12969      sitting, or both, in the discretion of the court. Where a person is committed to jail for the
             12970      nonpayment of such a fine, [he must] the person shall be discharged at the expiration of 15
             12971      days; but [where he] if the person is also committed for a definite time, the 15 days [must] shall
             12972      be computed from the expiration of the definite time.
             12973          Section 306. Section 34-19-13 is amended to read:
             12974           34-19-13. Agreements against public policy.
             12975          [Every undertaking or promise] Each of the following undertakings or promises
             12976      hereafter made, whether written or oral, express or implied, between any employee or
             12977      prospective employee and [his] the employee's or prospective employee's employer,
             12978      prospective employer, or any other individual, firm, company, association, or corporation,
             12979      [whereby:] is contrary to public policy and may not be a basis for the granting of legal or
             12980      equitable relief by any court against a party to the undertaking or promise, or against any other
             12981      person who may advise, urge, or induce, without fraud, violence or threat of violence, either
             12982      party to act in disregard of the undertaking or promise:
             12983          (1) [either party thereto undertakes or promises] an undertaking or promise by either
             12984      party to join or to remain a member of some specific labor organization or organizations or to
             12985      join or remain a member of some specific employer organization or any employer organization
             12986      or organizations; [and/or]
             12987          (2) [either party thereto undertakes or promises not to] an undertaking or promise by
             12988      either party to not join or not [to] remain a member of some specific labor organization or any
             12989      labor organization or organizations, or of some specific employer organization or any employer
             12990      organization or organizations; [and/or] or


             12991          (3) [either party thereto undertakes or promises that he will] an undertaking or promise
             12992      by either party to withdraw from an employment relation in the event that [he] the party joins
             12993      or remains a member of some specific labor organization or any labor organization or
             12994      organizations, or of some specific employer organization or any employer organization or
             12995      organizations[; is hereby declared to be contrary to public policy and shall not afford any basis
             12996      for the granting of legal or equitable relief by any court against a party to such undertaking or
             12997      promise, or against any other persons who may advise, urge or induce, without fraud, violence
             12998      or threat thereof, either party thereto to act in disregard of such undertaking or promise].
             12999          Section 307. Section 34-20-3 is amended to read:
             13000           34-20-3. Labor relations board.
             13001          (1) (a) There is created the Labor Relations Board consisting of the following:
             13002          (i) the commissioner of the Labor Commission;
             13003          (ii) two members appointed by the governor with the consent of the Senate consisting
             13004      of:
             13005          (A) a representative of employers, in making this appointment the governor shall
             13006      consider nominations from employer organizations; and
             13007          (B) a representative of employees, in making this appointment the governor shall
             13008      consider nominations from employee organizations.
             13009          (b) (i) Except as provided in Subsection (1)(b)(ii), as terms of members appointed
             13010      under Subsection (1)(a)(ii) expire, the governor shall appoint each new member or reappointed
             13011      member to a four-year term.
             13012          (ii) Notwithstanding the requirements of Subsection (1)(b)(i), the governor shall, at the
             13013      time of appointment or reappointment, adjust the length of terms to ensure that the terms of
             13014      members appointed under Subsection (1)(a)(ii) are staggered so one member is appointed every
             13015      two years.
             13016          (c) The commissioner shall serve as chair of the board.
             13017          (d) A vacancy occurring on the board for any cause of the members appointed under
             13018      Subsection (1)(a)(ii) shall be filled by the governor with the consent of the Senate pursuant to


             13019      this section for the unexpired term of the vacating member.
             13020          (e) The governor may at any time remove a member appointed under Subsection
             13021      (1)(a)(ii) but only for inefficiency, neglect of duty, malfeasance or malfeasance in office, or for
             13022      cause upon a hearing.
             13023          (f) A member of the board appointed under Subsection (1)(a)(ii) may not hold any
             13024      other office in the government of the United States, this state or any other state, or of any
             13025      county government or municipal corporation within a state.
             13026          (g) A member appointed under Subsection (1)(a)(ii) may not receive compensation or
             13027      benefits for the member's service, but may receive per diem and travel expenses in accordance
             13028      with:
             13029          (i) Section 63A-3-106 ;
             13030          (ii) Section 63A-3-107 ; and
             13031          (iii) rules made by the Division of Finance pursuant to Sections 63A-3-106 and
             13032      63A-3-107 .
             13033          (2) A meeting of the board may be called:
             13034          (a) by the chair; or
             13035          (b) jointly by the members appointed under Subsection (1)(a)(ii).
             13036          (3) The chair may provide staff and administrative support as necessary from the Labor
             13037      Commission.
             13038          (4) A vacancy in the board [shall not] does not impair the right of the remaining
             13039      members to exercise all the powers of the board, and two members of the board shall at all
             13040      times constitute a quorum.
             13041          (5) The board shall have an official seal which shall be judicially noticed.
             13042          Section 308. Section 34-20-5 is amended to read:
             13043           34-20-5. Labor relations board -- Offices -- Jurisdiction -- Member's
             13044      participation in case.
             13045          The principal office of the board shall be at the state capitol, but it may meet and
             13046      exercise any or all of its powers at any other place. The board may, by one or more of its


             13047      members or by [such] the agents or agencies [as] it may designate, prosecute any inquiry
             13048      necessary to its functions in any part of the state. A member who participates in [such] the
             13049      inquiry [shall not] may not be disqualified from subsequently participating in a decision of the
             13050      board in the same case.
             13051          Section 309. Section 34-20-8 is amended to read:
             13052           34-20-8. Unfair labor practices.
             13053          (1) It shall be an unfair labor practice for an employer, individually or in concert with
             13054      others:
             13055          (a) To interfere with, restrain or coerce employees in the exercise of the rights
             13056      guaranteed in Section 34-20-7 .
             13057          (b) To dominate or interfere with the formation or administration of any labor
             13058      organization or contribute financial or other support to it; provided, that subject to rules and
             13059      regulations made and published by the board pursuant to Section 34-20-6 , an employer [shall
             13060      not be] is not prohibited from permitting employees to confer with [him] the employer during
             13061      working hours without loss of time or pay.
             13062          (c) By discrimination in regard to hire or tenure of employment or any term of
             13063      condition of employment to encourage or discourage membership in any labor organization;
             13064      provided, that nothing in this act shall preclude an employer from making an agreement with a
             13065      labor organization (not established, maintained or assisted by any action defined in this act as
             13066      an unfair labor practice) to require as a condition of employment, membership therein, if such
             13067      labor organization is the representative of the employees as provided in Subsection 34-20-9 (1)
             13068      in the appropriate collective bargaining unit covered by such agreement when made.
             13069          (d) To refuse to bargain collectively with the representative of a majority of [his] the
             13070      employer's employees in any collective bargaining unit; provided, that, when two or more labor
             13071      organizations claim to represent a majority of the employees in the bargaining unit, the
             13072      employer shall be free to file with the board a petition for investigation of certification of
             13073      representatives and during the pendency of [such] the proceedings the employer [shall not] may
             13074      not be [deemed] considered to have refused to bargain.


             13075          (e) To bargain collectively with the representatives of less than a majority of [his] the
             13076      employer's employees in a collective bargaining unit.
             13077          (f) To discharge or otherwise discriminate against an employee because [he] the
             13078      employee has filed charges or given testimony under this [act] chapter.
             13079          (2) It shall be an unfair labor practice for an employee individually or in concert with
             13080      others:
             13081          (a) To coerce or intimidate an employee in the enjoyment of [his] the employee's legal
             13082      rights, including those guaranteed in Section 34-20-7 , or to intimidate [his] the employee's
             13083      family, picket [his] the employee's domicile, or injure the person or property of [such] the
             13084      employee or [his] the employee's family.
             13085          (b) To coerce, intimidate or induce an employer to interfere with any of [his] the
             13086      employer's employees in the enjoyment of their legal rights, including those guaranteed in
             13087      Section 34-20-7 , or to engage in any practice with regard to [his] the employer's employees
             13088      which would constitute an unfair labor practice if undertaken by [him on his] the employer on
             13089      the employer's own initiative.
             13090          (c) To co-operate in engaging in, promoting, or inducing picketing (not constituting an
             13091      exercise of constitutionally guaranteed free speech), boycotting or any other overt concomitant
             13092      of a strike unless a majority in a collective bargaining unit of the employees of an employer
             13093      against whom such acts are primarily directed have voted by secret ballot to call a strike.
             13094          (d) To hinder or prevent, by mass picketing, threats, intimidation, force, or coercion of
             13095      any kind the pursuit of any lawful work or employment, or to obstruct or interfere with
             13096      entrance to or egress from any place of employment, or to obstruct or interfere with free and
             13097      uninterrupted use of public roads, streets, highways, railways, airports, or other ways of travel
             13098      or conveyance.
             13099          (e) To engage in a secondary boycott; or to hinder or prevent, by threats, intimidation,
             13100      force, coercion, or sabotage, the obtaining, use or disposition of materials, equipment, or
             13101      services; or to combine or conspire to hinder or prevent the obtaining, use or disposition of
             13102      materials, equipment or services, provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent


             13103      sympathetic strikes in support of those in similar occupations working for other employers in
             13104      the same craft.
             13105          (f) To take unauthorized possession of property of the employer.
             13106          (3) It shall be an unfair labor practice for any person to do or cause to be done on
             13107      behalf of or in the interest of employers or employees, or in connection with or to influence the
             13108      outcome of any controversy as to employment relations, any act prohibited by Subsections (1)
             13109      and (2) of this section.
             13110          Section 310. Section 34-23-208 is amended to read:
             13111           34-23-208. Exceptions.
             13112          The provisions of this chapter [shall not] do not apply to a person who is 16 years of
             13113      age or older and for whom employment would not endanger [his] the person's health and safety
             13114      if that person:
             13115          (1) has received a high school diploma;
             13116          (2) has received a school release certificate;
             13117          (3) is legally married; or
             13118          (4) is head of a household.
             13119          Section 311. Section 34-25-2 is amended to read:
             13120           34-25-2. "Fellow servant" defined.
             13121          All persons who are engaged in the service of any employer and who while so engaged
             13122      are in the same grade of service and are working together at the same time and place and to a
             13123      common purpose, neither of such persons being entrusted by such employer with any
             13124      superintendence or control over [his] the person's fellow employees, are fellow servants with
             13125      each other; but nothing herein contained shall be so construed as to make the employees of
             13126      such employer fellow servants with other employees engaged in any other department of
             13127      service of such employer. Employees who do not come within the provisions of this section
             13128      [shall not] may not be considered fellow servants.
             13129          Section 312. Section 34-28-5 is amended to read:
             13130           34-28-5. Separation from payroll -- Resignation -- Cessation because of industrial


             13131      dispute.
             13132          (1) (a) Whenever an employer separates an employee from the employer's payroll the
             13133      unpaid wages of the employee become due immediately, and the employer shall pay the wages
             13134      to the employee within 24 hours of the time of separation at the specified place of payment.
             13135          (b) (i) In case of failure to pay wages due an employee within 24 hours of written
             13136      demand, the wages of the employee shall continue from the date of demand until paid, but in
             13137      no event to exceed 60 days, at the same rate that the employee received at the time of
             13138      separation.
             13139          (ii) The employee may recover the penalty thus accruing to the employee in a civil
             13140      action. This action [must] shall be commenced within 60 days from the date of separation.
             13141          (iii) An employee who has not made a written demand for payment is not entitled to
             13142      any penalty under Subsection (1)(b).
             13143          (2) If an employee does not have a written contract for a definite period and resigns
             13144      the employee's employment, the wages earned and unpaid together with any deposit held by the
             13145      employer and properly belonging to the resigned employee for the performance of the
             13146      employee's employment duties become due and payable on the next regular payday.
             13147          (3) If work ceases as the result of an industrial dispute, the wages earned and unpaid at
             13148      the time of this cessation become due and payable at the next regular payday, as provided in
             13149      Section 34-28-3 , including, without abatement or reduction, all amounts due all persons whose
             13150      work has been suspended as a result of the industrial dispute, together with any deposit or other
             13151      guaranty held by the employer for the faithful performance of the duties of the employment.
             13152          (4) This section does not apply to the earnings of a sales agent employed on a
             13153      commission basis who has custody of accounts, money, or goods of the sales agent's principal
             13154      if the net amount due the agent is determined only after an audit or verification of sales,
             13155      accounts, funds, or stocks.
             13156          Section 313. Section 34-28-6 is amended to read:
             13157           34-28-6. Dispute over wages -- Notice and payment.
             13158          (1) In case of a dispute over wages, the employer shall give written notice to the


             13159      employee of the amount of wages [which he] that the employer concedes to be due and shall
             13160      pay such amount without condition within the time set by this chapter[; but acceptance by the
             13161      employee of any such payment made shall not].
             13162          (2) Acceptance by an employee of a payment described in Subsection (1) does not
             13163      constitute a release as to the balance of [his] the employee's claim.
             13164          Section 314. Section 34-28-14 is amended to read:
             13165           34-28-14. Actions by division as assignee -- Costs need not be advanced.
             13166          (1) In all actions brought by the division as assignee under Section 34-28-13 , no court
             13167      costs of any nature shall be required to be advanced nor shall any bond or other security be
             13168      required from the division in connection with the same.
             13169          (2) Any sheriff, constable, or other officer requested by the division to serve summons,
             13170      writs, complaints, orders, including any garnishment papers, and all necessary and legal papers
             13171      within his jurisdiction shall do so without requiring the division to advance the fees or furnish
             13172      any security or bond.
             13173          (3) Whenever the division shall require the sheriff, constable, or other officer whose
             13174      duty it is to seize property or levy thereon in any attachment proceedings to satisfy any wage
             13175      claim judgment to perform any such duty, this officer shall do so without requiring the division
             13176      to furnish any security or bond in the action.
             13177          (4) The officer in carrying out the provisions of this Subsection (4) [shall not be] is not
             13178      responsible in damages for any wrongful seizure made in good faith.
             13179          (5) Whenever anyone other than the defendant claims the right of possession or
             13180      ownership to such seized property, then in such case the officer may permit such claimant to
             13181      have the custody of such property pending a determination of the court as to who has right of
             13182      possession or ownership of such property.
             13183          (6) Any garnishee defendant shall be required to appear and make answer in any such
             13184      action, as required by law, without having paid to [him] the garnishee defendant in advance
             13185      witness fees, but such witness fees shall be included as part of the taxable costs of such action.
             13186      Out of any recovery on a judgment in such a suit, there shall be paid the following: first, the


             13187      witness fees to the garnishee defendant; second, the wage claims involved; third, the sheriff's or
             13188      constable's fees; and fourth, the court costs.
             13189          Section 315. Section 34-29-1 is amended to read:
             13190           34-29-1. License required -- Agencies for teachers excepted.
             13191          It shall be unlawful for any person to open and establish in any city or town, or
             13192      elsewhere within the limits of this state, any intelligence or employment office for the purpose
             13193      of procuring or obtaining for money or other valuable consideration, either directly or
             13194      indirectly, any work or employment for persons seeking the same, or to otherwise engage in
             13195      such business, or in any way to act as a broker or go-between between employers and persons
             13196      seeking work, without first having obtained a license so to do from the city, town, or, if not
             13197      within any city or town, from the county where such intelligence or employment office is to be
             13198      opened or such business is to be carried on. Any person performing any of these services shall
             13199      be deemed to be an employment agent within the meaning of this chapter, but the provisions of
             13200      Section 34-29-10 [shall not] do not apply to any person operating agencies for schoolteachers;
             13201      but it shall be a misdemeanor for any schoolteachers' employment agency to receive as
             13202      commission for information or assistance such as is described herein any consideration in value
             13203      in excess of 5% of the amount of the first year's salary of the person to whom such information
             13204      is furnished.
             13205          Section 316. Section 34-32-4 is amended to read:
             13206           34-32-4. Exceptions from chapter.
             13207          (1) The provisions of this chapter [shall not] do not apply to carriers as that term is
             13208      defined in the Railway Labor Act passed by the Congress of the United States, June 21, 1934.
             13209      48 Stat. 1189, U.S. Code, Title 45, Section 151.
             13210          (2) Nothing in this chapter is intended to, or may be construed to, preempt any
             13211      requirement of federal law.
             13212          Section 317. Section 34-34-2 is amended to read:
             13213           34-34-2. Public policy.
             13214          It is hereby declared to be the public policy of the state [of Utah] that the right of


             13215      persons to work, whether in private employment or for the state, its counties, cities, school
             13216      districts, or other political subdivisions, [shall not] may not be denied or abridged on account
             13217      of membership or nonmembership in any labor union, labor organization or any other type of
             13218      association; and further, that the right to live includes the right to work. The exercise of the
             13219      right to work [must] shall be protected and maintained free from undue restraints and coercion.
             13220          Section 318. Section 34-34-15 is amended to read:
             13221           34-34-15. Existing contracts -- Chapter applicable upon renewal or extension.
             13222          The provisions of this chapter [shall not] do not apply to any lawful contract in force on
             13223      the effective date of this act, but they shall apply in all respects to contracts entered into after
             13224      such date and to any renewal or extension of any existing contract.
             13225          Section 319. Section 34-36-3 is amended to read:
             13226           34-36-3. Carriers and vehicles of United States exempt.
             13227          This chapter [shall not] does not apply to motor carriers or to motor vehicles owned and
             13228      operated by the United States.
             13229          Section 320. Section 34-41-106 is amended to read:
             13230           34-41-106. Employee not disabled.
             13231          An employee, volunteer, prospective employee, or prospective volunteer whose drug
             13232      test results are verified or confirmed as positive in accordance with the provisions of this
             13233      chapter [shall not] may not, by virtue of those results alone, be defined as disabled for purposes
             13234      of:
             13235          (1) Title 34A, Chapter 5, Utah Antidiscrimination Act; or
             13236          (2) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. 12101 through 12213.
             13237          Section 321. Section 34A-1-408 is amended to read:
             13238           34A-1-408. Investigations through representatives.
             13239          (1) For the purpose of making any investigation necessary for the implementation of
             13240      this title with regard to any employment or place of employment, the commission may appoint,
             13241      in writing, any competent person who is a resident of the state, as an agent, whose duties shall
             13242      be prescribed in the written appointment.


             13243          (2) In the discharge of the agent's duties, the agent shall have:
             13244          (a) every power of investigation granted in this title to the commission; and
             13245          (b) the same powers as a referee appointed by a district court with regard to taking
             13246      evidence.
             13247          (3) The commission may:
             13248          (a) conduct any number of the investigations contemporaneously through different
             13249      agents; and
             13250          (b) delegate to the agents the taking of evidence bearing upon any investigation or
             13251      hearing.
             13252          (4) The recommendations made by the agents shall be advisory only and [shall not] do
             13253      not preclude the taking of further evidence or further investigation if the commission so orders.
             13254          Section 322. Section 34A-1-409 is amended to read:
             13255           34A-1-409. Partial invalidity -- Saving clause.
             13256          Should any section or provision of this title be decided by the courts to be
             13257      unconstitutional or invalid the same [shall not] does not affect the validity of the title as a
             13258      whole or any part of the title other than the part so decided to be unconstitutional.
             13259          Section 323. Section 34A-2-413 is amended to read:
             13260           34A-2-413. Permanent total disability -- Amount of payments -- Rehabilitation.
             13261          (1) (a) In the case of a permanent total disability resulting from an industrial accident
             13262      or occupational disease, the employee shall receive compensation as outlined in this section.
             13263          (b) To establish entitlement to permanent total disability compensation, the employee
             13264      [must] shall prove by a preponderance of evidence that:
             13265          (i) the employee sustained a significant impairment or combination of impairments as a
             13266      result of the industrial accident or occupational disease that gives rise to the permanent total
             13267      disability entitlement;
             13268          (ii) the employee is permanently totally disabled; and
             13269          (iii) the industrial accident or occupational disease is the direct cause of the employee's
             13270      permanent total disability.


             13271          (c) To establish that an employee is permanently totally disabled the employee [must]
             13272      shall prove by a preponderance of the evidence that:
             13273          (i) the employee is not gainfully employed;
             13274          (ii) the employee has an impairment or combination of impairments that limit the
             13275      employee's ability to do basic work activities;
             13276          (iii) the industrial or occupationally caused impairment or combination of impairments
             13277      prevent the employee from performing the essential functions of the work activities for which
             13278      the employee has been qualified until the time of the industrial accident or occupational disease
             13279      that is the basis for the employee's permanent total disability claim; and
             13280          (iv) the employee cannot perform other work reasonably available, taking into
             13281      consideration the employee's:
             13282          (A) age;
             13283          (B) education;
             13284          (C) past work experience;
             13285          (D) medical capacity; and
             13286          (E) residual functional capacity.
             13287          (d) Evidence of an employee's entitlement to disability benefits other than those
             13288      provided under this chapter and Chapter 3, Utah Occupational Disease Act, if relevant:
             13289          (i) may be presented to the commission;
             13290          (ii) is not binding; and
             13291          (iii) creates no presumption of an entitlement under this chapter and Chapter 3, Utah
             13292      Occupational Disease Act.
             13293          (e) In determining under Subsections (1)(b) and (c) whether an employee cannot
             13294      perform other work reasonably available, the following may not be considered:
             13295          (i) whether the employee is incarcerated in a facility operated by or contracting with a
             13296      federal, state, county, or municipal government to house a criminal offender in either a secure
             13297      or nonsecure setting; or
             13298          (ii) whether the employee is not legally eligible to be employed because of a reason


             13299      unrelated to the impairment or combination of impairments.
             13300          (2) For permanent total disability compensation during the initial 312-week
             13301      entitlement, compensation is 66-2/3% of the employee's average weekly wage at the time of the
             13302      injury, limited as follows:
             13303          (a) compensation per week may not be more than 85% of the state average weekly
             13304      wage at the time of the injury;
             13305          (b) (i) subject to Subsection (2)(b)(ii), compensation per week may not be less than the
             13306      sum of $45 per week and:
             13307          (A) $5 for a dependent spouse; and
             13308          (B) $5 for each dependent child under the age of 18 years, up to a maximum of four
             13309      dependent minor children; and
             13310          (ii) the amount calculated under Subsection (2)(b)(i) may not exceed:
             13311          (A) the maximum established in Subsection (2)(a); or
             13312          (B) the average weekly wage of the employee at the time of the injury; and
             13313          (c) after the initial 312 weeks, the minimum weekly compensation rate under
             13314      Subsection (2)(b) is 36% of the current state average weekly wage, rounded to the nearest
             13315      dollar.
             13316          (3) This Subsection (3) applies to claims resulting from an accident or disease arising
             13317      out of and in the course of the employee's employment on or before June 30, 1994.
             13318          (a) The employer or its insurance carrier is liable for the initial 312 weeks of permanent
             13319      total disability compensation except as outlined in Section 34A-2-703 as in effect on the date
             13320      of injury.
             13321          (b) The employer or its insurance carrier may not be required to pay compensation for
             13322      any combination of disabilities of any kind, as provided in this section and Sections 34A-2-410
             13323      through 34A-2-412 and Part 5, Industrial Noise, in excess of the amount of compensation
             13324      payable over the initial 312 weeks at the applicable permanent total disability compensation
             13325      rate under Subsection (2).
             13326          (c) The Employers' Reinsurance Fund shall for an overpayment of compensation


             13327      described in Subsection (3)(b), reimburse the overpayment:
             13328          (i) to the employer or its insurance carrier; and
             13329          (ii) out of the Employers' Reinsurance Fund's liability to the employee.
             13330          (d) After an employee receives compensation from the employee's employer, its
             13331      insurance carrier, or the Employers' Reinsurance Fund for any combination of disabilities
             13332      amounting to 312 weeks of compensation at the applicable permanent total disability
             13333      compensation rate, the Employers' Reinsurance Fund shall pay all remaining permanent total
             13334      disability compensation.
             13335          (e) Employers' Reinsurance Fund payments shall commence immediately after the
             13336      employer or its insurance carrier satisfies its liability under this Subsection (3) or Section
             13337      34A-2-703 .
             13338          (4) This Subsection (4) applies to claims resulting from an accident or disease arising
             13339      out of and in the course of the employee's employment on or after July 1, 1994.
             13340          (a) The employer or its insurance carrier is liable for permanent total disability
             13341      compensation.
             13342          (b) The employer or its insurance carrier may not be required to pay compensation for
             13343      any combination of disabilities of any kind, as provided in this section and Sections 34A-2-410
             13344      through 34A-2-412 and Part 5, Industrial Noise, in excess of the amount of compensation
             13345      payable over the initial 312 weeks at the applicable permanent total disability compensation
             13346      rate under Subsection (2).
             13347          (c) The employer or its insurance carrier may recoup the overpayment of compensation
             13348      described in Subsection (4) by reasonably offsetting the overpayment against future liability
             13349      paid before or after the initial 312 weeks.
             13350          (5) (a) A finding by the commission of permanent total disability is not final, unless
             13351      otherwise agreed to by the parties, until:
             13352          (i) an administrative law judge reviews a summary of reemployment activities
             13353      undertaken pursuant to Chapter 8a, Utah Injured Worker Reemployment Act;
             13354          (ii) the employer or its insurance carrier submits to the administrative law judge:


             13355          (A) a reemployment plan as prepared by a qualified rehabilitation provider reasonably
             13356      designed to return the employee to gainful employment; or
             13357          (B) notice that the employer or its insurance carrier will not submit a plan; and
             13358          (iii) the administrative law judge, after notice to the parties, holds a hearing, unless
             13359      otherwise stipulated, to:
             13360          (A) consider evidence regarding rehabilitation; and
             13361          (B) review any reemployment plan submitted by the employer or its insurance carrier
             13362      under Subsection (5)(a)(ii).
             13363          (b) Before commencing the procedure required by Subsection (5)(a), the administrative
             13364      law judge shall order:
             13365          (i) the initiation of permanent total disability compensation payments to provide for the
             13366      employee's subsistence; and
             13367          (ii) the payment of any undisputed disability or medical benefits due the employee.
             13368          (c) Notwithstanding Subsection (5)(a), an order for payment of benefits described in
             13369      Subsection (5)(b) is considered a final order for purposes of Section 34A-2-212 .
             13370          (d) The employer or its insurance carrier shall be given credit for any disability
             13371      payments made under Subsection (5)(b) against its ultimate disability compensation liability
             13372      under this chapter or Chapter 3, Utah Occupational Disease Act.
             13373          (e) An employer or its insurance carrier may not be ordered to submit a reemployment
             13374      plan. If the employer or its insurance carrier voluntarily submits a plan, the plan is subject to
             13375      Subsections (5)(e)(i) through (iii).
             13376          (i) The plan may include, but not require an employee to pay for:
             13377          (A) retraining;
             13378          (B) education;
             13379          (C) medical and disability compensation benefits;
             13380          (D) job placement services; or
             13381          (E) incentives calculated to facilitate reemployment.
             13382          (ii) The plan shall include payment of reasonable disability compensation to provide


             13383      for the employee's subsistence during the rehabilitation process.
             13384          (iii) The employer or its insurance carrier shall diligently pursue the reemployment
             13385      plan. The employer's or insurance carrier's failure to diligently pursue the reemployment plan
             13386      is cause for the administrative law judge on the administrative law judge's own motion to make
             13387      a final decision of permanent total disability.
             13388          (f) If a preponderance of the evidence shows that successful rehabilitation is not
             13389      possible, the administrative law judge shall order that the employee be paid weekly permanent
             13390      total disability compensation benefits.
             13391          (g) If a preponderance of the evidence shows that pursuant to a reemployment plan, as
             13392      prepared by a qualified rehabilitation provider and presented under Subsection (5)(e), an
             13393      employee could immediately or without unreasonable delay return to work but for the
             13394      following, an administrative law judge shall order that the employee be denied the payment of
             13395      weekly permanent total disability compensation benefits:
             13396          (i) incarceration in a facility operated by or contracting with a federal, state, county, or
             13397      municipal government to house a criminal offender in either a secure or nonsecure setting; or
             13398          (ii) not being legally eligible to be employed because of a reason unrelated to the
             13399      impairment or combination of impairments.
             13400          (6) (a) The period of benefits commences on the date the employee became
             13401      permanently totally disabled, as determined by a final order of the commission based on the
             13402      facts and evidence, and ends:
             13403          (i) with the death of the employee; or
             13404          (ii) when the employee is capable of returning to regular, steady work.
             13405          (b) An employer or its insurance carrier may provide or locate for a permanently totally
             13406      disabled employee reasonable, medically appropriate, part-time work in a job earning at least
             13407      minimum wage, except that the employee may not be required to accept the work to the extent
             13408      that it would disqualify the employee from Social Security disability benefits.
             13409          (c) An employee shall:
             13410          (i) fully cooperate in the placement and employment process; and


             13411          (ii) accept the reasonable, medically appropriate, part-time work.
             13412          (d) In a consecutive four-week period when an employee's gross income from the work
             13413      provided under Subsection (6)(b) exceeds $500, the employer or insurance carrier may reduce
             13414      the employee's permanent total disability compensation by 50% of the employee's income in
             13415      excess of $500.
             13416          (e) If a work opportunity is not provided by the employer or its insurance carrier, a
             13417      permanently totally disabled employee may obtain medically appropriate, part-time work
             13418      subject to the offset provisions of Subsection (6)(d).
             13419          (f) (i) The commission shall establish rules regarding the part-time work and offset.
             13420          (ii) The adjudication of disputes arising under this Subsection (6) is governed by Part
             13421      8, Adjudication.
             13422          (g) The employer or its insurance carrier has the burden of proof to show that
             13423      medically appropriate part-time work is available.
             13424          (h) The administrative law judge may:
             13425          (i) excuse an employee from participation in any work:
             13426          (A) that would require the employee to undertake work exceeding the employee's:
             13427          (I) medical capacity; or
             13428          (II) residual functional capacity; or
             13429          (B) for good cause; or
             13430          (ii) allow the employer or its insurance carrier to reduce permanent total disability
             13431      benefits as provided in Subsection (6)(d) when reasonable, medically appropriate, part-time
             13432      work is offered, but the employee fails to fully cooperate.
             13433          (7) When an employee is rehabilitated or the employee's rehabilitation is possible but
             13434      the employee has some loss of bodily function, the award shall be for permanent partial
             13435      disability.
             13436          (8) As determined by an administrative law judge, an employee is not entitled to
             13437      disability compensation, unless the employee fully cooperates with any evaluation or
             13438      reemployment plan under this chapter or Chapter 3, Utah Occupational Disease Act. The


             13439      administrative law judge shall dismiss without prejudice the claim for benefits of an employee
             13440      if the administrative law judge finds that the employee fails to fully cooperate, unless the
             13441      administrative law judge states specific findings on the record justifying dismissal with
             13442      prejudice.
             13443          (9) (a) The loss or permanent and complete loss of the use of the following constitutes
             13444      total and permanent disability that is compensated according to this section:
             13445          (i) both hands;
             13446          (ii) both arms;
             13447          (iii) both feet;
             13448          (iv) both legs;
             13449          (v) both eyes; or
             13450          (vi) any combination of two body members described in this Subsection (9)(a).
             13451          (b) A finding of permanent total disability pursuant to Subsection (9)(a) is final.
             13452          (10) (a) An insurer or self-insured employer may periodically reexamine a permanent
             13453      total disability claim, except those based on Subsection (9), for which the insurer or
             13454      self-insured employer had or has payment responsibility to determine whether the employee
             13455      remains permanently totally disabled.
             13456          (b) Reexamination may be conducted no more than once every three years after an
             13457      award is final, unless good cause is shown by the employer or its insurance carrier to allow
             13458      more frequent reexaminations.
             13459          (c) The reexamination may include:
             13460          (i) the review of medical records;
             13461          (ii) employee submission to one or more reasonable medical evaluations;
             13462          (iii) employee submission to one or more reasonable rehabilitation evaluations and
             13463      retraining efforts;
             13464          (iv) employee disclosure of Federal Income Tax Returns;
             13465          (v) employee certification of compliance with Section 34A-2-110 ; and
             13466          (vi) employee completion of one or more sworn affidavits or questionnaires approved


             13467      by the division.
             13468          (d) The insurer or self-insured employer shall pay for the cost of a reexamination with
             13469      appropriate employee reimbursement pursuant to rule for reasonable travel allowance and per
             13470      diem as well as reasonable expert witness fees incurred by the employee in supporting the
             13471      employee's claim for permanent total disability benefits at the time of reexamination.
             13472          (e) If an employee fails to fully cooperate in the reasonable reexamination of a
             13473      permanent total disability finding, an administrative law judge may order the suspension of the
             13474      employee's permanent total disability benefits until the employee cooperates with the
             13475      reexamination.
             13476          (f) (i) If the reexamination of a permanent total disability finding reveals evidence that
             13477      reasonably raises the issue of an employee's continued entitlement to permanent total disability
             13478      compensation benefits, an insurer or self-insured employer may petition the Division of
             13479      Adjudication for a rehearing on that issue. The insurer or self-insured employer shall include
             13480      with the petition, documentation supporting the insurer's or self-insured employer's belief that
             13481      the employee is no longer permanently totally disabled.
             13482          (ii) If the petition under Subsection (10)(f)(i) demonstrates good cause, as determined
             13483      by the Division of Adjudication, an administrative law judge shall adjudicate the issue at a
             13484      hearing.
             13485          (iii) Evidence of an employee's participation in medically appropriate, part-time work
             13486      may not be the sole basis for termination of an employee's permanent total disability
             13487      entitlement, but the evidence of the employee's participation in medically appropriate, part-time
             13488      work under Subsection (6) may be considered in the reexamination or hearing with other
             13489      evidence relating to the employee's status and condition.
             13490          (g) In accordance with Section 34A-1-309 , the administrative law judge may award
             13491      reasonable attorney fees to an attorney retained by an employee to represent the employee's
             13492      interests with respect to reexamination of the permanent total disability finding, except if the
             13493      employee does not prevail, the attorney fees shall be set at $1,000. The attorney fees awarded
             13494      shall be paid by the employer or its insurance carrier in addition to the permanent total


             13495      disability compensation benefits due.
             13496          (h) During the period of reexamination or adjudication, if the employee fully
             13497      cooperates, each insurer, self-insured employer, or the Employers' Reinsurance Fund shall
             13498      continue to pay the permanent total disability compensation benefits due the employee.
             13499          (11) If any provision of this section, or the application of any provision to any person
             13500      or circumstance, is held invalid, the remainder of this section is given effect without the invalid
             13501      provision or application.
             13502          Section 324. Section 34A-2-802 is amended to read:
             13503           34A-2-802. Rules of evidence and procedure before commission -- Admissible
             13504      evidence.
             13505          (1) The commission, the commissioner, an administrative law judge, or the Appeals
             13506      Board, is not bound by the usual common law or statutory rules of evidence, or by any
             13507      technical or formal rules or procedure, other than as provided in this section or as adopted by
             13508      the commission pursuant to this chapter and Chapter 3, Utah Occupational Disease Act. The
             13509      commission may make its investigation in such manner as in its judgment is best calculated to
             13510      ascertain the substantial rights of the parties and to carry out justly the spirit of the chapter.
             13511          (2) The commission may receive as evidence and use as proof of any fact in dispute all
             13512      evidence [deemed] considered material and relevant including[, but not limited to] the
             13513      following:
             13514          (a) depositions and sworn testimony presented in open hearings;
             13515          (b) reports of attending or examining physicians, or of pathologists;
             13516          (c) reports of investigators appointed by the commission;
             13517          (d) reports of employers, including copies of time sheets, book accounts, or other
             13518      records; or
             13519          (e) hospital records in the case of an injured or diseased employee.
             13520          Section 325. Section 34A-3-104 is amended to read:
             13521           34A-3-104. Employer liability for compensation.
             13522          (1) Every employer is liable for the payment of disability and medical benefits to every


             13523      employee who becomes disabled, or death benefits to the dependents of any employee who
             13524      dies, by reason of an occupational disease under the terms of this chapter.
             13525          (2) Compensation [shall not] may not be paid when the last day of injurious exposure
             13526      of the employee to the hazards of the occupational disease occurred prior to 1941.
             13527          Section 326. Section 34A-6-108 is amended to read:
             13528           34A-6-108. Collection, compilation, and analysis of statistics.
             13529          (1) The division shall develop and maintain an effective program of collection,
             13530      compilation, and analysis of occupational safety and health statistics. The program may cover
             13531      all employments whether subject to this chapter but [shall not] may not cover employments
             13532      excluded by Subsection 34A-6-104 (2). The division shall compile accurate statistics on work
             13533      injuries and occupational diseases.
             13534          (2) The division may use the functions imposed by Subsection (1) to:
             13535          (a) promote, encourage, or directly engage in programs of studies, information, and
             13536      communication concerning occupational safety and health statistics;
             13537          (b) assist agencies or political subdivisions in developing and administering programs
             13538      dealing with occupational safety and health statistics; and
             13539          (c) arrange, through assistance, for the conduct of research and investigations which
             13540      give promise of furthering the objectives of this section.
             13541          (3) The division may, with the consent of any state agency or political subdivision of
             13542      the state, accept and use the services, facilities, and employees of state agencies or political
             13543      subdivisions of the state, with or without reimbursement, to assist it in carrying out its
             13544      functions under this section.
             13545          (4) On the basis of the records made and kept under Subsection 34A-6-301 (3),
             13546      employers shall file reports with the division in the form and manner prescribed by the
             13547      division.
             13548          (5) Agreements between the United States Department of Labor and Utah pertaining to
             13549      the collection of occupational safety and health statistics already in effect on July 1, 1973,
             13550      remain in effect until superseded.


             13551          Section 327. Section 34A-6-202 is amended to read:
             13552           34A-6-202. Standards -- Procedure for issuance, modification, or revocation by
             13553      division -- Emergency temporary standard -- Variances from standards -- Statement of
             13554      reasons for administrator's actions -- Judicial review -- Priority for establishing
             13555      standards.
             13556          (1) (a) The division, as soon as practicable, shall issue as standards any national
             13557      consensus standard, any adopted federal standard, or any adopted Utah standard, unless it
             13558      determines that issuance of the standard would not result in improved safety or health.
             13559          (b) All codes, standards, and rules adopted under Subsection (1)(a) shall take effect 30
             13560      days after publication unless otherwise specified.
             13561          (c) If any conflict exists between standards, the division shall issue the standard that
             13562      assures the greatest protection of safety or health for affected employees.
             13563          (2) The division may issue, modify, or revoke any standard as follows:
             13564          (a) (i) Whenever the administrator determines upon the basis of information submitted
             13565      in writing by an interested person, a representative of any organization of employers or
             13566      employees, a nationally recognized standards-producing organization, the Department of
             13567      Health, or a state agency or political subdivision, or on information developed by the division
             13568      or otherwise available, that a rule should be promulgated to promote the objectives of this
             13569      chapter, the administrator may request recommendations from the advisory council.
             13570          (ii) The administrator shall provide the advisory council with proposals, together with
             13571      all pertinent factual information developed by the division, or otherwise available, including
             13572      the results of research, demonstrations, and experiments.
             13573          (iii) The advisory council shall submit to the administrator its recommendations
             13574      regarding the rule to be promulgated within a period as prescribed by the administrator.
             13575          (b) The division shall publish a proposed rule issuing, modifying, or revoking an
             13576      occupational safety or health standard and shall afford interested parties an opportunity to
             13577      submit written data or comments as prescribed by Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative
             13578      Rulemaking Act. When the administrator determines that a rule should be issued, the division


             13579      shall publish the proposed rule after the submission of the advisory council's recommendations
             13580      or the expiration of the period prescribed by the administrator for submission.
             13581          (c) The administrator, in issuing standards for toxic materials or harmful physical
             13582      agents under this subsection, shall set the standard which most adequately assures, to the extent
             13583      feasible, on the basis of the best available evidence, that no employee will suffer material
             13584      impairment of health or functional capacity even if the employee has regular exposure to the
             13585      hazard during an employee's working life. Development of standards under this subsection
             13586      shall be based upon research, demonstrations, experiments, and other information deemed
             13587      appropriate. In addition to the attainment of the highest degree of health and safety protection
             13588      for the employee, other considerations shall be the latest available scientific data in the field,
             13589      the feasibility of the standards, and experience under this and other health and safety laws.
             13590      Whenever practicable, the standard shall be expressed in terms of objective criteria and of the
             13591      performance desired.
             13592          (d) (i) Any employer may apply to the administrator for a temporary order granting a
             13593      variance from a standard issued under this section. Temporary orders shall be granted only if
             13594      the employer:
             13595          (A) files an application which meets the requirements of Subsection (2)(d)(iv);
             13596          (B) establishes that the employer is unable to comply with a standard by its effective
             13597      date because of unavailability of professional or technical personnel or of materials and
             13598      equipment needed for compliance with the standard or because necessary construction or
             13599      alteration of facilities cannot be completed by the effective date;
             13600          (C) establishes that the employer is taking all available steps to safeguard the
             13601      employer's employees against hazards; and
             13602          (D) establishes that the employer has an effective program for compliance as quickly as
             13603      practicable.
             13604          (ii) Any temporary order shall prescribe the practices, means, methods, operations, and
             13605      processes which the employer [must] shall adopt and use while the order is in effect and state
             13606      in detail the employer's program for compliance with the standard. A temporary order may be


             13607      granted only after notice to employees and an opportunity for a public hearing; provided, that
             13608      the administrator may issue one interim order effective until a decision is made after public
             13609      hearing.
             13610          (iii) A temporary order may not be in effect longer than the period reasonably required
             13611      by the employer to achieve compliance. In no case shall the period of a temporary order
             13612      exceed one year.
             13613          (iv) An application for a temporary order under Subsection (2)(d) shall contain:
             13614          (A) a specification of the standard or part from which the employer seeks a variance;
             13615          (B) a representation by the employer, supported by representations from qualified
             13616      persons having first-hand knowledge of the facts represented, that the employer is unable to
             13617      comply with the standard or some part of the standard;
             13618          (C) a detailed statement of the reasons the employer is unable to comply;
             13619          (D) a statement of the measures taken and anticipated with specific dates, to protect
             13620      employees against the hazard;
             13621          (E) a statement of when the employer expects to comply with the standard and what
             13622      measures the employer has taken and those anticipated, giving specific dates for compliance;
             13623      and
             13624          (F) a certification that the employer has informed the employer's employees of the
             13625      application by:
             13626          (I) giving a copy to their authorized representative;
             13627          (II) posting a statement giving a summary of the application and specifying where a
             13628      copy may be examined at the place or places where notices to employees are normally posted;
             13629      and
             13630          (III) by other appropriate means.
             13631          (v) The certification required under Subsection (2)(d)(iv) shall contain a description of
             13632      how employees have been informed.
             13633          (vi) The information to employees required under Subsection (2)(d)(v) shall inform the
             13634      employees of their right to petition the division for a hearing.


             13635          (vii) The administrator is authorized to grant a variance from any standard or some part
             13636      of the standard when the administrator determines that it is necessary to permit an employer to
             13637      participate in a research and development project approved by the administrator to demonstrate
             13638      or validate new and improved techniques to safeguard the health or safety of workers.
             13639          (e) (i) Any standard issued under this subsection shall prescribe the use of labels or
             13640      other forms of warning necessary to ensure that employees are apprised of all hazards, relevant
             13641      symptoms and emergency treatment, and proper conditions and precautions of safe use or
             13642      exposure. When appropriate, a standard shall prescribe suitable protective equipment and
             13643      control or technological procedures for use in connection with such hazards and provide for
             13644      monitoring or measuring employee exposure at such locations and intervals, and in a manner
             13645      necessary for the protection of employees. In addition, any such standard shall prescribe the
             13646      type and frequency of medical examinations or other tests which shall be made available by the
             13647      employer, or at the employer's cost, to employees exposed to hazards in order to most
             13648      effectively determine whether the health of employees is adversely affected by exposure. If
             13649      medical examinations are in the nature of research as determined by the division, the
             13650      examinations may be furnished at division expense. The results of such examinations or tests
             13651      shall be furnished only to the division; and, at the request of the employee, to the employee's
             13652      physician.
             13653          (ii) The administrator may by rule make appropriate modifications in requirements for
             13654      the use of labels or other forms of warning, monitoring or measuring, and medical
             13655      examinations warranted by experience, information, or medical or technological developments
             13656      acquired subsequent to the promulgation of the relevant standard.
             13657          (f) Whenever a rule issued by the administrator differs substantially from an existing
             13658      national consensus standard, the division shall publish a statement of the reasons why the rule
             13659      as adopted will better effectuate the purposes of this chapter than the national consensus
             13660      standard.
             13661          (g) Whenever a rule, standard, or national consensus standard is modified by the
             13662      secretary so as to make less restrictive the federal Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and


             13663      Health Act of 1970, the less restrictive modification shall be immediately applicable to this
             13664      chapter and shall be immediately implemented by the division.
             13665          (3) (a) The administrator shall provide an emergency temporary standard to take
             13666      immediate effect upon publication if the administrator determines that:
             13667          (i) employees are exposed to grave danger from exposure to substances or agents
             13668      determined to be toxic or physically harmful or from new hazards; and
             13669          (ii) that the standard is necessary to protect employees from danger.
             13670          (b) An emergency standard shall be effective until superseded by a standard issued in
             13671      accordance with the procedures prescribed in Subsection (3)(c).
             13672          (c) Upon publication of an emergency standard the division shall commence a
             13673      proceeding in accordance with Subsection (2) and the standard as published shall serve as a
             13674      proposed rule for the proceedings. The division shall issue a standard under Subsection (3) no
             13675      later than 120 days after publication of the emergency standard.
             13676          (4) (a) Any affected employer may apply to the division for a rule or order for a
             13677      variance from a standard issued under this section. Affected employees shall be given notice of
             13678      each application and may participate in a hearing. The administrator shall issue a rule or order
             13679      if the administrator determines on the record, after opportunity for an inspection where
             13680      appropriate and a hearing, that the proponent of the variance has demonstrated by a
             13681      preponderance of the evidence that the conditions, practices, means, methods, operations, or
             13682      processes used or proposed to be used by an employer will provide employment and a
             13683      workplace to the employer's employees that are as safe and healthful as those which would
             13684      prevail if the employer complied with the standard.
             13685          (b) The rule or order issued under Subsection (4)(a) shall prescribe the conditions the
             13686      employer must maintain, and the practices, means, methods, operations and processes that the
             13687      employer must adopt and use to the extent they differ from the standard in question.
             13688          (c) A rule or order issued under Subsection (4)(a) may be modified or revoked upon
             13689      application by an employer, employees, or by the administrator on its own motion, in the
             13690      manner prescribed for its issuance under Subsection (4) at any time after six months from its


             13691      issuance.
             13692          (5) The administrator shall include a statement of reasons for the administrator's actions
             13693      when the administrator:
             13694          (a) issues any code, standard, rule, or order;
             13695          (b) grants any exemption or extension of time; or
             13696          (c) compromises, mitigates, or settles any penalty assessed under this chapter.
             13697          (6) Any person adversely affected by a standard issued under this section, at any time
             13698      prior to 60 days after a standard is issued, may file a petition challenging its validity with the
             13699      district court having jurisdiction for judicial review. A copy of the petition shall be served
             13700      upon the division by the petitioner. The filing of a petition [shall not] may not, unless
             13701      otherwise ordered by the court, operate as a stay of the standard. The determinations of the
             13702      division shall be conclusive if supported by substantial evidence on the record as a whole.
             13703          (7) In determining the priority for establishing standards under this section, the division
             13704      shall give due regard to the urgency of the need for mandatory safety and health standards for
             13705      particular industries, trades, crafts, occupations, businesses, workplaces or work environments.
             13706      The administrator shall also give due regard to the recommendations of the Department of
             13707      Health about the need for mandatory standards in determining the priority for establishing the
             13708      standards.
             13709          Section 328. Section 34A-6-301 is amended to read:
             13710           34A-6-301. Inspection and investigation of workplace, worker injury, illness, or
             13711      complaint -- Warrants -- Attendance of witnesses -- Recordkeeping by employers --
             13712      Employer and employee representatives -- Request for inspection -- Compilation and
             13713      publication of reports and information -- Rules.
             13714          (1) (a) The division or its representatives, upon presenting appropriate credentials to
             13715      the owner, operator, or agent in charge, may:
             13716          (i) enter without delay at reasonable times any workplace where work is performed by
             13717      an employee of an employer;
             13718          (ii) inspect and investigate during regular working hours and at other reasonable times


             13719      in a reasonable manner, any workplace, worker injury, occupational disease, or complaint and
             13720      all pertinent methods, operations, processes, conditions, structures, machines, apparatus,
             13721      devices, equipment, and materials in the workplace; and
             13722          (iii) question privately any such employer, owner, operator, agent, or employee.
             13723          (b) The division, upon an employer's refusal to permit an inspection, may seek a
             13724      warrant pursuant to the Utah Rules of Criminal Procedure.
             13725          (2) (a) The division or its representatives may require the attendance and testimony of
             13726      witnesses and the production of evidence under oath.
             13727          (b) Witnesses shall receive fees and mileage in accordance with Section 78B-1-119 .
             13728          (c) (i) If any person fails or refuses to obey an order of the division to appear, any
             13729      district court within the jurisdiction of which such person is found, or resides or transacts
             13730      business, upon the application by the division, shall have jurisdiction to issue to any person an
             13731      order requiring that person to:
             13732          (A) appear to produce evidence if, as, and when so ordered; and
             13733          (B) give testimony relating to the matter under investigation or in question.
             13734          (ii) Any failure to obey an order of the court described in this Subsection (2)(c) may be
             13735      punished by the court as a contempt.
             13736          (3) (a) The commission shall make rules in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah
             13737      Administrative Rulemaking Act, requiring employers:
             13738          (i) to keep records regarding activities related to this chapter considered necessary for
             13739      enforcement or for the development of information about the causes and prevention of
             13740      occupational accidents and diseases; and
             13741          (ii) through posting of notices or other means, to inform employees of their rights and
             13742      obligations under this chapter including applicable standards.
             13743          (b) The commission shall make rules in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah
             13744      Administrative Rulemaking Act, requiring employers to keep records regarding any
             13745      work-related death and injury and any occupational disease as provided in this Subsection
             13746      (3)(b).


             13747          (i) Each employer shall investigate or cause to be investigated all work-related injuries
             13748      and occupational diseases and any sudden or unusual occurrence or change of conditions that
             13749      pose an unsafe or unhealthful exposure to employees.
             13750          (ii) Each employer shall, within eight hours of occurrence, notify the division of any:
             13751          (A) work-related fatality;
             13752          (B) disabling, serious, or significant injury; or
             13753          (C) occupational disease incident.
             13754          (iii) (A) Each employer shall file a report with the Division of Industrial Accidents
             13755      within seven days after the occurrence of an injury or occupational disease, after the employer's
             13756      first knowledge of the occurrence, or after the employee's notification of the same, in the form
             13757      prescribed by the Division of Industrial Accidents, of any work-related fatality or any
             13758      work-related injury or occupational disease resulting in:
             13759          (I) medical treatment;
             13760          (II) loss of consciousness;
             13761          (III) loss of work;
             13762          (IV) restriction of work; or
             13763          (V) transfer to another job.
             13764          (B) (I) Each employer shall file a subsequent report with the Division of Industrial
             13765      Accidents of any previously reported injury or occupational disease that later resulted in death.
             13766          (II) The subsequent report shall be filed with the Division of Industrial Accidents
             13767      within seven days following the death or the employer's first knowledge or notification of the
             13768      death.
             13769          (iv) A report is not required for minor injuries, such as cuts or scratches that require
             13770      first-aid treatment only, unless a treating physician files, or is required to file, the Physician's
             13771      Initial Report of Work Injury or Occupational Disease with the Division of Industrial
             13772      Accidents.
             13773          (v) A report is not required:
             13774          (A) for occupational diseases that manifest after the employee is no longer employed


             13775      by the employer with which the exposure occurred; or
             13776          (B) where the employer is not aware of an exposure occasioned by the employment
             13777      which results in a compensable occupational disease as defined by Section 34A-3-103 .
             13778          (vi) Each employer shall provide the employee with:
             13779          (A) a copy of the report submitted to the Division of Industrial Accidents; and
             13780          (B) a statement, as prepared by the Division of Industrial Accidents, of the employee's
             13781      rights and responsibilities related to the industrial injury or occupational disease.
             13782          (vii) Each employer shall maintain a record in a manner prescribed by the commission
             13783      of all work-related fatalities or work-related injuries and of all occupational diseases resulting
             13784      in:
             13785          (A) medical treatment;
             13786          (B) loss of consciousness;
             13787          (C) loss of work;
             13788          (D) restriction of work; or
             13789          (E) transfer to another job.
             13790          (viii) The commission shall make rules in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah
             13791      Administrative Rulemaking Act, to implement this Subsection (3)(b) consistent with nationally
             13792      recognized rules or standards on the reporting and recording of work-related injuries and
             13793      occupational diseases.
             13794          (c) (i) The commission shall make rules in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah
             13795      Administrative Rulemaking Act, requiring employers to keep records regarding exposures to
             13796      potentially toxic materials or harmful physical agents required to be measured or monitored
             13797      under Section 34A-6-202 .
             13798          (ii) (A) The rules made under Subsection (3)(c)(i) shall provide for employees or their
             13799      representatives:
             13800          (I) to observe the measuring or monitoring; and
             13801          (II) to have access to the records of the measuring or monitoring, and to records that
             13802      indicate their exposure to toxic materials or harmful agents.


             13803          (B) Each employer shall promptly notify employees being exposed to toxic materials or
             13804      harmful agents in concentrations that exceed prescribed levels and inform any such employee
             13805      of the corrective action being taken.
             13806          (4) Information obtained by the division shall be obtained with a minimum burden
             13807      upon employers, especially those operating small businesses.
             13808          (5) A representative of the employer and a representative authorized by employees
             13809      shall be given an opportunity to accompany the division's authorized representative during the
             13810      physical inspection of any workplace. If there is no authorized employee representative, the
             13811      division's authorized representative shall consult with a reasonable number of employees
             13812      concerning matters of health and safety in the workplace.
             13813          (6) (a) (i) (A) Any employee or representative of employees who believes that a
             13814      violation of an adopted safety or health standard exists that threatens physical harm, or that an
             13815      imminent danger exists, may request an inspection by giving notice to the division's authorized
             13816      representative of the violation or danger. The notice shall be:
             13817          (I) in writing, setting forth with reasonable particularity the grounds for notice; and
             13818          (II) signed by the employee or representative of employees.
             13819          (B) A copy of the notice shall be provided the employer or the employer's agent no
             13820      later than at the time of inspection.
             13821          (C) Upon request of the person giving notice, the person's name and the names of
             13822      individual employees referred to in the notice [shall not] may not appear in the copy or on any
             13823      record published, released, or made available pursuant to Subsection (7).
             13824          (ii) (A) If upon receipt of the notice the division's authorized representative determines
             13825      there are reasonable grounds to believe that a violation or danger exists, the authorized
             13826      representative shall make a special inspection in accordance with this section as soon as
             13827      practicable to determine if a violation or danger exists.
             13828          (B) If the division's authorized representative determines there are no reasonable
             13829      grounds to believe that a violation or danger exists, the authorized representative shall notify
             13830      the employee or representative of the employees in writing of that determination.


             13831          (b) (i) Prior to or during any inspection of a workplace, any employee or representative
             13832      of employees employed in the workplace may notify the division or its representative of any
             13833      violation of a standard that they have reason to believe exists in the workplace.
             13834          (ii) The division shall:
             13835          (A) by rule, establish procedures for informal review of any refusal by a representative
             13836      of the division to issue a citation with respect to any alleged violation; and
             13837          (B) furnish the employees or representative of employees requesting review a written
             13838      statement of the reasons for the division's final disposition of the case.
             13839          (7) (a) The division may compile, analyze, and publish, either in summary or detailed
             13840      form, all reports or information obtained under this section, subject to the limitations set forth
             13841      in Section 34A-6-306 .
             13842          (b) The commission shall make rules in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah
             13843      Administrative Rulemaking Act, necessary to carry out its responsibilities under this chapter,
             13844      including rules for information obtained under this section, subject to the limitations set forth
             13845      in Section 34A-6-306 .
             13846          (8) Any employer who refuses or neglects to make reports, to maintain records, or to
             13847      file reports with the commission as required by this section is guilty of a class C misdemeanor
             13848      and subject to citation under Section 34A-6-302 and a civil assessment as provided under
             13849      Section 34A-6-307 , unless the commission finds that the employer has shown good cause for
             13850      submitting a report later than required by this section.
             13851          Section 329. Section 34A-7-102 is amended to read:
             13852           34A-7-102. Standards for construction and design -- Special approved designs --
             13853      Maintenance requirements.
             13854          (1) For the purposes of this part, the standards for the design and construction of a new
             13855      boiler and new pressure vessel shall be the latest applicable provisions of the Boiler and
             13856      Pressure Vessel Code published by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
             13857          (2) This part [shall not] may not be construed as preventing the construction and use of
             13858      a boiler or pressure vessel of special design:


             13859          (a) subject to approval of the Division of Boiler and Elevator Safety; and
             13860          (b) if the special design provides a level of safety equivalent to that contemplated by
             13861      the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
             13862          (3) A boiler and pressure vessel, including an existing boiler and pressure vessel, shall
             13863      be maintained in safe operating condition for the service involved.
             13864          Section 330. Section 35A-3-106 is amended to read:
             13865           35A-3-106. Residency requirements.
             13866          To be eligible for public assistance under this chapter, an applicant [must] shall be
             13867      living in Utah voluntarily with the intention of making this state the applicant's place of
             13868      residence, and not for a temporary purpose.
             13869          Section 331. Section 35A-3-108 is amended to read:
             13870           35A-3-108. Assignment of support.
             13871          (1) (a) The division shall obtain an assignment of support from each applicant or client
             13872      regardless of whether the payment is court ordered.
             13873          (b) Upon the receipt of assistance, any right to receive support from another person
             13874      passes to the state, even if the client has not executed and delivered an assignment to the
             13875      division as required by Subsection (1)(a).
             13876          (c) The right to support described in Subsection (1)(b) includes a right to support in the
             13877      applicant's or client's own behalf or in behalf of any family member for whom the applicant or
             13878      client is applying for or receiving assistance.
             13879          (2) An assignment of support or a passing of rights under Subsection (1)(b) includes
             13880      payments ordered, decreed, or adjudged by any court within this state, any other state, or
             13881      territory of the United States and is not in lieu of, and [shall not] does not supersede or alter,
             13882      any other court order, decree, or judgment.
             13883          (3) When an assignment is executed or the right to support passes to the department
             13884      under Subsection (1)(b), the applicant or client is eligible to regular monthly assistance and the
             13885      support paid to the division is a refund.
             13886          (4) All sums refunded, except any amount which is required to be credited to the


             13887      federal government, shall be deposited into the General Fund.
             13888          (5) On and after the date a family stops receiving cash assistance, an assignment of
             13889      support under Subsection (1) [shall not] does not apply to any support that accrued before the
             13890      family received such assistance if the department has not collected the support by the date the
             13891      family stops receiving cash assistance, if the assignment is executed on or after October 1,
             13892      1998.
             13893          (6) The department shall distribute arrearages to families in accordance with the Social
             13894      Security Act, 42 U.S.C. Sec. 657.
             13895          (7) The total amount of child support assigned to the department and collected under
             13896      this section may not exceed the total amount of cash assistance received by the recipient.
             13897          Section 332. Section 35A-3-304 is amended to read:
             13898           35A-3-304. Assessment -- Participation requirements and limitations -- Mentors.
             13899          (1) (a) Within 20 business days of the date of enrollment, a parent client shall:
             13900          (i) be assigned an employment counselor; and
             13901          (ii) complete an assessment provided by the division regarding the parent client's:
             13902          (A) family circumstances;
             13903          (B) education;
             13904          (C) work history;
             13905          (D) skills; and
             13906          (E) ability to become self-sufficient.
             13907          (b) The assessment provided under Subsection (1)(a)(ii) shall include a survey to be
             13908      completed by the parent client with the assistance of the division.
             13909          (2) (a) Within 15 business days of a parent client completing an assessment, the
             13910      division and the parent client shall enter into an employment plan.
             13911          (b) The employment plan shall have a target date for entry into employment.
             13912          (c) The division shall provide a copy of the employment plan to the parent client.
             13913          (d) As to the parent client, the plan may include:
             13914          (i) job searching requirements;


             13915          (ii) if the parent client does not have a high school diploma, participation in an
             13916      educational program to obtain a high school diploma, or its equivalent;
             13917          (iii) education or training necessary to obtain employment;
             13918          (iv) a combination of work and education or training;
             13919          (v) assisting the Office of Recovery Services in good faith to:
             13920          (A) establish the paternity of a minor child; and
             13921          (B) establish or enforce a child support order; and
             13922          (vi) if the parent client is a drug dependent person as defined in Section 58-37-2 ,
             13923      participation in available treatment for drug dependency and progress toward overcoming that
             13924      dependency.
             13925          (e) As to the division, the plan may include:
             13926          (i) providing cash and other types of public and employment assistance, including child
             13927      care;
             13928          (ii) assisting the parent client to obtain education or training necessary for employment;
             13929          (iii) assisting the parent client to set up and follow a household budget; and
             13930          (iv) assisting the parent client to obtain employment.
             13931          (f) The division may amend the employment plan to reflect new information or
             13932      changed circumstances.
             13933          (g) If immediate employment is an activity contained in the employment plan the
             13934      parent client shall:
             13935          (i) promptly commence a search for a specified number of hours each week for
             13936      employment; and
             13937          (ii) regularly submit a report to the division on:
             13938          (A) how time was spent in search for a job;
             13939          (B) the number of job applications completed;
             13940          (C) the interviews attended;
             13941          (D) the offers of employment extended; and
             13942          (E) other related information required by the division.


             13943          (h) (i) If full-time education or training to secure employment is an activity contained
             13944      in an employment plan, the parent client shall promptly undertake a full-time education or
             13945      training program.
             13946          (ii) The employment plan may describe courses, education or training goals, and
             13947      classroom hours.
             13948          (i) (i) As a condition of receiving cash assistance under this part, a parent client shall
             13949      agree to make a good faith effort to comply with the employment plan.
             13950          (ii) If a parent client consistently fails to show good faith in complying with the
             13951      employment plan, the division may seek under Subsection (2)(i)(iii) to terminate all or part of
             13952      the cash assistance services provided under this part.
             13953          (iii) The division shall establish a process to reconcile disputes between a client and the
             13954      division as to whether:
             13955          (A) the parent client has made a good faith effort to comply with the employment plan;
             13956      or
             13957          (B) the division has complied with the employment plan.
             13958          (3) (a) Except as provided in Subsection (3)(b), a parent client's participation in
             13959      education or training beyond that required to obtain a high school diploma or its equivalent is
             13960      limited to the lesser of:
             13961          (i) 24 months; or
             13962          (ii) the completion of the education and training requirements of the employment plan.
             13963          (b) A parent client may participate in education or training for up to six months beyond
             13964      the 24-month limit of Subsection (3)(a)(i) if:
             13965          (i) the parent client is employed for 80 or more hours a month; and
             13966          (ii) the extension is for good cause shown and approved by the director.
             13967          (c) A parent client who receives an extension under Subsection (3)(b) remains subject
             13968      to Subsection (4).
             13969          (4) (a) A parent client with a high school diploma or equivalent who has received 24
             13970      months of education or training shall participate in full-time work activities.


             13971          (b) The 24 months need not be continuous and the department may define "full-time
             13972      work activities" by rule.
             13973          (5) As a condition for receiving cash assistance on behalf of a minor child under this
             13974      part, the minor child [must] shall be:
             13975          (a) enrolled in and attending school in compliance with Sections 53A-11-101.5 and
             13976      53A-11-101.7 ; or
             13977          (b) exempt from school attendance under Section 53A-11-102 .
             13978          (6) This section does not apply to a person who has received diversion assistance under
             13979      Section 35A-3-303 .
             13980          (7) (a) The division shall recruit and train volunteers to serve as mentors for parent
             13981      clients.
             13982          (b) A mentor may advocate on behalf of a parent client and help a parent client:
             13983          (i) develop life skills;
             13984          (ii) implement an employment plan; or
             13985          (iii) obtain services and supports from:
             13986          (A) the volunteer mentor;
             13987          (B) the division; or
             13988          (C) civic organizations.
             13989          Section 333. Section 35A-3-310.5 is amended to read:
             13990           35A-3-310.5. Child care providers -- Criminal background checks -- Payment of
             13991      costs -- Prohibitions -- Department rules.
             13992          (1) This section applies to a child care provider who:
             13993          (a) is selected by an applicant for, or a recipient of, a child care assistance payment;
             13994          (b) is not required to undergo a criminal background check with the Department of
             13995      Health, Bureau of Child Care Licensing;
             13996          (c) is not a license exempt child care center or program; and
             13997          (d) is an eligible child care provider under department rules made in accordance with
             13998      Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act.


             13999          (2) (a) Each child care provider identified under Subsection (1) shall submit to the
             14000      department the name and other identifying information, which shall include a set of
             14001      fingerprints, of:
             14002          (i) existing, new, and proposed providers of child care; and
             14003          (ii) individuals who are at least 18 years of age and reside in the premises where the
             14004      child care is provided.
             14005          (b) The department may waive the fingerprint requirement under Subsection (2)(a) for
             14006      an individual who has:
             14007          (i) resided in Utah for five years prior to the required submission; or
             14008          (ii) (A) previously submitted a set of fingerprints under this section for a national
             14009      criminal history record check; and
             14010          (B) resided in Utah continuously since submitting the fingerprints.
             14011          (c) The Utah Division of Criminal Investigation and Technical Services shall process
             14012      and conduct background checks on all individuals as requested by the department, including
             14013      submitting the fingerprints to the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation for a national criminal
             14014      history background check of the individual.
             14015          (d) If the department waives the fingerprint requirement under Subsection (2)(b), the
             14016      Utah Division of Criminal Investigation and Technical Services may allow the department or
             14017      its representative access to the division's data base to determine whether the individual has
             14018      been convicted of a crime.
             14019          (e) The child care provider shall pay the cost of the history background check provided
             14020      under Subsection (2)(c).
             14021          (3) (a) Each child care provider identified under Subsection (1) shall submit to the
             14022      department the name and other identifying information of an individual, age 12 through 17,
             14023      who resides in the premises where the child care is provided.
             14024          (b) The identifying information referred to in Subsection (3)(a) does not include
             14025      fingerprints.
             14026          (c) The department or its representative shall access juvenile court records to determine


             14027      whether an individual described in Subsection (2) or (3)(a) has been adjudicated in juvenile
             14028      court of committing an act which, if committed by an adult, would be a felony or misdemeanor
             14029      if:
             14030          (i) the individual described in Subsection (2) is under the age of 28; or
             14031          (ii) the individual described in Subsection (2):
             14032          (A) is over the age of 28; and
             14033          (B) has been convicted of, has pleaded no contest to, or is currently subject to a plea in
             14034      abeyance or diversion agreement for a felony or misdemeanor.
             14035          (4) Except as provided in Subsection (5), a child care provider under this section may
             14036      not permit an individual who has been convicted of, has pleaded no contest to, or is currently
             14037      subject to a plea in abeyance or diversion agreement for a felony or misdemeanor, or if
             14038      Subsection (3)(b) applies, an individual who has been adjudicated in juvenile court of
             14039      committing an act which if committed by an adult would be a felony or misdemeanor to:
             14040          (a) provide subsidized child care; or
             14041          (b) reside at the premises where subsidized child care is provided.
             14042          (5) (a) The department may make a rule in accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah
             14043      Administrative Rulemaking Act, to exempt the following from the restrictions of Subsection
             14044      (4):
             14045          (i) a specific misdemeanor;
             14046          (ii) a specific act adjudicated in juvenile court, which if committed by an adult would
             14047      be a misdemeanor; and
             14048          (iii) background checks of individuals other than the provider who are residing at the
             14049      premises where subsidized child care is provided if that child care is provided in the child's
             14050      home.
             14051          (b) In accordance with criteria established by rule, the executive director or the
             14052      director's designee may consider and exempt individual cases, not otherwise exempt under
             14053      Subsection (5)(a), from the restrictions of Subsection (4).
             14054          (6) In accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act, the


             14055      department shall establish by rule:
             14056          (a) whether a child care subsidy payment should be made prior to the completion of a
             14057      background check, particularly in the case of a delay in making or completing the background
             14058      check; and
             14059          (b) if, and how often, a child care provider [must] shall resubmit the information
             14060      required under Subsections (2) and (3).
             14061          Section 334. Section 35A-3-503 is amended to read:
             14062           35A-3-503. Legislative intent.
             14063          (1) The Legislature finds that public policy should promote and encourage a strong
             14064      civic sector. Civic organizations have an important role that cannot be adequately addressed
             14065      through either private or public sector action. Important public values such as the condition of
             14066      our neighborhoods, the character of our children, and the renewal of our cities directly depend
             14067      on the strength of families, neighborhoods, and grassroots community organizations, as well as
             14068      the vitality of private and religious institutions that care for those in need. Civic organizations
             14069      transmit values between generations, encourage cooperation between citizens, and ensure that
             14070      our communities are livable and nurturing environments. The value provided to the state by
             14071      civic organizations is called social capital.
             14072          (2) The purpose of this part is to promote the availability of social capital. Using social
             14073      capital, clients of and applicants for services under this chapter may receive a wide array of
             14074      services and supports that cannot be provided by state government alone. Social capital links
             14075      all parts of our society together by creating opportunities for service and giving. It facilitates
             14076      trust and cooperation and enhances investments in physical and human capital.
             14077          (3) In enacting this part, the Legislature recognizes the constitutional limits of state
             14078      government to sustain civic institutions that provide social capital. While state government has
             14079      always depended on these institutions, it does not create them nor can it replace them. This
             14080      part recognizes that state government [must] shall respect, recognize, and, wherever possible,
             14081      constitutionally encourage strong civic institutions that sustain a sense of community and
             14082      humanize our lives.


             14083          Section 335. Section 35A-4-303 is amended to read:
             14084           35A-4-303. Determination of contribution rates.
             14085          (1) (a) An employer's basic contribution rate is the same as the employer's benefit ratio,
             14086      determined by dividing the total benefit costs charged back to an employer during the
             14087      immediately preceding four fiscal years by the total taxable wages of the employer for the same
             14088      time period, calculated to four decimal places, disregarding the remaining fraction, if any.
             14089          (b) In calculating the basic contribution rate under Subsection (1)(a):
             14090          (i) if four fiscal years of data are not available, the data of three fiscal years shall be
             14091      divided by the total taxable wages for the same time period;
             14092          (ii) if three fiscal years of data are not available, the data of two fiscal years shall be
             14093      divided by the total taxable wages for the same time period; or
             14094          (iii) if two fiscal years of data are not available, the data of one fiscal year shall be
             14095      divided by the total taxable wages for the same time period.
             14096          (2) (a) In calculating the social contribution rate under Subsection (2)(b) or (c):
             14097          (i) if four fiscal years of data are not available, the data of three fiscal years shall be
             14098      divided by the total taxable wages for the same time period; or
             14099          (ii) if three fiscal years of data are not available, the data of two fiscal years shall be
             14100      divided by the total taxable wages for the same time period.
             14101          (b) Beginning January 1, 2005, the division shall calculate the social contribution rate
             14102      by dividing all social costs as defined in Subsection 35A-4-307 (1) applicable to the preceding
             14103      four fiscal years by the total taxable wages of all employers subject to contributions for the
             14104      same period, calculated to four decimal places, disregarding any remaining fraction.
             14105          (c) Beginning January 1, 2009, the division shall calculate the social contribution rate
             14106      by dividing all social costs as defined in Subsection 35A-4-307 (1) applicable to the preceding
             14107      four fiscal years by the total taxable wages of all employers subject to contributions for the
             14108      same period, calculated to four decimal places, disregarding any remaining fraction, and
             14109      rounded to three decimal places, disregarding any further fraction, if the fourth decimal place is
             14110      .0004 or less, or rounding up to the next higher number, if the fourth decimal place is .0005 or


             14111      more.
             14112          (3) (a) Beginning January 1, 2000, the division shall by administrative decision set the
             14113      reserve factor at a rate that shall sustain an adequate reserve.
             14114          (b) For the purpose of setting the reserve factor:
             14115          (i) (A) the adequate reserve is defined as between 17 and 19 months of benefits at the
             14116      average of the five highest benefit cost rates in the last 25 years;
             14117          (B) beginning January 1, 2009, the adequate reserve is defined as between 18 and 24
             14118      months of benefits at the average of the five highest benefit cost rates in the last 25 years;
             14119          (ii) the reserve factor shall be 1.0000 if the actual reserve fund balance as of June 30
             14120      preceding the computation date is determined to be an adequate reserve;
             14121          (iii) the reserve factor will be set between 0.5000 and 1.0000 if the actual reserve fund
             14122      balance as of June 30 preceding the computation date is greater than the adequate reserve;
             14123          (iv) the reserve factor will be set between 1.0000 and 1.5000 if the actual reserve fund
             14124      balance as of June 30 prior to the computation date is less than the adequate reserve;
             14125          (v) if the actual reserve fund balance as of June 30 preceding the computation date is
             14126      insolvent or negative or if there is an outstanding loan from the Federal Unemployment
             14127      Account, the reserve factor will be set at 2.0000 until the actual reserve fund balance as of June
             14128      30 preceding the computation date is determined to be an adequate reserve;
             14129          (vi) the reserve factor will be set on or before January 1 of each year; and
             14130          (vii) monies made available to the state under Section 903 of the Social Security Act,
             14131      as amended, which are received on or after January 1, 2004, may not be considered in
             14132      establishing the reserve factor under this section for the rate year 2005 or any subsequent rate
             14133      year.
             14134          (4) (a) On or after January 1, 2004, an employer's overall contribution rate is the
             14135      employer's basic contribution rate multiplied by the reserve factor established according to
             14136      Subsection (3), calculated to four decimal places, disregarding the remaining fraction, plus the
             14137      social contribution rate established according to Subsection (2), and calculated to three decimal
             14138      places, disregarding the remaining fraction, but not more than a maximum overall contribution


             14139      rate of 9.0%, plus the applicable social contribution rate and not less than 1.1% for new
             14140      employers.
             14141          (b) Beginning January 1, 2009, an employer's overall contribution rate is the employer's
             14142      basic contribution rate multiplied by the reserve factor established according to Subsection
             14143      (3)(b), calculated to four decimal places, disregarding the remaining fraction, plus the social
             14144      contribution rate established according to Subsection (2), and calculated to three decimal
             14145      places, disregarding the remaining fraction, but not more than a maximum overall contribution
             14146      rate of 9%, plus the applicable social contribution rate and not less than 1.1% for new
             14147      employers.
             14148          (c) The overall contribution rate does not include the addition of any penalty applicable
             14149      to an employer as a result of delinquency in the payment of contributions as provided in
             14150      Subsection (9).
             14151          (d) The overall contribution rate does not include the addition of any penalty applicable
             14152      to an employer assessed a penalty rate under Subsection 35A-4-304 (5)(a).
             14153          (5) Except as provided in Subsection (9), each new employer shall pay a contribution
             14154      rate based on the average benefit cost rate experienced by employers of the major industry as
             14155      defined by department rule to which the new employer belongs, the basic contribution rate to
             14156      be determined as follows:
             14157          (a) Except as provided in Subsection (5)(b), by January 1 of each year, the basic
             14158      contribution rate to be used in computing the employer's overall contribution rate is the benefit
             14159      cost rate which is the greater of:
             14160          (i) the amount calculated by dividing the total benefit costs charged back to both active
             14161      and inactive employers of the same major industry for the last two fiscal years by the total
             14162      taxable wages paid by those employers that were paid during the same time period, computed
             14163      to four decimal places, disregarding the remaining fraction, if any; or
             14164          (ii) 1%.
             14165          (b) If the major industrial classification assigned to a new employer is an industry for
             14166      which a benefit cost rate does not exist because the industry has not operated in the state or has


             14167      not been covered under this chapter, the employer's basic contribution rate shall be 5.4%. This
             14168      basic contribution rate is used in computing the employer's overall contribution rate.
             14169          (6) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, and except as provided in
             14170      Subsection (7), if an employing unit that moves into this state is declared to be a qualified
             14171      employer because it has sufficient payroll and benefit cost experience under another state, a
             14172      rate shall be computed on the same basis as a rate is computed for all other employers subject
             14173      to this chapter if that unit furnishes adequate records on which to compute the rate.
             14174          (7) An employer who begins to operate in this state after having operated in another
             14175      state shall be assigned the maximum overall contribution rate until the employer acquires
             14176      sufficient experience in this state to be considered a "qualified employer" if the employer is:
             14177          (a) regularly engaged as a contractor in the construction, improvement, or repair of
             14178      buildings, roads, or other structures on lands;
             14179          (b) generally regarded as being a construction contractor or a subcontractor specialized
             14180      in some aspect of construction; or
             14181          (c) required to have a contractor's license or similar qualification under Title 58,
             14182      Chapter 55, Utah Construction Trades Licensing Act, or the equivalent in laws of another state.
             14183          (8) (a) If an employer acquires the business or all or substantially all the assets of
             14184      another employer and the other employer had discontinued operations upon the acquisition or
             14185      transfers its trade or business, or a portion of its trade or business, under Subsection
             14186      35A-4-304 (3)(a):
             14187          (i) for purposes of determining and establishing the acquiring party's qualifications for
             14188      an experience rating classification, the payrolls of both employers during the qualifying period
             14189      shall be jointly considered in determining the period of liability with respect to:
             14190          (A) the filing of contribution reports;
             14191          (B) the payment of contributions; and
             14192          (C) after January 1, 1985, the benefit costs of both employers;
             14193          (ii) the transferring employer shall be divested of the transferring employer's
             14194      unemployment experience provided the transferring employer had discontinued operations, but


             14195      only to the extent as defined under Subsection 35A-4-304 (3)(c); and
             14196          (iii) if an employer transfers its trade or business, or a portion of its trade or business,
             14197      as defined under Subsection 35A-4-304 (3), the transferring employer may not be divested of its
             14198      employer's unemployment experience.
             14199          (b) An employing unit or prospective employing unit that acquires the unemployment
             14200      experience of an employer shall, for all purposes of this chapter, be an employer as of the date
             14201      of acquisition.
             14202          (c) Notwithstanding Section 35A-4-310 , when a transferring employer, as provided in
             14203      Subsection (8)(a), is divested of the employer's unemployment experience by transferring all of
             14204      the employer's business to another and by ceasing operations as of the date of the transfer, the
             14205      transferring employer shall cease to be an employer, as defined by this chapter, as of the date of
             14206      transfer.
             14207          (9) (a) A rate of less than 8% shall be effective January 1 of any contribution year on or
             14208      after January 1, 1985, but before January 1, 1988, and a rate of less than the maximum overall
             14209      contribution rate on or after January 1, 1988, only with respect to new employers and to those
             14210      qualified employers who, except for amounts due under division determinations that have not
             14211      become final, paid all contributions prescribed by the division with respect to the four
             14212      consecutive calendar quarters in the fiscal year immediately preceding the computation date on
             14213      or after January 1, 1985.
             14214          (b) Notwithstanding Subsections (1), (5), (6), and (8), on or after January 1, 1988, an
             14215      employer who fails to pay all contributions prescribed by the division with respect to the four
             14216      consecutive calendar quarters in the fiscal year immediately preceding the computation date,
             14217      except for amounts due under determinations that have not become final, shall pay a
             14218      contribution rate equal to the overall contribution rate determined under the experience rating
             14219      provisions of this chapter, plus a surcharge of 1% of wages.
             14220          (c) An employer who pays all required contributions shall, for the current contribution
             14221      year, be assigned a rate based upon the employer's own experience as provided under the
             14222      experience rating provisions of this chapter effective the first day of the calendar quarter in


             14223      which the payment was made.
             14224          (d) Delinquency in filing contribution reports [shall] may not be the basis for denial of
             14225      a rate less than the maximum contribution rate.
             14226          Section 336. Section 35A-4-304 is amended to read:
             14227           35A-4-304. Special provisions regarding transfers of unemployment experience
             14228      and assignment rates.
             14229          (1) As used in this section:
             14230          (a) "Knowingly" means having actual knowledge of or acting with deliberate ignorance
             14231      or reckless disregard for the prohibition involved.
             14232          (b) "Person" has the meaning given that term by Section 7701(a)(1) of the Internal
             14233      Revenue Code of 1986.
             14234          (c) "Trade or business" includes the employer's workforce.
             14235          (d) "Violate or attempt to violate" includes intent to evade, misrepresentation, or
             14236      willful nondisclosure.
             14237          (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, Subsections (3) and (4) shall
             14238      apply regarding assignment of rates and transfers of unemployment experience.
             14239          (3) (a) If an employer transfers its trade or business, or a portion of its trade or
             14240      business, to another employer and, at the time of the transfer, there is common ownership,
             14241      management, or control of the employers, then the unemployment experience attributable to
             14242      each employer shall be combined into a common experience rate calculation.
             14243          (b) The contribution rates of the employers shall be recalculated and made effective
             14244      upon the date of the transfer of trade or business as determined by division rule in accordance
             14245      with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act.
             14246          (c) (i) If one or more of the employers is a qualified employer at the time of the
             14247      transfer, then all employing units that are party to a transfer described in Subsection (3)(a) of
             14248      this section shall be assigned an overall contribution rate under Subsection 35A-4-303 (4)(d),
             14249      using combined unemployment experience rating factors, for the rate year during which the
             14250      transfer occurred and for the subsequent three rate years.


             14251          (ii) If none of the employing units is a qualified employer at the time of the transfer,
             14252      then all employing units that are party to the transfer described in Subsection (3)(a) shall be
             14253      assigned the highest overall contribution rate applicable at the time of the transfer to any
             14254      employer who is party to the acquisition for the rate year during which the transfer occurred
             14255      and for subsequent rate years until the time when one or more of the employing units is a
             14256      qualified employer.
             14257          (iii) Once one or more employing units described in Subsection (3)(c)(ii) is a qualified
             14258      employer, all the employing units shall be assigned an overall rate under Subsection
             14259      35A-4-303 (4)(d), using combined unemployment experience rating factors for subsequent rate
             14260      years, not to exceed three years following the year of the transfer.
             14261          (d) The transfer of some or all of an employer's workforce to another employer shall be
             14262      considered a transfer of its trade or business when, as the result of the transfer, the transferring
             14263      employer no longer performs trade or business with respect to the transferred workforce, and
             14264      the trade or business is now performed by the employer to whom the workforce is transferred.
             14265          (4) (a) Whenever a person is not an employer under this chapter at the time it acquires
             14266      the trade or business of an employer, the unemployment experience of the acquired business
             14267      [shall not] may not be transferred to that person if the division finds that the person acquired
             14268      the business solely or primarily for the purpose of obtaining a lower rate of contributions.
             14269          (b) The person shall be assigned the applicable new employer rate under Subsection
             14270      35A-4-303 (5).
             14271          (c) In determining whether the business was acquired solely or primarily for the
             14272      purpose of obtaining a lower rate of contributions, the division shall use objective factors
             14273      which may include:
             14274          (i) the cost of acquiring the business;
             14275          (ii) whether the person continued the business enterprise of the acquired business;
             14276          (iii) how long the business enterprise was continued; or
             14277          (iv) whether a substantial number of new employees were hired for performance of
             14278      duties unrelated to the business activity conducted prior to acquisition.


             14279          (5) (a) If a person knowingly violates or attempts to violate Subsection (3) or (4) or any
             14280      other provision of this chapter related to determining the assignment of a contribution rate, or if
             14281      a person knowingly advises another person in a way that results in a violation of any of those
             14282      subsections or provisions, the person is subject to the following penalties:
             14283          (i) (A) If the person is an employer, then the employer shall be assigned an overall
             14284      contribution rate of 5.4% for the rate year during which the violation or attempted violation
             14285      occurred and for the subsequent rate year.
             14286          (B) If the person's business is already at 5.4% for any year, or if the amount of increase
             14287      in the person's rate would be less than 2% for that year, then a penalty surcharge of
             14288      contributions of 2% of taxable wages shall be imposed for the rate year during which the
             14289      violation or attempted violation occurred and for the subsequent rate year.
             14290          (ii) (A) If the person is not an employer, the person shall be subject to a civil penalty of
             14291      not more than $5,000.
             14292          (B) The fine shall be deposited in the penalty and interest account established under
             14293      Section 35A-4-506 .
             14294          (b) (i) In addition to the penalty imposed by Subsection (5)(a), a violation of this
             14295      section may be prosecuted as unemployment insurance fraud.
             14296          (ii) The determination of the degree of an offense shall be measured by the total value
             14297      of all contributions avoided or reduced or contributions sought to be avoided or reduced by the
             14298      unlawful conduct as applied to the degrees listed under Subsection 76-8-1301 (2)(a).
             14299          (6) In accordance with Title 63G, Chapter 3, Utah Administrative Rulemaking Act, the
             14300      division shall make rules to identify the transfer or acquisition of a business for purposes of this
             14301      section.
             14302          (7) This section shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that meets the minimum
             14303      requirements contained in any guidance or regulations issued by the United States Department
             14304      of Labor.
             14305          Section 337. Section 35A-4-305 is amended to read:
             14306           35A-4-305. Collection of contributions -- Unpaid contributions to bear interest.


             14307          (1) (a) Contributions unpaid on the date on which they are due and payable, as
             14308      prescribed by the division, shall bear interest at the rate of 1% per month from and after that
             14309      date until payment plus accrued interest is received by the division.
             14310          (b) (i) Contribution reports not made and filed by the date on which they are due as
             14311      prescribed by the division are subject to a penalty to be assessed and collected in the same
             14312      manner as contributions due under this section equal to 5% of the contribution due if the failure
             14313      to file on time was not more than 15 days, with an additional 5% for each additional 15 days or
             14314      fraction thereof during which the failure continued, but not to exceed 25% in the aggregate and
             14315      not less than $25 with respect to each reporting period.
             14316          (ii) If a report is filed after the required time and it is shown to the satisfaction of the
             14317      division or its authorized representative that the failure to file was due to a reasonable cause
             14318      and not to willful neglect, no addition shall be made to the contribution.
             14319          (c) (i) If contributions are unpaid after 10 days from the date of the mailing or personal
             14320      delivery by the division or its authorized representative, of a written demand for payment, there
             14321      shall attach to the contribution, to be assessed and collected in the same manner as
             14322      contributions due under this section, a penalty equal to 5% of the contribution due.
             14323          (ii) A penalty may not attach if within 10 days after the mailing or personal delivery,
             14324      arrangements for payment have been made with the division, or its authorized representative,
             14325      and payment is made in accordance with those arrangements.
             14326          (d) The division shall assess as a penalty a service charge, in addition to any other
             14327      penalties that may apply, in an amount not to exceed the service charge imposed by Section
             14328      7-15-1 for dishonored instruments if:
             14329          (i) any amount due the division for contributions, interest, other penalties or benefit
             14330      overpayments is paid by check, draft, order, or other instrument; and
             14331          (ii) the instrument is dishonored or not paid by the institution against which it is drawn.
             14332          (e) Except for benefit overpayments under Subsection 35A-4-405 (5), benefit
             14333      overpayments, contributions, interest, penalties, and assessed costs, uncollected three years
             14334      after they become due, may be charged as uncollectible and removed from the records of the


             14335      division if:
             14336          (i) no assets belonging to the liable person and subject to attachment can be found; and
             14337          (ii) in the opinion of the division there is no likelihood of collection at a future date.
             14338          (f) Interest and penalties collected in accordance with this section shall be paid into the
             14339      Special Administrative Expense Account created by Section 35A-4-506 .
             14340          (g) Action required for the collection of sums due under this chapter is subject to the
             14341      applicable limitations of actions under Title 78B, Chapter 2, Statutes of Limitations.
             14342          (2) (a) If an employer fails to file a report when prescribed by the division for the
             14343      purpose of determining the amount of the employer's contribution due under this chapter, or if
             14344      the report when filed is incorrect or insufficient or is not satisfactory to the division, the
             14345      division may determine the amount of wages paid for employment during the period or periods
             14346      with respect to which the reports were or should have been made and the amount of
             14347      contribution due from the employer on the basis of any information it may be able to obtain.
             14348          (b) The division shall give written notice of the determination to the employer.
             14349          (c) The determination is considered correct unless:
             14350          (i) the employer, within 10 days after mailing or personal delivery of notice of the
             14351      determination, applies to the division for a review of the determination as provided in Section
             14352      35A-4-508 ; or
             14353          (ii) unless the division or its authorized representative of its own motion reviews the
             14354      determination.
             14355          (d) The amount of contribution determined under Subsection (2)(a) is subject to
             14356      penalties and interest as provided in Subsection (1).
             14357          (3) (a) If, after due notice, an employer defaults in the payment of contributions,
             14358      interest, or penalties on the contributions, or a claimant defaults in a repayment of benefit
             14359      overpayments and penalties on the overpayments, the amount due shall be collectible by civil
             14360      action in the name of the division, and the employer adjudged in default shall pay the costs of
             14361      the action.
             14362          (b) Civil actions brought under this section to collect contributions, interest, or


             14363      penalties from an employer, or benefit overpayments and penalties from a claimant shall be:
             14364          (i) heard by the court at the earliest possible date; and
             14365          (ii) entitled to preference upon the calendar of the court over all other civil actions
             14366      except:
             14367          (A) petitions for judicial review under this chapter; and
             14368          (B) cases arising under the workers' compensation law of this state.
             14369          (c) (i) (A) To collect contributions, interest, or penalties, or benefit overpayments and
             14370      penalties due from employers or claimants located outside Utah, the division may employ
             14371      private collectors providing debt collection services outside Utah.
             14372          (B) Accounts may be placed with private collectors only after the employer or claimant
             14373      has been given a final notice that the division intends to place the account with a private
             14374      collector for further collection action.
             14375          (C) The notice shall advise the employer or claimant of the employer's or claimant's
             14376      rights under this chapter and the applicable rules of the department.
             14377          (ii) (A) A private collector may receive as compensation up to 25% of the lesser of the
             14378      amount collected or the amount due, plus the costs and fees of any civil action or postjudgment
             14379      remedy instituted by the private collector with the approval of the division.
             14380          (B) The employer or claimant shall be liable to pay the compensation of the collector,
             14381      costs, and fees in addition to the original amount due.
             14382          (iii) A private collector is subject to the federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, 15
             14383      U.S.C. Sec. 1692 et seq.
             14384          (iv) (A) A civil action may not be maintained by a private collector without specific
             14385      prior written approval of the division.
             14386          (B) When division approval is given for civil action against an employer or claimant,
             14387      the division may cooperate with the private collector to the extent necessary to effect the civil
             14388      action.
             14389          (d) (i) Notwithstanding Section 35A-4-312 , the division may disclose the contribution,
             14390      interest, penalties or benefit overpayments and penalties, costs due, the name of the employer


             14391      or claimant, and the employer's or claimant's address and telephone number when any
             14392      collection matter is referred to a private collector under Subsection (3)(c).
             14393          (ii) A private collector is subject to the confidentiality requirements and penalty
             14394      provisions provided in Section 35A-4-312 and Subsection 76-8-1301 (4), except to the extent
             14395      disclosure is necessary in a civil action to enforce collection of the amounts due.
             14396          (e) An action taken by the division under this section may not be construed to be an
             14397      election to forego other collection procedures by the division.
             14398          (4) (a) In the event of a distribution of an employer's assets under an order of a court
             14399      under the laws of Utah, including a receivership, assignment for benefits of creditors,
             14400      adjudicated insolvency, composition, or similar proceedings, contributions then or thereafter
             14401      due shall be paid in full prior to all other claims except taxes and claims for wages of not more
             14402      than $400 to each claimant, earned within five months of the commencement of the
             14403      proceeding.
             14404          (b) If an employer commences a proceeding in the Federal Bankruptcy Court under a
             14405      chapter of 11 U.S.C. 101 et seq., as amended by the Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and
             14406      Consumer Protection Act of 2005, contributions, interest, and penalties then or thereafter due
             14407      shall be entitled to the priority provided for taxes, interest, and penalties in the Bankruptcy
             14408      Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2005.
             14409          (5) (a) In addition and as an alternative to any other remedy provided by this chapter
             14410      and provided that no appeal or other proceeding for review provided by this chapter is then
             14411      pending and the time for taking it has expired, the division may issue a warrant in duplicate,
             14412      under its official seal, directed to the sheriff of any county of the state, commanding the sheriff
             14413      to levy upon and sell the real and personal property of a delinquent employer or claimant found
             14414      within the sheriff's county for the payment of the contributions due, with the added penalties,
             14415      interest, or benefit overpayment and penalties, and costs, and to return the warrant to the
             14416      division and pay into the fund the money collected by virtue of the warrant by a time to be
             14417      specified in the warrant, not more than 60 days from the date of the warrant.
             14418          (b) (i) Immediately upon receipt of the warrant in duplicate, the sheriff shall file the


             14419      duplicate with the clerk of the district court in the sheriff's county.
             14420          (ii) The clerk shall enter in the judgment docket, in the column for judgment debtors,
             14421      the name of the delinquent employer or claimant mentioned in the warrant, and in appropriate
             14422      columns the amount of the contribution, penalties, interest, or benefit overpayment and
             14423      penalties, and costs, for which the warrant is issued and the date when the duplicate is filed.
             14424          (c) The amount of the docketed warrant shall:
             14425          (i) have the force and effect of an execution against all personal property of the
             14426      delinquent employer; and
             14427          (ii) become a lien upon the real property of the delinquent employer or claimant in the
             14428      same manner and to the same extent as a judgment duly rendered by a district court and
             14429      docketed in the office of the clerk.
             14430          (d) After docketing, the sheriff shall:
             14431          (i) proceed in the same manner as is prescribed by law with respect to execution issued
             14432      against property upon judgments of a court of record; and
             14433          (ii) be entitled to the same fees for the sheriff's services in executing the warrant, to be
             14434      collected in the same manner.
             14435          (6) (a) Contributions imposed by this chapter are a lien upon the property of an
             14436      employer liable for the contribution required to be collected under this section who shall sell
             14437      out the employer's business or stock of goods or shall quit business, if the employer fails to
             14438      make a final report and payment on the date subsequent to the date of selling or quitting
             14439      business on which they are due and payable as prescribed by rule.
             14440          (b) (i) An employer's successor, successors, or assigns, if any, are required to withhold
             14441      sufficient of the purchase money to cover the amount of the contributions and interest or
             14442      penalties due and payable until the former owner produces a receipt from the division showing
             14443      that they have been paid or a certificate stating that no amount is due.
             14444          (ii) If the purchaser of a business or stock of goods fails to withhold sufficient purchase
             14445      money, the purchaser is personally liable for the payment of the amount of the contributions
             14446      required to be paid by the former owner, interest and penalties accrued and unpaid by the


             14447      former owner, owners, or assignors.
             14448          (7) (a) If an employer is delinquent in the payment of a contribution, the division may
             14449      give notice of the amount of the delinquency by registered mail to all persons having in their
             14450      possession or under their control, any credits or other personal property belonging to the
             14451      employer, or owing any debts to the employer at the time of the receipt by them of the notice.
             14452          (b) A person notified under Subsection (7)(a) shall neither transfer nor make any other
             14453      disposition of the credits, other personal property, or debts until:
             14454          (i) the division has consented to a transfer or disposition; or
             14455          (ii) 20 days after the receipt of the notice.
             14456          (c) All persons notified under Subsection (7)(a) shall, within five days after receipt of
             14457      the notice, advise the division of credits, other personal property, or other debts in their
             14458      possession, under their control or owing by them, as the case may be.
             14459          (8) (a) (i) Each employer shall furnish the division necessary information for the proper
             14460      administration of this chapter and shall include wage information for each employee, for each
             14461      calendar quarter.
             14462          (ii) The information shall be furnished at a time, in the form, and to those individuals
             14463      as the department may by rule require.
             14464          (b) (i) Each employer shall furnish each individual worker who is separated that
             14465      information as the department may by rule require, and shall furnish within 48 hours of the
             14466      receipt of a request from the division a report of the earnings of any individual during the
             14467      individual's base-period.
             14468          (ii) The report shall be on a form prescribed by the division and contain all information
             14469      prescribed by the division.
             14470          (c) (i) For each failure by an employer to conform to this Subsection (8) the division
             14471      shall, unless good cause is shown, assess a $50 penalty if the filing was not more than 15 days
             14472      late.
             14473          (ii) If the filing is more than 15 days late, the division shall assess an additional penalty
             14474      of $50 for each 15 days, or a fraction of the 15 days that the filing is late, not to exceed $250


             14475      per filing.
             14476          (iii) The penalty is to be collected in the same manner as contributions due under this
             14477      chapter.
             14478          (d) (i) The division shall prescribe rules providing standards for determining which
             14479      contribution reports [must] shall be filed on magnetic or electronic media or in other
             14480      machine-readable form.
             14481          (ii) In prescribing these rules, the division:
             14482          (A) may not require an employer to file contribution reports on magnetic or electronic
             14483      media unless the employer is required to file wage data on at least 250 employees during any
             14484      calendar quarter or is an authorized employer representative who files quarterly tax reports on
             14485      behalf of 100 or more employers during any calendar quarter;
             14486          (B) shall take into account, among other relevant factors, the ability of the employer to
             14487      comply at reasonable cost with the requirements of the rules; and
             14488          (C) may require an employer to post a bond for failure to comply with the rules
             14489      required by this Subsection (8)(d).
             14490          (9) (a) (i) An employer liable for payments in lieu of contributions shall file
             14491      Reimbursable Employment and Wage Reports.
             14492          (ii) The reports are due on the last day of the month that follows the end of each
             14493      calendar quarter unless the division, after giving notice, changes the due date.
             14494          (iii) A report postmarked on or before the due date is considered timely.
             14495          (b) (i) Unless the employer can show good cause, the division shall assess a $50
             14496      penalty against an employer who does not file Reimbursable Employment and Wage Reports
             14497      within the time limits set out in Subsection (9)(a) if the filing was not more than 15 days late.
             14498          (ii) If the filing is more than 15 days late, the division shall assess an additional penalty
             14499      of $50 for each 15 days, or a fraction of the 15 days that the filing is late, not to exceed $250
             14500      per filing.
             14501          (iii) The division shall assess and collect the penalties referred to in this Subsection
             14502      (9)(b) in the same manner as prescribed in Sections 35A-4-309 and 35A-4-311 .


             14503          (10) If a person liable to pay a contribution or benefit overpayment imposed by this
             14504      chapter neglects or refuses to pay it after demand, the amount, including any interest, additional
             14505      amount, addition to contributions, or assessable penalty, together with any additional accruable
             14506      costs, shall be a lien in favor of the division upon all property and rights to property, whether
             14507      real or personal belonging to the person.
             14508          (11) (a) The lien imposed by Subsection (10) arises at the time the assessment, as
             14509      defined in the department rules, is made and continues until the liability for the amount
             14510      assessed, or a judgment against the taxpayer arising out of the liability, is satisfied.
             14511          (b) (i) The lien imposed by Subsection (10) is not valid as against a purchaser, holder
             14512      of a security interest, mechanics' lien holder, or judgment lien creditor until the division files a
             14513      warrant with the clerk of the district court.
             14514          (ii) For the purposes of this Subsection (11)(b):
             14515          (A) "Judgment lien creditor" means a person who obtains a valid judgment of a court
             14516      of record for recovery of specific property or a sum certain of money, and who in the case of a
             14517      recovery of money, has a perfected lien under the judgment on the property involved. A
             14518      judgment lien does not include inchoate liens such as attachment or garnishment liens until
             14519      they ripen into a judgment. A judgment lien does not include the determination or assessment
             14520      of a quasi-judicial authority, such as a state or federal taxing authority.
             14521          (B) "Mechanics' lien holder" means any person who has a lien on real property, or on
             14522      the proceeds of a contract relating to real property, for services, labor, or materials furnished in
             14523      connection with the construction or improvement of the property. A person has a lien on the
             14524      earliest date the lien becomes valid against subsequent purchasers without actual notice, but not
             14525      before the person begins to furnish the services, labor, or materials.
             14526          (C) "Person" means:
             14527          (I) an individual;
             14528          (II) a trust;
             14529          (III) an estate;
             14530          (IV) a partnership;


             14531          (V) an association;
             14532          (VI) a company;
             14533          (VII) a limited liability company;
             14534          (VIII) a limited liability partnership; or
             14535          (IX) a corporation.
             14536          (D) "Purchaser" means a person who, for adequate and full consideration in money or
             14537      money's worth, acquires an interest, other than a lien or security interest, in property which is
             14538      valid under state law against subsequent purchasers without actual notice.
             14539          (E) "Security interest" means any interest in property acquired by contract for the
             14540      purpose of securing payment or performance of an obligation or indemnifying against loss or
             14541      liability. A security interest exists at any time:
             14542          (I) the property is in existence and the interest has become protected under the law
             14543      against a subsequent judgment lien arising out of an unsecured obligation; and
             14544          (II) to the extent that, at that time, the holder has parted with money or money's worth.
             14545          Section 338. Section 35A-4-309 is amended to read:
             14546           35A-4-309. Nonprofit organizations -- Contributions -- Payments in lieu of
             14547      contributions.
             14548          (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this chapter for payments by employers,
             14549      benefits paid to employees of nonprofit organizations, as described in Section 501(c)(3) of the
             14550      Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3), that are exempt from income tax under Section
             14551      501(a), shall be financed in accordance with the following provisions:
             14552          (a) Any nonprofit organization which is, or becomes, subject to this chapter shall pay
             14553      contributions under Section 35A-4-303 , unless it elects in accordance with this Subsection (1)
             14554      to pay to the division for the unemployment fund an amount equal to the amount of regular
             14555      benefits and of 1/2 of the extended benefits paid that is attributable to service in the employ of
             14556      the nonprofit organization, to individuals for weeks of unemployment that begin during the
             14557      effective period of this election.
             14558          (b) (i) Any nonprofit organization that is, or becomes, subject to this chapter may elect


             14559      to become liable for payments in lieu of contributions for a period of not less than one
             14560      contribution year beginning with the date on which the organization becomes subject to this
             14561      chapter.
             14562          (ii) The nonprofit organization shall file a written notice of its election with the
             14563      division not later than 30 days immediately following the date that the division gives notice to
             14564      the organization that it is subject to this chapter.
             14565          (c) Any nonprofit organization that makes an election in accordance with Subsection
             14566      (1)(b)(i) shall continue to be liable for payments in lieu of contributions until it files with the
             14567      division a written notice terminating its election, not later than 30 days prior to the beginning of
             14568      the contribution year for which this termination shall first be effective.
             14569          (d) (i) Any nonprofit organization that has been paying contributions under this chapter
             14570      may change to a reimbursable basis by filing with the division, no later than 30 days prior to
             14571      the beginning of any contribution year, a written notice of election to become liable for
             14572      payments in lieu of contributions.
             14573          (ii) This election is not terminable by the organization for that year or the next year.
             14574          (e) The division may, for good cause, extend the period within which a notice of
             14575      election or a notice of termination [must] shall be filed and may permit an election to be
             14576      retroactive.
             14577          (f) (i) The division, in accordance with department rules, shall notify each nonprofit
             14578      organization of any determination that the division may make of the organization's status as an
             14579      employer, of the effective date of any election that it makes, and of any termination of this
             14580      election.
             14581          (ii) These determinations are subject to reconsideration, appeal, and review in
             14582      accordance with Section 35A-4-508 .
             14583          (2) Payments in lieu of contributions shall be made in accordance with this Subsection
             14584      (2).
             14585          (a) At the end of each calendar month, or at the end of any other period as determined
             14586      by the division, the division shall bill each nonprofit organization or group of nonprofit


             14587      organizations that has elected to make payments in lieu of contributions for an amount equal to
             14588      the full amount of regular benefits plus [1/2] one-half of the amount of extended benefits paid
             14589      during this month or other prescribed period that is attributable to service in the employ of the
             14590      organization.
             14591          (b) Payment of any bill rendered under Subsection (2)(a) shall be made no later than 30
             14592      days after the bill was mailed to the last-known address of the nonprofit organization or was
             14593      otherwise delivered to it, unless there has been an application for review and redetermination in
             14594      accordance with Subsection (2)(d).
             14595          (c) Payments made by any nonprofit organization under this Subsection (2) may not be
             14596      deducted or deductible, in whole or in part, from the remuneration of individuals in the employ
             14597      of the organization.
             14598          (d) (i) The amount due specified in any bill from the division shall be conclusive on
             14599      the organization unless, not later than 15 days after the bill was mailed to its last-known
             14600      address or otherwise delivered to it, the organization files an application for redetermination by
             14601      the division or an appeal to the Division of Adjudication, setting forth the grounds for the
             14602      application or appeal in accordance with Section 35A-4-508 .
             14603          (ii) The division shall promptly review and reconsider the amount due specified in the
             14604      bill and shall thereafter issue a redetermination in any case in which the application for
             14605      redetermination has been filed.
             14606          (iii) Any redetermination is conclusive on the organization unless, no later than 15
             14607      days after the redetermination was mailed to its last known address or otherwise delivered to it,
             14608      the organization files an appeal to the Division of Adjudication in accordance with Section
             14609      35A-4-508 and Chapter 1, Part 3, Adjudicative Proceedings, setting forth the grounds for the
             14610      appeal.
             14611          (iv) Proceedings on appeal to the Division of Adjudication from the amount of a bill
             14612      rendered under this Subsection (2) or a redetermination of the amount shall be in accordance
             14613      with Section 35A-4-508 .
             14614          (e) Past due payments of amounts in lieu of contributions are subject to the same


             14615      interest and penalties that, under Subsection 35A-4-305 (1), attach to past due contributions.
             14616          (3) If any nonprofit organization is delinquent in making payments in lieu of
             14617      contributions as required under Subsection (2), the division may terminate the organization's
             14618      election to make payment in lieu of contributions as of the beginning of the next contribution
             14619      year, and the termination is effective for that and the next contribution year.
             14620          (4) (a) In the discretion of the division, any nonprofit organization that elects to
             14621      become liable for payments in lieu of contributions shall be required, within 30 days after the
             14622      effective date of its election, to deposit money with the division.
             14623          (b) The amount of the deposit shall be determined in accordance with this Subsection
             14624      (4).
             14625          (c) (i) The amount of the deposit required by this Subsection (4) shall be equal to 1%
             14626      of the organization's total wages paid for employment as defined in Section 35A-4-204 for the
             14627      four calendar quarters immediately preceding the effective date of the election, or the biennial
             14628      anniversary of the effective date of election, whichever date shall be most recent and
             14629      applicable.
             14630          (ii) If the nonprofit organization did not pay wages in each of these four calendar
             14631      quarters, the amount of the deposit is as determined by the division.
             14632          (d) (i) Any deposit of money in accordance with this Subsection (4) shall be retained
             14633      by the division in an escrow account until liability under the election is terminated, at which
             14634      time it shall be returned to the organization, less any deductions as provided in this Subsection
             14635      (4).
             14636          (ii) The division may deduct from the money deposited under this Subsection (4) by a
             14637      nonprofit organization to the extent necessary to satisfy any due and unpaid payments in lieu of
             14638      contributions and any applicable interest and penalties provided for in Subsection (2)(e).
             14639          (iii) The division shall require the organization within 30 days following any
             14640      deduction from a money deposit under this Subsection (4) to deposit sufficient additional
             14641      money to make whole the organization's deposit at the prior level.
             14642          (iv) (A) The division may, at any time, review the adequacy of the deposit made by any


             14643      organization.
             14644          (B) If, as a result of this review, the division determines that an adjustment is
             14645      necessary, it shall require the organization to make an additional deposit within 30 days of
             14646      written notice of the division's determination or shall return to it any portion of the deposit the
             14647      division no longer considers necessary, as considered appropriate.
             14648          (e) If any nonprofit organization fails to make a deposit, or to increase or make whole
             14649      the amount of a previously made deposit, as provided under this Subsection (4), the division
             14650      may terminate the organization's election to make payments in lieu of contributions.
             14651          (f) (i) Termination under Subsection (4)(e) shall continue for not less than the
             14652      four-consecutive-calendar-quarter period beginning with the quarter in which the termination
             14653      becomes effective.
             14654          (ii) The division may extend for good cause the applicable filing, deposit, or
             14655      adjustment period by not more than 60 days.
             14656          (5) (a) Each employer liable for payments in lieu of contributions shall pay to the
             14657      division for the fund the amount of regular benefits plus the amount of [1/2] one-half of
             14658      extended benefits paid that are attributable to service in the employ of the employer.
             14659          (b) If benefits paid to an individual are based on wages paid by more than one
             14660      employer and one or more of these employers are liable for payments in lieu of contributions,
             14661      the amount payable to the fund by each employer liable for the payments shall be determined in
             14662      accordance with Subsection (5)(c) or (d).
             14663          (c) If benefits paid to an individual are based on wages paid by one or more employers
             14664      who are liable for payments in lieu of contributions and on wages paid by one or more
             14665      employers who are liable for contributions, the amount of benefits payable by each employer
             14666      that is liable for payments in lieu of contributions shall be an amount that bears the same ratio
             14667      to the total benefits paid to the individual as the total base-period wages paid to the individual
             14668      by that employer bear to the total base-period wages paid to the individual by all of the
             14669      individual's base-period employers.
             14670          (d) If benefits paid to an individual are based on wages paid by two or more employers


             14671      who are liable for payments in lieu of contributions, the amount of benefits payable by each of
             14672      those employers shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to the total benefits paid to the
             14673      individual as the total base-period wages paid to the individual by the employer bear to the total
             14674      base-period wages paid to the individual by all of the individual's base-period employers.
             14675          (6) (a) (i) Two or more employers who have become liable for payments in lieu of
             14676      contributions, in accordance with this section and Subsection 35A-4-204 (2)(d), may file a joint
             14677      application to the division for the establishment of a group account for the purpose of sharing
             14678      the cost of benefits paid that are attributable to service in the employ of these employers.
             14679          (ii) Each application shall identify and authorize a group representative to act as the
             14680      group's agent for the purpose of this Subsection (6).
             14681          (b) (i) Upon approval of the application, the division shall establish a group account for
             14682      these employers effective as of the beginning of the calendar quarter in which it receives the
             14683      application and shall notify the group's representative of the effective date of the account.
             14684          (ii) This account shall remain in effect for not less than two contribution years and
             14685      thereafter until terminated at the discretion of the division or upon application by the group.
             14686          (c) Upon establishment of the account, each member of the group is liable for
             14687      payments in lieu of contributions with respect to each calendar quarter in the amount that bears
             14688      the same ratio to the total benefits paid in the quarter attributable to service performed in the
             14689      employ of all members of the group as the total wages paid for service in employment by the
             14690      member in the quarter bear to the total wages paid during the quarter for service performed in
             14691      the employ of all members of the group.
             14692          (d) The department shall prescribe rules, with respect to applications for establishment,
             14693      maintenance, and termination of group accounts authorized by this Subsection (6), for addition
             14694      of new members to, and withdrawal of active members from, these accounts, for the
             14695      determination of the amounts that are payable under this Subsection (6) by members of the
             14696      group, and the time and manner of these payments.
             14697          (7) (a) An employing unit that acquires a nonprofit organization or substantially all the
             14698      assets of a nonprofit organization that has elected reimbursable coverage as defined in


             14699      Subsection (1), in accordance with rules made by the commission, shall be given the subject
             14700      date of the transferring nonprofit organization, provided the transferring nonprofit organization
             14701      ceases to operate as an employing unit at the point of acquisition.
             14702          (b) The acquiring entity shall reimburse the Unemployment Compensation Fund for the
             14703      transferring nonprofit organization's share of any unreimbursed benefits paid to former
             14704      employees of the transferring nonprofit organization.
             14705          Section 339. Section 35A-4-311 is amended to read:
             14706           35A-4-311. Coverage and liability of governmental units or Indian tribal units --
             14707      Payments in lieu of contributions -- Delinquencies -- Payments to division.
             14708          (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this chapter, benefits paid to employees of
             14709      counties, cities, towns, school districts, political subdivisions, or their instrumentalities or
             14710      Indian tribes or tribal units shall be financed in accordance with the following provisions:
             14711          (a) Any county, city, town, school district, political subdivision, or instrumentality
             14712      thereof or Indian tribes or tribal units that is or becomes subject to this chapter may pay
             14713      contributions under the provisions of Section 35A-4-302 , or may elect to pay to the division
             14714      for the unemployment fund an amount equal to the amount of regular benefits and, as provided
             14715      in Subsection (4), the extended benefits attributable to service in the employ of such
             14716      organization, and paid to individuals for weeks of unemployment that begin during the
             14717      effective period of such election.
             14718          (b) Any county, city, town, school district, political subdivision, or instrumentality
             14719      thereof or Indian tribes or tribal units of the state, or combination of the foregoing, that is or
             14720      becomes subject to this chapter may elect to become liable for payments in lieu of
             14721      contributions for a period of not less than one contribution year beginning with the date on
             14722      which the organization becomes subject to this chapter by filing a written notice of its election
             14723      with the division not later than 30 days immediately following the date that the division gives
             14724      notice to the organization that it is subject to this chapter.
             14725          (c) Any county, city, town, school district, political subdivision, or instrumentality
             14726      thereof, or Indian tribes or tribal units, or combination of the foregoing, that makes an election


             14727      in accordance with Subsections (1)(a) and (b) shall continue to be liable for payments in lieu of
             14728      contributions until it files with the division a written notice terminating its election. A notice
             14729      terminating such election [must] shall be filed by January 31 of the year in which the
             14730      termination is to be effective.
             14731          (d) Any county, city, town, school district, political subdivision, or instrumentality
             14732      thereof of the state, or Indian tribes or tribal units, or combination of the foregoing which have
             14733      been paying contributions under this chapter may change to a reimbursable basis by filing with
             14734      the division, no later than 30 days prior to the beginning of any contribution year, a written
             14735      notice of election to become liable for payments in lieu of contributions; the organization may
             14736      not terminate such election for a period of two contribution years.
             14737          (e) The division may, for good cause, extend the period within which a notice of
             14738      election or a notice of termination [must] shall be filed and may permit an election to be
             14739      retroactive.
             14740          (f) The division, in accordance with department rules, shall notify each county, city,
             14741      town, school district, political subdivision, or Indian tribes or tribal units, or their
             14742      instrumentalities of any determination that it may make of its status as an employer, or the
             14743      effective date of any election which it makes, and of any termination of such election. The
             14744      determinations shall be subject to reconsideration, appeal, and review in accordance with the
             14745      provisions of Section 35A-4-508 .
             14746          (2) Payments in lieu of contributions shall be made in accordance with the provisions
             14747      of this Subsection (2).
             14748          (a) At the end of each calendar month, or at the end of any other period as determined
             14749      by the division, the division shall bill each county, city, town, school district, political
             14750      subdivision, or instrumentality thereof, or combination of the foregoing, that has elected to
             14751      make payments in lieu of contributions for an amount equal to the full amount of regular
             14752      benefits and, as provided in Subsection (4), the amount of extended benefits paid during such
             14753      month or other prescribed period that is attributable to service in the employ of such county,
             14754      city, town, school district, political subdivision, or instrumentality thereof.


             14755          (b) Payment of any bill rendered under Subsection (2)(a) shall be made not later than
             14756      30 days after such bill was mailed to the governmental unit or tribal unit or was otherwise
             14757      delivered to it, unless there has been an application for review and redetermination in
             14758      accordance with Subsection (2)(c).
             14759          (c) (i) The amount due specified in any bill from the division shall be conclusive on the
             14760      governmental unit or tribal unit unless, no later than 15 days after the bill was mailed or
             14761      otherwise delivered to it, the governmental unit or tribal unit files an application for
             14762      redetermination by the division or an appeal, setting forth the grounds for such application or
             14763      appeal.
             14764          (ii) Upon an application for redetermination the division shall promptly review and
             14765      reconsider the amount due specified in the bill and shall thereafter issue a redetermination.
             14766          (iii) Any such redetermination shall be conclusive on the governmental unit or tribal
             14767      unit unless, no later than 15 days after the redetermination was mailed to its last known address
             14768      or otherwise delivered to it, the governmental unit or tribal unit files an appeal, setting forth the
             14769      grounds for the appeal.
             14770          (iv) Proceedings on appeal from the amount of a bill rendered under this Subsection (2)
             14771      or a redetermination of the amount shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section
             14772      35A-4-508 .
             14773          (d) Past due payments of amounts in lieu of contributions shall be subject to the same
             14774      interest and penalties that, under Subsection 35A-4-305 (1), attach to past due contributions.
             14775          (3) (a) If any governmental unit or tribal unit is delinquent in making payments in lieu
             14776      of contributions as required under Subsection (2), the division may terminate the governmental
             14777      unit's or tribal unit's election to make payment in lieu of contributions as of the beginning of
             14778      the next contribution year, and the termination shall be effective for that and the next
             14779      contribution year.
             14780          (b) (i) Failure of the Indian tribe or tribal unit to make required payments, including
             14781      assessments of interest and penalty, within 90 days of receipt of a billing notice will cause the
             14782      Indian tribe to lose the option to make payments in lieu of contributions, as described in


             14783      Subsection 35A-4-311 (1), for the following tax year unless payment in full is received before
             14784      contribution rates for the next tax year are computed.
             14785          (ii) Any Indian tribe that loses the option to make payments in lieu of contributions due
             14786      to late payment or nonpayment, as described in Subsection (3)(b)(i), shall have the option
             14787      reinstated if, after a period of one year:
             14788          (A) all contributions have been made timely; and
             14789          (B) no contributions, payments in lieu of contributions for benefits paid, penalties, or
             14790      interest remain outstanding.
             14791          (iii) Notices of payment and reporting delinquency to Indian tribes or their tribal units
             14792      shall include information that failure to make full payment within the prescribed time frame:
             14793          (A) will cause the Indian tribe to be liable for taxes under the Federal Unemployment
             14794      Tax Act; and
             14795          (B) will cause the Indian tribe to lose the option to make payments in lieu of
             14796      contributions.
             14797          (4) Each governmental unit or tribal unit liable for payments in lieu of contributions
             14798      shall pay to the division for the fund the amount of regular benefits plus the amount of
             14799      extended benefits paid that are attributable to service in the employ of such governmental unit
             14800      or tribal unit. Provided, that governmental units or tribal units electing payments in lieu of
             14801      contributions shall, with respect to extended benefit costs for weeks of unemployment
             14802      beginning prior to January 1, 1979, pay an amount equal to 50% of such costs and with respect
             14803      to extended benefit costs for weeks of unemployment beginning on or after January 1, 1979,
             14804      shall pay 100% of such costs. If benefits paid to an individual are based on wages paid by
             14805      more than one employer and one or more of such employers are liable for payments in lieu of
             14806      contributions, the amount payable to the fund by each employer liable for the payments shall be
             14807      determined in accordance with Subsection (4)(a) or (4)(b).
             14808          (a) If benefits paid to an individual are based on wages paid by one or more employers
             14809      who are liable for payments in lieu of contributions and on wages paid by one or more
             14810      employers who are liable for contributions, the amount of benefits payable by each employer


             14811      that is liable for payments in lieu of contributions shall be an amount that bears the same ratio
             14812      to the total benefits paid to the individual as the total base-period wages paid to the individual
             14813      by such employer bear to the total base-period wages paid to the individual by all of his
             14814      base-period employers.
             14815          (b) If benefits paid to an individual are based on wages paid by two or more employers
             14816      who are liable for payments in lieu of contributions, the amount of benefits payable by each
             14817      such employer shall be an amount that bears the same ratio to the total benefits paid to the
             14818      individual as the total base-period wages paid to the individual by such employer bear to the
             14819      total base-period wages paid to the individual by all of his base-period employers.
             14820          (5) (a) Two or more Indian tribe or tribal unit employers who have become liable for
             14821      payments in lieu of contributions, in accordance with the provisions of this section and
             14822      Subsection 35A-4-204 (2)(d), may file a joint application to the division for the establishment
             14823      of a group account for the purpose of sharing the cost of benefits paid that are attributable to
             14824      service in the employ of these employers. Each application shall identify and authorize a group
             14825      representative to act as the group's agent for the purpose of this Subsection (5).
             14826          (b) Upon approval of the application, the division shall establish a group account for
             14827      these employers effective as of the beginning of the calendar quarter in which it receives the
             14828      application and shall notify the group's representative of the effective date of the account. This
             14829      account shall remain in effect for not less than one contribution year and thereafter until
             14830      terminated at the discretion of the division or upon application by the group.
             14831          (c) Upon establishment of the account, each member of the group shall be liable for
             14832      payments in lieu of contributions with respect to each calendar quarter in the amount that bears
             14833      the same ratio to the total benefits paid in the quarter attributable to service performed in the
             14834      employ of all members of the group as the total wages paid for service in employment by such
             14835      member in the quarter bear to the total wages paid during the quarter for service performed in
             14836      the employ of all members of the group.
             14837          Section 340. Section 35A-4-404 is amended to read:
             14838           35A-4-404. Eligibility for benefits after receiving workers' compensation or


             14839      occupational disease compensation.
             14840          (1) Notwithstanding any requirements involving base periods or other benefit
             14841      compensational factors provided for under this chapter a person who has had a continuous
             14842      period of sickness or injury for which [he] the person was compensated under the workers'
             14843      compensation or the occupational disease laws of this state or under federal law shall, if [he]
             14844      the person is otherwise eligible, thereafter be entitled to receive the unemployment
             14845      compensation benefits [he] the person would have been entitled to receive under the law and
             14846      regulations based on [his] the person's potential eligibility at the time of [his] the person's last
             14847      employment.
             14848          (2) Benefit rights [shall not be] are not preserved under this section unless the
             14849      individual:
             14850          (a) files a claim for benefits with respect to a week no later than 90 days after the end
             14851      of the continuous period of sickness or injury; and
             14852          (b) files the claim with respect to a week within the 36-month period immediately
             14853      following the commencement of such period of sickness or injury.
             14854          Section 341. Section 35A-4-501 is amended to read:
             14855           35A-4-501. Unemployment Compensation Fund -- Administration -- Contents --
             14856      Treasurer and custodian -- Separate accounts -- Use of money requisitioned -- Advances
             14857      under Social Security Act.
             14858          (1) (a) There is established the Unemployment Compensation Fund, separate and apart
             14859      from all public money or funds of this state, that shall be administered by the department
             14860      exclusively for the purposes of this chapter.
             14861          (b) This fund shall consist of the following money, all of which shall be mingled and
             14862      undivided:
             14863          (i) all contributions collected under this chapter, less refunds of contributions made
             14864      from the clearing account under Subsection 35A-4-306 (5);
             14865          (ii) interest earned upon any money in the fund;
             14866          (iii) any property or securities acquired through the use of money belonging to the


             14867      fund;
             14868          (iv) all earnings of the property or securities;
             14869          (v) all money credited to this state's account in the unemployment trust fund under
             14870      Section 903 of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. 1101 et seq., as amended; and
             14871          (vi) all other money received for the fund from any other source.
             14872          (2) (a) The state treasurer shall:
             14873          (i) be the treasurer and custodian of the fund;
             14874          (ii) administer the fund in accordance with the directions of the division; and
             14875          (iii) pay all warrants drawn upon it by the division or its duly authorized agent in
             14876      accordance with rules made by the department.
             14877          (b) The division shall maintain within the fund three separate accounts:
             14878          (i) a clearing account;
             14879          (ii) an unemployment trust fund account; and
             14880          (iii) a benefit account.
             14881          (c) All money payable to the fund, upon receipt by the division, shall be immediately
             14882      deposited in the clearing account.
             14883          (d) (i) All money in the clearing account after clearance shall, except as otherwise
             14884      provided in this section, be deposited immediately with the secretary of the treasury of the
             14885      United States of America to the credit of the account of this state in the unemployment trust
             14886      fund, established and maintained under Section 904 of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. 1104,
             14887      as amended, any provisions of law in this state relating to the deposit, administration, release,
             14888      or disbursement of money in the possession or custody of this state to the contrary
             14889      notwithstanding.
             14890          (ii) Refunds of contributions payable under Subsections 35A-4-205 (1)(a) and
             14891      35A-4-306 (5) may be paid from the clearing account or the benefit account.
             14892          (e) The benefit account shall consist of all money requisitioned from this state's
             14893      account in the unemployment trust fund in the United States treasury.
             14894          (f) Money in the clearing and benefit accounts may be deposited in any depository bank


             14895      in which general funds of this state may be deposited, but no public deposit insurance charge or
             14896      premium may be paid out of the fund.
             14897          (g) (i) Money in the clearing and benefit accounts may not be commingled with other
             14898      state funds, but shall be maintained in separate accounts on the books of the depository bank.
             14899          (ii) The money shall be secured by the depository bank to the same extent and in the
             14900      same manner as required by the general depository law of this state.
             14901          (iii) Collateral pledged for this purpose shall be kept separate and distinct from any
             14902      collateral pledged to secure other funds of the state.
             14903          (h) (i) The state treasurer is liable on the state treasurer's official bond for the faithful
             14904      performance of the state treasurer's duties in connection with the unemployment compensation
             14905      fund provided for under this chapter.
             14906          (ii) The liability on the official bond shall be effective immediately upon the enactment
             14907      of this provision, and that liability shall exist in addition to the liability upon any separate bond
             14908      existent on the effective date of this provision, or which may be given in the future.
             14909          (iii) All sums recovered for losses sustained by the fund shall be deposited in the fund.
             14910          (3) (a) (i) Money requisitioned from the state's account in the unemployment trust fund
             14911      shall, except as set forth in this section, be used exclusively for the payment of benefits and for
             14912      refunds of contributions under Subsections 35A-4-205 (1)(a) and 35A-4-306 (5).
             14913          (ii) The department shall from time to time requisition from the unemployment trust
             14914      fund amounts, not exceeding the amounts standing to this state's account in the fund, as it
             14915      considers necessary for the payment of those benefits and refunds for a reasonable future
             14916      period.
             14917          (iii) (A) Upon receipt the treasurer shall deposit the money in the benefit account and
             14918      shall pay benefits and refunds from the account by means of warrants issued by the division in
             14919      accordance with rules prescribed by the department.
             14920          (B) Expenditures of these money in the benefit account and refunds from the clearing
             14921      account are not subject to any provisions of law requiring specific appropriations or other
             14922      formal release by state officers of money in their custody.


             14923          (b) Money in the state's account in the unemployment trust fund that were collected
             14924      under the Federal Unemployment Tax Act, 26 U.S.C. 3301 et seq., and credited to the state
             14925      under Section 903 of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. 1101 et seq., as amended may be
             14926      requisitioned from the state's account and used in the payment of expenses incurred by the
             14927      department for the administration of the state's unemployment law and public employment
             14928      offices, if the expenses are incurred and the withdrawals are made only after and under a
             14929      specific appropriation of the Legislature that specifies:
             14930          (i) the purposes and amounts;
             14931          (ii) that the money may not be obligated after the two-year period that began on the
             14932      date of the enactment of the appropriation law; and
             14933          (iii) that the total amount which may be used during a fiscal year [shall not] may not
             14934      exceed the amount by which the aggregate of the amounts credited to this state's account under
             14935      Section 903 of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. 1101 et seq., as amended, during the fiscal
             14936      year and the 34 preceding fiscal years, exceeds the aggregate of the amounts used by this state
             14937      for administration during the same 35 fiscal years.
             14938          (A) For the purpose of Subsection (3)(b)(iii), amounts used during any fiscal year shall
             14939      be charged against equivalent amounts that were first credited and that have not previously
             14940      been so charged. An amount used during any fiscal year may not be charged against any
             14941      amount credited during a fiscal year earlier than the 34th preceding fiscal year.
             14942          (B) Except as appropriated and used for administrative expenses, as provided in this
             14943      section, money transferred to this state under Section 903 of the Social Security Act as
             14944      amended, may be used only for the payment of benefits.
             14945          (C) Any money used for the payment of benefits may be restored for appropriation and
             14946      use for administrative expenses, upon request of the governor, under Section 903(c) of the
             14947      Social Security Act.
             14948          (D) The division shall maintain a separate record of the deposit, obligation,
             14949      expenditure, and return of funds deposited.
             14950          (E) Money deposited shall, until expended, remain a part of the unemployment fund


             14951      and, if not expended, shall be returned promptly to the account of this state in the
             14952      unemployment trust fund.
             14953          (F) The money available by reason of this legislative appropriation [shall not] may not
             14954      be expended or available for expenditure in any manner that would permit their substitution
             14955      for, or a corresponding reduction in, federal funds that would in the absence of the money be
             14956      available to finance expenditures for the administration of this chapter.
             14957          (c) Any balance of money requisitioned from the unemployment trust fund that remains
             14958      unclaimed or unpaid in the benefit account after the expiration of the period for which the sums
             14959      were requisitioned shall either be deducted from estimates for, and may be utilized for the
             14960      payment of, benefits and refunds during succeeding periods, or in the discretion of the division,
             14961      shall be redeposited with the secretary of the treasury of the United States of America to the
             14962      credit of the state's account in the unemployment trust fund, as provided in Subsection (2).
             14963          (4) (a) The provisions of Subsections (1), (2), and (3), to the extent that they relate to
             14964      the unemployment trust fund, shall be operative only so long as the unemployment trust fund
             14965      continues to exist and so long as the secretary of the treasury of the United States of America
             14966      continues to maintain for the state a separate book account of all money deposited in the fund
             14967      by the state for benefit purposes, together with the state's proportionate share of the earnings of
             14968      the unemployment trust fund, from which no other state is permitted to make withdrawals.
             14969          (b) (i) When the unemployment trust fund ceases to exist, or the separate book account
             14970      is no longer maintained, all money belonging to the unemployment compensation fund of the
             14971      state shall be administered by the division as a trust fund for the purpose of paying benefits
             14972      under this chapter, and the division shall have authority to hold, invest, transfer, sell, deposit,
             14973      and release the money, and any properties, securities, or earnings acquired as an incident to the
             14974      administration.
             14975          (ii) The money shall be invested in readily marketable bonds or other interest-bearing
             14976      obligations of the United States of America, of the state, or of any county, city, town, or school
             14977      district of the state, at current market prices for the bonds.
             14978          (iii) The investment shall be made so that all the assets of the fund shall always be


             14979      readily convertible into cash when needed for the payment of benefits.
             14980          Section 342. Section 35A-4-506 is amended to read:
             14981           35A-4-506. Special Administrative Account.
             14982          (1) There is created a restricted account within the General Fund known as the "Special
             14983      Administrative Expense Account."
             14984          (2) (a) Interest and penalties collected under this chapter, less refunds made under
             14985      Subsection 35A-4-306 (5), shall be paid into the restricted account from the clearing account of
             14986      the restricted account at the end of each calendar month.
             14987          (b) A contribution to the restricted account and any other money received for that
             14988      purpose shall be paid into the restricted account.
             14989          (c) The money may not be expended in any manner that would permit their substitution
             14990      for, or a corresponding reduction in, federal funds that would in the absence of the money be
             14991      available to finance expenditures for the administration of this chapter.
             14992          (3) Nothing in this section shall prevent the money from being used as a revolving fund
             14993      to cover expenditures, necessary and proper under this chapter, for which federal funds have
             14994      been duly requested but not yet received subject to the charging of those expenditures against
             14995      the funds when received.
             14996          (4) Money in the restricted account shall be deposited, administered, and dispersed in
             14997      accordance with the directions of the Legislature.
             14998          (5) Money in the restricted account is made available to replace, within a reasonable
             14999      time, any money received by this state under Section 302 of the Federal Social Security Act, 42
             15000      U.S.C. 502, as amended, that because of any action of contingency have been lost or have been
             15001      expended for purposes other than or in amounts in excess of those necessary for the proper
             15002      administration of this chapter.
             15003          (6) Money in the restricted account shall be available to the division for expenditure in
             15004      accordance with this section and [shall not] may not lapse at any time or be transferred to any
             15005      other fund or account except as directed by the Legislature.
             15006          (7) The state treasurer shall pay all warrants drawn upon it by the division or its duly


             15007      authorized agent in accordance with such rules as the department shall prescribe.
             15008          (8) (a) The state treasurer shall be liable on the state treasurer's official bond for the
             15009      faithful performance of the treasurer's duties in connection with the Special Administrative
             15010      Expense Account provided for under this chapter.
             15011          (b) Liability on the official bond shall exist in addition to any liability upon any
             15012      separate bond existent on the effective date of this provision or that may be given in the future.
             15013          (c) Any money recovered on any surety bond losses sustained by the Special
             15014      Administrative Expense Account shall be deposited in the restricted account or in the General
             15015      Fund if so directed by the Legislature.
             15016          Section 343. Section 55-5-2 is amended to read:
             15017           55-5-2. Licensing agency -- Duties of Utah State Office of Rehabilitation.
             15018          (1) The [Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, Office of Public Instruction,] Division
             15019      of Services for the Blind and Visually Impaired, Utah State Office of Rehabilitation is
             15020      designated as the licensing agency for the purpose of carrying out [the provisions of this act,
             15021      and shall] this chapter.
             15022          [(1) Take such steps as are necessary and proper]
             15023          (2) The Division of Services for the Blind and Visually Impaired, shall:
             15024          (a) take necessary steps to carry out the provisions of this [act.] chapter;
             15025          [(2) With] (b) with the approval of the custodian having charge of the building, park or
             15026      other property in which the vending stand or other enterprise is to be located, select a location
             15027      for such stand or enterprise and the type of equipment to be provided[.];
             15028          [(3) Construct] (c) construct and equip stands [at such place as may be deemed
             15029      advisable] where blind persons may be trained under the supervision of the [Division of
             15030      Vocational Rehabilitation] Division of Services for the Blind and Visually Impaired to carry on
             15031      a business as a vending stand operator[.];
             15032          [(4) Provide] (d) provide adequate supervision of [such persons] each person licensed
             15033      to operate vending stands or other enterprises to ensure efficient and orderly management
             15034      [thereof.]; and


             15035          [(5) Prescribe such rules and regulations as are]
             15036          (e) make rules necessary for the proper operation of [such] vending stands or other
             15037      enterprises.
             15038          Section 344. Effective date.
             15039          (1) Except as provided in Subsections (2) and (3), this bill takes effect on May 10,
             15040      2011.
             15041          (2) The amendments to the following sections take effect on July 1, 2011:
             15042          (a) Section 32B-1-407 (Effective 07/01/11);
             15043          (b) Section 32B-1-505 (Effective 07/01/11);
             15044          (c) Section 32B-6-407 (Effective 07/01/11); and
             15045          (d) Section 32B-8-304 (Effective 07/01/11).
             15046          (3) The amendments to Section 20A-7-702 (Effective 01/01/12) take effect on January
             15047      1, 2012.


[Bill Documents][Bills Directory]